ML021700204: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
Line 16: Line 16:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:**G1 2.23.2 ENTERGY RIVER BEND STATION STATION SUPPORT MAI*UAL *EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE  
{{#Wiki_filter:**G1 2 .23.2 ENTERGY RIVER BEND STATION STATION SUPPORT MAI*UAL
*EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY PROCEDURE NUMBER: *EIP-2-020 REVISION NUMBER: *25 Effective Date: *MAY 1326DZ NOTE: SIGNATURES ARE ON FILE.RECEIVED*INDEXING INFORMATION MAY 1 3 2OOZ DOCUMENT CONTROL This procedure has been reviewed for 10CFR50.59 applicability.
                            *EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE
I OCFR50.59 screening for the programmatic exclusion of all EIP changes, approved by FRC 7/10/97, concludes that further review of changes to this procedure under 1OCFR50.59 are not necessary.
                      *EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY PROCEDURE NUMBER:                             *EIP-2-020 REVISION NUMBER:                             *25
REFERENCE USE N TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE NO. I P U R P O S E .................................................................................................................................
                                                        *MAY 1326DZ Effective Date:
2 2 R E F E R E N C E S .........................................................................................................................
NOTE: SIGNATURES ARE ON FILE.                                       RECEIVED
2 3 D E F IN IT IO N S ..........................................................................................................................
*INDEXING INFORMATION                                                 MAY 1 3 2OOZ DOCUMENT CONTROL This procedure has been reviewed for 10CFR50.59 applicability.
2 4 RESPO N SIB ILITIES ........................................................................................................
IOCFR50.59 screening for the programmatic exclusion of all EIP changes, approved by FRC 7/10/97, concludes that further review of changes to this procedure under 10CFR50.59 are not necessary.
4 5 G E N E R A L ................................................................................................................................
REFERENCE USE N
4 6 PR O C E D U R E ...........................................................................................................................
 
5 7 DOCUMENTATION  
TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION                                                                                                                                       PAGE NO.
......................................................................................................
I   PU RP O SE ................................................................................................................................. 2 2   R E F E R EN C E S ......................................................................................................................... 2 3   D E FINIT IO N S .......................................................................................................................... 2 4   RESPO N SIB ILITIES ........................................................................................................                   4 5   G EN ERA L ................................................................................................................................ 4 6   PR O C E D U RE ........................................................................................................................... 5 7   DOCUMENTATION ......................................................................................................                           7 ATTACHMENT 1 - RECOVERY MANAGER ........................................................................                                           8 ATTACHMENT 2 - EOF MANAGER .....................................................................................                                   12 ATTACHMENT 3 - ADMINISTRATIVE/LOGISTICS ADVISOR ........................................                                                           18 ATTACHMENT 4 - RADIATION PROTECTION ADVISOR ..............................................                                                         21 ATTACHMENT 5 - RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR .......................... 26 ATTACHMENT 6 - ASSISTANT RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR ......... 30 ATTACHMENT 7 - OFFSITE TEAM COORDINATOR ......................................................                                                     33 A 1'TACHMENT 8 - EOF HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN ...................................................                                                   35 ATTACHMENT 9 - COMMUNICATOR ..............................................................................                                         38 ATTACHMENT 10 - OPERATIONS ADVISOR ...................................................................                                             42 ATTACHMENT 11 - TECHNICAL ADVISOR ......................................................................                                           44 ATTACHMENT 12 - STATUS COMMUNICATOR ............................................................                                                   46 ATTACHMENT 13 - ENGINEERING SUPPORT ADVISOR ...............................................                                                       47 ATTACHMENT 14 - ENGINEERING SUPPORT .................................................................                                             49 ATTACHMENT 15 - HPN COMMUNICATOR .....................................................................                                             50 ATTACHMENT 16 - ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT PERSONNEL ...................................                                                               51 ATTACHMENT 17 - TELECOMMUNICATIONS SPECIALIST ..........................................                                                           53 ATTACHMENT 18 - EOF REGISTRATION ..........................................................................                                       54 ATTACHMENT 19 - PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS .............................                                                                   56 ATTACHMENT 20 - LOG FORM .........................................................................................                                 59 ATTACHMENT 21 - ORGANIZATIONAL CHART .............................................................                                                 60 ATTACHMENT 22 - EOF FLOOR PLAN ...............................................................................                                     61 FIP-2-020                     REV - 25                   PAGE 1 OF 61 EIP-2-020                     REV - 25                   PAGE 1 OF 61
7 ATTACHMENT 1 -RECOVERY MANAGER ........................................................................
 
8 ATTACHMENT 2 -EOF MANAGER .....................................................................................
1 PURPOSE This procedure provides instructions for activation, operation, and deactivation of the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF).
12 ATTACHMENT 3 -ADMINISTRATIVE/LOGISTICS ADVISOR ........................................
2 REFERENCES 2.1     RPP-0006, Radiological Surveys 2.2     RP-104, Personnel Decontamination Event 2.3     EIP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls 2.4     EIP-2-014, Offsite Radiological Monitoring 2.5     EIP-2-024, Offsite Dose Calculations 2.6     EIP-2-028, Recovery 2.7     EPP-2-100, Procedure Review, Revision and Approval 2.8     Institute of Nuclear Power Operations (INPO) Resource Manual 3 DEFINITIONS 3.1     Activation - The process of assembling personnel, verifying equipment operability, and making a facility ready to support the emergency response.
18 ATTACHMENT 4 -RADIATION PROTECTION ADVISOR ..............................................
3.2     Augmentation - Actions taken to support onshift personnel or the Emergency Response Organization.
21 ATTACHMENT 5 -RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR  
3.3     Operational - Status of an emergency facility declared by the appropriate facility manager upon determining that the facility is adequately staffed and equipment is set up and available to perform the emergency functions assigned to that facility.
..........................
3.4     Habitable - For the purpose of this procedure, the term habitable is based solely on radiological conditions, however, the EOF Manager may declare the facility uninhabitable based on other conditions.
26 ATTACHMENT 6 -ASSISTANT RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR  
RIP-2-020        RRV 5 ETP-2-020         REV -         PAGE 22 OF PAGR     OF 6161
.........
 
30 ATTACHMENT 7 -OFFSITE TEAM COORDINATOR  
3.5 Radioactive release - For the purpose of offsite notifications, and discussions with State and local authorities, a "release" will be determined to be occurring and the "Radioactive Release" on the Short and Long Notification Message Forms is marked "yes", when:
......................................................
3.5.1. Any one of three effluent monitors indicates a value three times the High alarm set point OR 3.5.2. Any two of the three effluent monitors indicate a value equal or greater than the High alarm set point.
33 A 1'TACHMENT 8 -EOF HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN  
The three effluent monitors are:
...................................................
TITLE                                 NO.
35 ATTACHMENT 9 -COMMUNICATOR  
Main Plant Exhaust Stack       RMS-RE125 Channel 4 (4GE125)
..............................................................................
Radwaste Vent. Exhaust         RMS-RE006 Channel 4 (4GE006)
38 ATTACHMENT 10 -OPERATIONS ADVISOR ...................................................................
Fuel Bldg. Vent. Exhaust       RMS-RE005 Channel 4 (4GE005)
42 ATTACHMENT 11 -TECHNICAL ADVISOR ......................................................................
OR 3.5.3.     An unmonitored release is detected at the site boundary by teams with survey instruments.
44 ATTACHMENT 12 -STATUS COMMUNICATOR  
3.6 Short Notification Message Form (SNMF) - Used for declaration of an emergency classification or changes to the Protective Action Recommendations (PARs). Notification must be made to State and local authorities within approximately 15 minutes. The Short Notification Message Form contains information about the class of emergency, whether a release is taking place, potentially affected population and areas, and whether protective measures may be necessary.
............................................................
3.7 Long Notification Message Form (LNMF) - Used for providing State and local authorities follow-up information. The LNMF is sent out as soon as possible following a SNMF. The LNMF is also sent out for any significant changes to plant conditions that do not require an emergency escalation or change in PARs. No more than 2 hours should be exceeded between any two LNMFs.
46 ATTACHMENT 13 -ENGINEERING SUPPORT ADVISOR ...............................................
EIP-2-020         REV - 25       PAGE 3 OF 61
47 ATTACHMENT 14 -ENGINEERING SUPPORT .................................................................
 
49 ATTACHMENT 15 -HPN COMMUNICATOR  
4 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 Recovery Manager:
.....................................................................
4.1.1. Provide overall management of River Bend Station (RBS) response activities.
50 ATTACHMENT 16 -ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT PERSONNEL  
...................................
51 ATTACHMENT 17 -TELECOMMUNICATIONS SPECIALIST  
..........................................
53 ATTACHMENT 18 -EOF REGISTRATION  
..........................................................................
54 ATTACHMENT 19 -PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS  
.............................
56 ATTACHMENT 20 -LOG FORM .........................................................................................
59 ATTACHMENT 21 -ORGANIZATIONAL CHART .............................................................
60 ATTACHMENT 22 -EOF FLOOR PLAN ...............................................................................
61 FIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 1 OF 61 EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 1 OF 61 1 PURPOSE This procedure provides instructions for activation, operation, and deactivation of the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF). 2 REFERENCES 2.1 RPP-0006, Radiological Surveys 2.2 RP-104, Personnel Decontamination Event 2.3 EIP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls 2.4 EIP-2-014, Offsite Radiological Monitoring 2.5 EIP-2-024, Offsite Dose Calculations 2.6 EIP-2-028, Recovery 2.7 EPP-2-100, Procedure Review, Revision and Approval 2.8 Institute of Nuclear Power Operations (INPO) Resource Manual 3 DEFINITIONS 3.1 Activation  
-The process of assembling personnel, verifying equipment operability, and making a facility ready to support the emergency response.
3.2 Augmentation  
-Actions taken to support onshift personnel or the Emergency Response Organization.
3.3 Operational  
-Status of an emergency facility declared by the appropriate facility manager upon determining that the facility is adequately staffed and equipment is set up and available to perform the emergency functions assigned to that facility.
3.4 Habitable  
-For the purpose of this procedure, the term habitable is based solely on radiological conditions, however, the EOF Manager may declare the facility uninhabitable based on other conditions.
ETP-2-020 REV -PAGE 2 OF 61 RIP-2-020 RRV 5 PAGR 2 OF 61 3.5 Radioactive release -For the purpose of offsite notifications, and discussions with State and local authorities, a "release" will be determined to be occurring and the "Radioactive Release" on the Short and Long Notification Message Forms is marked "yes", when: 3.5.1. Any one of three effluent monitors indicates a value three times the High alarm set point OR 3.5.2. Any two of the three effluent monitors indicate a value equal or greater than the High alarm set point. The three effluent monitors are: TITLE NO. Main Plant Exhaust Stack RMS-RE125 Channel 4 (4GE125) Radwaste Vent. Exhaust RMS-RE006 Channel 4 (4GE006) Fuel Bldg. Vent. Exhaust RMS-RE005 Channel 4 (4GE005) OR 3.5.3. An unmonitored release is detected at the site boundary by teams with survey instruments.
3.6 Short Notification Message Form (SNMF) -Used for declaration of an emergency classification or changes to the Protective Action Recommendations (PARs). Notification must be made to State and local authorities within approximately 15 minutes. The Short Notification Message Form contains information about the class of emergency, whether a release is taking place, potentially affected population and areas, and whether protective measures may be necessary.
3.7 Long Notification Message Form (LNMF) -Used for providing State and local authorities follow-up information.
The LNMF is sent out as soon as possible following a SNMF. The LNMF is also sent out for any significant changes to plant conditions that do not require an emergency escalation or change in PARs. No more than 2 hours should be exceeded between any two LNMFs.EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 3 OF 61 4 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 Recovery Manager: 4.1.1. Provide overall management of River Bend Station (RBS) response activities.
4.1.2. Provide notifications and make protective action recommendations to offsite authorities.
4.1.2. Provide notifications and make protective action recommendations to offsite authorities.
4.1.3. Coordinate RBS response activities as required with offsite organizations.
4.1.3. Coordinate RBS response activities as required with offsite organizations.
4.1.4. Ensures that offsite radiological conditions are projected and monitored.
4.1.4. Ensures that offsite radiological conditions are projected and monitored.
4.1.5. Review information being released to the Joint Information Center (JIC). 4.1.6. Establish a Recovery Organization.
4.1.5. Review information being released to the Joint Information Center (JIC).
4.1.6.     Establish a Recovery Organization.
4.1.7. Terminate the emergency.
4.1.7. Terminate the emergency.
4.2 EOF Manager -Ensure that the EOF is activated, ensure that notification message forms are properly filled out and completed on time, and that EOF staff provide support functions per the applicable section(s) of this procedure.
4.2 EOF Manager - Ensure that the EOF is activated, ensure that notification message forms are properly filled out and completed on time, and that EOF staff provide support functions per the applicable section(s) of this procedure.
5 GENERAL 5.1 Attachment 21, Emergency Operations Facility Organization Chart, is a typical makeup for the EOF. 5.2 Attachment 22, Emergency Operations Facility Floor Plan, is a typical setup for the EOF. 5.3 The EOF may be activated at any time, and shall be activated at an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency declaration.
5 GENERAL 5.1 Attachment 21, Emergency Operations Facility Organization Chart, is a typical makeup for the EOF.
Once activated, the EOF shall become operational as soon as possible after declaration of any of these emergency classifications.
5.2 Attachment 22, Emergency Operations Facility Floor Plan, is a typical setup for the EOF.
When facility minimum staffing can be accomplished with onsite personnel, it is the goal to become operational within 45 minutes. Otherwise, it is the goal to become operational in 90 minutes.ET-2-0 E -25 PAE O 6 EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 4 OF 61 6 PROCEDURE NOTE The actions of this procedure may be completed in any sequence, however, the sequence presented in the attachments is recommended.
5.3 The EOF may be activated at any time, and shall be activated at an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency declaration. Once activated, the EOF shall become operational as soon as possible after declaration of any of these emergency classifications. When facility minimum staffing can be accomplished with onsite personnel, it is the goal to become operational within 45 minutes. Otherwise, it is the goal to become operational in 90 minutes.
6.1 Recovery Manager 6.1.1. The Recovery Manager should use Attachment 1 as a guideline.
EIP-2-020          REV - 25       PAGE ET-2-0        -   E    25     PAE 4 OF O 61 6
Document pertinent information on Attachment
 
: 20. 6.2 EOF Manager 6.2.1. The EOF Manager should use Attachment 2 as a guideline.
PROCEDURE NOTE The actions of this procedure may be completed in any sequence, however, the sequence presentedin the attachments is recommended.
Document pertinent information on Attachment
6.1 Recovery Manager 6.1.1. The Recovery Manager should use Attachment 1 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.
: 20. 6.3 Administrative/Logistics Advisor 6.3.1. The Administrative/Logistics Advisor should use Attachment 3 as a guideline.
6.2 EOF Manager 6.2.1. The EOF Manager should use Attachment 2 as a guideline.
Document pertinent information on Attachment
Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.
: 20. 6.4 Radiation Protection Advisor 6.4.1. The Radiation Protection Advisor should use Attachment 4 as a guideline.
6.3 Administrative/Logistics Advisor 6.3.1. The Administrative/Logistics Advisor should use Attachment 3 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.
Document pertinent information on Attachment
6.4 Radiation Protection Advisor 6.4.1. The Radiation Protection Advisor should use Attachment 4 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.
: 20. 6.5 Radiological Assessment Coordinator 6.5.1. The Radiological Assessment Coordinator should use Attachment 5 as a guideline.
6.5 Radiological Assessment Coordinator 6.5.1. The Radiological Assessment Coordinator should use Attachment 5 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.
Document pertinent information on Attachment
6.6 Assistant Radiological Assessment Coordinator 6.6.1. The Assistant Radiological Assessment Coordinator should use Attachment 6 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.
: 20. 6.6 Assistant Radiological Assessment Coordinator 6.6.1. The Assistant Radiological Assessment Coordinator should use Attachment 6 as a guideline.
6.7 Offsite Team Coordinator 6.7.1. The Offsite Team Coordinator should use Attachment 7 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.
Document pertinent information on Attachment
EIP-2-020         REV - 25       PAGE 5 OF 61
: 20. 6.7 Offsite Team Coordinator 6.7.1. The Offsite Team Coordinator should use Attachment 7 as a guideline.
 
Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 5 OF 61 6.8 EOF Habitability Technician 6.8.1. The EOF Habitability Technician should use Attachment 8 as a guideline.
6.8 EOF Habitability Technician 6.8.1. The EOF Habitability Technician should use Attachment 8 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.
Document pertinent information on Attachment
6.9 Communicator(s) 6.9.1. The Communicator(s) should use Attachment 9 as a guideline.
: 20. 6.9 Communicator(s) 6.9.1. The Communicator(s) should use Attachment 9 as a guideline.
6.10 Operations Advisor 6.10.1. The Operations Advisor should use Attachment 10 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.
6.10 Operations Advisor 6.10.1. The Operations Advisor should use Attachment 10 as a guideline.
6.11 Technical Advisor 6.11.1. The Technical Advisor should use Attachment 11 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.
Document pertinent information on Attachment
6.12 Status Communicator 6.12.1. The Status Communicator should use Attachment 12 as a guideline.
: 20. 6.11 Technical Advisor 6.11.1. The Technical Advisor should use Attachment 11 as a guideline.
6.13 Engineering Support Advisor 6.13.1. The Engineering Support Advisor should use Attachment 13 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.
Document pertinent information on Attachment
6.14 Engineering Support 6.14.1. The Engineering Support personnel should use Attachment 14 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.
: 20. 6.12 Status Communicator 6.12.1. The Status Communicator should use Attachment 12 as a guideline.
6.15 Offsite Monitoring Teams 6.15.1. The Offsite Monitoring Teams should use EIP-2-014 as a guideline.
6.13 Engineering Support Advisor 6.13.1. The Engineering Support Advisor should use Attachment 13 as a guideline.
6.16 HPN Communicator 6.16.1. The HPN Communicator should use Attachment 15 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.
Document pertinent information on Attachment
6.17 Administrative Support Personnel EIP-2-020       REV - 25       PAGE PAGE 66 OF OF 61 61 EIP-2-020     _ REV 25
: 20. 6.14 Engineering Support 6.14.1. The Engineering Support personnel should use Attachment 14 as a guideline.
                                      -
Document pertinent information on Attachment
 
: 20. 6.15 Offsite Monitoring Teams 6.15.1. The Offsite Monitoring Teams should use EIP-2-014 as a guideline.
6.17.1. The Administrative Support Personnel should use Attachment 16 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.
6.16 HPN Communicator 6.16.1. The HPN Communicator should use Attachment 15 as a guideline.
6.18   Telecommunications Specialist 6.18.1. The Telecommunications Specialist should use Attachment 17 as guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.
Document pertinent information on Attachment
6.19   EOF Registration 6.19.1. The EOF Registration person should use Attachment 18 as a guideline.
: 20. 6.17 Administrative Support Personnel EIP-2-020
7 DOCUMENTATION Attachments 1-18 and 20 of this procedure will be sent to Permanent Plant Files (PPF) per EPP-2-100 by the Manager - Emergency Preparedness.
_ REV -25 PAGE 6 OF 61 PAGE 6 OF 61 EIP-2-020 REV -25 6.17.1. The Administrative Support Personnel should use Attachment 16 as a guideline.
PA*E '7 OF 61 EIPA-7026       REV - 2       PAGE 7 OF 61
Document pertinent information on Attachment
 
: 20. 6.18 Telecommunications Specialist 6.18.1. The Telecommunications Specialist should use Attachment 17 as guideline.
ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 1 OF 4 RECOVERY MANAGER ACTIVATION                                 Date:
Document pertinent information on Attachment
Actions Completed Initials
: 20. 6.19 EOF Registration 6.19.1. The EOF Registration person should use Attachment 18 as a guideline.
: 1. Review status of the emergency and offsite notifications when contacted by the Recovery Manager/Emergency Director.
7 DOCUMENTATION Attachments 1-18 and 20 of this procedure will be sent to Permanent Plant Files (PPF) per EPP-2-100 by the Manager -Emergency Preparedness.
EIPA-7026 REV -2 PAGE 7 OF 61'7 OF 61 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 1 OF 4 RECOVERY MANAGER ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Review status of the emergency and offsite notifications when contacted by the Recovery Manager/Emergency Director.
: 2. Brief the EOF staff on the status of the emergency (the Events Information Team should invite the Spokesperson to the briefing.)
: 2. Brief the EOF staff on the status of the emergency (the Events Information Team should invite the Spokesperson to the briefing.)
: 3. Review habitability determination and if necessary provide direction on evacuation of the EOF or JIC. If decision is made to evacuate the EOF, implement relocation actions. If the JIC is to be evacuated, direct the EOF Manager to coordinate the relocation.
: 3. Review habitability determination and if necessary provide direction on evacuation of the EOF or JIC. If decision is made to evacuate the EOF, implement relocation actions. If the JIC is to be evacuated, direct the EOF Manager to coordinate the relocation.
: 4. When informed by the EOF Manager that minimum staffing is available and ready to perform functions, announce that the EOF is operational.
: 4. When informed by the EOF Manager that minimum staffing is available and ready to perform functions, announce that the EOF is operational.
SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS NOTE If the EOF is operational, RM duties can be directly transferred to the EOF from the Control Room. 1. When the EOF is ready to assume control from the TSC: 1.1 Contact the Emergency Director 1.1.1 Ensure that message control and dose assessment is transferred to the EOF. 1.1.2 Transfer RM duties from the Emergency Director.
SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS NOTE If the EOF is operational,RM duties can be directly transferredto the EOFfrom the Control Room.
1.2 Announce that the EOF has assumed RM duties from the TSC. 2. Periodically update the EOF staff (the Events Information Team should invite the Spokesperson to the briefing).
: 1. When the EOF is ready to assume control from the TSC:
: 3. Review information being released to the JIC. 4. Review and approve Notification Message Forms for transmittal.
1.1     Contact the Emergency Director 1.1.1 Ensure that message control and dose assessment is transferred to the EOF.
: 5. Upon the declaration of a Site Area or General Emergency, direct the evacuation of the JIC.EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 8 OF 61 ATTACHMENT I PAGE 2 OF 4 RECOVERY MANAGER SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (cont'd) NOTE Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) must be developed within 15 minutes of the declaration of a General Emergency or data availability which require upgrading the PARs. 6. If decision is made to relocate the EOF, implement the Relocation Actions portion of this checklist.
1.1.2 Transfer RM duties from the Emergency Director.
PARs 7. Using Attachment 19, formulate Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) and scenario number using dose projections, field monitoring data and plant conditions.
1.2     Announce that the EOF has assumed RM duties from the TSC.
: 2. Periodically update the EOF staff (the Events Information Team should invite the Spokesperson to the briefing).
: 3. Review information being released to the JIC.
: 4. Review and approve Notification Message Forms for transmittal.
: 5. Upon the declaration of a Site Area or General Emergency, direct the evacuation of the JIC.
EIP-2-020         REV - 25       PAGE 8 OF 61
 
ATTACHMENT I PAGE 2 OF 4 RECOVERY MANAGER SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)
NOTE ProtectiveAction Recommendations (PARs) must be developed within 15 minutes of the declarationof a General Emergency or data availabilitywhich require upgradingthe PARs.
: 6. If decision is made to relocate the EOF, implement the Relocation Actions portion of this checklist.
PARs
: 7. Using Attachment 19, formulate Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) and scenario number using dose projections, field monitoring data and plant conditions.
CAUTION Emerency Operating Procedures (EOPs) require containment venting at specified pressures and hydrogen concentrations, regardless of offsite consequences.
CAUTION Emerency Operating Procedures (EOPs) require containment venting at specified pressures and hydrogen concentrations, regardless of offsite consequences.
: 8. Evaluate PARs in anticipation of intentional containment venting.
: 8. Evaluate PARs in anticipation of intentional containment venting.
: 9. Review and discuss the protective actions to be recommended for the general public with the appropriate personnel and the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) Liaison Officer, if available.
: 9. Review and discuss the protective actions to be recommended for the general public with the appropriate personnel and the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) Liaison Officer, if available. If State representatives have not yet arrived, recommendations to the local authorities shall not be delayed.
If State representatives have not yet arrived, recommendations to the local authorities shall not be delayed.
: 10. Ensure the Siren System has been enabled before setting the siren sounding time with the State and local parishes.
: 10. Ensure the Siren System has been enabled before setting the siren sounding time with the State and local parishes.
: 11. Provide PARs to State and local authorities within 15 minutes.
: 11. Provide PARs to State and local authorities within 15 minutes.
Once State and local authorities receive the PARs, the State and local authorities will have approximately 5 minutes to review the PARs. 12. When the Directors of all parishes, the Operations Officer (LOEP), and the LDEQ Liaison are on the Hotline, verify the PARs (Scenario Number) each parish intends to implement.
Once State and local authorities receive the PARs, the State and local authorities will have approximately 5 minutes to review the PARs.
EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 9 OF 61 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 3 OF 4 RECOVERY MANAGER SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd) 13. Write the scenario number approved and initial each parish choice on the PAR Verification Checklist provided by the Communicator.
: 12. When the Directors of all parishes, the Operations Officer (LOEP), and the LDEQ Liaison are on the Hotline, verify the PARs (Scenario Number) each parish intends to implement.
EIP-2-020         REV - 25       PAGE 9 OF 61
 
ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 3 OF 4 RECOVERY MANAGER SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)
: 13. Write the scenario number approved and initial each parish choice on the PAR Verification Checklist provided by the Communicator.
: 14. Obtain siren sounding time from the Operations Officer and document on PAR Verification Checklist.
: 14. Obtain siren sounding time from the Operations Officer and document on PAR Verification Checklist.
: 15. Revise PARs based on wind shifts when advised by the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA). 16. If doses > 1 rem TEDE or > 5 rem CDE are projected at 10 miles, ensure the LDEQ Liaison is aware of the need for protective actions beyond 10 miles. TERMINATION
: 15. Revise PARs based on wind shifts when advised by the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA).
: 16. If doses > 1 rem TEDE or > 5 rem CDE are projected at 10 miles, ensure the LDEQ Liaison is aware of the need for protective actions beyond 10 miles.
TERMINATION
: 17. Coordinate with the Emergency Director on terminating the emergency in accordance with the following criteria:
: 17. Coordinate with the Emergency Director on terminating the emergency in accordance with the following criteria:
ALERT -Terminate the emergency when the Alert conditions are no longer met and the following have been accomplished:
ALERT - Terminate the emergency when the Alert conditions are no longer met and the following have been accomplished:
: 1. The plant is in a stable condition.
: 1.       The plant is in a stable condition.
: 2. Excessive releases of radioactivity to the environment have been terminated and no further potential for significant radioactivity releases exists. 3. No further potential for major damage to equipment exists SAE/GE -Terminate the emergency when the SAE/GE conditions are no longer met and the following has been accomplished:
: 2.       Excessive releases of radioactivity to the environment have been terminated and no further potential for significant radioactivity releases exists.
: 3.       No further potential for major damage to equipment exists SAE/GE - Terminate the emergency when the SAE/GE conditions are no longer met and the following has been accomplished:
: 1. The reactor is shutdown, is in a stable, safe configuration, and adequate core cooling is available.
: 1. The reactor is shutdown, is in a stable, safe configuration, and adequate core cooling is available.
: 2. Excessive releases of radioactivity to the environment have been terminated and no further potential for significant radioactivity releases exists. 3. Offsite concentrations of radioactivity in the atmosphere or in waterways have dispersed to near background levels, excluding ground deposition.
: 2. Excessive releases of radioactivity to the environment have been terminated and no further potential for significant radioactivity releases exists.
: 3. Offsite concentrations of radioactivity in the atmosphere or in waterways have dispersed to near background levels, excluding ground deposition.
: 4. The State of Louisiana, the local Parishes and the NRC concur in terminating the emergency.
: 4. The State of Louisiana, the local Parishes and the NRC concur in terminating the emergency.
: 18. Notify the NRC and offsite authorities of the emergency termination.
: 18. Notify the NRC and offsite authorities of the emergency termination.
: 19. When a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency has been terminated, implement EIP-2-028, Recovery.EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 10 OF 61 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 4 OF 4 RECOVERY MANAGER RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Direct the EOF Manager to perform relocation actions and proceed to the Alternate EOF (AEOF) prior to releasing the EOF staff. 2. Transfer overall direction of the RBS emergency response organization and communication with offsite agencies to the Emergency Director in the TSC. 3. Inform the parishes, the states of Louisiana and Mississippi, and the NRC that the EOF staff will be relocating and that all communication will be directed from the TSC until further notice. 4. If relocation is due to conditions other than radiological conditions, direct the EOF staff to relocate directly to the Alternate EOF. 5. If relocation is due to radiological conditions, direct the EOF staff to relocate to the AEOF through the Zachary Monitoring and Decontamination Station.
: 19. When a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency has been terminated, implement EIP-2-028, Recovery.
DEACTIVATION Date: I.- Ensure that the recovery organization has been established, as necessary.
EIP-2-020         REV - 25         PAGE 10 OF 61
 
ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 4 OF 4 RECOVERY MANAGER RELOCATION ACTIONS                 Date:                                           Actions Completed Initials
: 1. Direct the EOF Manager to perform relocation actions and proceed to the Alternate EOF (AEOF) prior to releasing the EOF staff.
: 2. Transfer overall direction of the RBS emergency response organization and communication with offsite agencies to the Emergency Director in the TSC.
: 3. Inform the parishes, the states of Louisiana and Mississippi, and the NRC that the EOF staff will be relocating and that all communication will be directed from the TSC until further notice.
: 4. If relocation is due to conditions other than radiological conditions, direct the EOF staff to relocate directly to the Alternate EOF.
: 5. If relocation is due to radiological conditions, direct the EOF staff to relocate to the AEOF through the Zachary Monitoring and Decontamination Station.
DEACTIVATION                       Date:
I.- Ensure that the recovery organization has been established, as necessary.
: 2. Direct the emergency facilities to deactivate.
: 2. Direct the emergency facilities to deactivate.
: 3. Discuss deactivation of the JIC with the JIC Director.EIP-2-020 RE 25AEIO 1 REV -25 PAGF 11 OF 61 EIP-2-020 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 1 OF 6 EOF MANAGER ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Periodically announce that no eating, drinking, or chewing is allowed until habitability is determined.
: 3. Discuss deactivation of the JIC with the JIC Director.
: 2. Obtain status of habitability of EOF and JIC from Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA). Advise Recovery Manager (RM) of status. 3. When the EOF is determined to be habitable, make announcement and notify the JIC. 4. When the JIC is determined to be habitable, notify the JIC. 5. If the EOF is not habitable, have EOF staff implement the Relocation Actions on their checklists.
EIP-2-020       REV - 25         PAGF 11 OF 61 1 EIP-2-020       RE 25AEIO
: 6. If directed by the RM to evacuate the JIC: a. Obtain route from RPA if radiological conditions exist. b. Notify JIC Director.
 
: c. Assist in relocation, as necessary.
ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 1 OF 6 EOF MANAGER ACTIVATION                                   Date:                               Actions Completed Initials
: 1. Periodically announce that no eating, drinking, or chewing is allowed until habitability is determined.
: 2. Obtain status of habitability of EOF and JIC from Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA). Advise Recovery Manager (RM) of status.
: 3. When the EOF is determined to be habitable, make announcement and notify the JIC.
: 4. When the JIC is determined to be habitable, notify the JIC.
: 5. If the EOF is not habitable, have EOF staff implement the Relocation Actions on their checklists.
: 6. If directed by the RM to evacuate the JIC:
: a.       Obtain route from RPA if radiological conditions exist.
: b.       Notify JIC Director.
: c.       Assist in relocation, as necessary.
: 7. All minimum staffing personnel have completed the activation portion of their checklists and are prepared to perform functional responsibilities:
: 7. All minimum staffing personnel have completed the activation portion of their checklists and are prepared to perform functional responsibilities:
MINIMUM STAFFING:
MINIMUM STAFFING:
: a. Recovery Manager b. EOF Manager c. Radiation Protection Advisor d. Radiological Assessment Coordinator
: a.       Recovery Manager
: e. Assistant Radiological Assessment Coordinator
: b.       EOF Manager
: f. Operations Advisor g. Technical Advisor h. Communicator (Only 1 required for minimum staffing)
: c.     Radiation Protection Advisor
: d.     Radiological Assessment Coordinator
: e.     Assistant Radiological Assessment Coordinator
: f.     Operations Advisor
: g.     Technical Advisor
: h.     Communicator (Only 1 required for minimum staffing)
: 8. Inform the Recovery Manager that the EOF is ready to be declared operational.
: 8. Inform the Recovery Manager that the EOF is ready to be declared operational.
EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 12 OF 61 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 2 OF 6 EOF MANAGER SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Assist Recovery Manager (RM) with transfer of RM duties, as necessary.
EIP-2-020         REV - 25     PAGE 12 OF 61
 
ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 2 OF 6 EOF MANAGER SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS
: 1. Assist Recovery Manager (RM) with transfer of RM duties, as necessary.
: 2. Ensure that EOF Registration is established.
: 2. Ensure that EOF Registration is established.
: 3. Ensure status boards are updated.
: 3. Ensure status boards are updated.
NOTE Notifications to State and local authorities must be made within approximately 15 minutes of a declaration of an emergency or Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) change using the Short Notification Message Form (SNMF). NOTE All Notification Message Forms must be reviewed and approved by the RM. 4. Prepare the appropriate Short Notification Message Form (SNMF). 5. As soon as possible following the SNMF, prepare a Long Notification Message Form (LNMF) as shown on page 4 of this attachment.
NOTE Notifications to State and local authoritiesmust be made within approximately 15 minutes of a declarationof an emergency or Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) change using the Short NotificationMessage Form (SNMF).
Refer to page 5 of this attachment for directions on how to complete the LNMF. 6. Prepare a LNMF when significant changes to plant conditions occur that do not require an emergency escalation or change in PARs. During extended emergencies, time between LNMFs should not exceed 2 hours. 7. Assist offsite emergency response agencies, as they arrive, in gathering information and with communications needs. 8. Request offsite and Federal assistance as directed by the RM. 9. Ensure the Administrative/Logistics Advisor develops a long-term relief rotation list. 10. If the siren system cannot be enabled from the Control Room (CR) and the Telecommunications Specialist is not available, enable siren system using page 6 of this attachment.
NOTE All NotificationMessage Forms must be reviewed and approved by the RM.
: 4. Prepare the appropriate Short Notification Message Form (SNMF).
: 5. As soon as possible following the SNMF, prepare a Long Notification Message Form (LNMF) as shown on page 4 of this attachment. Refer to page 5 of this attachment for directions on how to complete the LNMF.
: 6. Prepare a LNMF when significant changes to plant conditions occur that do not require an emergency escalation or change in PARs. During extended emergencies, time between LNMFs should not exceed 2 hours.
: 7. Assist offsite emergency response agencies, as they arrive, in gathering information and with communications needs.
: 8. Request offsite and Federal assistance as directed by the RM.
: 9. Ensure the Administrative/Logistics Advisor develops a long-term relief rotation list.
: 10. If the siren system cannot be enabled from the Control Room (CR) and the Telecommunications Specialist is not available, enable siren system using page 6 of this attachment.
: 11. Keep the RM informed of all activities.
: 11. Keep the RM informed of all activities.
EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 13 OF 61 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 3 OF 6 EOF MANAGER SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd) 12. Evaluate the need for retaining personnel relocating from the TSC. 13. Upon termination of the emergency, ensure that notifications are made to State and local authorities, using the LNMF. RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Obtain the Alternate EOF (AEOF) access package from the EOF key box. 2. Ensure EOF staff is aware of route to Alternate EOF following direction from the Radiation Protection Advisor.
EIP-2-020         REV - 25       PAGE 13 OF 61
: 3. Proceed to the Alternate EOF with administrative staff members, the Telecommunications Specialist and the EOF Registration person. DEACTIVATION Date: 1. Upon decision to deactivate the emergency facilities, announce deactivation of the EOF. 2. Ensure that all equipment is returned.
 
Report all damaged and/or missing equipment to the Manager -Emergency Preparedness.
ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 3 OF 6 EOF MANAGER SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)
: 3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the Manager -Emergency Preparedness.
: 12. Evaluate the need for retaining personnel relocating from the TSC.
EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 14 OF 61 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 4 OF 6 EOF MANAGER LONG NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM 1. TI-US IS RIVER BEND NUCLEAR STATION 2. A. / (TIM F/flIATRI 3. 4. 5. 6.B. COMM:WITH MESSAGE NUMBER C. TEL. NO: 7. REACTOR SHUTDOWN?
: 13. Upon termination of the emergency, ensure that notifications are made to State and local authorities, using the LNMF.
: 8. METEOROLOGICAL DATA:= NO =- YES Time/Date:
RELOCATION ACTIONS                   Date:                                     Actions Completed Initials
A. Wind direction FROM Degrees at MPH 13. Sectors Affected (A-R): C. Stability Class (A-G): D. Precipitation:  
: 1. Obtain the Alternate EOF (AEOF) access package from the EOF key box.
-- None = Rain =- Sleet ] Snow = Hail i Other 9. RELEASE INFORMATION:
: 2. Ensure EOF staff is aware of route to Alternate EOF following direction from the Radiation Protection Advisor.
A. =- No Relcase (Go to item 13)C. =I A RELEASE OCCURRED BUT STOPPED. Duration hrs. Relcase Stopped at hrs.B. L A RELEASE IS OCCURRING:
: 3. Proceed to the Alternate EOF with administrative staff members, the Telecommunications Specialist and the EOF Registration person.
Expected Duration his. Release Started at hrs. 10. TYPE OF RELEASE: A. =-] Radioactive 1. L Radioactive Airborne Particulates C. = Radioactive Liquids [ RELEASE RATE: A. NOBLE GASES Cl/s 12. ESTIMATE OF PROJECTED OFF-SITE DOSE: A. Projections for _ hours based on: Li Ficl B. (TEDE) WB DOSE COMMITMENT (Raem) Site Boundary 5 miles 2 miles L0 miles 13. MESSAGE APPROVED BY: B. IODINES Cl/s d Data L Plant Data C. (CDE) THYROID DOSE COMMITMENT (Rem) Site Boundary 5 miles 2 miles 10 miles TITLE: 1t4. MESSAGE RECEIED __ _TIME: PROO015M.CDR EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 15 OF 61 EMERGENCY CLASSIrFTCAT7ON:
DEACTIVATION                         Date:
A. Li NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT C. L SITE AREA EMERGENCY E. =- TERMINATED B. L ALERT D. L GENERAL EMERGENCY CURRENT F.MERGFNCY CLASSIFICATION L- DECLARATION
: 1. Upon decision to deactivate the emergency facilities, announce deactivation of the EOF.
= TERMINATION Time/Date:
: 2. Ensure that all equipment is returned. Report all damaged and/or missing equipment to the Manager - Emergency Preparedness.
/ RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS: A, L No Protective Actions Recommended At This Time (Go to iem 6). B. L EVACUATE IC -N STTELTER INCIDENT D ESC RILPrION/U PDATE/COM M-FNTS: EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 15 OF 61 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 5 OF 6 EOF MANAGER GUIDELINES FOR COMPLETING THE LNMF ESP COMM MANUAL METHOD Message Number automatic Assign a message number. Number the messages sequentially Line I until the emergency is terminated.
: 3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the Manager - Emergency Preparedness.
2A Time/Date automatic upon transmission.
EIP-2-020         REV - 25     PAGE 14 OF 61
2A Enter Time/Date message was transmitted.
 
2B Comm: Select facility from pull-down menu. 2B Comm.: Enter facility name 2C Tel. No.: Indicate "hotline" unless alternate 2C Tel. No.: Indicate "hotline" unless alternate Line 2 method is being used, then enter alternate method is being used, then enter alternate method. method. Line 3 Automatic from Short Form. If termination message, Check appropriate classification or terminated.
ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 4 OF 6 EOF MANAGER LONG NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM NOTIFICATION MESSAGE                                 FORM
: 1. TI-US IS       RIVER BEND NUCLEAR STATION                                                                       WITH MESSAGE NUMBER
: 2. A.                       /                           B. COMM:                                                    C. TEL. NO:
(TIM F/flIATRI                                                     (NA*ME)
: 3.       EMERGENCY CLASSIrFTCAT7ON:
A. Li    NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT                                C. L      SITE AREA EMERGENCY                E.  =-    TERMINATED B. L    ALERT                                                        D. L      GENERAL EMERGENCY
: 4.       CURRENT F.MERGFNCY CLASSIFICATION                          L-    DECLARATION            =  TERMINATION Time/Date:                /
5.
RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS:
A,  L      No Protective Actions Recommended At This Time (Go to iem 6).
B. L      EVACUATE IC -N  STTELTER INCIDENT D ESC RILPrION/U PDATE/COM M-FNTS:
6.
: 7. REACTOR SHUTDOWN?                       =     NO           =-   YES               Time/Date:
: 8. METEOROLOGICAL DATA:
A. Wind direction       FROM                                         Degrees at                                         MPH
: 13. Sectors Affected (A-R):
C. Stability Class (A-G):
D. Precipitation:             --   None       =     Rain   =-     Sleet         ]   Snow     =     Hail         i Other
: 9. RELEASE INFORMATION:
A.   =-   No Relcase (Go to item 13)               C. =I     A RELEASE OCCURRED BUT STOPPED. Duration                                         hrs.
Relcase Stopped at                                                           hrs.
B. L     A RELEASE IS OCCURRING: Expected Duration                                                       his.
Release Started at                                                             hrs.
: 10. TYPE OF RELEASE:
A.   =-]   Radioactive Ga.-s*s          1. L     Radioactive Airborne Particulates               C.   =     Radioactive Liquids
[     RELEASE RATE:
A. NOBLE GASES                                                 Cl/s         B. IODINES                                            Cl/s
: 12. ESTIMATE OF PROJECTED OFF-SITE DOSE:
A. Projections for _               hours based on:           Li     Ficl d Data          L      Plant Data B. (TEDE) WB DOSE COMMITMENT (Raem)                                         C. (CDE) THYROID DOSE COMMITMENT (Rem)
Site Boundary                           5 miles                              Site Boundary                          5 miles 2 miles                                 L0 miles                            2 miles                                  10 miles
: 13. MESSAGE APPROVED BY:                                                                          TITLE:
1t4. MESSAGE RECEIED                   __                                   _                    TIME:
PROO015M.CDR EIP-2-020                   REV - 25                     PAGE EIP-2-020                   REV -25                       PAGE 15     15 OFOF 61  61
 
ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 5 OF 6 EOF MANAGER GUIDELINES FOR COMPLETING THE LNMF ESP COMM                                                             MANUAL METHOD Message Number automatic                                   Assign a message number. Number the messages sequentially Line I                                                             until the emergency is terminated.
2A Time/Date automatic upon transmission.                 2A Enter Time/Date message was transmitted.
2B Comm: Select facility from pull-down menu.             2B Comm.: Enter facility name 2C Tel. No.: Indicate "hotline" unless alternate           2C Tel. No.: Indicate "hotline" unless alternate Line 2       method is being used, then enter alternate                 method is being used, then enter alternate method.                                                     method.
Line 3 Automatic from Short Form. If termination message,         Check appropriate classification or terminated.
check "terminated".
check "terminated".
Line 4 Automatic from Short Form. For termination, check Check either declaration or termination. "termination" and enter termination time/date.
Line 4 Automatic from Short Form. For termination, check         Check either declaration or termination.
Enter time/date of emergency declaration or termination.
        "termination" and enter termination time/date.             Enter time/date of emergency declaration or termination.
Check appropriate box(es). If PAR has been Check appropriate box(es). If PARs have been recommended, Line 5 recommended, select appropriate protective actions and indicate the scenario number. indicate scenario number. Enter description from Short Form. May add Enter description from Short Form. May add information as Line 6 information as necessary.
Check appropriate box(es). If PAR has been                 Check appropriate box(es). If PARs have been recommended, Line 5 recommended, select appropriate protective actions and     indicate the scenario number.
Use this line to correct any necessary.
indicate scenario number.
Use this line to correct any previous errors. previous errors. Line 7 Indicate if the reactor is shutdown.
Enter description from Short Form. May add                 Enter description from Short Form. May add information as Line 6 information as necessary. Use this line to correct any     necessary. Use this line to correct any previous errors.
Information should Indicate if the reactor is shutdown.
previous errors.
Information should be be obtained from Operations.
Line 7 Indicate if the reactor is shutdown. Information should   Indicate if the reactor is shutdown. Information should be be obtained from Operations. If yes, enter time/date,     obtained from Operations. If yes, enter the time/date.
If yes, enter time/date, obtained from Operations.
Information for Lines 8A-C can be found on CADAP on       Information for Lines 8A-C can be found on CADAP on the the "values" screen. A backup to CADAP for                 "values" screen. A backup to CADAP for meteorological data is Line 8 meteorological data is the Meteorological Tower printer   the Meteorological Tower printer and Control Room.
If yes, enter the time/date.
and Control Room.                                         8A - Enter wind direction and speed.
Information for Lines 8A-C can be found on CADAP on Information for Lines 8A-C can be found on CADAP on the the "values" screen. A backup to CADAP for "values" screen. A backup to CADAP for meteorological data is Line 8 meteorological data is the Meteorological Tower printer the Meteorological Tower printer and Control Room. and Control Room. 8A -Enter wind direction and speed. 8A -Enter wind direction and speed. 8B -Enter the affected sectors according to the 8B -Enter the affected sectors according to the current wind direction.
8A - Enter wind direction and speed.                       8B - Enter the affected sectors according to the 8B - Enter the affected sectors according to the                 current wind direction.
current wind direction.
current wind direction.                               8C - Enter stability class.
8C -Enter stability class. 8C -Enter stability class. 8D -Check appropriate box. 8D -Check appropriate box. NOTE: 8 A-C are automatically completed when dose data is imported from CADAP. Determine if there is a release. Determine if there is a release.
8C - Enter stability class.                               8D - Check appropriate box.
9A If no release, check block A and proceed to line 13. 9A If no release, check block A and proceed to line 13. 9B/C If release has occurred or is occurring, 9B/C If release has occurred or is occurring, Line 9 check B or C as appropriate and enter check B or C as appropriate and enter duration and time release started/stopped.
8D - Check appropriate box.
duration and time release started/stopped.
NOTE: 8 A-C are automatically completed when dose data is imported from CADAP.
When checking B & C, be sure to import When checking B & C, be sure to include appropriate dose data. appropriate dose data on line 12B. Indicate the type of release. If there is no core damage, Indicate the type of release. If there is no core damage, check Line 10 check I0A. If there is clad damage or fuel melt, check 10A. If there is clad damage or fuel melt, check I0A & 10B. If I OA & lOB. If the release is a liquid release, check I0C. the release is a liquid release, check 10C. Line 11 Imported from CADAP Enter release rate. DRMS provides release rates in uCi/sec.
Determine if there is a release.                           Determine if there is a release.
9A If no release, check block A and proceed to line 13. 9A If no release, check block A and proceed to line 13.
9B/C If release has occurred or is occurring,             9B/C If release has occurred or is occurring, Line 9         check B or C as appropriate and enter                       check B or C as appropriate and enter duration and time release started/stopped.                 duration and time release started/stopped.
When checking B & C, be sure to import                     When checking B & C, be sure to include appropriate dose data.                                     appropriate dose data on line 12B.
Indicate the type of release. If there is no core damage, Indicate the type of release. If there is no core damage, check Line 10 check I0A. If there is clad damage or fuel melt, check     10A. If there is clad damage or fuel melt, check I0A & 10B. If I OA & lOB. If the release is a liquid release, check I0C. the release is a liquid release, check 10C.
Line 11 Imported from CADAP                                       Enter release rate. DRMS provides release rates in uCi/sec.
These rates must be converted to Ci/sec. CADAP also provides this information through Notepad.
These rates must be converted to Ci/sec. CADAP also provides this information through Notepad.
12A Enter numbers of hours used and method 12A Enter numbers of hours used and method Line 12 used in dose calculation.
12A Enter numbers of hours used and method                 12A Enter numbers of hours used and method Line 12       used in dose calculation.                                   used in dose calculation.
used in dose calculation.
12B Import from CADAP.                                     12B Obtain from CADAP results.
12B Import from CADAP. 12B Obtain from CADAP results.
Line 13 Enter Recovery Manager's name and "RM" as title. RM       Enter Recovery Manager's name and "RM" as title. RM must must review and approve NMFs prior to transmission.       review and approve NMFs prior to transmission.
Line 13 Enter Recovery Manager's name and "RM" as title. RM Enter Recovery Manager's name and "RM" as title. RM must must review and approve NMFs prior to transmission.
Line 14 Leave blank. For use by parishes.                         Leave blank. For use by parishes.
review and approve NMFs prior to transmission.
EIP-2-020             REV - 25           PAGE 16 OF 61
Line 14 Leave blank. For use by parishes.
 
Leave blank. For use by parishes.EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 16 OF 61 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 6 OF 6 EOF MANAGER Siren Control Enable From The EOF 1. Obtain red key from EOF key box. 2. Insert the red key into the EOF Siren Enable Unit in the key switch marked Enable Control.
ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 6 OF 6 EOF MANAGER Siren Control Enable From The EOF
: 1. Obtain red key from EOF key box.
: 2. Insert the red key into the EOF Siren Enable Unit in the key switch marked Enable Control.
: 3. Turn the key to the ON position, a RED lamp directly above the key switch will light indicating power is on. The lamp will remain on as long as the key switch is in the ON position.
: 3. Turn the key to the ON position, a RED lamp directly above the key switch will light indicating power is on. The lamp will remain on as long as the key switch is in the ON position.
: 4. Leave key in the ON position.
: 4. Leave key in the ON position.
: 5. Upon completion of usage of the EOF Siren Enable Unit, the unit can be DISABLED by turning the key switch to the OFF position.
: 5. Upon completion of usage of the EOF Siren Enable Unit, the unit can be DISABLED by turning the key switch to the OFF position. The RED lamp will now be extinguished.
The RED lamp will now be extinguished.
: 6. Return red key to the EOF key box.
: 6. Return red key to the EOF key box. NOTE If the Siren Control Console in the Emergency Operations Facility does not work, the siren sounding time may have to be changed. Notify the Recovery Manager immediately.
NOTE If the Siren Control Console in the Emergency Operations Facility does not work, the siren sounding time may have to be changed. Notify the Recovery Managerimmediately. To enable the sirens, direct the Telecommunications Specialist to enable the Siren System from the siren computers in the Emergency OperationsFacility.
To enable the sirens, direct the Telecommunications Specialist to enable the Siren System from the siren computers in the Emergency Operations Facility.EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 17 OF 61 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 1 OF 3 ADMINISTRATIVE/LOGISTICS ADVISOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials I. Call in Administrative staff members and Telecommunications Specialist using the Emergency Telephone Book. 2. Verify that all required EOF staff members are present. If positions remain to be filled, obtain the Dialogics callout log from the EOF fax to determine which EOF staff members have responded.
EIP-2-020       REV - 25       PAGE 17 OF 61
Call additional staff members as required.
 
ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 1 OF 3 ADMINISTRATIVE/LOGISTICS ADVISOR ACTIVATION                                   Date:                                 Actions Completed Initials I. Call in Administrative staff members and Telecommunications Specialist using the Emergency Telephone Book.
: 2. Verify that all required EOF staff members are present. If positions remain to be filled, obtain the Dialogics callout log from the EOF fax to determine which EOF staff members have responded. Call additional staff members as required.
: 3. Print plant daily report and ensure distribution.
: 3. Print plant daily report and ensure distribution.
: 4. Ensure ERIS projector is turned on. SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Contact the Administrative Coordinator in the TSC concerning any personnel injuries.
: 4. Ensure ERIS projector is turned on.
: 2. Verify with NRC personnel that the FTS 2001 phone lines are operational.
SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS
Report any problems to the NRC Operations Center using a commercial phone and the numbers listed on the NRC phone. 3. Contact the hospital for current information on injured personnel, as applicable.
: 1. Contact the Administrative Coordinator in the TSC concerning any personnel injuries.
Keep the EOF Manager informed of status. 4. Ensure that drawings and procedures are provided to EOF staff as needed. If the electronic document system is not operable, the simulator and Training Center Library may be used. 5. Ensure that the Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) Status Board is updated for each protective action recommended.
: 2. Verify with NRC personnel that the FTS 2001 phone lines are operational. Report any problems to the NRC Operations Center using a commercial phone and the numbers listed on the NRC phone.
: 6. Develop long-term staffing rotation list: a. Using page 3 of this attachment, determine long-term relief rotation.
: 3. Contact the hospital for current information on injured personnel, as applicable. Keep the EOF Manager informed of status.
: b. If PARs have been issued, discuss recommended routes with the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA). Once access route is established, inform Administrative Coordinator and Logistics Team Supervisor for shift rotation in the TSC and JIC. c. Contact the individuals on the rotation list and inform them of the time they are scheduled to report and the proper route to be taken.EIP-2-020 REV-25 PAGE 18 0F61 EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 18 OF61 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 2 OF 3 ADMINISTRATIVE/LOGISTICS ADVISOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd) 7. Coordinate assistance from the Corporate Emergency Center (CEC) using the Corporate Hot Line. Use the INPO Emergency Resources Manual as a reference.
: 4. Ensure that drawings and procedures are provided to EOF staff as needed.
: 8. Coordinate assistance for equipment, supplies, food, lodging, travel, and communications, as necessary.
If the electronic document system is not operable, the simulator and Training Center Library may be used.
If PARs have been issued, obtain recommended routes from the RPA and arrange for Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) access through the Parish Emergency Operations Centers (EOCs). 9. Coordinate monetary matters through the Corporate Emergency Center. Assistance may be requested from Corporate Business Services.
: 5. Ensure that the Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) Status Board is updated for each protective action recommended.
: 6. Develop long-term staffing rotation list:
: a.       Using page 3 of this attachment, determine long-term relief rotation.
: b.       If PARs have been issued, discuss recommended routes with the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA). Once access route is established, inform Administrative Coordinator and Logistics Team Supervisor for shift rotation in the TSC and JIC.
: c.       Contact the individuals on the rotation list and inform them of the time they are scheduled to report and the proper route to be taken.
EIP-2-020       REV - 25         PAGE 18   OF61 EIP-2-020       REV-25           PAGE 18 0F61
 
ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 2 OF 3 ADMINISTRATIVE/LOGISTICS ADVISOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)
: 7. Coordinate assistance from the Corporate Emergency Center (CEC) using the Corporate Hot Line. Use the INPO Emergency Resources Manual as a reference.
: 8. Coordinate assistance for equipment, supplies, food, lodging, travel, and communications, as necessary. If PARs have been issued, obtain recommended routes from the RPA and arrange for Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) access through the Parish Emergency Operations Centers (EOCs).
: 9. Coordinate monetary matters through the Corporate Emergency Center.
Assistance may be requested from Corporate Business Services.
: 10. Obtain list of materials, supplies, and contractors that may be required for recovery from EOF and TSC personnel.
: 10. Obtain list of materials, supplies, and contractors that may be required for recovery from EOF and TSC personnel.
RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Coordinate with EOF staff on documents necessary to support Alternate EOF functions.
RELOCATION ACTIONS                   Date:                                         Actions Completed Initials
Ensure documents are collected and transferred to the Alternate EOF (AEOF). 2. When directed, contact the East Baton Rouge Emergency Operations Center (EOC) and request the notification of the Zachary Monitoring/Decontamination Station of personnel arriving and, if necessary, that a school bus be dispatched to the EOF to assist in the relocation.
: 1. Coordinate with EOF staff on documents necessary to support Alternate EOF functions. Ensure documents are collected and transferred to the Alternate EOF (AEOF).
: 3. Transfer responsibilities to the Administrative Coordinator in the TSC. DEACTIVATION Date: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the EOF. 2. Ensure that all equipment, procedures, and drawings are properly stored. 3. Have administrative staff collect all documentation.
: 2. When directed, contact the East Baton Rouge Emergency Operations Center (EOC) and request the notification of the Zachary Monitoring/Decontamination Station of personnel arriving and, if necessary, that a school bus be dispatched to the EOF to assist in the relocation.
: 4. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 19 OF 61 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 3 OF 3 ADMINISTRATIVE/LOGISTICS ADVISOR EOF STAFF ROTATION (12-Hour Shifts) Date: Position Time: Recovery Manager EOF Manager Rad. Prot. Advisor Rad. Assess. Coord. Asst. Rad. Assess. Coord. Offsite Team Coord. Operations Advisor Admin./Logistics Advisor Communicators Status Comm. Technical Advisor HPN Communicator Event Info Team Eng Support Advisor Engineering Support Admin. Support Telecommunications EOF Registration EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 20 OF 61 Date: ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 1 OF 5 Actions Completed Initials I Ensure that the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) and the Asst. Radiological Assessment Coordinator (ARAC) are available and prepared to assume functional responsibilities.
: 3. Transfer responsibilities to the Administrative Coordinator in the TSC.
NOTE If NO release is occurring or has not previously occurred, the EOF and JIC may be presumed to be radiologically habitable without conducting surveys.2. Using the following guidelines, evaluate radiological conditions and determine habitability of the EOF and JIC: EOF habitability is based on a maximum dose limii TEDE over an assumed 12 hour shift. A combination of 200 mR/hr to the whole body (Di Equivalent) vius an airborne concentration of 5E-6 radioiodine in the facility equates to a TEDE of apl 5 rem in 12 hours. JIC habitability is based on a maximum dose of 50C over an assumed 8 hour shift. This limit is in exces allowed by 10CFR20.1301 for members of the genc is consistent with the guidance in the NUMARC let December 7, 1992 from Thomas E. Tipton to Dr. TI An external exposure rate of 60 mR/hr to the whole airborne radioiodine concentration of 2E-6 in the fa dose of 500 mrem TEDE over an 8 hour shift. 3. Provide habitability results to the EOF Manager and post EOF habitability on status board. 4. Inform the EOF Manager when the RAC and ARAC are prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
DEACTIVATION                         Date:
t of 5 rem eep Dose No Ci/cc proximately )mrem TEDE s of that eral public, but ter of homas E. Murley. bodyor cility will yield a EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 21 OF 61 ACTIVATION RADIATION PROTECTION ADVISOR ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 2 OF 5 RADIATION PROTECTION ADVISOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Obtain status of offsite monitoring teams from the Radiation Protection Coordinator (RPC). Ensure teams are dispatched and controlled as necessary.
: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the EOF.
: 2. Ensure that all equipment, procedures, and drawings are properly stored.
: 3. Have administrative staff collect all documentation.
: 4. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.
EIP-2-020         REV - 25         PAGE 19 OF 61
 
ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 3 OF 3 ADMINISTRATIVE/LOGISTICS ADVISOR EOF STAFF ROTATION (12-Hour Shifts)
Date:
Position           Time:
Recovery Manager EOF Manager Rad. Prot. Advisor Rad. Assess. Coord.
Asst. Rad. Assess. Coord.
Offsite Team Coord.
Operations Advisor Admin./Logistics Advisor Communicators Status Comm.
Technical Advisor HPN Communicator Event Info Team Eng Support Advisor Engineering Support Admin. Support Telecommunications EOF Registration EIP-2-020     REV - 25     PAGE 20 OF 61
 
ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 1 OF 5 RADIATION PROTECTION ADVISOR ACTIVATION                            Date:                                          Actions Completed Initials I   Ensure that the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) and the Asst. Radiological Assessment Coordinator (ARAC) are available and prepared to assume functional responsibilities.
NOTE If NO release is occurringor has not previously occurred, the EOFand JIC may be presumed to be radiologically habitablewithout conducting surveys.
: 2. Using the following guidelines, evaluate radiological conditions and determine habitability of the EOF and JIC:
EOF habitability is based on a maximum dose limiit of 5 rem TEDE over an assumed 12 hour shift.
A combination of 200 mR/hr to the whole body (Dieep Dose Equivalent) vius an airborne concentration of 5E-6 No Ci/cc radioiodine in the facility equates to a TEDE of apl proximately 5 rem in 12 hours.
JIC habitability is based on a maximum dose of 50C)mrem TEDE over an assumed 8 hour shift. This limit is in exces s of that allowed by 10CFR20.1301 for members of the genceral public, but is consistent with the guidance in the NUMARC let ter of December 7, 1992 from Thomas E. Tipton to Dr. TIhomas E. Murley.
An external exposure rate of 60 mR/hr to the whole bodyor airborne radioiodine concentration of 2E-6 in the facility will yield a dose of 500 mrem TEDE over an 8 hour shift.
: 3. Provide habitability results to the EOF Manager and post EOF habitability on status board.
: 4. Inform the EOF Manager when the RAC and ARAC are prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
EIP-2-020       REV - 25         PAGE 21 OF 61
 
ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 2 OF 5 RADIATION PROTECTION ADVISOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS
: 1. Obtain status of offsite monitoring teams from the Radiation Protection Coordinator (RPC). Ensure teams are dispatched and controlled as necessary.
: 2. Assume control of dose assessment activities when directed by the Recovery Manager (RM). Ensure dose calculations are performed as necessary.
: 2. Assume control of dose assessment activities when directed by the Recovery Manager (RM). Ensure dose calculations are performed as necessary.
: 3. As required, ensure the distribution of pocket dosimeters and TLDs to EOF personnel and announce the frequency at which individuals should read their dosimeters.
: 3. As required, ensure the distribution of pocket dosimeters and TLDs to EOF personnel and announce the frequency at which individuals should read their dosimeters.
: 4. As required, direct the establishment of an EOF contamination control point at the door outside the EOF Decontamination Facility (Door TC-300-17).
: 4. As required, direct the establishment of an EOF contamination control point at the door outside the EOF Decontamination Facility (Door TC-300-17). Provide direction on frisking requirements.
Provide direction on frisking requirements.
: 5. Review dose projection calculations and any offsite radiological monitoring data available.
: 5. Review dose projection calculations and any offsite radiological monitoring data available.
: 6. Using Attachment 19, formulate Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) and scenario number using dose projections, field monitoring and plant conditions.
: 6. Using Attachment 19, formulate Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) and scenario number using dose projections, field monitoring and plant conditions.
: 7. Discuss the PARs with the Recovery Manager (RM) and Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) Liaison, if available, including the basis and reasoning used to arrive at the PARs. 8. Provide the scenario number for the Short Notification Message Form 9. Provide information for appropriate sections of the Long Notification Message Form. 10. Review all notification message forms containing radiological data prior to transmittal.
: 7. Discuss the PARs with the Recovery Manager (RM) and Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) Liaison, if available, including the basis and reasoning used to arrive at the PARs.
EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 22 OF 61 RRV -25 PAGE 22 OF 61 EIP-2-020 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 3 OF 5 RADIATION PROTECTION ADVISOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd) 11. After initial PAR implementation, assuming no change in dose projections which would require an increase in PARs, wind shifts which change the scenario number may trigger an increase in PARs to a higher level. To determine the appropriate PAR, review the emergency scenario maps and the National Weather Service (NWS) forecast.
: 8. Provide the scenario number for the Short Notification Message Form
In addition, if NWS indicates continued wind shifts, consider the following guidance:
: 9. Provide information for appropriate sections of the Long Notification Message Form.
: a. Present PARs -Evacuate 2 mile radius, evacuate 5 miles downwind, shelter the 10 mile radius and evacuate schools, institutions and recreation areas in the 5 mile radius (minimum PARs) Wind shifts -Evacuate 5 mile radius and shelter the 10 mile radius (Scenario  
: 10. Review all notification message forms containing radiological data prior to transmittal.
#12) b. Present PARs -Evacuate 5 mile radius, evacuate 10 miles downwind, shelter the remaining 10 mile radius and evacuate schools, institutions and recreation areas in the 10 mile radius Wind shifts -Evacuate 10 mile radius (Scenario  
EIP-2-020         RRV - 25         PAGE 22 OF 61 EIP-2-020        REV -25         PAGE 22 OF 61
#27) 12. Inform RM of wind shifts which could affect PARs. 13. When PARs are issued, provide recommended routes for personnel and deliveries into RBS. 14. If doses > 1 rem TEDE or >5 rem CDE thyroid are projected at 10 miles, estimate the projected dose at 15, 20 and 25 miles, as appropriate.
 
Inform the RM and the LDEQ Liaison of the distance and downwind areas at which a Protective Action Guideline (PAG) is estimated to be exceeded.
ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 3 OF 5 RADIATION PROTECTION ADVISOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)
: 11. After initial PAR implementation, assuming no change in dose projections which would require an increase in PARs, wind shifts which change the scenario number may trigger an increase in PARs to a higher level.
To determine the appropriate PAR, review the emergency scenario maps and the National Weather Service (NWS) forecast. In addition, if NWS indicates continued wind shifts, consider the following guidance:
: a.       Present PARs - Evacuate 2 mile radius, evacuate 5 miles downwind, shelter the 10 mile radius and evacuate schools, institutions and recreation areas in the 5 mile radius (minimum PARs)
Wind shifts - Evacuate 5 mile radius and shelter the 10 mile radius (Scenario #12)
: b.       Present PARs - Evacuate 5 mile radius, evacuate 10 miles downwind, shelter the remaining 10 mile radius and evacuate schools, institutions and recreation areas in the 10 mile radius Wind shifts - Evacuate 10 mile radius (Scenario #27)
: 12. Inform RM of wind shifts which could affect PARs.
: 13. When PARs are issued, provide recommended routes for personnel and deliveries into RBS.
: 14. If doses > 1 rem TEDE or >5 rem CDE thyroid are projected at 10 miles, estimate the projected dose at 15, 20 and 25 miles, as appropriate. Inform the RM and the LDEQ Liaison of the distance and downwind areas at which a Protective Action Guideline (PAG) is estimated to be exceeded.
: 15. Periodically assess EOF and JIC habitability.
: 15. Periodically assess EOF and JIC habitability.
: 16. Evaluate radiation exposures of EOF and JIC personnel and inform anyone approaching 10CFR20 limits. 17. Periodically update the RM, LDEQ, and RPC on offsite radiological data, both real time measurements and projected exposures.
: 16. Evaluate radiation exposures of EOF and JIC personnel and inform anyone approaching 10CFR20 limits.
: 17. Periodically update the RM, LDEQ, and RPC on offsite radiological data, both real time measurements and projected exposures.
: 18. Keep the RPC informed of activities.
: 18. Keep the RPC informed of activities.
EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 23 OF 61 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 4 OF 5 RADIATION PROTECTION ADVISOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd) 19. Evaluate the need for EOF, JIC or offsite team personnel to exceed 1OCFR20 limits or the need for the use of Potassium Iodide (KI) in accordance with EIP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls.
EIP-2-020         REV - 25         PAGE 23 OF 61
Inform the RM and obtain the Emergency Director's authorization.
 
: 20. Make arrangements with environmental services for analysis of environmental samples taken by offsite monitoring teams. RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Direct the RPC to have a Radiation Protection Technician or Chemistry Technician report to the TSC for control of monitoring teams. 2. Transfer overall responsibility for dose assessment and monitoring teams to the Radiation Protection Coordinator in the TSC. 3. Review radiological and meteorological information and provide directions to the __ staff relocating to the Alternate EOF. A suggested route to the Zachary Monitoring/Decontamination Station and the Alternate EOF is shown on Page 5. Ensure that the EOF staff have TLDs and pocket dosimeters prior to relocating to the Alternate EOF. 4. Ensure that the EOF Habitability Technician obtains survey meters and the TLD Tracking Log for transport to the Alternate EOF. 5. Direct the EOF Habitability Technician to perform a sweep of the EOF, JIC, and Training Center to verify that all personnel have evacuated the building prior to relocating and send him to the Alternate EOF or Zachary Monitoring/
ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 4 OF 5 RADIATION PROTECTION ADVISOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)
: 19. Evaluate the need for EOF, JIC or offsite team personnel to exceed 10CFR20 limits or the need for the use of Potassium Iodide (KI) in accordance with EIP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls. Inform the RM and obtain the Emergency Director's authorization.
: 20. Make arrangements with environmental services for analysis of environmental samples taken by offsite monitoring teams.
RELOCATION ACTIONS                   Date:
Actions Completed Initials
: 1. Direct the RPC to have a Radiation Protection Technician or Chemistry Technician report to the TSC for control of monitoring teams.
: 2. Transfer overall responsibility for dose assessment and monitoring teams to the Radiation Protection Coordinator in the TSC.
: 3. Review radiological and meteorological information and provide directions to the   __
staff relocating to the Alternate EOF. A suggested route to the Zachary Monitoring/Decontamination Station and the Alternate EOF is shown on Page 5. Ensure that the EOF staff have TLDs and pocket dosimeters prior to relocating to the Alternate EOF.
: 4. Ensure that the EOF Habitability Technician obtains survey meters and the TLD Tracking Log for transport to the Alternate EOF.
: 5. Direct the EOF Habitability Technician to perform a sweep of the EOF, JIC, and Training Center to verify that all personnel have evacuated the building prior to relocating and send him to the Alternate EOF or Zachary Monitoring/
Decontamination Station.
Decontamination Station.
DEACTIVATION Date: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, have the radiological staff deactivate the EOF. 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 24 OF 61 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 5 OF 5 RADIATION PROTECTION ADVISOR ST. FRANCISVILLE GOVERNMENT STREET PROOOIOM.CDR EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 25 OF 61 ZACHARY DIRECTIONS TO ALTERNATE EOF: Proceed south down U.S. 61 and take route 1, 2, 3 or 4 to the Zachary Fire Dept. located on La. Hwy. 64. When departing, turn left on Hwy 64 and proceed to the stop light at Hwy. 19 (LA 120). Turn right on Hwy. 19 and continue until you reach Interstate 110. Turn left onto Interstate 110 and continue until you reach the Government Street exit in Baton Rouge. Take the Government Street exit and turn left onto Government Street. After crossing a set of railroad tracks, turn left onto South [5th Street. Turn in at gate on your right and proceed to the parking area between the two buildings on your right.BATON ROUGE ALT.
DEACTIVATION                         Date:
ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 1 OF 4 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Ensure Assistant Radiological Assessment Coordinator (ARAC) is prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, have the radiological staff deactivate the EOF.
: 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.
EIP-2-020       REV - 25       PAGE 24 OF 61
 
ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 5 OF 5 RADIATION PROTECTION ADVISOR ST. FRANCISVILLE ZACHARY DIRECTIONS TO ALTERNATE EOF:
Proceed south down U.S. 61 and take route 1, 2, 3 or 4 to the Zachary Fire Dept.
located on La. Hwy. 64.
When departing, turn left on Hwy 64 and proceed to the stop light at Hwy. 19 (LA 120).
Turn right on Hwy. 19 and continue until you reach Interstate 110.
Turn left onto Interstate 110 and continue until you reach the Government Street exit in Baton Rouge. Take the Government Street exit and turn left onto Government Street.
After crossing a set of railroad tracks, turn left onto South
[5th Street. Turn in at gate                                             BATON on your right and proceed to                                             ROUGE the parking area between the two buildings on your right.
ALT.
GOVERNMENT STREET PROOOIOM.CDR EIP-2-020  REV - 25    PAGE 25 OF 61
 
ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 1 OF 4 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR ACTIVATION                                   Date:                               Actions Completed Initials
: 1. Ensure Assistant Radiological Assessment Coordinator (ARAC) is prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
: 2. Inform Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA) when prepared to perform dose assessment activities.
: 2. Inform Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA) when prepared to perform dose assessment activities.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE Offsite teams are expected to report in 75 minutes and be ready for deployment as soon as possible but no later than 90 minutes following notification.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE Offsite teams are expected to report in 75 minutes and be readyfor deployment as soon as possible but no later than 90 minutes following notification.
: 1. Offsite Team Coordinator and offsite monitoring teams are available and prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
: 1. Offsite Team Coordinator and offsite monitoring teams are available and prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
: 2. Call the National Weather Service to obtain weather forecast.
: 2. Call the National Weather Service to obtain weather forecast.
: 3. Brief offsite monitoring teams regarding meteorological and radiological  
: 3. Brief offsite monitoring teams regarding meteorological and radiological
"- conditions prior to dispatch.
"- conditions prior to dispatch. Use page 4 of this attachment as a guide.
Use page 4 of this attachment as a guide. 4. Ensure offsite teams complete applicable attachments of EIP-2-012 in regards to the administration of potassium iodide (KI). 5. Dispatch offsite monitoring teams. 6. Provide direction to the Offsite Team Coordinator in tracking offsite monitoring personnel, including dose limits, frequency of dose checks, etc. If State offsite teams are available, coordinate offsite monitoring with the State representative in the EOF. 7. Review and assess the results of dose calculations and offsite monitoring team data. Based on the data indications, assess the need for the use of potassium iodide (KI) by the offsite teams. 8. Keep the RPA informed of all activities.
: 4. Ensure offsite teams complete applicable attachments of EIP-2-012 in regards to the administration of potassium iodide (KI).
EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 26 OF 61 ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 2 OF 4 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR
: 5. Dispatch offsite monitoring teams.
: 9. When a release is in progress, direct the Offsite Team Coordinator to obtain Offsite Team dosimeter readings.
: 6. Provide direction to the Offsite Team Coordinator in tracking offsite monitoring personnel, including dose limits, frequency of dose checks, etc.
Direct the ARAC to convert the readings to TEDE and evaluate as follows: a. When a Team Member's dosimeter reading reaches 1 R, immediately convert to TEDE and evaluate.
If State offsite teams are available, coordinate offsite monitoring with the State representative in the EOF.
: b. If converted TEDE is greater than 5 rem, obtain a whole body count as soon as practical to confirm calculated TEDE, and consider replacing the individual on the Team. c. If confirmed TEDE is greater than 5 rem, inform Radiation Protection Coordinator (RPC) of overexposure for NRC notification (IOCFR20).
: 7. Review and assess the results of dose calculations and offsite monitoring team data. Based on the data indications, assess the need for the use of potassium iodide (KI) by the offsite teams.
: 8. Keep the RPA informed of all activities.
EIP-2-020         REV - 25         PAGE 26 OF 61
 
ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 2 OF 4 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR
: 9. When a release is in progress, direct the Offsite Team Coordinator to obtain Offsite Team dosimeter readings. Direct the ARAC to convert the readings to TEDE and evaluate as follows:
: a. When a Team Member's dosimeter reading reaches 1 R, immediately convert to TEDE and evaluate.
: b. If converted TEDE is greater than 5 rem, obtain a whole body count as soon as practical to confirm calculated TEDE, and consider replacing the individual on the Team.
: c. If confirmed TEDE is greater than 5 rem, inform Radiation Protection Coordinator (RPC) of overexposure for NRC notification (IOCFR20).
: 10. Direct the Offsite Team Coordinator to notify Offsite Monitoring Teams if potassium iodide (KI) is recommended.
: 10. Direct the Offsite Team Coordinator to notify Offsite Monitoring Teams if potassium iodide (KI) is recommended.
: 11. If doses > I rem TEDE or >5 rem CDE thyroid are projected at 10 miles, estimate the projected dose at 15, 20 and 25 miles, as appropriate.
: 11. If doses > I rem TEDE or >5 rem CDE thyroid are projected at 10 miles, estimate the projected dose at 15, 20 and 25 miles, as appropriate. Inform the Radiation Protection Advisor of the distance and downwind areas at which a Protective Action Guideline (PAG) is estimated to be exceeded.
Inform the Radiation Protection Advisor of the distance and downwind areas at which a Protective Action Guideline (PAG) is estimated to be exceeded.
Estimate radiation doses beyond 10 miles using .the following factors:
Estimate radiation doses beyond 10 miles using .the following factors: These ratios may be used regardless of Stability Class, Wind Speed or Time After Shutdown when the Core State = "Fuel Melt". Radiation Dose at 15 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.387 Radiation Dose at 20 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.267 Radiation Dose at 25 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.226 Ratios are applicable to either TEDE or CDE, although CDE Thyroid will normally be the dominant factor. RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Ensure transfer of responsibility for dose assessment to the Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator or RPC. 2. Direct the Offsite Team Coordinator to transfer control of monitoring teams to the RPC and brief the RPC on status of monitoring teams.EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 27 OF 61 ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 3 OF 4 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR RELOCATION ACTIONS (cont'd) 3. Ensure backup dose assessment computer is transported to the Alternate EOF, including spare battery and charger.
These ratios may be used regardless of Stability Class, Wind Speed or Time After Shutdown when the Core State = "Fuel Melt".
Radiation Dose at 15 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.387 Radiation Dose at 20 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.267 Radiation Dose at 25 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.226 Ratios are applicable to either TEDE or CDE, although CDE Thyroid will normally be the dominant factor.
RELOCATION ACTIONS                 Date:
Actions Completed Initials
: 1. Ensure transfer of responsibility for dose assessment to the Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator or RPC.
: 2. Direct the Offsite Team Coordinator to transfer control of monitoring teams to the RPC and brief the RPC on status of monitoring teams.
EIP-2-020         REV - 25       PAGE 27 OF 61
 
ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 3 OF 4 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR RELOCATION ACTIONS (cont'd)
: 3. Ensure backup dose assessment computer is transported to the Alternate EOF, including spare battery and charger.
: 4. Relocate to the Alternate EOF when the Assistant Radiological Assessment Coordinator and the Offsite Team Coordinator have been relieved.
: 4. Relocate to the Alternate EOF when the Assistant Radiological Assessment Coordinator and the Offsite Team Coordinator have been relieved.
DEACTIVATION Date: 1. When directed by the RPA, deactivate the EOF. 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the RPA. 3. Ensure that Offsite Monitoring Teams are informed to deactivate.
DEACTIVATION                     Date:
EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 28 OF 61 ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 4 OF 4 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR Offsite Monitoring Team Briefing Checklist Wind Direction  
: 1. When directed by the RPA, deactivate the EOF.
& Speed Probable exposure rates, if known Exposure limits (including turnback threshold)
: 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the RPA.
First sample location Directions to sample location Release Rate (or imminent)
: 3. Ensure that Offsite Monitoring Teams are informed to deactivate.
KI Protective Clothing Plant conditions/status Verify Resp./Fit Quals Comments Team #1 Team #2 Date Briefing performed by: EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 29 OF 61 ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 1 OF 3 ASSISTANT RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials I Verify the operability of the Computer Aided Dose Assessment Program (CADAP).
EIP-2-020       REV - 25       PAGE 28 OF 61
NOTE: If the Digital Radiation Monitoring System (DRMS) or meteorological tower information is unavailable in the facility, have Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA) request an individualfrom the OSC be dispatched to the Control Room to relay data. The onsite hotline, if available, may be used to relay this information.
 
: 2. Ensure that the RM- 11 module of the DRMS is operable as follows: a. Ensure that RM- 11 Console and printer power switches are in the "ON" position.
ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 4 OF 4 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR Offsite Monitoring Team Briefing Checklist Wind Direction & Speed Probable exposure rates, if known Exposure limits (including turnback threshold)
: b. Check RM-1 1 Console screen brightness by turning "BRIGHTNESS" button. c. If display does not appear on screen, flip "ALTERNATE/
First sample location                       Team #1 Team #2 Directions to sample location Release Rate (or imminent)
PRIMARY" selector switch from one position to the other. d. Press any "GRID" switch and display should appear on screen. e. If display does not appear on screen, perform the following:
KI Protective Clothing Plant conditions/status Verify Resp./Fit Quals                                             Date Comments Briefing performed by:
EIP-2-020       REV - 25     PAGE 29 OF 61
 
ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 1 OF 3 ASSISTANT RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR ACTIVATION                                   Date:                           Actions Completed Initials I   Verify the operability of the Computer Aided Dose Assessment Program (CADAP).
NOTE:
If the DigitalRadiation MonitoringSystem (DRMS) or meteorologicaltower information is unavailablein the facility, have Radiation ProtectionAdvisor (RPA) request an individualfrom the OSC be dispatchedto the Control Room to relay data. The onsite hotline, if available,may be used to relay this information.
: 2. Ensure that the RM- 11 module of the DRMS is operable as follows:
: a.     Ensure that RM- 11 Console and printer power switches are in the "ON" position.
: b.     Check RM-1 1 Console screen brightness by turning "BRIGHTNESS" button.
: c.     If display does not appear on screen, flip "ALTERNATE/
PRIMARY" selector switch from one position to the other.
: d.     Press any "GRID" switch and display should appear on screen.
: e.     If display does not appear on screen, perform the following:
: 1. Proceed to the EOF Communications Equipment Room to breaker box # LL (Door #300-02).
: 1. Proceed to the EOF Communications Equipment Room to breaker box # LL (Door #300-02).
: 2. If breaker(s) has tripped, switch to "OFF POSITION" then switch to "ON" position.
: 2.       If breaker(s) has tripped, switch to "OFF POSITION" then switch to "ON" position.
: 3. Proceed as described in Step "a." above. 3. Ensure that the meteorological printer is operable.EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 30 OF 61 ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 2 OF 3 ASSISTANT RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials 4. Verify operability of the Onsite Hotline by calling the TSC at 201. 5. Inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
: 3.     Proceed as described in Step "a." above.
SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Assume control of dose assessment activities when directed by the RPA. 2. Perform dose assessment calculations in accordance with EIP-2-024, Offsite Dose Calculations.
: 3. Ensure that the meteorological printer is operable.
Provide the results to the RAC. 3. Keep the RAC informed of changes in wind direction.
EIP-2-020         REV - 25       PAGE 30 OF 61
 
ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 2 OF 3 ASSISTANT RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR ACTIVATION                                   Date:                             Actions Completed Initials
: 4. Verify operability of the Onsite Hotline by calling the TSC at 201.
: 5. Inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS
: 1. Assume control of dose assessment activities when directed by the RPA.
: 2. Perform dose assessment calculations in accordance with EIP-2-024, Offsite Dose Calculations. Provide the results to the RAC.
: 3. Keep the RAC informed of changes in wind direction.
: 4. Verify the operability of the backup CADAP computer, as time permits.
: 4. Verify the operability of the backup CADAP computer, as time permits.
Place the LapTop computer battery on charge. 5. Provide DRMS data to the RAC. 6, As directed, convert offsite monitoring team dosimeter readings to TEDE and provide results to the RAC for evaluation.
Place the LapTop computer battery on charge.
: 7. If doses > 1 rem TEDE or >5 rem CDE thyroid are projected at 10 miles, estimate the projected dose at 15, 20 and 25 miles, as appropriate.
: 5. Provide DRMS data to the RAC.
Inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator of the distance and downwind areas at which a Protective Action Guideline (PAG) is estimated to be exceeded.EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 31 OF61 Estimate radiation doses beyond 10 miles using the following factors: These ratios may be used regardless of Stability Class, Wind Speed or Time After Shutdown when the Core State = "Fuel Melt". Radiation Dose at 15 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.3 87 Radiation Dose at 20 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.267 Radiation Dose at 25 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.226 Ratios are applicable to either TEDE or CDE, although CDE Thyroid will normally be the dominant factor.
6,   As directed, convert offsite monitoring team dosimeter readings to TEDE and provide results to the RAC for evaluation.
ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 3 OF 3 ASSISTANT RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Turn over dose assessment functions to the Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator or RP Coordinator.
: 7. If doses > 1 rem TEDE or >5 rem CDE thyroid are projected at 10 miles, estimate the projected dose at 15, 20 and 25 miles, as appropriate. Inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator of the distance and downwind areas at which a Protective Action Guideline (PAG) is estimated to be exceeded.
: 2. Obtain backup dose assessment computer, spare battery and charger to transport to the Alternate EOF (AEOF). DEACTIVATION Date: 1. When directed by the RAC, deactivate the EOF. 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the RPA.EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 32 OF 61 ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE 1 OF 2 OFFSITE TEAM COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) when you are prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
Estimate radiation doses beyond 10 miles using the following factors:
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Verify the operability of the Offsite Monitoring Team radio. Ensure the radio check includes two portable radios, as well as, the vehicle's mobile radio for each of the monitoring teams. 2. Direct offsite monitoring personnel to detect and measure radioactive releases.
These ratios may be used regardless of Stability Class, Wind Speed or Time After Shutdown when the Core State = "Fuel Melt".
: 3. Provide field data from the Offsite Monitoring Teams to the RAC and Assistant Radiological Assessment Coordinator (ARAC). 4. Relay instructions and information provided by the RAC and ARAC to monitoring personnel.
Radiation Dose at 15 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.3 87 Radiation Dose at 20 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.267 Radiation Dose at 25 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.226 Ratios are applicable to either TEDE or CDE, although CDE Thyroid will normally be the dominant factor.
: 5. Record the Offsite Monitoring Teams' location and readings on the Offsite Monitoring Team Status Board. 6. Keep the Offsite Monitoring Teams informed of plant conditions, wind direction, classifications, release status, and information received during EOF briefings.
EIP-2-020        REV - 25        PAGE 31 OF61
: 7. Keep a record of Offsite Monitoring Team radiation exposures.
 
If any member reaches 1 R on their dosimeter, notify the RAC immediately.
ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 3 OF 3 ASSISTANT RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR RELOCATION ACTIONS               Date:                                   Actions Completed Initials
RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Turn over control of offsite teams to the assigned RP Technician or Chemistry Technician in the TSC. 2. Inform the offsite teams when control has been transferred to the TSC. 3. Inform the RAC when turnover is completed.
: 1. Turn over dose assessment functions to the Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator or RP Coordinator.
EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 33 OF 61 ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE 2 OF 2 OFFSITE TEAM COORDINATOR DEACTIVATION Date: 1. When directed by the RAC, deactivate the EOF. 2. Inform the Offsite Monitoring Teams of their duties or to deactivate.
: 2. Obtain backup dose assessment computer, spare battery and charger to transport to the Alternate EOF (AEOF).
: 3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the RPA.EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 34 OF 61 EOF HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN Date: ATTACHMENT 8 PAGE 1 OF 3 Actions Completed Initials 1. Perform operational checks on monitoring equipment prior to use. 2. Perform radiation and airborne radioactivity surveys in accordance with RPP-0006, Radiological Surveys or applicable attachments of EIP-2-014, Offsite Radiological Monitoring, to ensure that the EOF and JIC are habitable.
DEACTIVATION                     Date:
Report survey results to the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA). 3. Inform the RPA when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
: 1. When directed by the RAC, deactivate the EOF.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS I. As directed, distribute pocket dosimeters and issue TLDs using page 3. 2. Establish a contamination control point outside of door TC-300-17, as directed.
: 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the RPA.
EIP-2-020       REV - 25       PAGE 32 OF 61
 
ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE 1 OF 2 OFFSITE TEAM COORDINATOR ACTIVATION                                   Date:                               Actions Completed Initials
: 1. Inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) when you are prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS
: 1. Verify the operability of the Offsite Monitoring Team radio. Ensure the radio check includes two portable radios, as well as, the vehicle's mobile radio for each of the monitoring teams.
: 2. Direct offsite monitoring personnel to detect and measure radioactive releases.
: 3. Provide field data from the Offsite Monitoring Teams to the RAC and Assistant Radiological Assessment Coordinator (ARAC).
: 4. Relay instructions and information provided by the RAC and ARAC to monitoring personnel.
: 5. Record the Offsite Monitoring Teams' location and readings on the Offsite Monitoring Team Status Board.
: 6. Keep the Offsite Monitoring Teams informed of plant conditions, wind direction, classifications, release status, and information received during EOF briefings.
: 7. Keep a record of Offsite Monitoring Team radiation exposures. If any member reaches 1 R on their dosimeter, notify the RAC immediately.
RELOCATION ACTIONS                   Date:                                     Actions Completed Initials
: 1. Turn over control of offsite teams to the assigned RP Technician or Chemistry Technician in the TSC.
: 2. Inform the offsite teams when control has been transferred to the TSC.
: 3. Inform the RAC when turnover is completed.
EIP-2-020         REV - 25       PAGE 33 OF 61
 
ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE 2 OF 2 OFFSITE TEAM COORDINATOR DEACTIVATION                     Date:
: 1. When directed by the RAC, deactivate the EOF.
: 2. Inform the Offsite Monitoring Teams of their duties or to deactivate.
: 3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the RPA.
EIP-2-020       REV - 25       PAGE 34 OF 61
 
ATTACHMENT 8 PAGE 1 OF 3 EOF HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN ACTIVATION                                  Date:                                Actions Completed Initials
: 1. Perform operational checks on monitoring equipment prior to use.
: 2. Perform radiation and airborne radioactivity surveys in accordance with RPP-0006, Radiological Surveys or applicable attachments of EIP-2-014, Offsite Radiological Monitoring, to ensure that the EOF and JIC are habitable. Report survey results to the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA).
: 3. Inform the RPA when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS I. As directed, distribute pocket dosimeters and issue TLDs using page 3.
: 2. Establish a contamination control point outside of door TC-300-17, as directed.
: 3. Perform periodic EOF and JIC habitability surveys.
: 3. Perform periodic EOF and JIC habitability surveys.
: 4. Place dosimeters and TLDs in various locations in the JIC for monitoring purposes.
: 4. Place dosimeters and TLDs in various locations in the JIC for monitoring purposes.
: 5. Decontaminate individuals as required in accordance with RP- 104, Personnel Decontamination Event. 6. Keep the RPA informed of all activities.
: 5. Decontaminate individuals as required in accordance with RP- 104, Personnel Decontamination Event.
RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: A kctions Completed Initials 1. Sweep the EOF, JIC, and Training Center to ensure that all personnel have evacuated.
: 6. Keep the RPA informed of all activities.
: 2. Bring survey instruments and TLD Tracking Log with you to the Alternate EOF (AEOF).EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 35 OF 61 ACTIVATION ATTACHMENT 8 PAGE 2 OF 3 EOF HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN DEACTIVATION Date: 1. When directed by the RPA, deactivate the EOF. 2. Ensure that all dosimeters and TLDs that were distributed are collected.
RELOCATION ACTIONS                 Date:                                     Akctions Completed Initials
: 3. Ensure that all monitoring instrumentation is operable, then turn power off and store in proper location.
: 1. Sweep the EOF, JIC, and Training Center to ensure that all personnel have evacuated.
Report problems to the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA). 4. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the RPA.EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 36 OF 61 ATTACHMENT 8 PAGE 3 OF 3 EOF HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN TLD Tracking Log (Typical)Date: EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 37 OF 61 TLD# Name(Last, First, MD) Print SSN Returned([
: 2. Bring survey instruments and TLD Tracking Log with you to the Alternate EOF (AEOF).
TLD# Name(Last, First, MI) Print SSN Retumed (D ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 1 OF 4 COMMUNICATOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Verify the operability of the following communications equipment:
EIP-2-020         REV - 25       PAGE 35 OF 61
a) State and Local Hotline, call the Emergency Operations Center (LOEP) at 361. b) Civil Defense Radio Console, call LOEP. c) ESP Computer 2. Inform EOF Manager when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
 
SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS NOTE Notification to State and local authorities must be made within approximately 15 minutes of a declaration of an emergency or Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) change using the Short Notification Message Form (SNMF). 1. Assume responsibility for notifications when directed by the Recovery Manager.
ATTACHMENT 8 PAGE 2 OF 3 EOF HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN DEACTIVATION                       Date:
: 2. Assist the EOF Manager in completing the appropriate Notification Message Form (NMF). Ensure that the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA) reviews all dose data prior to Recovery Manager (RM) review and approval to transmit.
: 1. When directed by the RPA, deactivate the EOF.
When directed, make notifications of the emergency to State and local authorities.
: 2. Ensure that all dosimeters and TLDs that were distributed are collected.
: 3. Verify NMF receipt with State and local authorities, using the State and Local Hotline. Complete a new NMF Verification Checklist (page 3) for each message sent. 4. If an agency has not received the message, obtain message receipt verification from the other agencies, and re-transmit the message (ESP Computer) to the non-receiving party. 5. If the message is still not received, read it to the agency (s), line by line. Message may be faxed as needed. 6. If no contact is made with a location on the Hotline, call the location on the commercial telephone to verify receipt of message. If commercial telephones are inoperable, the Civil Defense Radio may be used.EIP-2-020 REV-2S PAGE3ROF6t REV 9 PAGE 38 OF 61 EIP-2-02{0 ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 2 OF 4 COMMUNICATOR
: 3. Ensure that all monitoring instrumentation is operable, then turn power off and store in proper location. Report problems to the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA).
: 7. When PARs are issued: a. During the verification of message receipt on the Hotline, inform LOEP and the Parish Emergency Operations Centers (EOCs) that you will call them back in five minutes for PAR confirmation.
: 4. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the RPA.
: b. After five minutes, contact LOEP and the five Parish EOCs. Using page 4, verify that the Directors or the Assistant Directors of all Parishes and the Operations Officer at LOEP are on the Hotline.
EIP-2-020       REV - 25       PAGE 36 OF 61
: c. When verified, request the Recovery Manager and the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) Liaison to pick up the Hotline for PAR verification and give the RM the PAR Verification Checklist.
 
ATTACHMENT 8 PAGE 3 OF 3 EOF HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN TLD Tracking Log                     (D Retumed (Typical)
Date:                                             SSN Print First, MI)
TLD# Name(Last, TLD#       Name(Last, First, MD) Print           SSN               Returned([
EIP-2-020      REV - 25      PAGE 37 OF 61
 
ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 1 OF 4 COMMUNICATOR ACTIVATION                                   Date:                                   Actions Completed Initials
: 1. Verify the operability of the following communications equipment:
a)     State and Local Hotline, call the Emergency Operations Center (LOEP) at 361.
b)     Civil Defense Radio Console, call LOEP.
c)     ESP Computer
: 2. Inform EOF Manager when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS NOTE Notification to State and local authoritiesmust be made within approximately 15 minutes of a declarationof an emergency or ProtectiveAction Recommendation (PAR) change using the Short Notification Message Form (SNMF).
: 1. Assume responsibility for notifications when directed by the Recovery Manager.
: 2. Assist the EOF Manager in completing the appropriate Notification Message Form (NMF). Ensure that the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA) reviews all dose data prior to Recovery Manager (RM) review and approval to transmit. When directed, make notifications of the emergency to State and local authorities.
: 3. Verify NMF receipt with State and local authorities, using the State and Local Hotline. Complete a new NMF Verification Checklist (page 3) for each message sent.
: 4. If an agency has not received the message, obtain message receipt verification from the other agencies, and re-transmit the message (ESP Computer) to the non-receiving party.
: 5. If the message is still not received, read it to the agency (s), line by line. Message may be faxed as needed.
: 6. If no contact is made with a location on the Hotline, call the location on the commercial telephone to verify receipt of message. If commercial telephones are inoperable, the Civil Defense Radio may be used.
EIP-2-02{0        REV 9       PAGE 38 OF 61 EIP-2-020          REV-2S          PAGE3ROF6t
 
ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 2 OF 4 COMMUNICATOR
: 7. When PARs are issued:
: a.     During the verification of message receipt on the Hotline, inform LOEP and the Parish Emergency Operations Centers (EOCs) that you will call them back in five minutes for PAR confirmation.
: b.     After five minutes, contact LOEP and the five Parish EOCs. Using page 4, verify that the Directors or the Assistant Directors of all Parishes and the Operations Officer at LOEP are on the Hotline.
: c.     When verified, request the Recovery Manager and the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) Liaison to pick up the Hotline for PAR verification and give the RM the PAR Verification Checklist.
: 8. Make follow-up notifications to State and local authorities as directed by the Recovery Manager. Verify receipt of each NMF using a new NMF Verification Checklist.
: 8. Make follow-up notifications to State and local authorities as directed by the Recovery Manager. Verify receipt of each NMF using a new NMF Verification Checklist.
: 9. Maintain a file of all notification message forms and verification checklists.
: 9. Maintain a file of all notification message forms and verification checklists.
: 10. Ensure that Administrative personnel distribute all Short and Long Notification Message Forms to EOF staff. 11. Update classification/notification status on status board. 12. Upon termination of the emergency, notify State and local authorities using the Long Notification Message Form. RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Transfer the responsibility for communications with State and local authorities to the TSC Communicator.
: 10. Ensure that Administrative personnel distribute all Short and Long Notification Message Forms to EOF staff.
DEACTIVATION Date: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the EOF. 2. Ensure that all messages are cleared and ESP Computer control is returned to the Control Room. 3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.
: 11. Update classification/notification status on status board.
EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 39 OF 61 ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 3 OF 4 COMMUNICATOR NMF VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Ensure at least one of the agencies in each of the following rows receives the message.
: 12. Upon termination of the emergency, notify State and local authorities using the Long Notification Message Form.
MESSAGE #FACILITY PHONE #Parish EOCs and LOEP Operations Officer informed of 5-minute PAR verification phone call Message Verified Communicator Signature/KCN Time/Date MSG. REC'D Hotline # (Y/N/NA)YES NO NA EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 40 OF 61 La. Department of Environmental Quality 9-765-0160 371 (LDEQ) (M-F -8AM to 4PM only, LOEP will notify all other times) La. Office of Emergency Preparedness 9-925-7500 (24-hr. pt.) 361 (LOEP) (State EOC) West Feliciana Parish (WFP) EOC 9-635-4792 351 24-HR. PT. 9-635-3241 352 East Feliciana Parish (EFP) EOC 9-634-7269 341 24-HR. PT. 9-683-5459 342 Pointe Coupee Parish (PCP) EOC 9-694-9014 331 24-HR. PT. 9-694-3737 332 East Baton Rouge Parish (EBRP) EOC 9-389-2100 311 24-HR. PT. 9-389-3300 312 West Baton Rouge Parish (WBRP) EOC 9-346-1581 321 24-HR. PT. 9-343-9234 321 Mississippi Emergency Management 9-1-800-222-6362 (24 hr. pt.) 381 Agency (MEMA) 9-1-601-352-9100 (alternate)
RELOCATION ACTIONS                   Date:                                       Actions Completed Initials
Mississippi Highway Patrol (MHP) 9-1-601-987-1530 (backup) 382 1 ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 4 OF 4 COMMUNICATOR PAR VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Scenario # Recommended:
: 1. Transfer the responsibility for communications with State and local authorities to the TSC Communicator.
Date: Communicator verifies that correct individuals are on the Hot Line by placing a check mark on the appropriate line. The RM will verify approved scenario and initial the form. WEST FELICIANA PARISH: RM Initial On Line Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO # EAST FELICIANA PARISH: Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO # POINTE COUPEE PARISH: Director of Emergency Preparedness  
DEACTIVATION                         Date:
-----Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO # WEST BATON ROUGE PARISH: Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO # EAST BATON ROUGE PARISH: Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO # STATE OF LOUISIANA LOEP Operations Officer Siren Sounding Time: EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 41 OF 61 ATTACHMENT 10 PAGE 1 OF 2 OPERATIONS ADVISOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Verify ERIS monitor is operational.
: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the EOF.
If power is not available, perform the following:
: 2. Ensure that all messages are cleared and ESP Computer control is returned to the Control Room.
: a. Check UPS panel, circuit #8 located in the Emergency Planning Storage Locker, door TC 300-14. b. If the main breaker and/or other breakers have tripped, switch to "OFF" position and switch to the "ON" position.
: 3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.
: 2. If ERIS is inoperable, obtain plant parameters from the Control Room. 3. Inform the EOF Manager when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
EIP-2-020         REV - 25         PAGE 39 OF 61
SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Establish contact with the TSC and Control Room and obtain current plant status and emergency operations in progress.
 
ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 3 OF 4 COMMUNICATOR NMF VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Ensure at least one of the agencies in each of the following rows receives the message.
MESSAGE #
MSG. REC'D FACILITY                                              PHONE #                  Hotline #   (Y/N/NA)
La. Department of Environmental Quality       9-765-0160                       371 (LDEQ) (M-F - 8AM to 4PM only, LOEP will notify all other times)
La. Office of Emergency Preparedness           9-925-7500 (24-hr. pt.)         361 (LOEP) (State EOC)
West Feliciana Parish (WFP)                   EOC           9-635-4792       351 24-HR. PT. 9-635-3241       352 East Feliciana Parish (EFP)                   EOC           9-634-7269       341 24-HR. PT. 9-683-5459       342 Pointe Coupee Parish (PCP)                     EOC           9-694-9014       331 24-HR. PT. 9-694-3737       332 East Baton Rouge Parish (EBRP)                 EOC           9-389-2100       311 24-HR. PT. 9-389-3300       312 West Baton Rouge Parish (WBRP)                 EOC           9-346-1581       321 24-HR. PT. 9-343-9234       321 Mississippi Emergency Management               9-1-800-222-6362 (24 hr. pt.)   381 Agency (MEMA)                                 9-1-601-352-9100 (alternate)
Mississippi Highway Patrol (MHP)               9-1-601-987-1530 (backup)       382       1 Parish EOCs and LOEP Operations Officer informed of 5-minute PAR verification phone call                                          YES    NO  NA Message Verified Communicator Signature/KCN        Time/Date EIP-2-020      REV - 25        PAGE 40 OF 61
 
ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 4 OF 4 COMMUNICATOR PAR VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Scenario # Recommended:                 Date:
Communicator verifies that correct individuals are on the Hot Line by placing a check mark on the appropriate line. The RM will verify approved scenario and initial the form.
WEST FELICIANA PARISH:                                             RM Initial           On Line Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #
EAST FELICIANA PARISH:
Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #
POINTE COUPEE PARISH:
Director of Emergency Preparedness                                                   -----
Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #
WEST BATON ROUGE PARISH:
Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #
EAST BATON ROUGE PARISH:
Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #
STATE OF LOUISIANA LOEP Operations Officer Siren Sounding Time:
EIP-2-020       REV - 25       PAGE 41 OF 61
 
ATTACHMENT 10 PAGE 1 OF 2 OPERATIONS ADVISOR ACTIVATION                                 Date:                               Actions Completed Initials
: 1. Verify ERIS monitor is operational. If power is not available, perform the following:
: a.     Check UPS panel, circuit #8 located in the Emergency Planning Storage Locker, door TC 300-14.
: b.     If the main breaker and/or other breakers have tripped, switch to "OFF" position and switch to the "ON" position.
: 2. If ERIS is inoperable, obtain plant parameters from the Control Room.
: 3. Inform the EOF Manager when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS
: 1. Establish contact with the TSC and Control Room and obtain current plant status and emergency operations in progress.
: 2. Verify that Status Communicators correctly update status boards with information obtained from ERIS and headset circuit.
: 2. Verify that Status Communicators correctly update status boards with information obtained from ERIS and headset circuit.
: 3. Ensure that the EOF staff is kept informed of: a. Current plant conditions.
: 3. Ensure that the EOF staff is kept informed of:
: b. Actions being performed or anticipated to mitigate the accident.
: a.     Current plant conditions.
: c. Repairs and investigations initiated.
: b.     Actions being performed or anticipated to mitigate the accident.
: c.     Repairs and investigations initiated.
: 4. Recommend actions on classification of emergencies, as necessary.
: 4. Recommend actions on classification of emergencies, as necessary.
: 5. Keep the Recovery Manager informed on status. 6. Follow EOPs/SAPs and keep RM informed of status.EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 42 OF 61 ATTACHMENT 10 PAGE 2 OF 2 OPERATIONS ADVISOR RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Inform the Operations Support Coordinator of the transfer to the Alternate EOF (AEOF). 2. Take EOP Flowcharts, EOP Bases, and SAP flowcharts with you to the AEOF. DEACTIVATION Date: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the EOF. 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 43 OF 61 ATTACHMENT 11 PAGE 1 OF 2 TECHNICAL ADVISOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials I. Ensure that ventilation system is placed in the Emergency Mode. For ventilation activation:
: 5. Keep the Recovery Manager informed on status.
: a. Obtain master key from EOF key box. b. Turn both ventilation switches in Room TC 300-06 of the EOF from normal to emergency positions.
: 6. Follow EOPs/SAPs and keep RM informed of status.
: c. Go to Room TC 300-09 (Mechanical Equipment Room), and verify that valve "A" is closed and valve "B" is open. d. Leave ventilation switches in emergency position.
EIP-2-020       REV - 25       PAGE 42 OF 61
: e. Inform Radiation Protection Advisor of ventilation system mode. 2. Inform the EOF Manager when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
 
SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Ensure headset is operational.
ATTACHMENT 10 PAGE 2 OF 2 OPERATIONS ADVISOR RELOCATION ACTIONS               Date:                               Actions Completed Initials
: 1. Inform the Operations Support Coordinator of the transfer to the Alternate EOF (AEOF).
: 2. Take EOP Flowcharts, EOP Bases, and SAP flowcharts with you to the AEOF.
DEACTIVATION                     Date:
: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the EOF.
: 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.
EIP-2-020       REV - 25       PAGE 43 OF 61
 
ATTACHMENT 11 PAGE 1 OF 2 TECHNICAL ADVISOR ACTIVATION                                 Date:                               Actions Completed Initials I. Ensure that ventilation system is placed in the Emergency Mode. For ventilation activation:
: a.       Obtain master key from EOF key box.
: b.     Turn both ventilation switches in Room TC 300-06 of the EOF from normal to emergency positions.
: c.     Go to Room TC 300-09 (Mechanical Equipment Room),
and verify that valve "A" is closed and valve "B" is open.
: d.     Leave ventilation switches in emergency position.
: e.     Inform Radiation Protection Advisor of ventilation system mode.
: 2. Inform the EOF Manager when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS
: 1. Ensure headset is operational.
: 2. Obtain information on the status of the reactor core from the Reactor Engineer or Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator.
: 2. Obtain information on the status of the reactor core from the Reactor Engineer or Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator.
: 3. Review proposed plant operations and assess the effect on core conditions.
: 3. Review proposed plant operations and assess the effect on core conditions.
: 4. Communicate with the Reactor Engineer or the Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator on recommendations for plant operations that would affect core conditions.
: 4. Communicate with the Reactor Engineer or the Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator on recommendations for plant operations that would affect core conditions.
: 5. Using the information obtained over the headset, make recommendations on engineering actions to the Engineering Support Advisor.
: 5. Using the information obtained over the headset, make recommendations on engineering actions to the Engineering Support Advisor.
: 6. Keep RP Advisor, Recovery Manager, and EOF Manager informed of significant changes in core state. 7. When Severe Accident Procedures (SAPs) are entered, periodically review parameter trends to determine if RPV breach is imminent or has occurred.EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 44 OF 61 ATTACHMENT 11 PAGE 2 OF 2 TECHNICAL ADVISOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd) 8. When SAPs are entered, periodically review parameter trends for inconsistencies.
: 6. Keep RP Advisor, Recovery Manager, and EOF Manager informed of significant changes in core state.
: 9. Upon termination of the emergency, return ventilation switches to normal. RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Action s Completed Initials 1. Inform the Reactor Engineer and Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator of your departure to the Alternate EOF (AEOF). DEACTIVATION Date: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the EOF. 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 45 OF 61 ATTACHMENT 12 PAGE I OF I STATUS COMMUNICATOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Ensure headset is operable.
: 7. When Severe Accident Procedures (SAPs) are entered, periodically review parameter trends to determine if RPV breach is imminent or has occurred.
EIP-2-020       REV - 25       PAGE 44 OF 61
 
ATTACHMENT 11 PAGE 2 OF 2 TECHNICAL ADVISOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)
: 8. When SAPs are entered, periodically review parameter trends for inconsistencies.
: 9. Upon termination of the emergency, return ventilation switches to normal.
RELOCATION ACTIONS                 Date:                                       Action s Completed Initials
: 1. Inform the Reactor Engineer and Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator of your departure to the Alternate EOF (AEOF).
DEACTIVATION                       Date:
: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the EOF.
: 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.
EIP-2-020       REV - 25       PAGE 45 OF 61
 
ATTACHMENT 12 PAGE I OF I STATUS COMMUNICATOR ACTIVATION                                 Date:                               Actions Completed Initials
: 1. Ensure headset is operable.
: 2. Update status boards with information obtained from ERIS, notification message forms, and headset circuit.
: 2. Update status boards with information obtained from ERIS, notification message forms, and headset circuit.
: 3. Ensure that the general information print board is operable and producing good copies. Update with current emergency status. SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Continually update all status boards with current information from ERIS, information obtained over the headset, Notification Message Forms (NMFs) or from the Operations Advisor. Status boards include, but are not limited to: a. General information print board b. Rx pressure and level chart c. Rx critical parameter chart d. Equipment status board 2. Print the general information print board, as necessary and ensure that -Administrative personnel distribute to EOF staff. 3. Ensure that the Operations Advisor and EOF Manager periodically verify status board information.
: 3. Ensure that the general information print board is operable and producing good copies. Update with current emergency status.
RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Assist EOF staff in gathering material to be transferred to the Alternate EOF (AEOF). DEACTIVATION Date: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the EOF. 2. Forward all documentation generated by the Status Communicator to the EOF Manager.EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 46 OF 61 ENGINEERING SUPPORT ADVISOR Date: ATTACHMENT 13 PAGE 1 OF 2 Actions Completed Initials Obtain plant status from the Operations Advisor.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS
Ensure that Engineering Support personnel are assembled and prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
: 1. Continually update all status boards with current information from ERIS, information obtained over the headset, Notification Message Forms (NMFs) or from the Operations Advisor. Status boards include, but are not limited to:
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Obtain information on engineering activities underway from the Engineering Coordinator in the TSC. 2. Keep Engineering Support informed of plant activities.
: a.     General information print board
: b.     Rx pressure and level chart
: c.     Rx critical parameter chart
: d.     Equipment status board
: 2. Print the general information print board, as necessary and ensure that
  - Administrative personnel distribute to EOF staff.
: 3. Ensure that the Operations Advisor and EOF Manager periodically verify status board information.
RELOCATION ACTIONS                 Date:                                     Actions Completed Initials
: 1. Assist EOF staff in gathering material to be transferred to the Alternate EOF (AEOF).
DEACTIVATION                       Date:
: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the EOF.
: 2. Forward all documentation generated by the Status Communicator to the EOF Manager.
EIP-2-020       REV - 25         PAGE 46 OF 61
 
ATTACHMENT 13 PAGE 1 OF 2 ENGINEERING SUPPORT ADVISOR ACTIVATION                                  Date:                          Actions Completed Initials
: 1. Obtain plant status from the Operations Advisor.
: 2. Ensure that Engineering Support personnel are assembled and prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS
: 1. Obtain information on engineering activities underway from the Engineering Coordinator in the TSC.
: 2. Keep Engineering Support informed of plant activities.
: 3. Coordinate the activities of the Engineering Support personnel.
: 3. Coordinate the activities of the Engineering Support personnel.
: 4. Periodically communicate with the Engineering Coordinator on plant activities.
: 4. Periodically communicate with the Engineering Coordinator on plant activities.
: 5. Obtain periodic updates from the Technical Advisor on plant activities.
: 5. Obtain periodic updates from the Technical Advisor on plant activities.
: 6. Obtain prints, procedures, and documents from the Administrative Support Personnel.
: 6. Obtain prints, procedures, and documents from the Administrative Support Personnel.
: 7. Assist the Engineering Coordinator as necessary.
: 7. Assist the Engineering Coordinator as necessary. Relay suggestions on possible repair or corrective actions.
Relay suggestions on possible repair or corrective actions.
: 8. Ensure Engineering Support addresses long-term issues and develops recovery actions.
: 8. Ensure Engineering Support addresses long-term issues and develops recovery actions.
: 9. Keep the EOF Manager informed of all activities.
: 9. Keep the EOF Manager informed of all activities.
RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: 1. Collect any prints, documents, procedures, etc. needed at the Alternate EOF (AEOF). 2. Assist as necessary with transport of documents to the AEOF.Actions Completed Initials EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 47 OF 61 ACTIVATION
RELOCATION ACTIONS                 Date:                                    Actions Completed Initials
: 1. 2.
: 1. Collect any prints, documents, procedures, etc. needed at the Alternate EOF (AEOF).
ATTACHMENT 13 PAGE 2 OF 2 ENGINEERING SUPPORT ADVISOR DEACTIVATION Date: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the EOF. 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 48 OF 61 ENGINEERING SUPPORT Date: ACTIVATION
: 2. Assist as necessary with transport of documents to the AEOF.
EIP-2-020       REV - 25       PAGE 47 OF 61
 
ATTACHMENT 13 PAGE 2 OF 2 ENGINEERING SUPPORT ADVISOR DEACTIVATION                     Date:
: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the EOF.
: 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.
EIP-2-020       REV - 25       PAGE 48 OF 61
 
ATTACHMENT 14 PAGE I OF I ENGINEERING SUPPORT ACTIVATION                                  Date:                           Actions Completed Initials
: 1. Obtain plant status from the Engineering Support Advisor.
: 1. Obtain plant status from the Engineering Support Advisor.
: 2. Inform the Engineering Support Advisor when prepared to perform functional duties. SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Provide advice on plant repair or corrective actions to the Engineering Support Advisor.
: 2. Inform the Engineering Support Advisor when prepared to perform functional duties.
: 2. Address long-term issues. 3. Develop list of recovery actions.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS
: 1. Provide advice on plant repair or corrective actions to the Engineering Support Advisor.
: 2. Address long-term issues.
: 3. Develop list of recovery actions.
: 4. Keep the Engineering Support Advisor informed of all activities.
: 4. Keep the Engineering Support Advisor informed of all activities.
RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: 1. Collect any prints, documents, procedures, etc. needed at the Alternate EOF (AEOF). 2. Assist as necessary with transport of documents to the AEOF. DEACTIVATION Date: 1. When directed by the Engineering Support Advisor, deactivate the EOF. 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the Engineering Support Advisor.ATTACHMENT 14 PAGE I OF I Actions Completed Initials Actions Completed Initials ETP-2-020 REV-25 PAGE49OF6I REV -25 PAGE 49 OF 61 EIP-2-()2(
RELOCATION ACTIONS                   Date:                                  Actions Completed Initials
HPN COMMUNICATOR Date: ACTIVATION
: 1. Collect any prints, documents, procedures, etc. needed at the Alternate EOF (AEOF).
: 1. Obtain current radiological conditions from the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA) 2. Ensure headset is operable.
: 2. Assist as necessary with transport of documents to the AEOF.
: 3. Assist the RPA until required to man the Health Physics Network (HPN). SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. When notified by the ENS Communicator, establish contact with the NRC Operations Center and request to be placed on the HPN network.
DEACTIVATION                         Date:
: 2. Relay health physics, dose assessment, and meteorological information as requested by the NRC. 3. If in doubt about information, check with the RPA and EOF Manager on the accuracy of your information prior to passing it on to the NRC. 4. Keep the RPA informed of NRC interest and your activities.
: 1. When directed by the Engineering Support Advisor, deactivate the EOF.
: 5. Upon termination of the emergency, notify the NRC. RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: ATTACHMENT 15 PAGE 1 OF 1 Actions Completed Initials Actions Completed Initials 1. Inform the ENS Communicator of transfer to Alternate EOF (AEOF) and for him to provide information to the NRC. 2. Inform the NRC of transfer to the AEOF and that the ENS Communicator will provide data. DEACTIVATION Date: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the EOF. 2. Secure the HPN network after receiving concurrence from the NRC. 3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.EIP-2-020 RE-5 AG501 REV -25 PAGE 50 OF 61 EIP-2-020 ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT PERSONNEL Date: ATTACHMENT 16 PAGE 1 OF 2 Actions Completed Initials I. Test the operability of administrative equipment.
: 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the Engineering Support Advisor.
Administrative equipment includes, but is not limited to:
EIP-2-()2(      REV - 25         PAGE 49 OF 61 ETP-2-020        REV-25          PAGE49OF6I
 
ATTACHMENT 15 PAGE 1 OF 1 HPN COMMUNICATOR ACTIVATION                                Date:                             Actions Completed Initials
: 1. Obtain current radiological conditions from the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA)
: 2. Ensure headset is operable.
: 3. Assist the RPA until required to man the Health Physics Network (HPN).
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS
: 1. When notified by the ENS Communicator, establish contact with the NRC Operations Center and request to be placed on the HPN network.
: 2. Relay health physics, dose assessment, and meteorological information as requested by the NRC.
: 3. If in doubt about information, check with the RPA and EOF Manager on the accuracy of your information prior to passing it on to the NRC.
: 4. Keep the RPA informed of NRC interest and your activities.
: 5. Upon termination of the emergency, notify the NRC.
RELOCATION ACTIONS                 Date:                                   Actions Completed Initials
: 1. Inform the ENS Communicator of transfer to Alternate EOF (AEOF) and for him to provide information to the NRC.
: 2. Inform the NRC of transfer to the AEOF and that the ENS Communicator will provide data.
DEACTIVATION                       Date:
: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the EOF.
: 2. Secure the HPN network after receiving concurrence from the NRC.
: 3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.
EIP-2-020       REV - 25         PAGE AG501  50 OF 61 EIP-2-020       RE-5
 
ATTACHMENT 16 PAGE 1 OF 2 ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT PERSONNEL ACTIVATION                                  Date:                            Actions Completed Initials I. Test the operability of administrative equipment. Administrative equipment includes, but is not limited to:
* EPZ map
* EPZ map
* Copier
* Copier
Line 370: Line 720:
* Printer (laser)
* Printer (laser)
* Electronic document printer
* Electronic document printer
* Print board 2. Obtain all previous Notification Message Forms. Copy and distribute to EOF staff. 3. Assist the EOF staff in activating the facility.
* Print board
: 2. Obtain all previous Notification Message Forms. Copy and distribute to EOF staff.
: 3. Assist the EOF staff in activating the facility.
: 4. Inform the Administrative/Logistics Advisor when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
: 4. Inform the Administrative/Logistics Advisor when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1 Retrieve, copy and distribute ERIS data, Notification Message Forms, and printouts from status board as necessary.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1   Retrieve, copy and distribute ERIS data, Notification Message Forms, and printouts from status board as necessary.
: 2. Update the 10-mile EPZ map with current protective action recommendations.
: 2. Update the 10-mile EPZ map with current protective action recommendations.
: 3. Retrieve drawings, procedures, and documents.
: 3. Retrieve drawings, procedures, and documents.
: 4. Copy information from print board when print board is inoperable.
: 4. Copy information from print board when print board is inoperable.
: 5. Provide clerical support as directed by the Administrative/Logistics Advisor.
: 5. Provide clerical support as directed by the Administrative/Logistics Advisor.
RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Act ions Completed Initials 1. Collect and transport documents, as necessary to the Alternate EOF (AEOF).EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 51 OF 61 ACTIVATION ATTACHMENT 16 PAGE 2 OF 2 ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT PERSONNEL DEACTIVATION Date: 1. When directed by the Administrative/Logistics Advisor, deactivate the EOF. 2. Ensure that all procedures, drawings, reference materials and equipment are stored in the appropriate location and condition.
RELOCATION ACTIONS                   Date:                                   Act ions Completed Initials
: 3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 52 OF 61 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SPECIALIST Date: ATTACHMENT 17 PAGE 1 OF 1 Actions Completed Initials I. Ensure that the siren computer is operable.
: 1. Collect and transport documents, as necessary to the Alternate EOF (AEOF).
EIP-2-020       REV - 25       PAGE 51 OF 61
 
ATTACHMENT 16 PAGE 2 OF 2 ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT PERSONNEL DEACTIVATION                       Date:
: 1. When directed by the Administrative/Logistics Advisor, deactivate the EOF.
: 2. Ensure that all procedures, drawings, reference materials and equipment are stored in the appropriate location and condition.
: 3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.
EIP-2-020       REV - 25       PAGE 52 OF 61
 
ATTACHMENT 17 PAGE 1 OF 1 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SPECIALIST ACTIVATION                                  Date:                              Actions Completed Initials I. Ensure that the siren computer is operable.
: 2. Check ESP-COMM modems and reset as necessary.
: 2. Check ESP-COMM modems and reset as necessary.
: 3. Assist communicators, as necessary.
: 3. Assist communicators, as necessary.
: 4. Perform any corrective actions required to establish all communications circuits.
: 4. Perform any corrective actions required to establish all communications circuits.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Enable siren system, as directed.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS
: 1. Enable siren system, as directed.
: 2. Ensure that all sirens have sounded when protective actions are carried out by the Parishes.
: 2. Ensure that all sirens have sounded when protective actions are carried out by the Parishes.
: 3. Verify Parish sirens have sounded as they call in to the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ). 4. Activate any sirens that did not sound. 5. Take corrective action on any communication system that is not operable.
: 3. Verify Parish sirens have sounded as they call in to the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ).
: 4. Activate any sirens that did not sound.
: 5. Take corrective action on any communication system that is not operable.
: 6. Obtain additional assistance through the Administrative/Logistics Advisor, as necessary.
: 6. Obtain additional assistance through the Administrative/Logistics Advisor, as necessary.
RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Ac tions Completed Initials 1. Proceed to the Alternate EOF (AEOF) with the EOF Manager to assist in the setup of the AEOF. DEACTIVATION Date: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the EOF. 2. Ensure that all equipment is operable and that all sirens are disabled.
RELOCATION ACTIONS                 Date:                                       Actions Completed Initials
: 3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 53 OF 61 ACTIVATION ATTACHMENT 18 PAGE 1 OF 2 EOF REGISTRATION ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Ensure that the back door at the west end of the EOF is shut. 2. Ensure that door TC 300-17 leading to the decontamination room is shut and locked. 3. Ensure that the inner door, TC 300-16 at the west end of the EOF is shut. 4. Ensure that both indications on the door push buttons indicate "Green".
: 1. Proceed to the Alternate EOF (AEOF) with the EOF Manager to assist in the setup of the AEOF.
DEACTIVATION                       Date:
: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the EOF.
: 2. Ensure that all equipment is operable and that all sirens are disabled.
: 3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.
EIP-2-020       REV - 25         PAGE 53 OF 61
 
ATTACHMENT 18 PAGE 1 OF 2 EOF REGISTRATION ACTIVATION                                 Date:                                 Actions Completed Initials
: 1. Ensure that the back door at the west end of the EOF is shut.
: 2. Ensure that door TC 300-17 leading to the decontamination room is shut and locked.
: 3. Ensure that the inner door, TC 300-16 at the west end of the EOF is shut.
: 4. Ensure that both indications on the door push buttons indicate "Green".
: 5. Ensure EOF access list is available.
: 5. Ensure EOF access list is available.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. When EOF doorbell rings, push the UNLOCK push button for the outer door. The light should change from "Green" to "Red". NOTE Anyone not on the access list must be approved by the Recovery Manager (RM) or EOF Manager for entry into the EOF. NRC personnel should present their credentials as authorization to enter the EOF. 2. When the individual comes through door TC 300-16, ensure that the individual is on the EOF access list and signs the EOF staffing list on Page 2. 3. Keep the EOF Manager informed of any problems or abnormal occurrences.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS
RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Assist with transportation of materials to the Alternate EOF (AEOF). DEACTIVATION Date: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the EOF. 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 54 OF 61 ATTACHMENT 18 PAGE 2 OF 2 EOF REGISTRATION EOF STAFFING SHEET Recovery Manager EOF Manager Radiation Protection Advisor Radiological Assessment Coordinator Asst. Rad. Assessment Coordinator Offsite Team Coordinator Operations Advisor Administrative/Logistics Advisor Communicators (2) RP Technicians (3) Chemistry Technicians (2) Status Communicator(s)
: 1. When EOF doorbell rings, push the UNLOCK push button for the outer door. The light should change from "Green" to "Red".
Technical Advisor HPN Communicator Events Information Team Engineering Support Advisor Engineering Support Administrative Support Telecommunications EOF Registration ETP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 55 OF 61 REV -25 PAGE 55 OF 61 I RIP-2-020 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (P1 ATTACHMENT 19 PAGE 1 OF 3 kRS) q.REV -25 PAGE 56 OF 61 EIP-2-020 ATTACHMENT 19 PAGE 2 OF 3 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (PARS)BLOCK 1 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 2 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE 5 MILES DOWNWIND AND SHELTER THE 10 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE SCHOOLS, INSTITUTIONS, RECREATION AREAS 5 MILE RADIUS. Locate the wind direction to find the appr priate scenario number to use. DEGREES SCENARIO CENTERLINE SIDE FROM NUMBER SECTOR SECTOR 168.76-191.25 1 A R&B OR 191.26-213.75 B A&C 213.76-236.25 2 C B & D 236.26-258.75 3 D C & E 258.76-281.25 4 E D&F OR 281.26-303.75 F E&G 303.76-326.25 5 G F & H OR 326.26-348.75 H G&J 348.76-11.25 6 J H&K 11.26-33.75 7 K J&L 33.76-56.25 8 L K&M OR 56.26-78.75 M L&N 78.76-101.25 9 N M&P 101.26-123.75 10 P N&Q OR 123.76-146.25 Q P&R 146.26-168.75 11 R Q&A BLOCK 3 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 5 MILE RADIUS AND SHELTER THE 10 MILE RADIUS.EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 57 OF 61 ATTACHMENT 19 PAGE 3 OF 3 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (PARS)BLOCK 2 OR 4 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 5 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE 10 MILES DOWNWIND AND SHELTER THE 10 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE SCHOOLS, INSTITUTIONS, RECREATION AREAS 10 MILE RADIUS. Locate the wind direction to find the appropriate scenario number to use. DEGREES SCENARIO CENTERLINE SIDE FROM NUMBER SECTOR SECTOR 168.76-191.25 13 A R&B 191.26-213.75 14 B A&C 213.76-236.25 15 C B&D OR 236.26-258.75 D C&E 258.76-281.25 16 E D&F 281.26-303.75 17 F E&G 303.76-326.25 18 G F & H 326.26-348.75 19 H G & J 348.76-11.25 20 J H&K 11.26-33.75 21 K J&L 33.76-56.25 22 L K&M 56.26-78.75 23 M L & N 78.76-101.25 24 N M&P 101.26-123.75 25 P N&Q OR 123.76-148.25 Q P&R 148.26-168.75 26 R Q&A BLOCK5 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 10 MILE RADIUS DEGREES SCENARIO CENTERLINE SIDE FROM NUMBER SECTOR SECTOR ANY 27 ALL ALL EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 58 OF 61 ATTACHMENT 20 PAGE I OF I LOG FORM Date Page of ACTIVITY EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 59 OF 61 (Typical)Name Position TIME EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 59 OF 61 ATTACHMENT 21 PAGE I OF I ORGANIZATIONAL CHART EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY ORGANIZATION MAIN CONTROL RECOVERY OPERATIONS ROOM MANAGER l SUPPORT ., ~ IN EOF r- -I OTHER LOCATIONS EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 60 OF 61 ATTACHMENT 22 PAGE I OF I EOF FLOOR PLAN (TYPICAL)BREEZE WAY DOUBLE DOORS E C BREEZE WAY DOUBLE DOORS PERSONNEL:
NOTE Anyone not on the access list must be approved by the Recovery Manager (RM) or EOF Managerfor entry into the EOF. NRC personnelshouldpresent their credentials as authorizationto enter the EOF.
I RECOVERY MANAGER 2 EOF MANAGER 3 RADIATION PROTECTION ADVISOR 4 ASST. RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORD. 5 OFF-SITE TEAM COORD. 6 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORD. 7 OPERATIONS ADVISOR 8 ADMIN/I.OGISTICS ADVISOR 9 COMMUNICATORS 10 STATUS COMMUNICATOR(S) 11 EOF HABITABILITY TECH. 12 TECHNICAL ADVISOR 13 ADMIN. SUPPORT 14 EVENTS INFORMATION TEAM 15 NRC DSO/MANAGEMENT COUNTERPART LINK 16 LDEQ SENIOR LIAISON 17 LDEQ ACCIDENT ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR 18 HPN COMMUNICATOR 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 NRC ENVIRONMENTAL DOSE ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR EOF REGISTRATION TELECOMMUNICATIONS SPECIALIST NRC GOVM'T LIAISON COORD. NRC GOVM'T LIAISON ASST. LDEQ LOGISTICS COORD. NRC ENS MONITOR NRC REACTOR SAFETY COUNTERPART LINK COMM. NRC REACTOR SAFETY COORD. NRC PROTECTIVE MEASURES COORD. NRC RADIATION SAFETY COORD. NRC HEALTH PHYSICS SPECIALIST NRC REACTOR SAFETY SPECIALIST LDEQ DOSE ASSESSMENT NRC EMERGENCY RESPONSE COORD. NRC PROTECTIVE MEASURES COUNTERPART LINK COMM. ENGINEERING SUPPORT ADVISOR ENGINEERING SUPPORT ADMIN. SUPPORT DOORS (A) TC300-06 (B) TC-300-09 (C) TC-100-19 (D) TC-300-16 (E) TC-300-17 (F) TC-300-15 (G) TC-300-14 PROO008M.CDR EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 61 OF 61 EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 61 OF 61
: 2. When the individual comes through door TC 300-16, ensure that the individual is on the EOF access list and signs the EOF staffing list on Page 2.
*Gi2.23.2 ENTERGY RIVER BEND STATION STATION SUPPORT MANUAL *EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE*TECHNIICAL SUPPORT CENTER PROCEDURE NUMBER: *EIP-2-018 REVISION NYAMER: *24 Effective Date: *MAY 2 1 2O02 NOTE: SIGNATURES ARE ON FILE.RECEIVED MAY 2 1 2002 DOCUMENT CONTROL*INDEXING INFORMATION This procedure has been reviewed for 10CFR50.59 applicability.
: 3. Keep the EOF Manager informed of any problems or abnormal occurrences.
JCMOR50.59 screening for the programmatic exclusion of all EIP changes, approved by the FRC on 7/10/97, concludes that fWrtber review of chan-ges to this procedure under 1OCFR50.59 are not necessary.
RELOCATION ACTIONS                 Date:                                         Actions Completed Initials
REFERENCE USE TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE NO. 1 P U R P O S E .................................................................................................................................
: 1. Assist with transportation of materials to the Alternate EOF (AEOF).
2 2 R E F E R E N C E S .........................................................................................................................
DEACTIVATION                       Date:
2 3 D E F IN IT IO N S ..........................................................................................................................
: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the EOF.
2 4 RE SPON SIB ILITIES .......................................................................................................
: 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.
4 5 G E N E R A L ................................................................................................................................
EIP-2-020       REV - 25         PAGE 54 OF 61
5 6 P R O C E D U R E ...........................................................................................................................
 
5 7 DOCUMENTATION
ATTACHMENT 18 PAGE 2 OF 2 EOF REGISTRATION EOF STAFFING SHEET Recovery Manager I
......................................................................................................
EOF Manager Radiation Protection Advisor Radiological Assessment Coordinator Asst. Rad. Assessment Coordinator Offsite Team Coordinator Operations Advisor Administrative/Logistics Advisor Communicators (2)
7 ATTACHMENT 1 -EMERGENCY DIRECTOR ......................................................................
RP Technicians (3)
8 ATTACHMENT 2 -TSC MANAGER .....................................................................................
Chemistry Technicians (2)
13 ATTACHMENT 3 -ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR
Status Communicator(s)
.................................................
Technical Advisor HPN Communicator Events Information Team Engineering Support Advisor Engineering Support Administrative Support Telecommunications EOF Registration RIP-2-020       REV - 25   PAGE 55 OF 61 ETP-2-020      REV -25   PAGE 55 OF 61
19 ATTACHMENT 4 -COMMUNICATOR
 
..............................................................................
ATTACHMENT 19 PAGE 1 OF 3 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (P1kRS) q.
26 ATTACHMENT 5 -RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR
EIP-2-020  REV - 25 PAGE 56 OF 61
....................................
 
30 ATTACHMENT 6 -MAINTENANCE SUPPORT COORDINATOR
ATTACHMENT 19 PAGE 2 OF 3 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (PARS)
....................................
BLOCK 1 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 2 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE 5 MILES DOWNWIND AND SHELTER THE 10 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE SCHOOLS, INSTITUTIONS, RECREATION AREAS 5 MILE RADIUS.
35 ATTACHMENT 7 -REACTOR ENGINEER .............................................................................
Locate the wind direction to find the appr priate scenario number to use.
37 ATTACHMENT 8 -ENGINEERING COORDINATOR
DEGREES               SCENARIO           CENTERLINE                     SIDE FROM                 NUMBER               SECTOR                   SECTOR 168.76-191.25                 1                   A                     R&B OR 191.26-213.75                                       B                     A&C 213.76-236.25                 2                   C                     B &D 236.26-258.75                 3                   D                     C&E 258.76-281.25                 4                   E                     D&F OR 281.26-303.75                                       F                     E&G 303.76-326.25                 5                   G                     F &H OR 326.26-348.75                                       H                     G&J 348.76-11.25                 6                   J                     H&K 11.26-33.75                 7                   K                     J&L 33.76-56.25                 8                   L                     K&M OR 56.26-78.75                                     M                     L&N 78.76-101.25                 9                   N                     M&P 101.26-123.75                 10                   P                     N&Q OR 123.76-146.25                                       Q                     P&R 146.26-168.75                 11                   R                     Q&A BLOCK 3 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 5 MILE RADIUS AND SHELTER THE 10 MILE RADIUS.
........................................................
EIP-2-020         REV - 25         PAGE 57 OF 61
38 ATTACHMENT 9 -MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS  
 
......................................
ATTACHMENT 19 PAGE 3 OF 3 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (PARS)
39 ATTACHMENT 10 -OPERATIONS SUPPORT COORDINATOR  
BLOCK 2 OR 4 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 5 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE 10 MILES DOWNWIND AND SHELTER THE 10 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE SCHOOLS, INSTITUTIONS, RECREATION AREAS 10 MILE RADIUS.
......................................
Locate the wind direction to find the appropriate scenario number to use.
40 ATTACHMENT 11 -CHEMISTRY/CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT C O O RD IN A TO R ......................................................................................................
DEGREES                 SCENARIO               CENTERLINE               SIDE FROM                   NUMBER                   SECTOR               SECTOR 168.76-191.25                   13                       A               R&B 191.26-213.75                   14                       B               A&C 213.76-236.25                   15                       C               B&D OR 236.26-258.75                                           D               C&E 258.76-281.25                   16                       E               D&F 281.26-303.75                   17                       F               E&G 303.76-326.25                   18                       G               F&H 326.26-348.75                   19                       H               G&J 348.76-11.25                   20                       J               H&K 11.26-33.75                   21                       K               J&L 33.76-56.25                   22                       L               K&M 56.26-78.75                   23                     M                 L&N 78.76-101.25                   24                     N                 M&P 101.26-123.75                   25                       P               N&Q OR 123.76-148.25                                           Q                 P&R 148.26-168.75                 26                       R                 Q&A BLOCK5 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 10 MILE RADIUS DEGREES                   SCENARIO                 CENTERLINE             SIDE FROM                     NUMBER                       SECTOR           SECTOR ANY                         27                       ALL               ALL EIP-2-020         REV - 25         PAGE 58 OF 61
42 ATTACHMENT 12 -SECURITY COORDINATOR  
 
............................................................
ATTACHMENT 20 PAGE I OF I LOG FORM (Typical)
44 ATTACHMENT 13 -TSC HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN  
Name                                      Date Position                                Page of TIME                          ACTIVITY EIP-2-020 REV - 25   PAGE 59 PAGE 59 OF OF 61 61 EIP-2-020 REV -25
.................................................
 
46 ATTACHMENT 14 -DATA FACILITY COORDINATOR  
ATTACHMENT 21 PAGE I OF I ORGANIZATIONAL CHART EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY ORGANIZATION MAIN CONTROL       RECOVERY         OPERATIONS
....................................................
                              .ROOM ,
49 ATTACHMENT 15 -STATUS COMMUNICATOR  
* MANAGER   l       SUPPORT
............................................................
                                                              *F.N'A.R
50 ATTACHMENT 16 -ENS COMMUNICATOR  
    ~   IN EOF r- -   I OTHER LOCATIONS EIP-2-020     REV - 25         PAGE 60 OF 61
......................................................................
 
51 ATTACHMENT 17 -ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT PERSONNEL  
ATTACHMENT 22 PAGE I OF I EOF FLOOR PLAN (TYPICAL)
.................................
BREEZE WAY DOUBLE DOORS E
52 ATTACHMENT 18 -PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (PARs) ................
C BREEZE WAY DOUBLE DOORS PERSONNEL:
53 ATTACHMENT 19 -LOG FORM ..........................................................................................
I   RECOVERY MANAGER                                 19  NRC ENVIRONMENTAL DOSE ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR 2   EOF MANAGER                                       20  EOF REGISTRATION 3   RADIATION PROTECTION ADVISOR                     21  TELECOMMUNICATIONS SPECIALIST 4   ASST. RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORD.             22  NRC GOVM'T LIAISON COORD.
56 ATTACHMENT 20 -TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER ORGANIZATION CHART ..... 57 ATTACHMENT 21 -TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER FLOOR PLAN ............................
5   OFF-SITE TEAM COORD.                             23  NRC GOVM'T LIAISON ASST.
58 EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 1 OF 58 1 PURPOSE This procedure provides instructions for the activation, operation and deactivation of the Technical Support Center (TSC). 2 REFERENCES 2.1 COP-1050, Post Accident Estimation of Fuel Core Damage 2.2 EIP-2-001, Classification of Emergencies 2.3 EIP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls 2.4 EIP-2-014, Offsite Radiological Monitoring 2.5 EIP-2-015, Post Accident Sampling Operations 2.6 EIP-2-024, Offsite Dose Calculations 2.7 EIP-2-026, Evacuation, Personnel Accountability, and Search and Rescue 2.8 EIP-2-028, Recovery 2.9 RPP-0006, Radiological Surveys 2.10 Commitment 15578 3 DEFINITIONS 3.1 Activation  
6  RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORD.                   24  LDEQ LOGISTICS COORD.
-The process of assembling personnel, verifying equipment operability, and making a facility ready to support the emergency response.
7   OPERATIONS ADVISOR                               25  NRC ENS MONITOR 8   ADMIN/I.OGISTICS ADVISOR                         26  NRC REACTOR SAFETY COUNTERPART LINK COMM.
3.2 Augmentation  
9   COMMUNICATORS                                     27  NRC REACTOR SAFETY COORD.
-Actions taken to support onshift personnel or the Emergency Response Organization.
10 STATUS COMMUNICATOR(S)                           28  NRC PROTECTIVE MEASURES COORD.
3.3 Habitable  
11 EOF HABITABILITY TECH.                           29  NRC RADIATION SAFETY COORD.
-For the purpose of this procedure, the term habitable is based solely on radiological conditions, however, the TSC Manager may declare the facility uninhabitable based on other conditions.
12 TECHNICAL ADVISOR                                 30  NRC HEALTH PHYSICS SPECIALIST 13 ADMIN. SUPPORT                                   31  NRC REACTOR SAFETY SPECIALIST 14 EVENTS INFORMATION TEAM                           32  LDEQ DOSE ASSESSMENT 15 NRC DSO/MANAGEMENT COUNTERPART LINK               33  NRC EMERGENCY RESPONSE COORD.
EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 2 OF 58 3.4 Long Notification Message Form (LNMF) -Used for providing State and local authorities follow-up information.
16 LDEQ SENIOR LIAISON                               34  NRC PROTECTIVE MEASURES COUNTERPART LINK COMM.
The LNMF is sent out as soon as possible following a SNMF. The LNMF is also sent out for any significant changes to plant conditions that do not require an emergency escalation or change in PARs. No more than 2 hours should be exceeded between any two LNMFs. 3.5 Operational  
17 LDEQ ACCIDENT ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR                 ENGINEERING SUPPORT ADVISOR 35 18 HPN COMMUNICATOR                                 36  ENGINEERING SUPPORT 37  ADMIN. SUPPORT DOORS      (A) TC300-06 (B) TC-300-09 (C) TC-100-19  (D) TC-300-16 (E) TC-300-17 (F) TC-300-15 (G) TC-300-14 PROO008M.CDR EIP-2-020            REV - 25            PAGE PAGE 61  61 OF OF 61 61 EIP-2-020            REV -25
-Status of an emergency facility declared by the appropriate facility manager upon determining that the facility is adequately staffed and equipment is set up and available to perform the emergency functions assigned to that facility.
 
3.6 Radioactive release -For the purpose of offsite notifications, and discussions with State and local authorities, a "release" will be determined to be occurring and the "Radioactive Release" on the Short and Long Notification Message Forms is marked "yes", when: 3.6.1 Any one of three effluent monitors indicates a value three times the High alarm set point OR 3.6.2 Any two of the three effluent monitors indicate a value equal or greater than the High alarm set point. The three effluent monitors are: TITLE NO. Main Plant Exhaust Stack RMS-RE125 Channel 4 (4GE125) Radwaste Vent. Exhaust RMS-RE006 Channel 4 (4GE006) Fuel Bldg. Vent. Exhaust RMS-RE005 Channel 4 (4GE005) OR 3.6.3 An unmonitored release is detected at the site boundary by teams with survey instruments.
                                                                                    *Gi2.23.2 ENTERGY RIVER BEND STATION STATION SUPPORT MANUAL
3.7 Short Notification Message Form (SNMF) -Used for declaration of an emergency classification or changes to the Protective Action Recommendations (PARs). Notification must be made to State and local authorities within approximately 15 minutes. The Short Notification Message Form contains information about the class of emergency, whether a release is taking place, potentially affected population and areas, and whether protective measures may be necessary.
                            *EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE
EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 3 OF 58 4 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 Emergency Director:
                            *TECHNIICAL SUPPORTCENTER PROCEDURE NUMBER:                              *EIP-2-018 REVISION NYAMER:                              *24
4.1.1 assess and classify emergency conditions.
                                                          *MAY  2 1 2O02 Effective Date:
4.1.2 authorize doses in excess of 10CFR20 limits. 4.1.3 direct onsite activities in support of the Control Room. 4.1.4 authorize departures from license conditions or Technical Specifications in accordance with 10 CFR 50.54 (x). 4.1.5 determine need for onsite evacuation, personnel accountability, and implement search and rescue as required.
NOTE: SIGNATURES ARE ON FILE.                                     RECEIVED MAY 2 1 2002 DOCUMENT CONTROL
4.2 Recovery Manager: 4.2.1 provide overall management of River Bend Station (RBS) response activities.
*INDEXING INFORMATION This procedure has been reviewed for 10CFR50.59 applicability.
4.2.2 provide notifications and make protective action recommendations to offsite authorities.
JCMOR50.59 screening for the programmatic exclusion of all EIP changes, approved by the FRC on 7/10/97, concludes that fWrtber review of chan-ges to this procedure under 10CFR50.59 are not necessary.
4.2.3 coordinate RBS response activities as required with offsite organizations.
REFERENCE USE
4.2.4 ensure that offsite radiological conditions are measured and monitored.
 
4.2.5 review information being released to the Joint Information Center (JIC). 4.2.6 establish a Recovery Organization.
TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION                                                                                                                                      PAGE NO.
4.2.7 terminate the emergency.
1  PU RP O SE ................................................................................................................................. 2 2  REF ER EN C ES .........................................................................................................................       2 3  D EFIN ITION S ..........................................................................................................................     2 4  RE SPONSIB ILITIES .......................................................................................................                     4 5  G EN ERA L ................................................................................................................................ 5 6  P ROC E DU RE ...........................................................................................................................     5 7  DOCUMENTATION ......................................................................................................                           7 ATTACHMENT 1 - EMERGENCY DIRECTOR ......................................................................                                          8 ATTACHMENT 2 - TSC MANAGER .....................................................................................                                 13 ATTACHMENT 3 - ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR .................................................                                                     19 ATTACHMENT 4 - COMMUNICATOR ..............................................................................                                       26 ATTACHMENT 5 - RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR ....................................                                                             30 ATTACHMENT 6 - MAINTENANCE SUPPORT COORDINATOR ....................................                                                             35 ATTACHMENT 7 - REACTOR ENGINEER .............................................................................                                   37 ATTACHMENT 8 - ENGINEERING COORDINATOR ........................................................                                                 38 ATTACHMENT 9 - MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS ......................................                                                           39 ATTACHMENT 10 - OPERATIONS SUPPORT COORDINATOR ......................................                                                           40 ATTACHMENT 11 - CHEMISTRY/CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT C O ORD INA TO R ......................................................................................................                 42 ATTACHMENT 12 - SECURITY COORDINATOR ............................................................                                               44 ATTACHMENT 13 - TSC HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN .................................................                                                   46 ATTACHMENT 14 - DATA FACILITY COORDINATOR ....................................................                                                   49 ATTACHMENT 15 - STATUS COMMUNICATOR ............................................................                                                 50 ATTACHMENT 16 - ENS COMMUNICATOR ......................................................................                                         51 ATTACHMENT 17 - ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT PERSONNEL .................................                                                               52 ATTACHMENT 18 - PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (PARs) ................ 53 ATTACHMENT 19 - LOG FORM ..........................................................................................                             56 ATTACHMENT 20 - TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER ORGANIZATION CHART .....                                                                               57 ATTACHMENT 21 - TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER FLOOR PLAN ............................                                                                 58 EIP-2-018                     REV - 24                   PAGE 1 OF 58
4.3 TSC Manager -ensures that TSC is activated, manages TSC staff/resources in mitigation efforts, assesses plant conditions and recommends potential mitigation actions, ensures that notification message forms are properly filled out and completed on time, and that TSC staff provide support functions per the applicable section(s) of this procedure.
 
EIP-2-O1 8 REV-24 PAGE4OF58 EIP-2-0189 RRV -24 PAGE 4 OF -58 5 GENERAL 5.1 Attachment 20, Technical Support Center Organization Chart is a typical makeup for the TSC. 5.2 Attachment 21, Technical Support Center Floor Plan is a typical setup for the TSC. 5.3 The TSC may be activated at any time, and shall be activated at an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency declaration.
1 PURPOSE This procedure provides instructions for the activation, operation and deactivation of the Technical Support Center (TSC).
Once activated, the TSC shall become operational as soon as possible after declaration of any of these emergency classifications.
2 REFERENCES 2.1   COP-1050, Post Accident Estimation of Fuel Core Damage 2.2   EIP-2-001, Classification of Emergencies 2.3   EIP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls 2.4   EIP-2-014, Offsite Radiological Monitoring 2.5   EIP-2-015, Post Accident Sampling Operations 2.6   EIP-2-024, Offsite Dose Calculations 2.7   EIP-2-026, Evacuation, Personnel Accountability, and Search and Rescue 2.8   EIP-2-028, Recovery 2.9   RPP-0006, Radiological Surveys 2.10   Commitment 15578 3 DEFINITIONS 3.1   Activation - The process of assembling personnel, verifying equipment operability, and making a facility ready to support the emergency response.
When TSC minimum staffing can be accomplished with onsite personnel, it is the goal to become operational within 45 minutes. Otherwise, it is the goal to become operational in 90 minutes.
3.2   Augmentation - Actions taken to support onshift personnel or the Emergency Response Organization.
6 PROCEDURE NOTE The actions of this procedure may be completed in any sequence, however, the sequence presented is recommended.
3.3   Habitable - For the purpose of this procedure, the term habitable is based solely on radiological conditions, however, the TSC Manager may declare the facility uninhabitable based on other conditions.
6.1 Emergency Director 6.1.1 The Emergency Director should use Attachment 1 as a guideline.
EIP-2-018         REV - 24       PAGE 2 OF 58
Document pertinent information on Attachment
 
: 19. 6.2 TSC Manager 6.2.1 The TSC Manager should use Attachment 2 as a guideline.
3.4 Long Notification Message Form (LNMF) - Used for providing State and local authorities follow-up information. The LNMF is sent out as soon as possible following a SNMF. The LNMF is also sent out for any significant changes to plant conditions that do not require an emergency escalation or change in PARs. No more than 2 hours should be exceeded between any two LNMFs.
Document pertinent information on Attachment
3.5 Operational - Status of an emergency facility declared by the appropriate facility manager upon determining that the facility is adequately staffed and equipment is set up and available to perform the emergency functions assigned to that facility.
: 19. 6.3 Administrative Coordinator 6.3.1 The Administrative Coordinator should use Attachment 3 as a guideline.
3.6 Radioactive release - For the purpose of offsite notifications, and discussions with State and local authorities, a "release" will be determined to be occurring and the "Radioactive Release" on the Short and Long Notification Message Forms is marked "yes", when:
Document pertinent information on Attachment
3.6.1     Any one of three effluent monitors indicates a value three times the High alarm set point OR 3.6.2     Any two of the three effluent monitors indicate a value equal or greater than the High alarm set point.
: 19. 6.4 Communicator 6.4.1 The Communicator should use Attachment 4 as a guideline.
The three effluent monitors are:
EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 5 OF 58 6.5 Radiation Protection Coordinator 6.5.1 The Radiation Protection Coordinator should use Attachment 5 as a guideline.
TITLE                               NO.
Document pertinent information on Attachment
Main Plant Exhaust Stack               RMS-RE125 Channel 4 (4GE125)
: 19. 6.6 Maintenance Support Coordinator 6.6.1 The Maintenance Support Coordinator should use Attachment 6 as a guideline.
Radwaste Vent. Exhaust                 RMS-RE006 Channel 4 (4GE006)
Document pertinent information on Attachment
Fuel Bldg. Vent. Exhaust               RMS-RE005 Channel 4 (4GE005)
: 19. 6.7 Reactor Engineer 6.7.1 The Reactor Engineer should use Attachment 7 as a guideline.
OR 3.6.3   An unmonitored release is detected at the site boundary by teams with survey instruments.
Document pertinent information on Attachment
3.7 Short Notification Message Form (SNMF) - Used for declaration of an emergency classification or changes to the Protective Action Recommendations (PARs). Notification must be made to State and local authorities within approximately 15 minutes. The Short Notification Message Form contains information about the class of emergency, whether a release is taking place, potentially affected population and areas, and whether protective measures may be necessary.
: 19. 6.8 Engineering Coordinator 6.8.1 The Engineering Coordinator should use Attachment 8 as a guideline.
EIP-2-018       REV - 24         PAGE 3 OF 58
Document pertinent information on Attachment
 
: 19. 6.9 Mechanical/Electrical Engineers 6.9.1 The Mechanical Engineers and the Electrical Engineers should use Attachment 9 as a guideline.
4 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 Emergency Director:
Document pertinent information on Attachment
4.1.1     assess and classify emergency conditions.
: 19. 6.10 Operations Support Coordinator 6.10.1 The Operations Support Coordinator should use Attachment 10 as a guideline.
4.1.2     authorize doses in excess of 10CFR20 limits.
Document pertinent information on Attachment
4.1.3     direct onsite activities in support of the Control Room.
: 19. 6.11 Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator 6.11.1 The Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator should use Attachment 11 as a guideline.
4.1.4     authorize departures from license conditions or Technical Specifications in accordance with 10 CFR 50.54 (x).
Document pertinent information on Attachment
4.1.5     determine need for onsite evacuation, personnel accountability, and implement search and rescue as required.
: 19. 6.12 Security Coordinator 6.12.1 The Security Coordinator should use Attachment 12 as a guideline.
4.2 Recovery Manager:
Document pertinent information on Attachment 19.EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 6 OF 58 6.13 TSC Habitability Technician 6.13.1 The TSC Habitability Technician should use Attachment 13 as a guideline.
4.2.1     provide overall management of River Bend Station (RBS) response activities.
Document pertinent information on Attachment
4.2.2     provide notifications and make protective action recommendations to offsite authorities.
: 19. 6.14 Data Facility Coordinator 6.14.1 The Data Facility Coordinator should use Attachment 14 as a guideline.
4.2.3     coordinate RBS response activities as required with offsite organizations.
Document pertinent information on Attachment
4.2.4     ensure that offsite radiological conditions are measured and monitored.
: 19. 6.15 Status Communicator 6.15.1 The Status Communicator should use Attachment 15 as a guideline.
4.2.5     review information being released to the Joint Information Center (JIC).
6.16 ENS Communicator 6.16.1 The ENS Communicator should use Attachment 16 as a guideline.
4.2.6     establish a Recovery Organization.
Document pertinent information on Attachment
4.2.7     terminate the emergency.
: 19. 6.17 Administrative Support Personnel 6.17.1 The Administrative Support Personnel should use Attachment 17 as a guideline.
4.3 TSC Manager - ensures that TSC is activated, manages TSC staff/resources in mitigation efforts, assesses plant conditions and recommends potential mitigation actions, ensures that notification message forms are properly filled out and completed on time, and that TSC staff provide support functions per the applicable section(s) of this procedure.
Document pertinent information on Attachment
EIP-2-0189         RRV - 24       PAGE 4 OF -58 EIP-2-O1 8        REV-24          PAGE4OF58
: 19. 7 DOCUMENTATION Attachments 1-18 and 19 of this procedure will be sent to Permanent Plant Files (PPF) per EPP-2-100 by the Manager -Emergency Preparedness.
 
EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 7 OF 58 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 1 OF 5 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial 1. Review status of emergency with the Shift Manager including offsite notifications and any work teams dispatched out of the Control Room. 2. Brief the TSC/OSC staff on the status of the emergency.
5 GENERAL 5.1 Attachment 20, Technical Support Center Organization Chart is a typical makeup for the TSC.
: 3. Review habitability determination and if necessary provide direction on evacuation of the TSC, OSC, or CR. 4. When informed by the TSC Manager that minimum staffing is available and ready to perform functions, announce that the TSC is operational and inform the EOF. SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Brief OSC Director on teams dispatched from the Control Room. NOTE If the EOF is operational, RM duties can be transferred directly to the EOF from the Control Room. 2. When the TSC is ready to assume control: 2.1 Contact the Shift Manager.
5.2 Attachment 21, Technical Support Center Floor Plan is a typical setup for the TSC.
2.1.1 Ensure that message control and dose assessment is transferred to the TSC. 2.1.2 Transfer RAMED duties from the Shift Manager.
5.3 The TSC may be activated at any time, and shall be activated at an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency declaration. Once activated, the TSC shall become operational as soon as possible after declaration of any of these emergency classifications. When TSC minimum staffing can be accomplished with onsite personnel, it is the goal to become operational within 45 minutes. Otherwise, it is the goal to become operational in 90 minutes.
2.1.3 Request Shift Manager to make a sitewide announcement of change in RM/ED duties. 2.2 Announce that the TSC has assumed RM/ED duties from the Control Room. 2.3 Inform the EOF that the TSC has assumed control.EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 8 OF 58 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 2 OF 5 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (Cont.'d)
6 PROCEDURE NOTE The actions of thisprocedure may be completed in any sequence, however, the sequence presented is recommended.
NOTE Items with an asterisk (*) are only performed if responsible for Recovery Manager duties. 3. Coordinate the transfer of Recovery Manager duties with the EOF. 4. Remain in the immediate TSC area, unless relieved by the TSC Manager.
6.1 Emergency Director 6.1.1       The Emergency Director should use Attachment 1 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 19.
6.2 TSC Manager 6.2.1       The TSC Manager should use Attachment 2 as a guideline.
Document pertinent information on Attachment 19.
6.3 Administrative Coordinator 6.3.1       The Administrative Coordinator should use Attachment 3 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 19.
6.4 Communicator 6.4.1       The Communicator should use Attachment 4 as a guideline.
EIP-2-018       REV - 24       PAGE 5 OF 58
 
6.5 Radiation Protection Coordinator 6.5.1     The Radiation Protection Coordinator should use Attachment 5 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 19.
6.6 Maintenance Support Coordinator 6.6.1     The Maintenance Support Coordinator should use Attachment 6 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 19.
6.7 Reactor Engineer 6.7.1     The Reactor Engineer should use Attachment 7 as a guideline.
Document pertinent information on Attachment 19.
6.8 Engineering Coordinator 6.8.1     The Engineering Coordinator should use Attachment 8 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 19.
6.9 Mechanical/Electrical Engineers 6.9.1     The Mechanical Engineers and the Electrical Engineers should use Attachment 9 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 19.
6.10 Operations Support Coordinator 6.10.1   The Operations Support Coordinator should use Attachment 10 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 19.
6.11 Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator 6.11.1   The Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator should use Attachment 11 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 19.
6.12 Security Coordinator 6.12.1   The Security Coordinator should use Attachment 12 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 19.
EIP-2-018       REV - 24       PAGE 6 OF 58
 
6.13   TSC Habitability Technician 6.13.1   The TSC Habitability Technician should use Attachment 13 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 19.
6.14   Data Facility Coordinator 6.14.1   The Data Facility Coordinator should use Attachment 14 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 19.
6.15   Status Communicator 6.15.1   The Status Communicator should use Attachment 15 as a guideline.
6.16   ENS Communicator 6.16.1   The ENS Communicator should use Attachment 16 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 19.
6.17   Administrative Support Personnel 6.17.1     The Administrative Support Personnel should use Attachment 17 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 19.
7 DOCUMENTATION Attachments 1-18 and 19 of this procedure will be sent to Permanent Plant Files (PPF) per EPP-2-100 by the Manager - Emergency Preparedness.
EIP-2-018       REV - 24       PAGE 7 OF 58
 
ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 1 OF 5 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR ACTIVATION                           Date:                                   Action Completed Initial
: 1. Review status of emergency with the Shift Manager including offsite notifications and any work teams dispatched out of the Control Room.
: 2. Brief the TSC/OSC staff on the status of the emergency.
: 3. Review habitability determination and if necessary provide direction on evacuation of the TSC, OSC, or CR.
: 4. When informed by the TSC Manager that minimum staffing is available and ready to perform functions, announce that the TSC is operational and inform the EOF.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS
: 1. Brief OSC Director on teams dispatched from the Control Room.
NOTE If the EOF is operational,RM duties can be transferreddirectly to the EOFfrom the ControlRoom.
: 2. When the TSC is ready to assume control:
2.1     Contact the Shift Manager.
2.1.1   Ensure that message control and dose assessment is transferred to the TSC.
2.1.2   Transfer RAMED duties from the Shift Manager.
2.1.3   Request Shift Manager to make a sitewide announcement of change in RM/ED duties.
2.2     Announce that the TSC has assumed RM/ED duties from the Control Room.
2.3     Inform the EOF that the TSC has assumed control.
EIP-2-018       REV - 24     PAGE 8 OF 58
 
ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 2 OF 5 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (Cont.'d)
NOTE Items with an asterisk (*) are only performed if responsible for Recovery Managerduties.
: 3. Coordinate the transfer of Recovery Manager duties with the EOF.
: 4. Remain in the immediate TSC area, unless relieved by the TSC Manager.
: 5. Periodically update the TSC/OSC on plant conditions and emergency actions in progress.
: 5. Periodically update the TSC/OSC on plant conditions and emergency actions in progress.
: 6. Review and make emergency classification declarations in accordance with EIP-2-001, Classification of Emergencies.
: 6. Review and make emergency classification declarations in accordance with EIP-2-001, Classification of Emergencies.
: 7. Direct a Limited or Building Evacuation in accordance with EIP-2-026, Attachment 1, if unexpected radiological hazards or other emergency conditions occur which jeopardize personnel safety. 8. At an Alert, if desired, direct the Security Coordinator to perform a precautionary notification of all non-essential personnel, visitors, contractor personnel, and members of the public within the Owner Controlled Area. 9. At declaration of a Site Area Emergency or higher, refer to EIP-2-026, Attachment
: 7. Direct a Limited or Building Evacuation in accordance with EIP-2-026, Attachment 1, if unexpected radiological hazards or other emergency conditions occur which jeopardize personnel safety.
: 2.
: 8. At an Alert, if desired, direct the Security Coordinator to perform a precautionary notification of all non-essential personnel, visitors, contractor personnel, and members of the public within the Owner Controlled Area.
: 9. At declaration of a Site Area Emergency or higher, refer to EIP-2-026, Attachment 2.
* 10. Review and approve notification message forms for transmittal.
* 10. Review and approve notification message forms for transmittal.
NOTE Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) must be developed within 15 minutes of a General Emergency or data availability which requires upgrading the PARs.
NOTE ProtectiveAction Recommendations (PARs) must be developed within 15 minutes of a GeneralEmergency or data availability which requires upgradingthe PARs.
* 11. Issue Protective Action Recommendations as necessary.
* 11. Issue Protective Action Recommendations as necessary.
: a. Using Attachment 18, formulate Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) using dose projections, field monitoring data, or plant conditions.
: a.     Using Attachment 18, formulate Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) using dose projections, field monitoring data, or plant conditions.
: b. Review and discuss the protective actions to be recommended for the general public with the RP Coordinator.
: b.     Review and discuss the protective actions to be recommended for the general public with the RP Coordinator.
EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 9 OF 58 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 3 OF 5 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (Cont.'d)
EIP-2-018       REV - 24       PAGE 9 OF 58
: c. Ensure the Siren System has been enabled in the Control Room or EOF before setting the siren sounding time with the State and local parishes.
 
: d. Provide PARs to State and local authorities within 15 minutes.
ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 3 OF 5 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (Cont.'d)
Once State and local authorities receive the PARs, the State and local authorities will have approximately 5 minutes to review the PARs. e. When the Directors of all parishes and the Operations Officer (LOEP) are on the Hotline, verify the PARs (Scenario Number) each parish intends to implement.
: c.     Ensure the Siren System has been enabled in the Control Room or EOF before setting the siren sounding time with the State and local parishes.
: f. Write the scenario number approved and initial each parish choice on the PAR Verification Checklist provided by the Communicator.
: d.       Provide PARs to State and local authorities within 15 minutes.
: g. Obtain siren sounding time from Operations Officer and document on PAR Verification Checklist.
Once State and local authorities receive the PARs, the State and local authorities will have approximately 5 minutes to review the PARs.
* 12. Revise PARs based on wind shifts when advised by the Radiation Protection Coordinator.
: e.       When the Directors of all parishes and the Operations Officer (LOEP) are on the Hotline, verify the PARs (Scenario Number) each parish intends to implement.
"*13. If doses > 1 rem TEDE or > 5 rem CDE are projected at 10 miles, ensure LDEQ is aware of the need for protective actions beyond 10 miles. 14. Direct development and prioritization of corrective actions to mitigate the emergency.
: f.       Write the scenario number approved and initial each parish choice on the PAR Verification Checklist provided by the Communicator.
: 15. Authorize departures from a license condition or a Technical Specification in accordance with 10 CFR 50.54 (x). 16. Authorize emergency response personnel to receive radiation exposures in excess of 10 CFR 20 limits as required in accordance with EIP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls.
: g.       Obtain siren sounding time from Operations Officer and document on PAR Verification Checklist.
*12. Revise PARs based on wind shifts when advised by the Radiation Protection Coordinator.
"*13. If doses > 1 rem TEDE or > 5 rem CDE are projected at 10 miles, ensure LDEQ is aware of the need for protective actions beyond 10 miles.
: 14. Direct development and prioritization of corrective actions to mitigate the emergency.
: 15. Authorize departures from a license condition or a Technical Specification in accordance with 10 CFR 50.54 (x).
: 16. Authorize emergency response personnel to receive radiation exposures in excess of 10 CFR 20 limits as required in accordance with EIP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls.
: 17. Direct the Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator to initiate PASS preparatory actions and PASS sample actions, as necessary.
: 17. Direct the Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator to initiate PASS preparatory actions and PASS sample actions, as necessary.
: 18. Keep the Recovery Manager informed of the status of onsite emergency response activities.
: 18. Keep the Recovery Manager informed of the status of onsite emergency response activities.
Line 521: Line 948:
: 20. If the EOF is relocated to the Alternate EOF, assume duties as the Recovery Manager until the Alternate EOF is operational.
: 20. If the EOF is relocated to the Alternate EOF, assume duties as the Recovery Manager until the Alternate EOF is operational.
: 21. If the TSC is relocating, refer to Relocation Actions portion of this checklist.
: 21. If the TSC is relocating, refer to Relocation Actions portion of this checklist.
EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 10 OF 58 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 4 OF 5 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (Cont.'d)  
EIP-2-018       REV - 24       PAGE 10 OF 58
 
ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 4 OF 5 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (Cont.'d)
*22. Terminate the emergency in accordance with the following criteria:
*22. Terminate the emergency in accordance with the following criteria:
ALERT -Terminate the emergency when the Alert conditions are no longer met and the following have been accomplished:
ALERT -       Terminate the emergency when the Alert conditions are no longer met and the following have been accomplished:
: 1. The plant is in a stable condition.
: 1. The plant is in a stable condition.
: 2. Excessive releases of radioactivity to the environment have been terminated and no further potential for significant radioactivity releases exists. 3. No further potential for major damage to equipment exists. SAE/GE- Terminate the emergency when the SAE/GE conditions are no longer met and the following has been accomplished:
: 2. Excessive releases of radioactivity to the environment have been terminated             and no further potential for significant radioactivity releases exists.
: 1. The reactor is shut down, is in a stable, safe configuration, and adequate core cooling is available.
: 3. No further potential for major damage to equipment exists.
: 2. Excessive releases of radioactivity to the environment have been terminated and no further potential for significant radioactivity releases exists. 3. Offsite concentrations of radioactivity in the atmosphere or in waterways have dispersed to near background levels, excluding ground deposition.
SAE/GE-       Terminate the emergency when the SAE/GE conditions are no longer met and the following has been accomplished:
: 4. The State of Louisiana, the local Parishes and the NRC concur in terminating the emergency.
: 1.     The reactor is shut down, is in a stable, safe configuration, and adequate core cooling is available.
*23. Notify the NRC and offsite authorities of the emergency termination.
: 2.     Excessive releases of radioactivity to the environment have been terminated and no further potential for significant radioactivity releases exists.
*24. When a Site Area or General Emergency has been terminated, implement EIP-2-028, Recovery.EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 11 OF 58 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 5 OF 5 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR RELOCATION ACTIONS 1. If the TSC becomes uninhabitable, the following personnel and their functions will transfer to the Control Room. These personnel should relocate with their facility procedure binders.Emergency Director Reactor Engineer Radiation Protection Coordinator Operations Support Coordinator TSC Communicator ENS Communicator-To report to the Shift Manager's desk to assume ED functions.
: 3.     Offsite concentrations of radioactivity in the atmosphere or in waterways have dispersed to near background levels, excluding ground deposition.
To report to the RE desk to provide support to operations.
: 4.     The State of Louisiana, the local Parishes and the NRC concur in terminating the emergency.
To report to CADAP to perform dose assessment.
*23. Notify the NRC and offsite authorities of the emergency termination.
To report to the Shift Manager's desk to assist the ED. To report to the Communicator's desk to assume offsite communications if necessary.
*24. When a Site Area or General Emergency has been terminated, implement EIP-2-028, Recovery.
To report to the Communicator's desk to resume NRC communications.
EIP-2-018         REV - 24       PAGE 11 OF 58
: 2. The following personnel will report to the Shift Clerk's office to resume OSC functions.
 
They should relocate with radios, SCBAs (with spare bottles), procedures, and forms. OSC Director-To provide briefings and control teams. Electrician (1) Mechanic (1) I&C Technician (1) Radiation Protection Technician (1) To perform habitability assessment and team coverage.
ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 5 OF 5 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR RELOCATION ACTIONS
: 1. If the TSC becomes uninhabitable, the following personnel and their functions will transfer to the Control Room. These personnel should relocate with their facility procedure binders.
Emergency Director                     To report to the Shift Manager's desk to assume ED functions.
Reactor Engineer                      To report to the RE desk to provide support to operations.
Radiation Protection Coordinator      To report to CADAP to perform dose assessment.
Operations Support Coordinator        To report to the Shift Manager's desk to assist the ED.
TSC Communicator                      To report to the Communicator's desk to assume offsite communications if necessary.
ENS Communicator-                      To report to the Communicator's desk to resume NRC communications.
: 2. The following personnel will report to the Shift Clerk's office to resume OSC functions. They should relocate with radios, SCBAs (with spare bottles), procedures, and forms.
OSC Director-                         To provide briefings and control teams.
Electrician (1)
Mechanic (1)
I&C Technician (1)
Radiation Protection Technician (1) To perform habitability assessment and team coverage.
Senior Radiation Protection Technician-To assist in team briefings and control offsite teams if necessary.
Senior Radiation Protection Technician-To assist in team briefings and control offsite teams if necessary.
: 3. Determine with the Recovery Manager the disposition of remaining OSC and TSC personnel.
: 3. Determine with the Recovery Manager the disposition of remaining OSC and TSC personnel.
: a. Send to EOF to be utilized as additional resources (engineers).
: a.       Send to EOF to be utilized as additional resources (engineers).
: b. Send home to remain on standby.
: b.       Send home to remain on standby.
DEACTIVATION
DEACTIVATION
: 1. After receiving direction from the Recovery Manager, instruct the TSC Manager to deactivate the facility.
: 1. After receiving direction from the Recovery Manager, instruct the TSC Manager to deactivate the facility.
: 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 12 OF 58 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 1 OF 6 TSC MANAGER ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial 1. Ensure TSC PA system is turned on for the OSC to hear briefings.
: 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.
EIP-2-018       REV - 24       PAGE 12 OF 58
 
ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 1 OF 6 TSC MANAGER ACTIVATION                                         Date:                       Action Completed Initial
: 1. Ensure TSC PA system is turned on for the OSC to hear briefings.
: 2. Periodically announce that no eating, drinking, or chewing is allowed until habitability is determined.
: 2. Periodically announce that no eating, drinking, or chewing is allowed until habitability is determined.
: 3. Obtain status of habitability of the TSC from the RP Coordinator.
: 3. Obtain status of habitability of the TSC from the RP Coordinator. Make announcement of status.
Make announcement of status. a. If the TSC is uninhabitable, obtain concurrence from the Emergency Director and implement the Relocation Action portion of this checklist.
: a.       If the TSC is uninhabitable, obtain concurrence from the Emergency Director and implement the Relocation Action portion of this checklist.
: 4. When the TSC is determined to be habitable, make announcement.
: 4. When the TSC is determined to be habitable, make announcement.
: 5. All minimum staffing personnel have completed the activation portion of their checklist and are prepared to perform functional responsibilities:
: 5. All minimum staffing personnel have completed the activation portion of their checklist and are prepared to perform functional responsibilities:
: a. Emergency Director b. Operations Support Coordinator
: a.       Emergency Director
: c. Radiation Protection Coordinator
: b.       Operations Support Coordinator
: d. Communicator
: c.       Radiation Protection Coordinator
: e. Reactor Engineer (NOTE: RE may be located in Control Room.) 6. Inform the Emergency Director that the TSC is ready to be declared operational.
: d.       Communicator
EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 13 OF 58 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 2 OF 6 TSC MANAGER SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE Items with an asterisk (*) are only performed if the TSC is responsible for Recovery Manager duties. NOTE Notifications to State and Local authorities must be made within approximately 15 minutes of a declaration of an emergency or Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) change using the Short Notification Message Form. 1. Assist Emergency Director (ED) with transfer of RM/ED duties, as necessary.
: e.       Reactor Engineer (NOTE: RE may be located in Control Room.)
: 6. Inform the Emergency Director that the TSC is ready to be declared operational.
EIP-2-018       REV - 24       PAGE 13 OF 58
 
ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 2 OF 6 TSC MANAGER SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE Items with an asterisk (*) are only performed if the TSC is responsiblefor Recovery Managerduties.
NOTE Notifications to State and Local authorities must be made within approximately 15 minutes of a declarationof an emergency or ProtectiveAction Recommendation (PAR) change using the Short NotificationMessage Form.
: 1. Assist Emergency Director (ED) with transfer of RM/ED duties, as necessary.
: 2. Ensure status boards are updated.
: 2. Ensure status boards are updated.
: 3. Ensure the OSC Director has had the TSC ventilation system placed in the emergency mode. 4. Relieve the Emergency Director as necessary.
: 3. Ensure the OSC Director has had the TSC ventilation system placed in the emergency mode.
Remain in the immediate TSC area when functioning as the Emergency Director and make appropriate announcements.
: 4. Relieve the Emergency Director as necessary. Remain in the immediate TSC area when functioning as the Emergency Director and make appropriate announcements.
*5. Prepare the appropriate Short Notification Message Form (SNMF). *6. As soon as possible following the SNMF, prepare a Long Notification Message Form (LNMF) as shown on page 5 of this attachment.
*5. Prepare the appropriate Short Notification Message Form (SNMF).
Refer to page 6 of this attachment for directions on completing the LNMF. *7. Prepare a LNMF when significant changes to plant conditions occur that do not require an emergency escalation or change in PARs. During extended emergencies, time between LNMFs should not exceed 2 hours. NOTE The Technical Support Guidelines may be used to assess accident conditions.
*6. As soon as possible following the SNMF, prepare a Long Notification Message Form (LNMF) as shown on page 5 of this attachment. Refer to page 6 of this attachment for directions on completing the LNMF.
EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 14 OF 58 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 3 OF 6 TSC MANAGER SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (Cont.'d)
*7. Prepare a LNMF when significant changes to plant conditions occur that do not require an emergency escalation or change in PARs. During extended emergencies, time between LNMFs should not exceed 2 hours.
NOTE The Technical Support Guidelines may be used to assess accident conditions.
EIP-2-018         REV - 24       PAGE 14 OF 58
 
ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 3 OF 6 TSC MANAGER SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (Cont.'d)
: 8. Coordinate TSC staff activities:
: 8. Coordinate TSC staff activities:
: a. Collection, retention, and transmittal of plant emergency conditions information.
: a.       Collection, retention, and transmittal of plant emergency conditions information.
: b. Design and installation of short term instrumentation and controls modifications.
: b.       Design and installation of short term instrumentation and controls modifications.
: c. Design and installation of system modifications.
: c.       Design and installation of system modifications.
: d. Development of guidance for Operations personnel on the protection of the reactor core. 9. Ensure the Administrative Coordinator develops a long-term relief rotation list for the Control Room, TSC, and OSC. 10. Keep the Emergency Director informed of all activities.
: d.       Development of guidance for Operations personnel on the protection of the reactor core.
: 11. If the OSC becomes uninhabitable, assist OSC Director in relocation of OSC personnel to the TSC Conference Room. *12. Upon termination of the emergency, ensure that notifications are made to State and local authorities using the Long Notification Message Form. RELOCATION ACTIONS 1. If the TSC becomes uninhabitable, the following personnel and their functions will transfer to the Control Room. These personnel should relocate with their facility procedure binders.Emergency Director Reactor Engineer Radiation Protection Coordinator Operations Support Coordinator TSC Communicator ENS Communicator-To report to the Shift Manager's desk to assume ED functions.
: 9. Ensure the Administrative Coordinator develops a long-term relief rotation list for the Control Room, TSC, and OSC.
To report to the RE desk to provide support to operations.
: 10. Keep the Emergency Director informed of all activities.
To report to CADAP to perform dose assessment.
: 11. If the OSC becomes uninhabitable, assist OSC Director in relocation of OSC personnel to the TSC Conference Room.
To report to the Shift Manager's desk to assist the ED. To report to the Communicator's desk to assume offsite communications if necessary.
*12. Upon termination of the emergency, ensure that notifications are made to State and local authorities using the Long Notification Message Form.
To report to the Communicator's desk to resume NRC communications.
RELOCATION ACTIONS
EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 15 OF 58 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 4 OF 6 TSC MANAGER RELOCATION ACTIONS (Cont.'d)
: 1. If the TSC becomes uninhabitable, the following personnel and their functions will transfer to the Control Room. These personnel should relocate with their facility procedure binders.
: 2. The following personnel will report to the Shift Clerk's office to resume OSC functions.
Emergency Director                     To report to the Shift Manager's desk to assume ED functions.
They should relocate with radios, SCBAs (with spare bottles), procedures, and forms. OSC Director-To provide briefings and control teams. Electrician (1) Mechanic (1) I&C Technician (1) Radiation Protection Technician (1) Senior Radiation Protection Technician-To assist in team briefings and control offsite teams if necessary.
Reactor Engineer                        To report to the RE desk to provide support to operations.
Radiation Protection Coordinator        To report to CADAP to perform dose assessment.
Operations Support Coordinator          To report to the Shift Manager's desk to assist the ED.
TSC Communicator                        To report to the Communicator's desk to assume offsite communications if necessary.
ENS Communicator-                      To report to the Communicator's desk to resume NRC communications.
EIP-2-018       REV - 24       PAGE 15 OF 58
 
ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 4 OF 6 TSC MANAGER RELOCATION ACTIONS (Cont.'d)
: 2. The following personnel will report to the Shift Clerk's office to resume OSC functions. They should relocate with radios, SCBAs (with spare bottles), procedures, and forms.
OSC Director-                         To provide briefings and control teams.
Electrician (1)
Mechanic (1)
I&C Technician (1)
Radiation Protection Technician (1)
Senior Radiation Protection Technician-To assist in team briefings and control offsite teams if necessary.
: 3. Consult with the Emergency Director on disposition of remaining personnel.
: 3. Consult with the Emergency Director on disposition of remaining personnel.
: a. Send to EOF as additional resources (engineers).
: a.     Send to EOF as additional resources (engineers).
: b. Send home to remain on standby.
: b.     Send home to remain on standby.
DEACTIVATION
DEACTIVATION
: 1. When directed by the Emergency Director, announce deactivation of the TSC. 2. Ensure that all equipment is returned.
: 1. When directed by the Emergency Director, announce deactivation of the TSC.
Report all damaged and/or missing equipment to the Manager -Emergency Preparedness.
: 2. Ensure that all equipment is returned. Report all damaged and/or missing equipment to the Manager - Emergency Preparedness.
: 3. Direct the TSC Communicator to terminate ERDS after receiving NRC concurrence.
: 3. Direct the TSC Communicator to terminate ERDS after receiving NRC concurrence.
: 4. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the Manager -Emergency Preparedness.
: 4. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the Manager - Emergency Preparedness.
EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 16 OF 58 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 5 OF 6 TSC MANAGER NOTIFICATION MIESSAGE FORM 1. THIS IS RIVER BEND NUCLEAR STATION 2. A. / (TIME/DATE)
EIP-2-018       REV - 24       PAGE 16 OF 58
: 3. 4. 5. 6.B. COMM: (NAMF)WITH MESSAGE NUMBER C. TEL. NO: 7. REACTOR SHUTDOWN?
 
: 8. METEOROLOGICAL DATA:= NO =-Z YES A. Wind direction FROM Degrees at B. Sectors Alrhcted (A-R): C. Stabilily Class (A-0): D). Precipitation:
ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 5 OF 6 TSC MANAGER NOTIFICATION MIESSAGE FORM
= None = Rain = Sleet = Snow, -Hail = Other 9. RELEASE LNFORMATION:
: 1. THIS IS       RIVER BEND NUCLEAR STATION                                                                         WITH MESSAGE NUMBER
A. -7 No Release (GO to item 13) C. E-]A Re B. -7 A RELEASE IS OCCURRING:
: 2. A.                       /                       B. COMM:                                                        C. TEL. NO:
Expected Duration Release Started at IELEASE OCCURRED BUT STOPPED; Duration hrs, mLe Stopped at hrs. Ilrs. hrs.10. TYPE OF RELEASE: A. F] Radioactive Gases 11. RELEASE RATE: 3. F] Radioactive Airborne Particulates C. [] Radioactive Liquids A. NOBLE GASES Cl/s ESTIMATE OF PRO.IErCIrED OFF-SITE DOSE: A. Projections for hours based on: "- Fi B. (TEDE) WB DOSE COMIrE'MENT (Rem) Site Boundary 5 miles 2 miles 10 miles MESSAGE APPROVED BY: MESSAGE RECEIVED BY: B. IODINES Ct/s eld Data L_= Plant Data C. (CDE) THYROID DOSE COMMITMENT (Rem) Site Boundawy 5 miICe 2 miles 10 miles TITLE: TIME: PROO01I5Nf.CDR EIP-2-O1 8 REV-24 PAGE 17 0F58 EMERGENCY CLASSIFICNAION:
(TIME/DATE)                                                      (NAMF)
A. NOTIFICANIION 01 UNUSUAL EVEN-[N C. [: SITE ARE'A E'MERGENCY F.-- TERMINATE.r)
: 3.     EMERGENCY CLASSIFICNAION:
B. AI.FRT r. 7 GLNILRAL EMURGLNCY CURRENT EMERGENCY CLASSIICATION
A.        NOTIFICANIION 01    UNUSUAL EVEN-[N                        C.    [:      SITE ARE'A E'MERGENCY                  F.--      TERMINATE.r)
-DECLARATION
B.        AI.FRT                                                      r.      7    GLNILRAL      EMURGLNCY
= TERMINATION Time/Date:
: 4.     CURRENT EMERGENCY CLASSIICATION                          -      DECLARATION          =    TERMINATION Time/Date:                    /
/ RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS: A. No Protective Actions Rccommendcd At This Time (Go to item 6). B. EVACUJAIL SHFITFR INCIDENT DESCRIPTION/UPDATE/COMMENTS:
5.
MPH 12.13. 14.EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 17 OF 58 TSC MANAGER ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 6 OF 6 GUIDELINES FOR COMPLETING THE LNMF ESP COMM MANUAL METHOD Message Number automatic Assign a message number. Number the messages sequentially Line 1 until the emergency is terminated.
RECOMMENDED            PROTECTIVE ACTIONS:
2A Time/Date automatic upon transmission, 2A Enter Time/Date message was transmitted.
A.          No Protective Actions Rccommendcd At This Time (Go to item 6).
2B Comm: Select facility from pull-down menu. 2B Comm.: Enter facility name. 2C Tel. No.: Indicate "hotline" unless alternate 2C Tel. No.: Indicate "hotline" unless alternate Line 2 method is being used, then enter alternate method. method is being used, then enter alternate method. Line 3 Automatic from Short Form. If termination message, Check appropriate classification or terminated.
B.           EVACUJAIL SHFITFR
: 6. INCIDENT DESCRIPTION/UPDATE/COMMENTS:
: 7. REACTOR SHUTDOWN?                     =    NO          =-Z    YES
: 8. METEOROLOGICAL DATA:
A. Wind direction       FROM                                       Degrees at                                           MPH B. Sectors Alrhcted (A-R):
C. Stabilily Class (A-0):
D). Precipitation:         =   None     =     Rain     =     Sleet         =     Snow,     -     Hail       =   Other
: 9. RELEASE LNFORMATION:
A.   -7   No Release (GO to item 13)           C. E-]A         IELEASE OCCURRED BUT STOPPED; Duration                                          hrs, Re mLe Stopped at                                                              hrs.
B.   -7   A RELEASE IS OCCURRING: Expected Duration                                                       Ilrs.
Release Started at                                                           hrs.
: 10. TYPE OF RELEASE:
A. F]     Radioactive Gases       3. F]     Radioactive Airborne Particulates                   C.   []       Radioactive Liquids
: 11. RELEASE RATE:
A. NOBLE GASES                                               Cl/s         B. IODINES                                              Ct/s
: 12. ESTIMATE OF PRO.IErCIrED OFF-SITE DOSE:
A. Projections for               hours based on:             "-   Fi eld Data          L_=      Plant Data B. (TEDE) WB DOSE COMIrE'MENT (Rem)                                       C. (CDE) THYROID DOSE COMMITMENT (Rem)
Site Boundary                      5 miles                                Site Boundawy                             5 miICe 2 miles                             10 miles                              2 miles                                    10 miles
: 13. MESSAGE APPROVED BY:                                                                          TITLE:
: 14. MESSAGE RECEIVED BY:                                                                        TIME:
PROO01I5Nf.CDR EIP-2-018                  REV - 24                     PAGE 17             OF 58 EIP-2-O1 8                  REV-24                     PAGE 17 0F58
 
ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 6 OF 6 TSC MANAGER GUIDELINES FOR COMPLETING THE LNMF ESP COMM                                                     MANUAL METHOD Message Number automatic                                   Assign a message number. Number the messages sequentially Line 1                                                                 until the emergency is terminated.
2A Time/Date automatic upon transmission,                 2A Enter Time/Date message was transmitted.
2B Comm: Select facility from pull-down menu.             2B Comm.: Enter facility name.
2C Tel. No.: Indicate "hotline" unless alternate           2C Tel. No.: Indicate "hotline" unless alternate Line 2           method is being used, then enter alternate method.       method is being used, then enter alternate method.
Line 3     Automatic from Short Form. If termination message,         Check appropriate classification or terminated.
check "terminated".
check "terminated".
Line 4 Automatic from Short Form. For termination, check Check either declaration or termination.
Line 4     Automatic from Short Form. For termination, check         Check either declaration or termination. Enter time/date of "termination" and enter termination time/date,             emergency declaration or termination.
Enter time/date of "termination" and enter termination time/date, emergency declaration or termination.
Check appropriate box(es). If PAR has been                 Check appropriate box(es). If PARs have been recommended, Line 5     recommended, select appropriate protective actions and     indicate the scenario number.
Check appropriate box(es). If PAR has been Check appropriate box(es). If PARs have been recommended, Line 5 recommended, select appropriate protective actions and indicate the scenario number. indicate scenario number. Enter description from Short Form. May add Enter description from Short Form. May add information as Line 6 information as necessary.
indicate scenario number.
Use this line to correct any necessary.
Enter description from Short Form. May add                 Enter description from Short Form. May add information as Line 6     information as necessary. Use this line to correct any   necessary. Use this line to correct any previous errors.
Use this line to correct any previous errors. _ _ previous errors. Line 7 Indicate if the reactor is shutdown.
_       _   previous errors.
Information should Indicate if the reactor is shutdown.
Line 7     Indicate if the reactor is shutdown. Information should   Indicate if the reactor is shutdown. Information should be be obtained from Operations. If yes, enter time/date. obtained from Operations. If yes, enter the time/date.
Information should be be obtained from Operations.
Information for Lines 8A-C can be found on CADAP on       Information for Lines 8A-C can be found on CADAP on the the "values" screen. A backup to CADAP for               "values" screen. A backup to CADAP for meteorological data is Line 8     meteorological data is the RM-21 printer in the TSC       the RM-21 printer in the TSC Computer Room (SB 123-04).
If yes, enter time/date.
Computer Room (SB 123-04).                               8A - Enter wind direction and speed.
obtained from Operations.
8A - Enter wind direction and speed.                     8B - Enter the affected sectors according to the 8B - Enter the affected sectors according to the current         current wind direction.
If yes, enter the time/date.
wind direction.                                           8C - Enter stability class.
Information for Lines 8A-C can be found on CADAP on Information for Lines 8A-C can be found on CADAP on the the "values" screen. A backup to CADAP for "values" screen. A backup to CADAP for meteorological data is Line 8 meteorological data is the RM-21 printer in the TSC the RM-21 printer in the TSC Computer Room (SB 123-04).
8C - Enter stability class.                               8D - Check appropriate box.
Computer Room (SB 123-04). 8A -Enter wind direction and speed. 8A -Enter wind direction and speed. 8B -Enter the affected sectors according to the 8B -Enter the affected sectors according to the current current wind direction.
8D - Check appropriate box.
wind direction.
NOTE: 8 A-C are automaticallycompleted when dose data is importedfrom CADAP.
8C -Enter stability class. 8C -Enter stability class. 8D -Check appropriate box. 8D -Check appropriate box. NOTE: 8 A-C are automatically completed when dose data is imported from CADAP. Determine if there is a release. Determine if there is a release.
Determine if there is a release.                           Determine if there is a release.
9A If no release, check block A and proceed to line 13. 9A If no release, check block A and proceed to line 13. 9B/C If release has occurred or is occurring, 9B/C If release has occurred or is occurring, Line 9 check B or C as appropriate and enter check B or C as appropriate and enter duration and time release started/stopped.
9A If no release, check block A and proceed to line 13. 9A If no release, check block A and proceed to line 13.
duration and time release started/stopped.
9B/C If release has occurred or is occurring,             9B/C If release has occurred or is occurring, Line 9             check B or C as appropriate and enter                     check B or C as appropriate and enter duration and time release started/stopped.                 duration and time release started/stopped.
When checking B & C, be sure to import When checking B & C, be sure to import appropriate dose data. appropriate dose data. Indicate the type of release. If there is no core damage, Indicate the type of release. If there is no core damage, check Line 10 check 1 OA. If there is clad damage or fuel melt, check I OA. If there is clad damage or fuel melt, check 1 OA & I OB. If 1OA & lOB. If the release is a liquid release, check 10C. the release is a liquid release, check 10C. Line 11 Imported from CADAP Enter release rate. DRMS provides release rates in uCi/sec.
When checking B & C, be sure to import                     When checking B & C, be sure to import appropriate dose data.                                     appropriate dose data.
Indicate the type of release. If there is no core damage, Indicate the type of release. If there is no core damage, check Line 10     check 1OA. If there is clad damage or fuel melt, check     I OA. If there is clad damage or fuel melt, check 1OA & I OB. If 1OA & lOB. If the release is a liquid release, check 10C. the release is a liquid release, check 10C.
Line 11     Imported from CADAP                                       Enter release rate. DRMS provides release rates in uCi/sec.
These rates must be converted to Ci/sec. CADAP also provides this information through Notepad.
These rates must be converted to Ci/sec. CADAP also provides this information through Notepad.
12A Enter numbers of hours used and method 12A Enter numbers of hours used and method Line 12 used in dose calculation, used in dose calculation.
12A Enter numbers of hours used and method               12A Enter numbers of hours used and method Line 12             used in dose calculation,                                 used in dose calculation.
12B Import from CADAP. 12B Obtain from CADAP results.
12B Import from CADAP.                                   12B Obtain from CADAP results.
Line 13 Enter Recovery Manager/Emergency Director's name Enter Recovery Manager/Emergency Director's name and and "RM/ED" as title. RM/ED must review and approve "RMIED" as title. RM/ED must review and approve NMFs I NMFs prior to transmission, prior to transmission.
Line 13     Enter Recovery Manager/Emergency Director's name           Enter Recovery Manager/Emergency Director's name and and "RM/ED" as title. RM/ED must review and approve       "RMIED" as title. RM/ED must review and approve NMFs I NMFs prior to transmission,                               prior to transmission.
Line 14 Leave blank. For use by parishes.
Line 14     Leave blank. For use by parishes.                         Leave blank. For use by parishes.
Leave blank. For use by parishes.EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 18 OF 58 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 1 OF 7 ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial 1. Call in Administrative personnel for the TSC and the OSC, using the Emergency Telephone Book located in the Administrative Coordinator's binder. 2. Verify that all required TSC staff members are present. If positions remain to be filled, obtain the Dialogics callout log from the TSC fax to determine which TSC staff members have responded.
EIP-2-018             REV - 24         PAGE 18 OF 58
Call additional staff members as required.
 
: 3. Check with the TSC Data Facility Coordinator and verify that all TSC administrative equipment is functional.
ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 1 OF 7 ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR ACTIVATION                                           Date:                       Action Completed Initial
If problems or non-functional equipment is identified, improvise with the use of alternate equipment or initiate actions to repair or replace non-functional equipment.
: 1. Call in Administrative personnel for the TSC and the OSC, using the Emergency Telephone Book located in the Administrative Coordinator's binder.
: 2. Verify that all required TSC staff members are present. If positions remain to be filled, obtain the Dialogics callout log from the TSC fax to determine which TSC staff members have responded. Call additional staff members as required.
: 3. Check with the TSC Data Facility Coordinator and verify that all TSC administrative equipment is functional. If problems or non-functional equipment is identified, improvise with the use of alternate equipment or initiate actions to repair or replace non-functional equipment.
: 4. Print daily report and ensure distribution.
: 4. Print daily report and ensure distribution.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Monitor TSC gaitronics speaker volume and adjust if necessary.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS
: 2. Verify with NRC personnel that the FTS 2001 phone lines are operational.
: 1. Monitor TSC gaitronics speaker volume and adjust if necessary.
Report any problems to the NRC Operations Center using a commercial phone and the numbers listed on the NRC phone. 3. Obtain a list of personnel located in the Protected Area from Security.
: 2. Verify with NRC personnel that the FTS 2001 phone lines are operational. Report any problems to the NRC Operations Center using a commercial phone and the numbers listed on the NRC phone.
: 3. Obtain a list of personnel located in the Protected Area from Security.
This information can be utilized for later shift compliments.
This information can be utilized for later shift compliments.
: 4. Coordinate with the Admin/Logistics Advisor the procurement of additional supplies and resources as directed by the TSC staff. Coordinate delivery with the Admin/Logistics Advisor and the Security Coordinator.
: 4. Coordinate with the Admin/Logistics Advisor the procurement of additional supplies and resources as directed by the TSC staff.
Notify TSC staff personnel of Estimated Time of Arrival for requested materials or resources.
Coordinate delivery with the Admin/Logistics Advisor and the Security Coordinator. Notify TSC staff personnel of Estimated Time of Arrival for requested materials or resources. If the EOF has relocated, coordinate this with the Corporate Emergency Center (CEC) on the Corporate Hotline.
If the EOF has relocated, coordinate this with the Corporate Emergency Center (CEC) on the Corporate Hotline.
: 5. Using pages 3-7 of this attachment develop a staffing rotation list for TSC, OSC, and Control Room personnel. Contact the EOF Admin/Logistics Advisor for EOF RP technician and Chemistry technician staffing needs and the approved access route for responding personnel. Along with the TSC Manager, determine shift times.
: 5. Using pages 3-7 of this attachment develop a staffing rotation list for TSC, OSC, and Control Room personnel.
Coordinate with the Operations Support Coordinator to identify additional operations personnel needs. Contact the individuals on the list and inform them of the time that they are scheduled to report to the site and the approved route. Unless directed to do otherwise by the Operations Support Coordinator, call out (2) additional NCOs and (2) NEOs to augment the next shift.
Contact the EOF Admin/Logistics Advisor for EOF RP technician and Chemistry technician staffing needs and the approved access route for responding personnel.
EIP-2-018         REV - 24       PAGE 19 OF 58
Along with the TSC Manager, determine shift times. Coordinate with the Operations Support Coordinator to identify additional operations personnel needs. Contact the individuals on the list and inform them of the time that they are scheduled to report to the site and the approved route. Unless directed to do otherwise by the Operations Support Coordinator, call out (2) additional NCOs and (2) NEOs to augment the next shift.EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 19 OF 58 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 2 OF 7 ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (Cont'd) 6. Call the Admin/Logistics Advisor for updated information on any injured personnel.
 
Periodically update the TSC Manager on the injured person(s) status. RELOCATION ACTIONS If TSC is relocating
ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 2 OF 7 ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (Cont'd)
: 6. Call the Admin/Logistics Advisor for updated information on any injured personnel. Periodically update the TSC Manager on the injured person(s) status.
RELOCATION ACTIONS If TSC is relocating
: 1. Relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.
: 1. Relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.
DEACTIVATION
DEACTIVATION
: 1. When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC. 2. Ensure that all equipment, procedures, and drawings are properly stored. 3. Have administrative staff collect all documentation.
: 1. When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC.
: 4. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 20 OF 58 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 3 OF 7 ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR OSC STAFF ROTATION (12-Hour Shifts) 1st Shift 2nd Shift Date: Date: Time: Time: 3rd Shift Date: Time: 4th Shift Date: Time: EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 21 OF 58 Position OSC Director (1) Manager Electrical (1) Manager Mechanical (1) Manager I & C (1) Status Communicator (1) OSC Admin Support (1) Sr. RP Technician (1) Mechanical Maintenance (Ask Maint. Support Coordinator)
: 2. Ensure that all equipment, procedures, and drawings are properly stored.
: 3. Have administrative staff collect all documentation.
: 4. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.
EIP-2-018         REV - 24       PAGE 20 OF 58
 
ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 3 OF 7 ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR OSC STAFF ROTATION (12-Hour Shifts) 1st Shift       2nd Shift          3rd Shift    4th Shift Date:           Date:             Date:        Date:
Position        Time:           Time:             Time:       Time:
OSC Director (1)
Manager Electrical (1)
Manager Mechanical (1)
Manager I & C (1)
Status Communicator (1)
OSC Admin Support (1)
Sr. RP Technician (1)
Mechanical Maintenance (Ask Maint. Support Coordinator)
Electrical Maintenance (Ask Maint. Support Coordinator)
Electrical Maintenance (Ask Maint. Support Coordinator)
I&C Maintenance (Ask Maint. Support Coordinator)
I&C Maintenance (Ask Maint. Support Coordinator)
ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR OSC STAFF ROTATION (Cont.'d)
EIP-2-018    REV - 24      PAGE 21 OF 58
(12-Hour Shifts)ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 4 OF 7 Radiation Protection Technicians OSC (Ask RP Coordinator)
 
TSC EOF Chemistry Technicians osC (Ask Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator)
ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 4 OF 7 ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR OSC STAFF ROTATION (Cont.'d)
EOF 1 st Shift Date: Time: 2 nd Shift Date: Time: Tie Time 3rd Shift Date: Time:*1- + I 1- 4.EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 22 OF 58 4 th Shift Date: Time!
(12-Hour Shifts) 1 st Shift        2 nd Shift        3rd Shift    4 th Shift Date:            Date:            Date:        Date:
ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 5 OF 7 ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR Position Emergency Director (1) TSC Manager (1)TSC STAFF ROTATION (12-Hour Shifts) 1st Shift 2nd Shift Date: Date: Time: Time: 3rd Shift Date: Time:-*l. 7-.4- + 4- 1 4th Shift Date: Time: Reactor Engineer (1) Mechanical Engineer (Ask Engineering Coordinator)
Time:            Time:            Time:        Time!
Tie          Time Radiation Protection Technicians         OSC (Ask RP Coordinator)
                                          *1-                +            I TSC                   1-                4.
EOF Chemistry Technicians osC (Ask Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator)       EOF EIP-2-018     REV - 24         PAGE 22 OF 58
 
ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 5 OF 7 ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR TSC STAFF ROTATION (12-Hour Shifts) 1st Shift         2nd Shift        3rd Shift    4th Shift Date:               Date:             Date:        Date:
Position            Time:               Time:             Time:       Time:
                                                -                 *l.           7 Emergency Director (1)
                        -. 4-                 +                 4-             1 TSC Manager (1)
Reactor Engineer (1)
Mechanical Engineer (Ask Engineering Coordinator)
Electrical Engineer (Ask Engineering Coordinator)
Electrical Engineer (Ask Engineering Coordinator)
Engineering Coord. (1) Ops. Support Coord. (1) Maintenance Support Coordinator (1) Radiation Protection Coordinator (1) Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coord. (1) Security Coordinator (1) Status Communicator (1) 1 1 Data Facility Coord. (1) 1 1 EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 23 OF 58 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 6 OF 7 ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR TSC STAFF ROTATION (Cont.'d)
Engineering Coord. (1)
(12-Hour Shifts) 1st Shift 2nd Shift 3rd Shift 4th Shift Date: Date: Date: Date: Position Time: Time: Time: Time: EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 24 OF 58 Administrative Coordinator (1) TSC Communicator (1) ENS Communicator (1) Administrative Support (Determined by Admin Coordinator) i ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 7 OF 7 ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR CONTROL ROOM STAFF ROTATION (12-Hour Shifts) 1st Shift 2nd Shift 3rd Shift 4th Shift Date: Date: Date: Date: Position Time: Time: Time: Time: Shift Manager (1 min) Control Room Supervisor (1 min) Nuclear Control Operators (3 min) Nuclear Equipment Operators (4 min) Shift Technical Advisor (1 min) TSC/CR Communicator (1 min) Additional Support-I I I-1i 4- + + t-1-4-I+__________________________
Ops. Support Coord. (1)
+________________________________________________________
Maintenance Support Coordinator (1)
I.EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 25 OF 58 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 1 OF 4 COMMUNICATOR ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial 1. Verify activation of Emergency Response Data System (ERDS). 2. Verify the operability of the following communications equipment:
Radiation Protection Coordinator (1)
Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coord. (1)
Security Coordinator (1)
Status Communicator (1)                                               1                                             1 Data Facility Coord. (1)                         1                                             1 EIP-2-018       REV - 24       PAGE 23 OF 58
 
ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 6 OF 7 ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR TSC STAFF ROTATION (Cont.'d)
(12-Hour Shifts) 1st Shift       2nd Shift       3rd Shift   4th Shift Date:           Date:             Date:       Date:
Position       Time:           Time:           Time:         Time:
Administrative Coordinator (1) i TSC Communicator (1)
ENS Communicator (1)
Administrative Support (Determined by Admin Coordinator)
EIP-2-018    REV - 24      PAGE 24 OF 58
 
ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 7 OF 7 ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR CONTROL ROOM STAFF ROTATION (12-Hour Shifts) 1st Shift     2nd Shift             3rd Shift                         4th Shift Date:         Date:                 Date:                           Date:
Position           Time:         Time:                 Time:                           Time:
Shift Manager (1 min)
                        -I                I                I Control Room Supervisor (1 min)
                        -1i Nuclear Control Operators (3 min) 4-                +                +                                  t Nuclear Equipment Operators (4 min)
                        -1                                                                      +
Shift Technical Advisor (1 min)
__________________________        +
                        -4 TSC/CR Communicator (1 min)
I.
________________________________________________________
                        -I Additional Support EIP-2-018   REV - 24       PAGE 25 OF 58
 
ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 1 OF 4 COMMUNICATOR ACTIVATION                                             Date:                         Action Completed Initial
: 1. Verify activation of Emergency Response Data System (ERDS).
: 2. Verify the operability of the following communications equipment:
* State and Local Hotline, call the Emergency Operations Center (LOEP) at 361.
* State and Local Hotline, call the Emergency Operations Center (LOEP) at 361.
* Emergency Shutdown Line, call the OSC at 202.
* Emergency Shutdown Line, call the OSC at 202.
* Civil Defense Radio Console, call LOEP
* Civil Defense Radio Console, call LOEP
* ESP Computer 3. Inform TSC Manager when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
* ESP Computer
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE Notifications to State and local authorities must be made within approximately 15 minutes of a declaration of an emergency or Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) change using the Short Notification Message Form (SNMF). 1. Contact the Main Control Room Communicator to receive a status on offsite notifications.
: 3. Inform TSC Manager when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
: 2. Assume responsibility for notifications when directed by the ED. 3. Assist the TSC Manager in completing the appropriate Notification Message Form (NMF). Ensure that the RP Coordinator reviews all dose data prior to RM/ED review and approval to transmit.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE Notifications to State and local authoritiesmust be made within approximately 15 minutes of a declarationof an emergency or ProtectiveAction Recommendation (PAR) change using the Short Notification Message Form (SNMF).
When directed, make notifications of the emergency to State and local authorities.
: 1. Contact the Main Control Room Communicator to receive a status on offsite notifications.
: 4. Verify NMF receipt with State and local authorities.
: 2. Assume responsibility for notifications when directed by the ED.
Complete a new NMF Verification Checklist (page 3) for each message sent. 5. If an agency has not received the message, obtain message receipt verification from the other agencies and re-transmit the message (ESP Computer) to the non-receiving party. 6. If the message is still not received, read it to the agency(s), line by line. Message may be faxed as needed.EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 26 OF 58 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 2 0F4 COMMUNICATOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (Cont'd) 7. If no contact is made with a location on the Hotline, call the location on the commercial telephone to verify receipt of message. If commercial telephones are inoperable, the Civil Defense Radio may be used. 8. If Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) are issued from the TSC: a. During the verification of message receipt on the Hotline, inform LOEP and the Parish EOCs that you will call them back in five minutes for PAR confirmation.
: 3. Assist the TSC Manager in completing the appropriate Notification Message Form (NMF). Ensure that the RP Coordinator reviews all dose data prior to RM/ED review and approval to transmit. When directed, make notifications of the emergency to State and local authorities.
: b. After five minutes, contact LOEP and the five Parish EOCs. Using the PAR Verification Checklist on page 4, verify that the Directors or the Assistant Directors of all Parishes and the Operations Officer at LOEP are on the Hotline.
: 4. Verify NMF receipt with State and local authorities. Complete a new NMF Verification Checklist (page 3) for each message sent.
: c. When verified, request the RM/ED to pick up the Hotline for PAR verification and give the RMJED the PAR Verification Checklist.
: 5. If an agency has not received the message, obtain message receipt verification from the other agencies and re-transmit the message (ESP Computer) to the non-receiving party.
: 9. Make follow-up notifications to State and local authorities as directed by the RM/ED. 10. Maintain a file of all notification message forms and verification checklists.
: 6. If the message is still not received, read it to the agency(s), line by line. Message may be faxed as needed.
: 11. Ensure that Administrative personnel copy and distribute all Notification Message Forms to TSC staff. 12. Contact the EOF Communicator with status of offsite notifications.
EIP-2-018       REV - 24         PAGE 26 OF 58
 
ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 2 0F4 COMMUNICATOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (Cont'd)
: 7.     If no contact is made with a location on the Hotline, call the location on the commercial telephone to verify receipt of message. If commercial telephones are inoperable, the Civil Defense Radio may be used.
: 8.     If Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) are issued from the TSC:
: a.     During the verification of message receipt on the Hotline, inform LOEP and the Parish EOCs that you will call them back in five minutes for PAR confirmation.
: b.     After five minutes, contact LOEP and the five Parish EOCs. Using the PAR Verification Checklist on page 4, verify that the Directors or the Assistant Directors of all Parishes and the Operations Officer at LOEP are on the Hotline.
: c.     When verified, request the RM/ED to pick up the Hotline for PAR verification and give the RMJED the PAR Verification Checklist.
: 9.     Make follow-up notifications to State and local authorities as directed by the RM/ED.
: 10. Maintain a file of all notification message forms and verification checklists.
: 11. Ensure that Administrative personnel copy and distribute all Notification Message Forms to TSC staff.
: 12. Contact the EOF Communicator with status of offsite notifications.
: 13. Transfer notifications to the EOF Communicator when directed by the Emergency Director.
: 13. Transfer notifications to the EOF Communicator when directed by the Emergency Director.
RELOCATION ACTIONS If TSC is relocating, report to Communicator's desk in the Control Room with appropriate supplies to assume offsite notifications should the need arise. If EOF is relocating, receive turnover from EOF Communicator and resume responsibilities for offsite notifications.
RELOCATION ACTIONS If TSC is relocating, report to Communicator's desk in the Control Room with appropriate supplies to assume offsite notifications should the need arise.
If EOF is relocating, receive turnover from EOF Communicator and resume responsibilities for offsite notifications.
DEACTIVATION
DEACTIVATION
: 1. When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC. 2. Ensure all messages are cleared and ESP Computer control is returned to the Control Room. 3. Ensure all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 27 OF 58 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 3 OF 4 COMMUNICATOR NMF VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Ensure at least one of the agencies in each of the following rows receives the message.
: 1.     When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC.
MESSAGE #FACILITY PHONE #Parish EOCs and LOEP Operations Officer informed of 5-minute PAR verification phone call Message Verified Communicator Signature/KCN Time/Date EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 28 OF 58 La. Dept. of Environmental Quality 9-765-0160 371 (LDEQ) (M-F -8AM to 4PM only, LOEP will notify all other times) La. Office of Emergency Preparedness 9-925-7500 (24-hr. pt.) 361 (LOEP) (State EOC) West Feliciana Parish (WFP) EOC 9-635-4792 351 24-HR. PT. 9-635-3241 352 East Feliciana Parish (EFP) EOC 9-634-7269 341 24-HR. PT. 9-683-5459 342 Pointe Coupee Parish (PCP) EOC 9-694-9014 331 24-HR. PT. 9-694-3737 332 East Baton Rouge Parish (EBRP) EOC 9-389-2100 311 24-HR. PT. 9-389-3300 312 West Baton Rouge Parish (WBRP) EOC 9-346-1581 321 24-HR. PT. 9-343-9234 321 Mississippi Emergency Management 9-1-800-222-6362 (24 hr. pt.) Agency (MEMA) 9-1-601-352-9100 (alternate) 381 Mississippi Highway Patrol (MHP) 9-1-601-987-1530 (backup) 382 MSG. REC'D Hotline # (Y/N/NA)YES NO NA ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 4 OF 4 COMMUNICATOR PAR VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Scenario # Recommended:
: 2.     Ensure all messages are cleared and ESP Computer control is returned to the Control Room.
Date: Communicator verifies that correct individuals are on line by placing a check mark on the appropriate line. The RM/ED will verify approved scenario and initial the form. WEST FELICIANA PARISH: RM/ED Initial On Line Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO # EAST FELICIANA PARISH: Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO # POINTE COUPEE PARISH: Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO # WEST BATON ROUGE PARISH: Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO # EAST BATON ROUGE PARISH: Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO # STATE OF LOUISIANA LOEP Operations Officer Siren Sounding Time: EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 29 OF 58 Date: NOTE If no release is occurring or has occurred, the TSC may be presumed to be radiologically habitable without conducting surveys.
: 3.     Ensure all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.
1 .Using the following guidelines, evaluate radiological conditions and determine habitability of the TSC. Provide results to TSC Manager and post on status board. Facility habitability is based on a maximum dose limit of 5 rem TEDE over an assumed 12 hour shift. A combination of 200 mR/hr to the whole body (Deep Dose Equivalent) plus an airborne concentration of 5E-6 [tCi/cc radioiodine in the facility equates to a TEDE of approximately 5 rem in 12 hours.NOTE If DRMS or meteorological tower information is unavailable in the facility, have an individual dispatched to the Control Room to relay data. The onsite hotline, if available, may be used to relay this information.
EIP-2-018         REV - 24     PAGE 27 OF 58
: 2. Ensure that the RM- 11 module of the DRMS is operable, as follows: a. Ensure that the RM- 11 console and printer power switches are in the "ON" position.
 
: b. Check RM-1 1 console screen brightness by turning "BRIGHTNESS" button. c. If display does not appear on screen, flip "ALTERNATE/
ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 3 OF 4 COMMUNICATOR NMF VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Ensure at least one of the agencies in each of the following rows receives the message.
PRIMARY" selector switch from one position to the other. d. Press any "Grid" button and display should appear on screen.EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 30 OF 58 ACTIVATION RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 1 OF 5 Action Completed Initial ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 2 OF 5 RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR ACTIVATION (CONT'D) e. If display does not appear on screen, perform the following:
MESSAGE #
: 1. Obtain panel key from TSC key box. 2. Proceed through door SB 123-04 to room #303 (Cable chase room) to check breaker(s).
MSG. REC'D FACILITY                                               PHONE #                 Hotline # (Y/N/NA)
: 3. Check breaker #27 and #29 on Panel #1VBN-PNL-06A.
La. Dept. of Environmental Quality             9-765-0160                       371 (LDEQ) (M-F - 8AM to 4PM only, LOEP will notify all other times)
: 4. If breaker(s) has tripped, reset breaker by taking switch to "OFF" position, then to the "ON" position.
La. Office of Emergency Preparedness           9-925-7500 (24-hr. pt.)         361 (LOEP) (State EOC)
: 5. Proceed as described in step "a." above. 3. Ensure that the RM-21 module of the DRMS is operable as follows: a. Type "HELP MET" RETURN to obtain current meteorological information.
West Feliciana Parish (WFP)                   EOC           9-635-4792       351 24-HR. PT. 9-635-3241       352 East Feliciana Parish (EFP)                   EOC           9-634-7269       341 24-HR. PT. 9-683-5459       342 Pointe Coupee Parish (PCP)                     EOC           9-694-9014       331 24-HR. PT. 9-694-3737       332 East Baton Rouge Parish (EBRP)                 EOC           9-389-2100       311 24-HR. PT. 9-389-3300       312 West Baton Rouge Parish (WBRP)                 EOC           9-346-1581       321 24-HR. PT. 9-343-9234           321 Mississippi Emergency Management               9-1-800-222-6362 (24 hr. pt.)
Agency (MEMA)                                 9-1-601-352-9100 (alternate)     381 Mississippi Highway Patrol (MHP)               9-1-601-987-1530 (backup)       382 Parish EOCs and LOEP Operations Officer informed of 5-minute PAR verification phone call                                          YES   NO NA Message Verified Communicator Signature/KCN        Time/Date EIP-2-018      REV - 24        PAGE 28 OF 58
 
ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 4 OF 4 COMMUNICATOR PAR VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Scenario # Recommended:                   Date:
Communicator verifies that correct individuals are on line by placing a check mark on the appropriate line. The RM/ED will verify approved scenario and initial the form.
WEST FELICIANA PARISH:                                           RM/ED Initial           On Line Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #
EAST FELICIANA PARISH:
Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #
POINTE COUPEE PARISH:
Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #
WEST BATON ROUGE PARISH:
Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #
EAST BATON ROUGE PARISH:
Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #
STATE OF LOUISIANA LOEP Operations Officer Siren Sounding Time:
EIP-2-018       REV - 24       PAGE 29 OF 58
 
ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 1 OF 5 RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR ACTIVATION                                          Date:                       Action Completed Initial NOTE If no release is occurringor has occurred,the TSC may be presumed to be radiologicallyhabitable without conducting surveys.
: 1. Using the following guidelines, evaluate radiological conditions and determine habitability of the TSC. Provide results to TSC Manager and post on status board.
Facility habitability is based on a maximum dose limit of 5 rem TEDE over an assumed 12 hour shift.
A combination of 200 mR/hr to the whole body (Deep Dose Equivalent) plus an airborne concentration of 5E-6 [tCi/cc radioiodine in the facility equates to a TEDE of approximately 5 rem in 12 hours.
NOTE If DRMS or meteorologicaltower information is unavailablein the facility, have an individual dispatchedto the ControlRoom to relay data. The onsite hotline, if available,may be used to relay this information.
: 2. Ensure that the RM- 11 module of the DRMS is operable, as follows:
: a.     Ensure that the RM- 11 console and printer power switches are in the "ON" position.
: b.       Check RM-1 1 console screen brightness by turning "BRIGHTNESS" button.
: c.     If display does not appear on screen, flip "ALTERNATE/
PRIMARY" selector switch from one position to the other.
: d.       Press any "Grid" button and display should appear on screen.
EIP-2-018       REV - 24       PAGE 30 OF 58
 
ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 2 OF 5 RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR ACTIVATION (CONT'D)
: e. If display does not appear on screen, perform the following:
: 1.     Obtain panel key from TSC key box.
: 2.       Proceed through door SB 123-04 to room #303 (Cable chase room) to check breaker(s).
: 3.       Check breaker #27 and #29 on Panel #1VBN-PNL-06A.
: 4.       If breaker(s) has tripped, reset breaker by taking switch to "OFF" position, then to the "ON" position.
: 5.       Proceed as described in step "a." above.
: 3. Ensure that the RM-21 module of the DRMS is operable as follows:
: a. Type "HELP MET" RETURN to obtain current meteorological information.
Type "HELP RAD" RETURN to obtain plant effluent and meteorological information.
Type "HELP RAD" RETURN to obtain plant effluent and meteorological information.
Type "HELP" RETURN to view the "help" menus. 4. Verify operability of the onsite hotline. Call the OSC at 202. 5. Inform the TSC Manager when prepared to assume functional responsibilities.
Type "HELP" RETURN to view the "help" menus.
EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 31 OF 58 ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 3 OF 5 RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Check RP technician response to the Dialogics callout and current on-shift RP staffing.
: 4. Verify operability of the onsite hotline. Call the OSC at 202.
Have Administrative Coordinator contact additional technicians as necessary for the following:
: 5. Inform the TSC Manager when prepared to assume functional responsibilities.
NOTE Offsite teams are expected to report in 75 minutes and be ready for deployment as soon as possible but no later than 90 minutes following notification.
EIP-2-018         REV - 24       PAGE 31 OF 58
: a. OSC Support (9) C b. EOF as Habitability Technician
 
: c. TSC as Habitability Technician
ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 3 OF 5 RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS
: d. Offsite teams (2) 2. Obtain status of any monitoring teams previously dispatched by the Control Room. 3. As required, ensure the distribution of pocket dosimeters and TLDs to TSC personnel and announce the frequency at which they should be read. 4. As required, direct the establishment of a TSC contamination control point outside door # SB123-19.
: 1. Check RP technician response to the Dialogics callout and current on-shift RP staffing. Have Administrative Coordinator contact additional technicians as necessary for the following:
NOTE Offsite teams are expected to report in 75 minutes and be readyfor deployment as soon as possible but no later than 90 minutes following notification.
: a.       OSC Support (9)
C   b.       EOF as Habitability Technician
: c.       TSC as Habitability Technician
: d.       Offsite teams (2)
: 2. Obtain status of any monitoring teams previously dispatched by the Control Room.
: 3. As required, ensure the distribution of pocket dosimeters and TLDs to TSC personnel and announce the frequency at which they should be read.
: 4. As required, direct the establishment of a TSC contamination control point outside door # SB123-19.
: 5. Ensure OSC dispatches qualified personnel to refill SCBA bottles.
: 5. Ensure OSC dispatches qualified personnel to refill SCBA bottles.
: 6. Review all notification message forms containing radiological data prior to transmission.
: 6. Review all notification message forms containing radiological data prior to transmission.
: 7. Periodically assess TSC habitability.
: 7. Periodically assess TSC habitability.
: 8. Assess plant radiological conditions and effectiveness of accident mitigation strategies.
: 8. Assess plant radiological conditions and effectiveness of accident mitigation strategies.
: 9. Review dose projection calculations with the Emergency Director and keep him informed of offsite radiological data, both real time and projected doses. 10. If the TSC is issuing Protective Action Recommendations, perform the following:
: 9. Review dose projection calculations with the Emergency Director and keep him informed of offsite radiological data, both real time and projected doses.
: a. Using Attachment 18, recommend offsite Protective Action Recommendations to the Emergency Director, as necessary.
: 10. If the TSC is issuing Protective Action Recommendations, perform the following:
Provide information without delay. b. Provide information for the applicable sections of the Notification Message Forms.EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 32 OF 58 ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 4 OF 5 RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (Cont'd) c. After initial PAR implementation, assuming no change in dose projections that would require an increase in PARs, wind shifts which change the scenario number, may trigger an increase in PARs to a higher level. To determine the appropriate PAR, review the emergency scenario maps and the National Weather Service (NWS) forecast.
: a.     Using Attachment 18, recommend offsite Protective Action Recommendations to the Emergency Director, as necessary. Provide information without delay.
In addition, if NWS indicates continued wind shifts, consider the following:
: b.     Provide information for the applicable sections of the Notification Message Forms.
Present PARs -Evacuate 2 mile radius, evacuate 5 miles downwind, shelter the 10 mile radius and evacuate schools, institutions and recreation areas in the 5 mile radius (minimum PARs) Wind shifts -Evacuate 5 mile radius and shelter the 10 mile radius. (Scenario  
EIP-2-018         REV - 24       PAGE 32 OF 58
#12) Present PARs -Evacuate 5 mile radius, evacuate 10 miles downwind, shelter the remaining 10 mile radius and evacuate schools, institutions and recreation areas in the 10 mile radius. Wind shifts -Evacuate 10 mile radius. (Scenario  
 
#27) d. When PARs are issued, provide recommended routes for personnel and deliveries into RBS. e. If doses > 1 rem TEDE or > 5 rem CDE thyroid are projected at 10 miles, estimate the projected dose at 15, 20 and 25 miles as appropriate and inform the Emergency Director of the distance and downwind areas at which a PAG is estimated to be exceeded.EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 33 OF 58 Estimate radiation doses beyond 10 miles using the following factors: These ratios may be used regardless of Stability Class, Wind Speed or Time After Shutdown when the Core State = "Fuel Melt" Radiation Dose at 15 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.387 Radiation Dose at 20 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.267 Radiation Dose at 25 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.226 Ratios are applicable to either TEDE or CDE, although CDE Thyroid will normally be the dominant factor.
ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 4 OF 5 RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (Cont'd)
ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 5 OF 5 RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (Cont'd) 11. Coordinate with the OSC Director to dispatch personnel for radiological and environmental monitoring in accordance with EIP-2-014, Offsite Radiological Monitoring.
: c. After initial PAR implementation, assuming no change in dose projections that would require an increase in PARs, wind shifts which change the scenario number, may trigger an increase in PARs to a higher level. To determine the appropriate PAR, review the emergency scenario maps and the National Weather Service (NWS) forecast. In addition, if NWS indicates continued wind shifts, consider the following:
: 12. Upon declaration of a Site Area Emergency or higher, assist the Emergency Director in determining the evacuation egress point and assembly area to be used in the Owner Controlled Area evacuation.
Present PARs - Evacuate 2 mile radius, evacuate 5 miles downwind, shelter the 10 mile radius and evacuate schools, institutions and recreation areas in the 5 mile radius (minimum PARs)
Dispatch two Radiation Protection Technicians, as a minimum, to perform monitoring and decontamination (see EIP-2-026).
Wind shifts - Evacuate 5 mile radius and shelter the 10 mile radius.
(Scenario #12)
Present PARs - Evacuate 5 mile radius, evacuate 10 miles downwind, shelter the remaining 10 mile radius and evacuate schools, institutions and recreation areas in the 10 mile radius.
Wind shifts - Evacuate 10 mile radius. (Scenario #27)
: d. When PARs are issued, provide recommended routes for personnel and deliveries into RBS.
: e. If doses > 1 rem TEDE or > 5 rem CDE thyroid are projected at 10 miles, estimate the projected dose at 15, 20 and 25 miles as appropriate and inform the Emergency Director of the distance and downwind areas at which a PAG is estimated to be exceeded.
Estimate radiation doses beyond 10 miles using the following factors:
These ratios may be used regardless of Stability Class, Wind Speed or Time After Shutdown when the Core State = "Fuel Melt" Radiation Dose at 15 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.387 Radiation Dose at 20 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.267 Radiation Dose at 25 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.226 Ratios are applicable to either TEDE or CDE, although CDE Thyroid will normally be the dominant factor.
EIP-2-018        REV - 24        PAGE 33 OF 58
 
ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 5 OF 5 RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (Cont'd)
: 11. Coordinate with the OSC Director to dispatch personnel for radiological and environmental monitoring in accordance with EIP-2-014, Offsite Radiological Monitoring.
: 12. Upon declaration of a Site Area Emergency or higher, assist the Emergency Director in determining the evacuation egress point and assembly area to be used in the Owner Controlled Area evacuation. Dispatch two Radiation Protection Technicians, as a minimum, to perform monitoring and decontamination (see EIP-2-026).
: 13. Coordinate with the Security Coordinator on protective actions for security personnel.
: 13. Coordinate with the Security Coordinator on protective actions for security personnel.
: 14. Monitor for radiological release that may impact evacuees at Assembly Area. Inform Emergency Director of need to relocate evacuees, as necessary.
: 14. Monitor for radiological release that may impact evacuees at Assembly Area. Inform Emergency Director of need to relocate evacuees, as necessary.
: 15. Determine personnel exposure margins. Assist the Emergency Director in authorizing emergency exposure limits in excess of 10 CFR 20 in accordance with EIP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls.
: 15. Determine personnel exposure margins. Assist the Emergency Director in authorizing emergency exposure limits in excess of 10 CFR 20 in accordance with EIP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls.
: 16. Advise the Emergency Director on the use of Potassium Iodide (KI) in accordance with EIP-2-012.
: 16. Advise the Emergency Director on the use of Potassium Iodide (KI) in accordance with EIP-2-012. KI is stored in the decontamination room, second floor services building, Main Control Room, and TSC RP lockers.
KI is stored in the decontamination room, second floor services building, Main Control Room, and TSC RP lockers.
: 17. Assist the Radiation Protection Advisor in obtaining Emergency Director authorization for use of KI by offsite teams.
: 17. Assist the Radiation Protection Advisor in obtaining Emergency Director authorization for use of KI by offsite teams. RELOCATION ACTIONS If the TSC is relocating:
RELOCATION ACTIONS If the TSC is relocating:
: 1. Receive dose assessment turnover from Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator and report to CADAP computer in control room to assume those responsibilities as needed. Take laptop dose assessment computer and battery charger located in TSC RP locker. 2. Assume normal RP Coordinator responsibilities in control room to support mitigation activities.
: 1.     Receive dose assessment turnover from Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator and report to CADAP computer in control room to assume those responsibilities as needed.
Take laptop dose assessment computer and battery charger located in TSC RP locker.
: 2.     Assume normal RP Coordinator responsibilities in control room to support mitigation activities.
DEACTIVATION
DEACTIVATION
: 1. When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC. 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 34 OF 58 ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 1 OF 2 MAINTENANCE SUPPORT COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial 1. Obtain the status of work teams dispatched by the Control Room and/or the OSC. 2. Ensure that the TSC/OSC Video link is operational.
: 1.     When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC.
SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Ensure that OSC is placing TSC ventilation in the emergency mode. 2. Ensure that the Engineering Coordinator and TSC Manager are advised on status of repairs and corrective actions in the plant. 3. Ensure initiation of Work Orders and coordinate repair and corrective actions with the OSC Manager.
: 2.     Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.
EIP-2-018         REV - 24     PAGE 34 OF 58
 
ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 1 OF 2 MAINTENANCE SUPPORT COORDINATOR ACTIVATION                                             Date:                     Action Completed Initial
: 1. Obtain the status of work teams dispatched by the Control Room and/or the OSC.
: 2.     Ensure that the TSC/OSC Video link is operational.
SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS
: 1. Ensure that OSC is placing TSC ventilation in the emergency mode.
: 2. Ensure that the Engineering Coordinator and TSC Manager are advised on status of repairs and corrective actions in the plant.
: 3. Ensure initiation of Work Orders and coordinate repair and corrective actions with the OSC Manager.
: 4. Coordinate work team dispatch by obtaining the work team NAME and PRIORITY from the Emergency Director.
: 4. Coordinate work team dispatch by obtaining the work team NAME and PRIORITY from the Emergency Director.
: 5. Ensure that work teams receive briefings from the Engineering Coordinator or Mechanical/Electrical Engineers as applicable.
: 5. Ensure that work teams receive briefings from the Engineering Coordinator or Mechanical/Electrical Engineers as applicable.
: 6. Post the work team on the TSC/OSC Video link, using the Video link form (Page 2 of this attachment).
: 6. Post the work team on the TSC/OSC Video link, using the Video link form (Page 2 of this attachment).
: 7. Track personnel leaving the TSC envelope.
: 7. Track personnel leaving the TSC envelope. Advise the OSC to expect their arrival in that facility and that they should be tracked as a team.
Advise the OSC to expect their arrival in that facility and that they should be tracked as a team. RELOCATION ACTIONS If TSC is relocating:
RELOCATION ACTIONS If TSC is relocating:
: 1. Relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.
: 1. Relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.
DEACTIVATION
DEACTIVATION
: 1. When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC. 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 35 OF 58 ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 2 0F2 MAINTENANCE SUPPORT COORDINATOR (Typical)Note: All teams must have a priority assigned by the Emergency Director.
: 1. When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC.
Time: Priority Assignment B = In Briefing 0 = Out 1-J I.__________
: 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.
J ___________
EIP-2-018         REV - 24       PAGE 35 OF 58
EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 36 OF 58 ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE I OF I REACTOR ENGINEER ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial 1. Inform the TSC Manager if in the Control Room and estimate your time of arrival in the TSC. SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE The Technical Support Guidelines may be used to assess accident conditions.
 
: 1. Along with the Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator and Technical Advisor analyze core parameters to determine core conditions.
ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 2 0F2 MAINTENANCE SUPPORT COORDINATOR (Typical)
Use COP -1050, Post Accident Estimation of Fuel Core Damage. 2. Review proposed plant operations and assess the effect on core condition.
Note: All teams must have a priority assigned by the Emergency Director.
: 3. Develop recommendations on plant operations that would improve or stabilize core conditions.
Time:
: 4. Keep the Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator and Technical Advisor informed on core conditions.
Priority                             Assignment                                     B = In Briefing 0 = Out 1-J                                                                         I.
: 5. Report to the Control Room, as necessary, and return to the TSC. RELOCATION ACTIONS If the TSC is relocating:
__________ J                                                                           ___________
: 1. Transfer to Reactor Engineer workstation in control room and resume functions.
EIP-2-018       REV - 24       PAGE 36 OF 58
 
ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE I OF I REACTOR ENGINEER ACTIVATION                                           Date:                       Action Completed Initial
: 1.     Inform the TSC Manager if in the Control Room and estimate your time of arrival in the TSC.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE The Technical Support Guidelines may be used to assess accident conditions.
: 1.     Along with the Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator and Technical Advisor analyze core parameters to determine core conditions. Use COP - 1050, Post Accident Estimation of Fuel Core Damage.
: 2.     Review proposed plant operations and assess the effect on core condition.
: 3.     Develop recommendations on plant operations that would improve or stabilize core conditions.
: 4.     Keep the Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator and Technical Advisor informed on core conditions.
: 5.     Report to the Control Room, as necessary, and return to the TSC.
RELOCATION ACTIONS If the TSC is relocating:
: 1.     Transfer to Reactor Engineer workstation in control room and resume functions.
DEACTIVATION
DEACTIVATION
: 1. When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC. 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 37 OF 58 ATTACHMENT 8 PAGE I OF I ENGINEERING COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial 1. Obtain plant status from the Operations Support Coordinator.
: 1.     When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC.
: 2. Ensure that the engineering staff are assembled and prepared to perform their functional responsibilities.
: 2.     Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.
: 3. Contact the Engineering Support Advisor on engineering activities underway.
EIP-2-018       REV - 24     PAGE 37 OF 58
SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Provide advice on plant repair and corrective actions.
 
ATTACHMENT 8 PAGE I OF I ENGINEERING COORDINATOR ACTIVATION                                             Date:                     Action Completed Initial
: 1. Obtain plant status from the Operations Support Coordinator.
: 2.     Ensure that the engineering staff are assembled and prepared to perform their functional responsibilities.
: 3.     Contact the Engineering Support Advisor on engineering activities underway.
SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS
: 1. Provide advice on plant repair and corrective actions.
NOTE The Technical Support Guidelines may be used to assess accident conditions.
NOTE The Technical Support Guidelines may be used to assess accident conditions.
: 2. Consult with Maintenance Support Coordinator on maintenance operations.
: 2. Consult with Maintenance Support Coordinator on maintenance operations. Follow up on OSC activities.
Follow up on OSC activities.
: 3. Provide briefings to the work teams on maintenance operations, as necessary.
: 3. Provide briefings to the work teams on maintenance operations, as necessary.
: 4. Direct the activities of the engineering staff. 5. Request EOF engineering assistance as needed. 6. Keep the Engineering Support Advisor and the TSC Manager informed of engineering activities.
: 4. Direct the activities of the engineering staff.
: 7. Assess the need for additional engineering specialists.
: 5. Request EOF engineering assistance as needed.
Make recommendations to the TSC Manager.
: 6. Keep the Engineering Support Advisor and the TSC Manager informed of engineering activities.
: 7. Assess the need for additional engineering specialists. Make recommendations to the TSC Manager.
RELOCATION ACTIONS If TSC is relocating
RELOCATION ACTIONS If TSC is relocating
: 1. Relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.
: 1. Relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.
DEACTIVATION
DEACTIVATION
: 1. When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC. 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 38 OF 58 ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 1 OF I MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial 1. Obtain plant status from the Engineering Coordinator.
: 1. When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC.
: 2. Ensure that prints and drawings are available.
: 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.
If not, have the Data Facility Coordinator assist in obtaining what is needed. 3. Set up the flip chart for tracking engineering activities.
EIP-2-018       REV - 24       PAGE 38 OF 58
 
ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 1 OF I MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS ACTIVATION                                           Date:                         Action Completed Initial
: 1. Obtain plant status from the Engineering Coordinator.
: 2. Ensure that prints and drawings are available. If not, have the Data Facility Coordinator assist in obtaining what is needed.
: 3. Set up the flip chart for tracking engineering activities.
: 4. Verify engineering computers are functional.
: 4. Verify engineering computers are functional.
: 5. Inform the Engineering Coordinator when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
: 5. Inform the Engineering Coordinator when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Provide advice on plant repair and corrective actions.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS
: 1. Provide advice on plant repair and corrective actions.
: 2. Consult with the Engineering Coordinator on maintenance operations.
: 2. Consult with the Engineering Coordinator on maintenance operations.
: 3. Provide repair team briefings as requested.
: 3. Provide repair team briefings as requested.
Line 755: Line 1,414:
: 1. Relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.
: 1. Relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.
DEACTIVATION
DEACTIVATION
: 1. When directed by the Engineering Coordinator, deactivate the TSC. 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the Engineering Coordinator.
: 1. When directed by the Engineering Coordinator, deactivate the TSC.
EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 39 OF 58 ATTACHMENT 10 PAGE 1 OF 2 OPERATIONS SUPPORT COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial 1. Verify ERIS monitor is operational.
: 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the Engineering Coordinator.
If power is not available, perform the following:
EIP-2-018         REV - 24         PAGE 39 OF 58
: a. Obtain panel key from TSC key box. b. Proceed through door SB123-04 to room #303 (Cable chase room). c. Check breaker panel 1VBN-PNL06.
 
: d. If the main breaker and/or other breakers have tripped, switch to the "OFF" position, then switch to the "ON" position.
ATTACHMENT 10 PAGE 1 OF 2 OPERATIONS SUPPORT COORDINATOR ACTIVATION                                         Date:                         Action Completed Initial
: 2. If ERIS monitor is inoperable, obtain plant parameters from the Control Room. 3. Inform the TSC Manager when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
: 1. Verify ERIS monitor is operational. If power is not available, perform the following:
SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Establish contact with the TSC/CR Communicator.
: a.     Obtain panel key from TSC key box.
: b.     Proceed through door SB123-04 to room #303 (Cable chase room).
: c.     Check breaker panel 1VBN-PNL06.
: d.     If the main breaker and/or other breakers have tripped, switch to the "OFF" position, then switch to the "ON" position.
: 2. If ERIS monitor is inoperable, obtain plant parameters from the Control Room.
: 3. Inform the TSC Manager when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS
: 1. Establish contact with the TSC/CR Communicator.
: 2. Identify operators in the field and teams dispatched by the Shift Manager to the Maintenance Support Coordinator.
: 2. Identify operators in the field and teams dispatched by the Shift Manager to the Maintenance Support Coordinator.
: 3. Ensure that the Emergency Director is kept informed of: a. Current plant conditions.
: 3. Ensure that the Emergency Director is kept informed of:
: b. Actions being performed or anticipated to mitigate the accident.
: a.       Current plant conditions.
: c. Repairs and investigations initiated.
: b.       Actions being performed or anticipated to mitigate the accident.
: c.       Repairs and investigations initiated.
NOTE The Technical Support Guidelines may be used to assess accident conditions.
NOTE The Technical Support Guidelines may be used to assess accident conditions.
: 4. Follow the EOPs/SAPs and keep the Emergency Director informed on status. 5. Keep the Operations Advisor and the Shift Manager informed of activities.
: 4. Follow the EOPs/SAPs and keep the Emergency Director informed on status.
: 5. Keep the Operations Advisor and the Shift Manager informed of activities.
: 6. Review emergency classification and recommend upgrading of the emergency in accordance with EIP-2-001, Classification of Emergencies.
: 6. Review emergency classification and recommend upgrading of the emergency in accordance with EIP-2-001, Classification of Emergencies.
EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 40 OF 58 ATTACHMENT 10 PAGE 2 OF 2 OPERATIONS SUPPORT COORDINATOR RELOCATION ACTIONS If TSC is relocating:
EIP-2-018         REV - 24     PAGE 40 OF 58
 
ATTACHMENT 10 PAGE 2 OF 2 OPERATIONS SUPPORT COORDINATOR RELOCATION ACTIONS If TSC is relocating:
: 1. Relocate to control room to assist Emergency Director as necessary.
: 1. Relocate to control room to assist Emergency Director as necessary.
DEACTIVATION
DEACTIVATION
: 1. When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC. 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 41 OF 58 ATTACHMENT 11 PAGE 1 OF 2 CHEMISTRY/CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial 1. Verify the operability of CADAP. 2. Verify operability of the offsite/onsite monitoring team radio by contacting the following locations:
: 1. When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC.
: 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.
EIP-2-018       REV - 24       PAGE 41 OF 58
 
ATTACHMENT 11 PAGE 1 OF 2 CHEMISTRY/CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR ACTIVATION                                           Date:                         Action Completed Initial
: 1. Verify the operability of CADAP.
: 2. Verify operability of the offsite/onsite monitoring team radio by contacting the following locations:
* EOF on the OFF/RAD channel
* EOF on the OFF/RAD channel
* OSC on the ON/RAD channel 3. Inform the RP Coordinator when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
* OSC on the ON/RAD channel
: 3. Inform the RP Coordinator when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE The Technical Support Guidelines may be used to assess accident conditions.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE The Technical Support Guidelines may be used to assess accident conditions.
: 1. As necessary, contact the Chemistry Technician in the Control Room to receive a turnover on dose assessment activities.
: 1. As necessary, contact the Chemistry Technician in the Control Room to receive a turnover on dose assessment activities. Assume control of dose assessment when directed by the Emergency Director (ED).
Assume control of dose assessment when directed by the Emergency Director (ED). 2. Check chemistry technician response to the Dialogics callout and current on-shift chemistry technician staffing.
: 2. Check chemistry technician response to the Dialogics callout and current on-shift chemistry technician staffing. Have Administrative Coordinator contact additional technicians as necessary for the following:
Have Administrative Coordinator contact additional technicians as necessary for the following:
: a.     OSC support (2)
: a. OSC support (2) b. Offsite teams (2) 3. Perform dose assessment calculations in accordance with EIP-2-024, Offsite Dose Calculations.
: b.     Offsite teams (2)
Provide results to RP Coordinator.
: 3. Perform dose assessment calculations in accordance with EIP-2-024, Offsite Dose Calculations. Provide results to RP Coordinator.
: 4. Keep RP Coordinator informed of changes in wind direction.
: 4. Keep RP Coordinator informed of changes in wind direction.
: 5. Coordinate with Reactor Engineer in analyzing core parameters.
: 5. Coordinate with Reactor Engineer in analyzing core parameters. To determine core conditions, use COP - 1050, Post Accident Estimate of Fuel Core Damage. Provide information to the TSC Manager and Technical Advisor.
To determine core conditions, use COP -1050, Post Accident Estimate of Fuel Core Damage. Provide information to the TSC Manager and Technical Advisor.
: 6. Verify operability of backup CADAP computer stored in the TSC RP locker.
: 6. Verify operability of backup CADAP computer stored in the TSC RP locker. Place the lap top computer battery on charge.EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 42 OF 58 ATTACHMENT 11 PAGE 2 OF 2 CHEMISTRY/CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd) 7. Recommend the performance of PASS preparatory actions and PASS sample actions in accordance with EIP-2-015, Post Accident Sampling Operations, as necessary.
Place the lap top computer battery on charge.
: 8. Direct PASS activities through the Maintenance Support Coordinator.
EIP-2-018         REV - 24       PAGE 42 OF 58
: 9. Develop and implement methods to process liquid and gaseous radioactive waste accumulated during the emergency.
 
ATTACHMENT 11 PAGE 2 OF 2 CHEMISTRY/CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)
: 7.     Recommend the performance of PASS preparatory actions and PASS sample actions in accordance with EIP-2-015, Post Accident Sampling Operations, as necessary.
: 8.     Direct PASS activities through the Maintenance Support Coordinator.
: 9.     Develop and implement methods to process liquid and gaseous radioactive waste accumulated during the emergency.
RELOCATION ACTIONS If the TSC is relocating:
RELOCATION ACTIONS If the TSC is relocating:
: 1. Provide dose assessment turnover to RP Coordinator and relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.
: 1.     Provide dose assessment turnover to RP Coordinator and relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.
DEACTIVATION
DEACTIVATION
: 1. When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC. 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 43 OF 58 ATTACHMENT 12 PAGE 1 OF 2 SECURITY COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial 1. Notify the alarm station(s) of presence in TSC. 2. Ensure that the lock plates of TSC doors SB 123-03 and SB 123-01 are flipped and the doors are locked and signs posted. Activate card reader on door SB123-12.
: 1.     When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC.
Ensure that TSC personnel have carded in on the accountability card reader. 3. If card reader is inoperable, prepare manual list of personnel and maintain accountability.
: 2.     Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.
EIP-2-018       REV - 24       PAGE 43 OF 58
 
ATTACHMENT 12 PAGE 1 OF 2 SECURITY COORDINATOR ACTIVATION                                           Date:                       Action Completed Initial
: 1. Notify the alarm station(s) of presence in TSC.
: 2. Ensure that the lock plates of TSC doors SB 123-03 and SB 123-01 are flipped and the doors are locked and signs posted. Activate card reader on door SB123-12. Ensure that TSC personnel have carded in on the accountability card reader.
: 3. If card reader is inoperable, prepare manual list of personnel and maintain accountability.
: 4. Obtain from Security Alarm Station compensation positions and locations.
: 4. Obtain from Security Alarm Station compensation positions and locations.
: 5. Verify that the OSC card reader is activated.
: 5. Verify that the OSC card reader is activated. If inoperable, ensure that the OSC Manager maintains a manual list of personnel.
If inoperable, ensure that the OSC Manager maintains a manual list of personnel.
: 6. Verify that the Control Room card reader is activated. If inoperable, ensure that the Shift Manager maintains a manual list of personnel.
: 6. Verify that the Control Room card reader is activated.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE:
If inoperable, ensure that the Shift Manager maintains a manual list of personnel.
Priorto a formal OCA evacuation, the Emergency Directormay direct Security to notify members of the public known to be in the OCA to evacuate River Bend property. Security may make this notification using any communications method (i.e., telephone, direct contact, etc.).
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE: Prior to a formal OCA evacuation, the Emergency Director may direct Security to notify members of the public known to be in the OCA to evacuate River Bend property.
: 1. Begin preparations for possible Owner Controlled Area evacuation.
Security may make this notification using any communications method (i.e., telephone, direct contact, etc.). 1. Begin preparations for possible Owner Controlled Area evacuation.
: 2. Inform TSC Manager if leaving the facility.
: 2. Inform TSC Manager if leaving the facility.
: 3. Obtain alpha listing report for Administrative Coordinator.
: 3. Obtain alpha listing report for Administrative Coordinator.
: 4. Ensure that Security Shift Supervisor is advised periodically on plant emergency.
: 4. Ensure that Security Shift Supervisor is advised periodically on plant emergency.
: 5. Coordinate with the Radiation Protection Coordinator for dosimetry and protective actions for security personnel.
: 5. Coordinate with the Radiation Protection Coordinator for dosimetry and protective actions for security personnel. Monitor wind direction in relation to security positions.
Monitor wind direction in relation to security positions.
: 6. At a Site Area Emergency or higher, perform evacuation and accountability in accordance with EIP-2-026.
: 6. At a Site Area Emergency or higher, perform evacuation and accountability in accordance with EIP-2-026.
EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 44 OF 58 ATTACHMENT 12 PAGE 2 OF 2 SECURITY COORDINATOR SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (cont'd) 7. Keep the TSC Manager informed of any security contingency event and actions in progress.
EIP-2-018       REV - 24       PAGE 44 OF 58
: 8. Notify the Security Shift Supervisor of vehicles needing entry into the Protected Area. RELOCATION ACTIONS 1. Relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.
 
ATTACHMENT 12 PAGE 2 OF 2 SECURITY COORDINATOR SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)
: 7. Keep the TSC Manager informed of any security contingency event and actions in progress.
: 8. Notify the Security Shift Supervisor of vehicles needing entry into the Protected Area.
RELOCATION ACTIONS
: 1. Relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.
DEACTIVATION
DEACTIVATION
: 1. When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC. 2. Inform the Security Shift Supervisor of the TSC deactivation.
: 1. When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC.
: 3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 45 OF 58 ATTACHMENT 13 PAGE 1 OF 3 TSC HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial 1. Perform operational checks on monitoring equipment prior to use. 2. Perform radiation and airborne radioactivity surveys in accordance with RPP-0006, Radiological Monitoring or applicable attachment of EIP-2-014, Offsite Radiological Monitoring to ensure that the TSC is habitable.
: 2. Inform the Security Shift Supervisor of the TSC deactivation.
Report survey results to the Radiation Protection Coordinator.
: 3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.
: 3. Inform the RP Coordinator when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
EIP-2-018       REV - 24       PAGE 45 OF 58
SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. When directed by RP Coordinator, distribute pocket dosimeters and TLDs. Document on page 3 of this attachment.
 
: 2. Establish a contamination control point outside of door SB123-19, as directed.
ATTACHMENT 13 PAGE 1 OF 3 TSC HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN ACTIVATION                                             Date:                         Action Completed Initial
If needed, coordinate with OSC Habitability Technician the establishment of a clean path between TSC and OSC. 3. If personnel entering the TSC are contaminated, notify the RP Coordinator and arrange for decontamination by the OSC. 4. Perform periodic surveys of the TSC. 5. Keep the RP Coordinator informed of all activities.
: 1.     Perform operational checks on monitoring equipment prior to use.
: 2.     Perform radiation and airborne radioactivity surveys in accordance with RPP-0006, Radiological Monitoring or applicable attachment of EIP-2-014, Offsite Radiological Monitoring to ensure that the TSC is habitable. Report survey results to the Radiation Protection Coordinator.
: 3.     Inform the RP Coordinator when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS
: 1.     When directed by RP Coordinator, distribute pocket dosimeters and TLDs. Document on page 3 of this attachment.
: 2.     Establish a contamination control point outside of door SB123-19, as directed. If needed, coordinate with OSC Habitability Technician the establishment of a clean path between TSC and OSC.
: 3.     If personnel entering the TSC are contaminated, notify the RP Coordinator and arrange for decontamination by the OSC.
: 4.     Perform periodic surveys of the TSC.
: 5.     Keep the RP Coordinator informed of all activities.
RELOCATION ACTIONS If the TSC is relocating:
RELOCATION ACTIONS If the TSC is relocating:
: 1. Relocate to the control room when directed by the TSC Manager. Upon arrival resume habitability assessment and provide team coverage if necessary.
: 1.     Relocate to the control room when directed by the TSC Manager. Upon arrival resume habitability assessment and provide team coverage if necessary. Utilize supplies located in the Emergency Planning locker located in the control room.
Utilize supplies located in the Emergency Planning locker located in the control room. DEACTIVATION
DEACTIVATION
: 1. When directed by the RP Coordinator, deactivate the TSC. 2. Ensure that all dosimeters and TLDs that were distributed are collected.
: 1.     When directed by the RP Coordinator, deactivate the TSC.
EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 46 OF 58 ATTACHMENT 13 PAGE 2 OF 3 TSC HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN DEACTIVATION (cont'd) 3. Ensure that all monitoring instrumentation is stored and operable.
: 2.       Ensure that all dosimeters and TLDs that were distributed are collected.
Report problems to the RP Coordinator.
EIP-2-018         REV - 24       PAGE 46 OF 58
 
ATTACHMENT 13 PAGE 2 OF 3 TSC HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN DEACTIVATION       (cont'd)
: 3. Ensure that all monitoring instrumentation is stored and operable. Report problems to the RP Coordinator.
: 4. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the RP Coordinator.
: 4. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the RP Coordinator.
EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 47 OF 58 TSC HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN ATTACHMENT 13 PAGE 3 OF 3 TLD Name (Last,First,MI)
EIP-2-018       REV - 24       PAGE 47 OF 58
Print SSN Returned (1)1- 4+ 4 J* 4 r 4 4 4- 4 4 I-- 4 4 1 + 4 1 4 +4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 48 OF 58 (Typical)Date:
 
ATTACHMENT 14 PAGE I OF I DATA FACILITY COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial 1. Verify availability of TSC drawings.
ATTACHMENT 13 PAGE 3 OF 3 TSC HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN (Typical)
If necessary, obtain drawings from Drawing Control Center. 2. Develop a list of non-functional administrative equipment and present to Administrative Coordinator.
Date:
: 3. Inform the Administrative Coordinator when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
TLD       Name (Last,First,MI) Print     SSN                 Returned (1) 1-                                                     4
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Obtain reference materials as requested.
      +                               4                     J 1
: 2. Assist the Administrative Coordinator, as necessary.
* 4 r                               4                     4 4-                               4                     4 I--                             4                     4 1                               +                     4 1                               4                     +
: 3. Provide document support for the OSC, as necessary.
4                               4                     4 4                               4                     4 4                     4 EIP-2-018     REV - 24     PAGE 48 OF 58
 
ATTACHMENT 14 PAGE I OF I DATA FACILITY COORDINATOR ACTIVATION                                             Date:                       Action Completed Initial
: 1.     Verify availability of TSC drawings. If necessary, obtain drawings from Drawing Control Center.
: 2.     Develop a list of non-functional administrative equipment and present to Administrative Coordinator.
: 3.     Inform the Administrative Coordinator when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS
: 1.     Obtain reference materials as requested.
: 2.     Assist the Administrative Coordinator, as necessary.
: 3.     Provide document support for the OSC, as necessary.
RELOCATION ACTIONS If the TSC is relocating:
RELOCATION ACTIONS If the TSC is relocating:
: 1. Relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.
: 1.     Relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.
DEACTIVATION
DEACTIVATION
: 1. When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC. 2. If necessary, ensure that all drawings are returned to the Drawing Control Center. 3. Ensure that all reference materials are returned to the appropriate storage location.
: 1.     When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC.
: 4. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.EILP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 49 OF 58 ATTACHMENT 15 PAGE 1 OF I STATUS COMMUNICATOR ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial 1. Ensure that the headset is operable.
: 2.       If necessary, ensure that all drawings are returned to the Drawing Control Center.
: 3.     Ensure that all reference materials are returned to the appropriate storage location.
: 4.     Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.
EILP-2-018       REV - 24         PAGE 49 OF 58
 
ATTACHMENT 15 PAGE 1 OF I STATUS COMMUNICATOR ACTIVATION                                           Date:                     Action Completed Initial
: 1.     Ensure that the headset is operable.
: 2. Update status boards with current information from ERIS data sheets, Notification Message Forms, and headset circuit.
: 2. Update status boards with current information from ERIS data sheets, Notification Message Forms, and headset circuit.
: 2. Have Administrative Coordinator call out another Status Communicator, if needed. SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Continually update all status boards with current information from ERIS, Notification Message Forms, and information obtained over the headset or from the Operations Support Coordinator or Maintenance Support Coordinator.
: 2. Have Administrative Coordinator call out another Status Communicator, if needed.
: 2. Ensure that the Operations Support Coordinator and TSC Manager periodically verify the accuracy of status board information.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS
: 1. Continually update all status boards with current information from ERIS, Notification Message Forms, and information obtained over the headset or from the Operations Support Coordinator or Maintenance Support Coordinator.
: 2.     Ensure that the Operations Support Coordinator and TSC Manager periodically verify the accuracy of status board information.
RELOCATION ACTIONS If the TSC is relocating:
RELOCATION ACTIONS If the TSC is relocating:
: 1. Relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.
: 1.     Relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.
DEACTIVATION
: 1.      When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC.
: 2.      Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.
EIP-2-018        REV - 24        PAGE 50 OF 58
 
ATTACHMENT 16 PAGE 1 OF I ENS COMMUNICATOR ACTIVATION                                            Date:                        Action Completed Initial
: 1. Proceed to the Control Room and relieve the TSC/Control Room Communicator or Control Room Communicator of the NRC notification duties.
: 2. Inform the TSC Manager that you are in the Control Room.
: 3. When the TSC becomes operational, inform the NRC that you are relocating duties to the TSC. Report to the TSC.
SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS
: 1.      Communicate plant status as requested. Keep the NRC informed of the following:
: a.      Degradation in the level of safety in the plant or worsening plant conditions.
: b.      Results of ensuing evaluations or assessments of plant conditions.
: c.      Effectiveness of response or protective measures taken.
: d.      Information related to plant behavior that is not understood.
: e.      Changes in classifications or Protective Action Recommendations (PARs).
: 2. When the NRC requests, have the HIPN Communicator establish contact with the NRC.
: 3. If in doubt about information, check with Operations Support Coordinator and TSC Manager on accuracy of your information prior to passing it on to the NRC.
: 4. Upon termination of the emergency, notify the NRC.
RELOCATION ACTIONS If TSC is relocating:
: 1. Report to the Communicator's desk in the control room to resume ENS duties.
DEACTIVATION
DEACTIVATION
: 1. When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC. 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 50 OF 58 ATTACHMENT 16 PAGE 1 OF I ENS COMMUNICATOR ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial 1. Proceed to the Control Room and relieve the TSC/Control Room Communicator or Control Room Communicator of the NRC notification duties. 2. Inform the TSC Manager that you are in the Control Room. 3. When the TSC becomes operational, inform the NRC that you are relocating duties to the TSC. Report to the TSC. SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Communicate plant status as requested.
: 1. When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC.
Keep the NRC informed of the following:
: 2. Inform the NRC and obtain concurrence to deactivate ENS duties.
: a. Degradation in the level of safety in the plant or worsening plant conditions.
: 3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.
: b. Results of ensuing evaluations or assessments of plant conditions.
EIP-2-018         REV -24         PAGE 51 OF 58
: c. Effectiveness of response or protective measures taken. d. Information related to plant behavior that is not understood.
 
: e. Changes in classifications or Protective Action Recommendations (PARs). 2. When the NRC requests, have the HIPN Communicator establish contact with the NRC. 3. If in doubt about information, check with Operations Support Coordinator and TSC Manager on accuracy of your information prior to passing it on to the NRC. 4. Upon termination of the emergency, notify the NRC. RELOCATION ACTIONS If TSC is relocating:
ATTACHMENT 17 PAGE 1 OF I ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT ACTIVATION                                           Date:                         Action Completed Initial
: 1. Report to the Communicator's desk in the control room to resume ENS duties. DEACTIVATION
: 1. Test the operability of administrative equipment which includes but is not limited to:
: 1. When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC. 2. Inform the NRC and obtain concurrence to deactivate ENS duties. 3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 51 OF 58 ATTACHMENT 17 PAGE 1 OF I ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial 1. Test the operability of administrative equipment which includes but is not limited to:
* copier
* copier
* fax
* fax
* ERIS laser printer
* ERIS laser printer
* Electronic document printer 2. Obtain all previous Notification Message Forms. Copy and distribute to TSC staff. 3. Assist the TSC staff in facility activation.
* Electronic document printer
: 2. Obtain all previous Notification Message Forms. Copy and distribute to TSC staff.
: 3. Assist the TSC staff in facility activation.
: 4. Inform the Administrative Coordinator when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
: 4. Inform the Administrative Coordinator when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Continuously retrieve, copy and distribute ERIS data (as necessary), and Notification Message Forms. 2. Bring or fax information to the OSC as necessary.
SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS
: 1. Continuously retrieve, copy and distribute ERIS data (as necessary), and Notification Message Forms.
: 2. Bring or fax information to the OSC as necessary.
: 3. Retrieve drawings, procedures, and documents.
: 3. Retrieve drawings, procedures, and documents.
: 4. Provide clerical support as directed by the Administrative Coordinator.
: 4. Provide clerical support as directed by the Administrative Coordinator.
Line 860: Line 1,602:
: 1. Relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.
: 1. Relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.
DEACTIVATION
DEACTIVATION
: 1. When directed by the Administrative Coordinator, deactivate the TSC. 2. Ensure that all procedures, drawings, reference materials and equipment are stored in the appropriate location and condition.
: 1. When directed by the Administrative Coordinator, deactivate the TSC.
: 3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 52 OF 58 0 00 0 0 z 0 z PR00035M.CDR C)
: 2. Ensure that all procedures, drawings, reference materials and equipment are stored in the appropriate location and condition.
ATTACHMENT 18 PAGE 2 OF 3 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (PARS) BLOCK 1 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 2 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE 5 MILES DOWNWIND AND SHELTER THE 10 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE SCHOOLS, INSTITUTIONS, RECREATION AREAS 5 MILE RADIUS. Locate the wind direction to find the appr priate scenario number to use. DEGREES SCENARIO CENTERLINE SIDE FROM NUMBER SECTOR SECTOR 168.76-191.25 1 A R&B OR 191.26-213.75 B A&C 213.76-236.25 2 C B&D 236.26-258.75 3 D C & E 258.76-281.25 4 E D&F OR 281.26-303.75 F E&G 303.76-326.25 5 G F & H OR 326.26-348.75 H G&J 348.76-11.25 6 J H&K 11.26-33.75 7 K J&L 33.76-56.25 8 L K&M OR 56.26-78.75 M L&N 78.76-101.25 9 N M&P 101.26-123.75 10 P N&Q OR 123.76-146.25 Q P&R 146.26-168.75 11 R Q&A BLOCK 3 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 5 MILE RADIUS AND SHELTER THE 10 MILE RADIUS.1 REV -24 PAGE.54.OF.58 virD 17 n-12 Q
: 3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.
ATTACHMENT 18 PAGE 3 OF 3 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (PARS) BLOCK 2 OR 4 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 5 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE 10 MILES DOWNWIND AND SHELTER THE 10 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE SCHOOLS, INSTITUTIONS, RECREATION AREAS 10 MILE RADIUS. Locate the wind direction to find the appropriate scenario number to use. DEGREES SCENARIO CENTERLINE SIDE FROM NUMBER SECTOR SECTOR 168.76-191.25 13 A R&B 191.26-213.75 14 B A &C 213.76-236.25 15 C B&D OR 236.26-258.75 D C&E 258.76-281.25 16 E D&F 281.26-303.75 17 F E&G 303.76-326.25 18 G F & H 326.26-348.75 19 H G & J 348.76-11.25 20 J H&K 11.26-33.75 21 K J&L 33.76-56.25 22 L K&M 56.26-78.75 23 M L & N 78.76-101.25 24 N M&P 101.26-123.75 25 P N&Q OR 123.76-148.25 Q P&R 148.26-168.75 26 R Q&A BLOCK 5 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 10 MILE RADIUS DEGREES SCENARIO CENTERLINE SIDE FROM NUMBER SECTOR SECTOR ANY 27 ALL ALL EIP-2-01 8 RE-2 PAE5OF8 REV -24 PAGE 55 OF 58 EIP-2-018 ATTACHMENT 19 PAGE I OF I LOG FORM (Typical)Name: Position:
EIP-2-018         REV - 24     PAGE 52 OF 58
TIME ACTIVITY Date: Page of P .REV -.24 PA 5 REV -24 PAGE 56 OF 58 R
 
ATTACHMENT 20 PAGE I OF 1 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER FLOOR PLAN RECOVERY MANAGER DIRECT REPORT ------ -SECONDARY REPORT IN TSC OTHER LOCATION EIP-2-0 18 RE-2 PAE5OF8 IV REV -24 PAGE 57 OF 58 EIP-2-018 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER FLOOR PLAN ATTACHMENT 21 PAGE 1 OF 1 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR TSC MANAGER REACTOR ENGINEER ENGINEERING COORDINATOR MECHANICAL ENGINEER ELECTRICAL ENGINEER OPERATIONS SUPPORT COORD. MAINTENANCE SUPPORT COORD. RADIATION PROTECTION COORD. CHEM/CORE DAMAGE ASS. COORD. SECURITY COORD. COMMUNICATOR STATUS COMMUNICATOR DATA FACILITY COORD. ADMIN. SUPPORT ADMINISTRATIVE COORD.17. RAD PROT/TSC HABITABILITY TECH. 18. ENS COMMUNICATOR
0 0
: 19. NRC REACTOR SAFETY OPERATIONS COORD. 20. NRC COMMUNICATOR
z 0
: 21. NRC RADIATION SAFETY COORD. 22. NRC HP SPECIALIST
0 00 PR00035M.CDR z
: 23. NRC REACTOR SAFETY SPECIALIST
C)
: 24. NRC SR. RESIDENT INSPECTOR
 
: 25. ADMIN. SUPPORT 26. ADMIN. SUPPORT PR00002M.CDR EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 58 OF 58
ATTACHMENT 18 PAGE 2 OF 3 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (PARS)
*G12.2 3.2 ENTERGY RIVER BEND STATION STATION SUPPORT MANUAL *EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE*AL TERNA TE EOF -A CTIVA TION AND TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS PROCEDURE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: Effective Date: NOTE: SIGNATURES ARE ON FILE. *INTDEXLNG INFORMATION
BLOCK 1 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 2 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE 5 MILES DOWNWIND AND SHELTER THE 10 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE SCHOOLS, INSTITUTIONS, RECREATION AREAS 5 MILE RADIUS.
*EIP-2-022
Locate the wind direction to find the appr priate scenario number to use.
*17
DEGREES               SCENARIO           CENTERLINE                     SIDE FROM                 NUMBER               SECTOR                   SECTOR 168.76-191.25                 1                   A                     R&B OR 191.26-213.75                                     B                     A&C 213.76-236.25                   2                   C                     B&D 236.26-258.75                   3                   D                     C &E 258.76-281.25                   4                   E                     D&F OR 281.26-303.75                                       F                     E&G 303.76-326.25                   5                   G                     F&H OR 326.26-348.75                                       H                     G&J 348.76-11.25                   6                   J                     H&K 11.26-33.75                 7                   K                     J&L 33.76-56.25                   8                   L                     K&M OR 56.26-78.75                                       M                     L&N 78.76-101.25                 9                   N                     M&P 101.26-123.75                 10                 P                     N&Q OR 123.76-146.25                                     Q                     P&R 146.26-168.75                 11                 R                     Q&A BLOCK 3 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 5 MILE RADIUS AND SHELTER THE 10 MILE RADIUS.
* MAY 1 5 zOa2 RECEIVED MAY -J 5 2002 DOCUMENT CONTROL This procedure has been reviewed for 10CFR50.59 applicability.
I*ID_'*_N1 n-12Q virD 17    1     REV -24         PAGE.54.OF.58
1 OCFR5 0.59 screening for the programmatic exclusion of all EIP changes, approved by the FRC on 7/10/97, concludes that further review of changes to this procedure under I 0CFR50.59 are not necessary.
 
REFERENCE USE TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE NO. 1 PURPOSE .........................................................
ATTACHMENT 18 PAGE 3 OF 3 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS                       (PARS)
2 2 REFERENCES  
BLOCK 2 OR 4 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 5 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE 10 MILES DOWNWIND AND SHELTER THE 10 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE SCHOOLS, INSTITUTIONS, RECREATION AREAS 10 MILE RADIUS.
......................................................
Locate the wind direction to find the appropriate scenario number to use.
2 3 D E F IN IT IO N S ..........................................................................................................................
DEGREES                 SCENARIO               CENTERLINE                     SIDE FROM                 NUMBER                   SECTOR                   SECTOR 168.76-191.25                 13                       A                     R&B 191.26-213.75                 14                       B                     A &C 213.76-236.25                   15                       C                     B&D OR 236.26-258.75                                           D                     C&E 258.76-281.25                   16                       E                     D&F 281.26-303.75                   17                       F                     E&G 303.76-326.25                   18                       G                     F &H 326.26-348.75                   19                       H                     G &J 348.76-11.25                   20                       J                     H&K 11.26-33.75                 21                       K                     J&L 33.76-56.25                 22                       L                     K&M 56.26-78.75                 23                       M                     L &N 78.76-101.25                 24                       N                     M&P 101.26-123.75                 25                       P                     N&Q OR 123.76-148.25                                           Q                     P&R 148.26-168.75                 26                       R                     Q&A BLOCK 5 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 10 MILE RADIUS DEGREES                   SCENARIO                 CENTERLINE                 SIDE FROM                     NUMBER                       SECTOR                 SECTOR ANY                         27                       ALL                   ALL EIP-2-018        REV - 24         PAGE 55 OF 58 PAE5OF8 EIP-2-01 8        RE-2
2 4 RESPONSIBILITIES  
 
..................................................
ATTACHMENT 19 PAGE I OF I LOG FORM (Typical)
4 5 GENERAL .........................................................
Name:                                       Date:
5 6 PROCEDURE  
Page    of Position:
.......................................................
TIME       ACTIVITY l*.IP-2-fll R REV - 24   PAGE 56 OF 58 P      . EV -.24 R          PA  5
5 7 DOCUMENTATION  
 
.................................................
ATTACHMENT 20 PAGE I OF 1 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER FLOOR PLAN IV                                                  RECOVERY MANAGER DIRECT REPORT
7 ATTACHMENT 1 -RECOVERY MANAGER ........................................................................
  - --   - -- -SECONDARY     REPORT IN TSC OTHER LOCATION EIP-2-018  REV - 24   PAGE 57 OF 58 PAE5OF8 EIP-2-0 18 RE-2
8 ATTACHMENT 2 -EOF MANAGER .....................................................................................
 
11 ATTACHMENT 3 -ADMINISTRATIVE/LOGISTICS ADVISOR ........................................
ATTACHMENT 21 PAGE 1 OF 1 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER FLOOR PLAN EMERGENCY DIRECTOR           17. RAD PROT/TSC HABITABILITY TECH.
15 ATTACHMENT 4 -RADIATION PROTECTION ADVISOR ..............................................
TSC MANAGER                   18. ENS COMMUNICATOR REACTOR ENGINEER             19. NRC REACTOR SAFETY OPERATIONS COORD.
18 ATTACHMENT 5 -RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR  
ENGINEERING COORDINATOR       20. NRC COMMUNICATOR MECHANICAL ENGINEER           21. NRC RADIATION SAFETY COORD.
..........................
ELECTRICAL ENGINEER          22. NRC HP SPECIALIST OPERATIONS SUPPORT COORD. 23. NRC REACTOR SAFETY SPECIALIST MAINTENANCE SUPPORT COORD. 24. NRC SR. RESIDENT INSPECTOR RADIATION PROTECTION COORD. 25. ADMIN. SUPPORT CHEM/CORE DAMAGE ASS. COORD. 26. ADMIN. SUPPORT SECURITY COORD.
21 ATTACHMENT 6 -ASSISTANT RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR  
COMMUNICATOR STATUS COMMUNICATOR DATA FACILITY COORD.
.........
ADMIN. SUPPORT ADMINISTRATIVE COORD.
23 ATTACHMENT 7 -OFFSITE TEAM COORDINATOR  
PR00002M.CDR EIP-2-018        REV - 24      PAGE 58 OF 58
......................................................
 
25 ATTACHMENT 8 -EOF HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN  
                                                                                  *G12. 2 3.2 ENTERGY RIVER BEND STATION STATION SUPPORT MANUAL
...................................................
                            *EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE
26 ATTACHMENT 9 -COMMUNICATOR  
  *AL TERNA TE EOF- A CTIVA TION AND TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS PROCEDURE NUMBER:                              *EIP-2-022 REVISION NUMBER:                               *17
..............................................................................
* MAY 1 5 zOa2 Effective Date:
27 ATTACHMENT 10 -OPERATIONS ADVISOR ...................................................................
NOTE: SIGNATURES ARE ON FILE.                                   RECEIVED MAY -J 5 2002
31 ATTACHMENT 11 -TECHNICAL ADVISOR ......................................................................
*INTDEXLNG INFORMATION DOCUMENT CONTROL This procedure has been reviewed for 10CFR50.59 applicability.
32 ATTACHMENT 12 -STATUS COMMUNICATOR  
10CFR5 0.59 screening for the programmatic exclusion of all EIP changes, approved by the FRC on 7/10/97, concludes that further review of changes to this procedure under I 0CFR50.59 are not necessary.
............................................................
REFERENCE USE
33 ATTACHMENT 13 -ENGINEERING SUPPORT ADVISOR ...............................................
 
34 ATTACHMENT 14 -ENGINEERING SUPPORT .................................................................
TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION                                                                                                                                    PAGE NO.
35 ATTACHMENT 15 -HPN COMMUNICATOR  
1 PURPOSE                                        ......................................................... 2 2 REFERENCES ......................................................                                                                           2 3 DE F INIT ION S .......................................................................................................................... 2 4 RESPONSIBILITIES                                             .................................................. 4 5 GENERAL                                         ......................................................... 5 6 PROCEDURE                                           ....................................................... 5 7 DOCUMENTATION                                                 ................................................. 7 ATTACHMENT 1 - RECOVERY MANAGER ........................................................................                                       8 ATTACHMENT 2 - EOF MANAGER .....................................................................................                               11 ATTACHMENT 3 - ADMINISTRATIVE/LOGISTICS ADVISOR ........................................                                                       15 ATTACHMENT 4 - RADIATION PROTECTION ADVISOR ..............................................                                                     18 ATTACHMENT 5 - RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR .......................... 21 ATTACHMENT 6 - ASSISTANT RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR ......... 23 ATTACHMENT 7 - OFFSITE TEAM COORDINATOR ......................................................                                                 25 ATTACHMENT 8 - EOF HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN ...................................................                                                 26 ATTACHMENT 9 - COMMUNICATOR ..............................................................................                                     27 ATTACHMENT 10 - OPERATIONS ADVISOR ...................................................................                                         31 ATTACHMENT 11 - TECHNICAL ADVISOR ......................................................................                                       32 ATTACHMENT 12 - STATUS COMMUNICATOR ............................................................                                               33 ATTACHMENT 13 - ENGINEERING SUPPORT ADVISOR ...............................................                                                   34 ATTACHMENT 14 - ENGINEERING SUPPORT .................................................................                                         35 ATTACHMENT 15 - HPN COMMUNICATOR .....................................................................                                         36 ATTACHMENT 16 - ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT PERSONNEL ...................................                                                           37 ATTACHMENT 17 - TELECOMMUNICATIONS SPECIALIST ..........................................                                                       38 ATTACHMENT 18 - EOF REGISTRATION ..........................................................................                                   39 ATTACHMENT 19 - PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS .............................                                                               40 ATTACHM ENT 20 - LOG FORM .........................................................................................                           43 ATTACHMENT 21 - ALT. EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY FLOOR PLAN .....                                                                           44 EIP-2-022                     REV-17                       PAGE 1 OF 44
.....................................................................
 
36 ATTACHMENT 16 -ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT PERSONNEL  
I PURPOSE This procedure provides instructions for activation, operation, and deactivation of the Alternate Emergency Operations Facility (AEOF).
...................................
2 REFERENCES 2.1   EIP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls 2.2   EIP-2-024, Offsite Dose Calculations 2.3   EIP-2-028, Recovery 2.4   EPP-2-100, Procedure Review, Revision and Approval 3 DEFINITIONS 3.1   Activation - The process of assembling personnel, verifying equipment operability, and making a facility ready to support the emergency response.
37 ATTACHMENT 17 -TELECOMMUNICATIONS SPECIALIST  
3.2   Augmentation - Actions taken to support onshift personnel or the Emergency Response Organization.
..........................................
3.3   Operational - Status of an emergency facility declared by the appropriate facility manager upon determining that the facility is adequately staffed and equipment is set up and available to perform the emergency functions assigned to that facility.
38 ATTACHMENT 18 -EOF REGISTRATION  
EIP-2-022       REV - 17       PAGE 2 OF 44 EIP-2-022       REV - 17       PAGE 2 OF 44
..........................................................................
 
39 ATTACHMENT 19 -PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS  
3.4 Radioactive release - For the purpose of offsite notifications, and discussions with State and local authorities, a "release" will be determined to be occurring and the "Radioactive Release" on the Short and Long Notification Message Forms is marked "yes", when:
.............................
3.4.1.     any one of three effluent monitors indicates a value three times the High alarm set point OR 3.4.2.     any two of the three effluent monitors indicate a value equal or greater than the High alarm set point.
40 ATTACHM ENT 20 -LOG FORM .........................................................................................
The three effluent monitors are:
43 ATTACHMENT 21 -ALT. EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY FLOOR PLAN ..... 44 EIP-2-022 REV-17 PAGE 1 OF 44 I PURPOSE This procedure provides instructions for activation, operation, and deactivation of the Alternate Emergency Operations Facility (AEOF). 2 REFERENCES 2.1 EIP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls 2.2 EIP-2-024, Offsite Dose Calculations 2.3 EIP-2-028, Recovery 2.4 EPP-2-100, Procedure Review, Revision and Approval 3 DEFINITIONS 3.1 Activation  
TITLE                                   NO.
-The process of assembling personnel, verifying equipment operability, and making a facility ready to support the emergency response.
Main Plant Exhaust Stack         RMS-RE125 Channel 4 (4GE125)
3.2 Augmentation  
Radwaste Vent. Exhaust           RMS-RE006 Channel 4 (4GE006)
-Actions taken to support onshift personnel or the Emergency Response Organization.
Fuel Bldg. Vent. Exhaust         RMS-RE005 Channel 4 (4GE005)
3.3 Operational  
OR 3.4.3. An unmonitored release is detected at the site boundary by teams with surveys instruments.
-Status of an emergency facility declared by the appropriate facility manager upon determining that the facility is adequately staffed and equipment is set up and available to perform the emergency functions assigned to that facility.EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 2 OF 44 EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 2 OF 44 3.4 Radioactive release -For the purpose of offsite notifications, and discussions with State and local authorities, a "release" will be determined to be occurring and the "Radioactive Release" on the Short and Long Notification Message Forms is marked "yes", when: 3.4.1. any one of three effluent monitors indicates a value three times the High alarm set point OR 3.4.2. any two of the three effluent monitors indicate a value equal or greater than the High alarm set point. The three effluent monitors are: TITLE NO. Main Plant Exhaust Stack RMS-RE125 Channel 4 (4GE125) Radwaste Vent. Exhaust RMS-RE006 Channel 4 (4GE006) Fuel Bldg. Vent. Exhaust RMS-RE005 Channel 4 (4GE005) OR 3.4.3. An unmonitored release is detected at the site boundary by teams with surveys instruments.
3.5 Short Notification Message Form (SNMF) - Used for declaration of an emergency classification or changes to the Protective Action Recommendations (PARs). Notification must be made to State and local authorities within approximately 15 minutes. The Short Notification Message Form contains information about the class of emergency, whether a release is taking place, potentially affected population and areas, and whether protective measures may be necessary.
3.5 Short Notification Message Form (SNMF) -Used for declaration of an emergency classification or changes to the Protective Action Recommendations (PARs). Notification must be made to State and local authorities within approximately 15 minutes. The Short Notification Message Form contains information about the class of emergency, whether a release is taking place, potentially affected population and areas, and whether protective measures may be necessary.
3.6 Long Notification Message Form (LNMF) - Used for providing State and local authorities follow-up information. The LNMF is sent out as soon as possible following a SNMF. The LNMF is also sent out for any significant changes to plant conditions that do not require an emergency escalation or change in PARs. No more than 2 hours should be exceeded between any two LNMFs.
3.6 Long Notification Message Form (LNMF) -Used for providing State and local authorities follow-up information.
EIP-2-022         REV -17         PAGE 33 OF   44 EIP-2-022         REV 17-         PAGE OF 44
The LNMF is sent out as soon as possible following a SNMF. The LNMF is also sent out for any significant changes to plant conditions that do not require an emergency escalation or change in PARs. No more than 2 hours should be exceeded between any two LNMFs.EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 3 OF 44 EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 3 OF 44 4 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 Recovery Manager: 4.1.1. provide overall management of River Bend Station (RBS) response activities.
 
4 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 Recovery Manager:
4.1.1. provide overall management of River Bend Station (RBS) response activities.
4.1.2. provide notifications and make protective action recommendations to offsite authorities.
4.1.2. provide notifications and make protective action recommendations to offsite authorities.
4.1.3. coordinate RBS response activities as required with offsite organizations.
4.1.3. coordinate RBS response activities as required with offsite organizations.
4.1.4. ensures that offsite radiological conditions are measured and monitored.
4.1.4. ensures that offsite radiological conditions are measured and monitored.
4.1.5. review information being released to the Joint Information Center (JIC). 4.1.6. establish a Recovery Organization.
4.1.5. review information being released to the Joint Information Center (JIC).
4.1.6. establish a Recovery Organization.
4.1.7. terminate the emergency.
4.1.7. terminate the emergency.
4.2 EOF Manager -Ensure that the EOF is activated, ensure that notification message forms are properly filled out and completed on time, and that EOF staff provide support functions per the applicable section(s) of this procedure.
4.2 EOF Manager - Ensure that the EOF is activated, ensure that notification message forms are properly filled out and completed on time, and that EOF staff provide support functions per the applicable section(s) of this procedure.
EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 4 OF 44 5 GENERAL 5.1 Attachment 21, Alternate Emergency Operations Facility Floor Plan, is a typical setup for the AEOF. 6 PROCEDURE NOTE The actions of this procedure may be completed in any sequence, however, the sequence presented in the attachments is recommended.
EIP-2-022         REV - 17       PAGE 4 OF 44
6.1 Recovery Manager 6.1.1. The Recovery Manager should use Attachment 1 as a guideline.
 
Document pertinent information on Attachment
5 GENERAL 5.1 Attachment 21, Alternate Emergency Operations Facility Floor Plan, is a typical setup for the AEOF.
: 20. 6.2 EOF Manager 6.2.1. The EOF Manager should use Attachment 2 as a guideline.
6 PROCEDURE NOTE The actions of this procedure may be completed in any sequence, however, the sequence presented in the attachments is recommended.
Document pertinent information on Attachment
6.1 Recovery Manager 6.1.1. The Recovery Manager should use Attachment 1 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.
: 20. 6.3 Administrative/Logistics Advisor 6.3.1. The Administrative/Logistics Advisor should use Attachment 3 as a guideline.
6.2 EOF Manager 6.2.1. The EOF Manager should use Attachment 2 as a guideline.
Document pertinent information on Attachment
Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.
: 20. 6.4 Radiation Protection Advisor 6.4.1. The Radiation Protection Advisor should use Attachment 4 as a guideline.
6.3 Administrative/Logistics Advisor 6.3.1. The Administrative/Logistics Advisor should use Attachment 3 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.
Document pertinent information on Attachment
6.4 Radiation Protection Advisor 6.4.1. The Radiation Protection Advisor should use Attachment 4 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.
: 20. 6.5 Radiological Assessment Coordinator 6.5.1. The Radiological Assessment Coordinator should use Attachment 5 as a guideline.
6.5 Radiological Assessment Coordinator 6.5.1. The Radiological Assessment Coordinator should use Attachment 5 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.
Document pertinent information on Attachment
6.6 Assistant Radiological Assessment Coordinator EIP-2-022       REV - 17       PAGE 5 OF 44 EIP-2-022       REV 17
: 20. 6.6 Assistant Radiological Assessment Coordinator EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 50F44 EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 5 OF 44 6.6.1. The Assistant Radiological Assessment Coordinator should use Attachment 6 as a guideline.
                                          -         PAGE 50F44
Document pertinent information on Attachment
 
: 20. 6.7 Offsite Team Coordinator 6.7.1. The Offsite Team Coordinator should use Attachment 7 as a guideline.
6.6.1. The Assistant Radiological Assessment Coordinator should use Attachment 6 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.
Document pertinent information on Attachment
6.7 Offsite Team Coordinator 6.7.1. The Offsite Team Coordinator should use Attachment 7 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.
: 20. 6.8 EOF Habitability Technician 6.8.1. The EOF Habitability Technician should use Attachment 8 as a guideline.
6.8 EOF Habitability Technician 6.8.1. The EOF Habitability Technician should use Attachment 8 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.
Document pertinent information on Attachment
6.9 Communicator(s) 6.9.1. The Communicator(s) should use Attachment 9 as a guideline.
: 20. 6.9 Communicator(s) 6.9.1. The Communicator(s) should use Attachment 9 as a guideline.
6.10 Operations Advisor 6.10.1. The Operations Advisor should use Attachment 10 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.
6.10 Operations Advisor 6.10.1. The Operations Advisor should use Attachment 10 as a guideline.
6.11 Technical Advisor 6.11.1. The Technical Advisor should use Attachment 11 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.
Document pertinent information on Attachment
6.12 Status Communicator 6.12.1. The Status Communicator should use Attachment 12 as a guideline.
: 20. 6.11 Technical Advisor 6.11.1. The Technical Advisor should use Attachment 11 as a guideline.
6.13 Engineering Support Advisor 6.13.1. The Engineering Support Advisor should use Attachment 13 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.
Document pertinent information on Attachment
6.14 Engineering Support 6.14.1. The Engineering Support personnel should use Attachment 14 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.
: 20. 6.12 Status Communicator 6.12.1. The Status Communicator should use Attachment 12 as a guideline.
6.15 Offsite Monitoring Teams EIP-2-022       REV - 17         PAGE 6 OF 44
6.13 Engineering Support Advisor 6.13.1. The Engineering Support Advisor should use Attachment 13 as a guideline.
 
Document pertinent information on Attachment
6.15.1. The Offsite Monitoring Teams should use EIP-2-014 as a guideline.
: 20. 6.14 Engineering Support 6.14.1. The Engineering Support personnel should use Attachment 14 as a guideline.
6.16 HPN Communicator 6.16.1. The HPN Communicator should use Attachment 15 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.
Document pertinent information on Attachment
6.17 Administrative Support Personnel 6.17.1. The Administrative Support Personnel should use Attachment 16 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.
: 20. 6.15 Offsite Monitoring Teams EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 6 OF 44 6.15.1. The Offsite Monitoring Teams should use EIP-2-014 as a guideline.
6.18   Telecommunications Specialist 6.18.1. The Telecommunications Specialist should use Attachment 17 as guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.
6.16 HPN Communicator 6.16.1. The HPN Communicator should use Attachment 15 as a guideline.
6.19   EOF Registration 6.19.1. The EOF Registration person should use Attachment 18 as a guideline.
Document pertinent information on Attachment
7 DOCUMENTATION Attachments 1-18 and 20 of this procedure will be sent to Permanent Plant Files (PPF) per EPP-2-100 by the Manager - Emergency Preparedness.
: 20. 6.17 Administrative Support Personnel 6.17.1. The Administrative Support Personnel should use Attachment 16 as a guideline.
EIP-2-022       REV -17         PAGE PAGE 77 OF OF 44 44 EIP-2-022       REV 17
Document pertinent information on Attachment
                                            -
: 20. 6.18 Telecommunications Specialist 6.18.1. The Telecommunications Specialist should use Attachment 17 as guideline.
 
Document pertinent information on Attachment
ATTACHMENT I PAGE 1 OF 3 RECOVERY MANAGER ACTIVATION                           Date:                                   Actions Completed Initials
: 20. 6.19 EOF Registration 6.19.1. The EOF Registration person should use Attachment 18 as a guideline.
: 1. Review status of the emergency and offsite notifications with the Emergency Director in the TSC.
7 DOCUMENTATION Attachments 1-18 and 20 of this procedure will be sent to Permanent Plant Files (PPF) per EPP-2-100 by the Manager -Emergency Preparedness.
: 2. Brief the Alternate EOF (AEOF) staff on the status of the emergency.
EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 7 OF 44 EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 7 OF 44 ATTACHMENT I PAGE 1 OF 3 RECOVERY MANAGER ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Review status of the emergency and offsite notifications with the Emergency Director in the TSC. 2. Brief the Alternate EOF (AEOF) staff on the status of the emergency.
: 3. When informed by the EOF Manager that minimum staffing is available and ready to perform functions, announce that the AEOF is operational and inform the TSC.
: 3. When informed by the EOF Manager that minimum staffing is available and ready to perform functions, announce that the AEOF is operational and inform the TSC. SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. When the AEOF is ready to assume control: 1.1 Contact the Emergency Director 1.1.1 Ensure that message control and dose assessment is transferred to the AEOF. 1.1.2 Transfer RM duties from the Emergency Director.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS
1.2 Announce that the AEOF has assumed RM duties from the TSC. 2. Periodically update the AEOF staff. 3. Review information being released to the Joint Informatio Center (JIC). 4. Review and approve Notification Message Forms for transmittal.
: 1. When the AEOF is ready to assume control:
NOTE Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) must be developed within 15 minutes of the declaration of a General Emergency or data availability which require upgrading the PARs. PARs 5. Using Attachment 19, formulate Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) and scenario number using dose projections, field monitoring data and plant conditions.
1.1     Contact the Emergency Director 1.1.1   Ensure that message control and dose assessment is transferred to the AEOF.
EIP-2-022 REV- 17 PAGE 8 OF 44 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 2 OF 3 RECOVERY MANAGER PARs (cont'd) CAUTION Emergency Operating Procedures (EOPs) require containment venting at specified pressures and hydrogen concentrations, regardless of offsite consequences.
1.1.2   Transfer RM duties from the Emergency Director.
1.2     Announce that the AEOF has assumed RM duties from the TSC.
: 2. Periodically update the AEOF staff.
: 3. Review information being released to the Joint Informatio Center (JIC).
: 4. Review and approve Notification Message Forms for transmittal.
NOTE ProtectiveAction Recommendations (PARs) must be developed within 15 minutes of the declarationof a General Emergency or data availabilitywhich require upgradingthe PARs.
PARs
: 5. Using Attachment 19, formulate Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) and scenario number using dose projections, field monitoring data and plant conditions.
EIP-2-022       REV- 17         PAGE 8 OF 44
 
ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 2 OF 3 RECOVERY MANAGER PARs (cont'd)
CAUTION Emergency Operating Procedures (EOPs) require containment venting at specified pressures and hydrogen concentrations, regardless of offsite consequences.
: 6. Evaluate PARs in anticipation of intentional containment venting.
: 6. Evaluate PARs in anticipation of intentional containment venting.
: 7. Review and discuss the protective actions to be recommended for the general public with the appropriate personnel and the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) Liaison Officer, if available.
: 7. Review and discuss the protective actions to be recommended for the general public with the appropriate personnel and the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) Liaison Officer, if available. If State representatives have not yet arrived, recommendations to the local authorities shall not be delayed.
If State representatives have not yet arrived, recommendations to the local authorities shall not be delayed.
: 8. Ensure the Siren System has been enabled before setting the siren sounding time with the State and local parishes.
: 8. Ensure the Siren System has been enabled before setting the siren sounding time with the State and local parishes.
: 9. Provide PARs to State and local authorities within 15 minutes.
: 9. Provide PARs to State and local authorities within 15 minutes.
Once State and local authorities receive the PARs, the State and local authorities will have approximately 5 minutes to review the PARs. 10. When the Directors of all parishes, the Operations Officer (LOEP), and the LDEQ Liaison are on the Hotline, verify the PARs (Scenario Number) each parish intends to implement.
Once State and local authorities receive the PARs, the State and local authorities will have approximately 5 minutes to review the PARs.
: 10. When the Directors of all parishes, the Operations Officer (LOEP), and the LDEQ Liaison are on the Hotline, verify the PARs (Scenario Number) each parish intends to implement.
: 11. Write the scenario number approved and initial each parish choice on the PAR Verification Checklist provided by the Communicator.
: 11. Write the scenario number approved and initial each parish choice on the PAR Verification Checklist provided by the Communicator.
: 12. Obtain siren sounding time from Operations Officer and document on PAR Verification Checklist.
: 12. Obtain siren sounding time from Operations Officer and document on PAR Verification Checklist.
: 13. Revise PARs based on wind shifts when advised by the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA). 14. If doses > 1 rem TEDE or > 5 rem CDE are projected at 10 miles, ensure the LDEQ Liaison is aware of the need for protective actions beyond 10 miles.EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 9 OF 44 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 3 OF 3 RECOVERY MANAGER Termination
: 13. Revise PARs based on wind shifts when advised by the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA).
: 14. If doses > 1 rem TEDE or > 5 rem CDE are projected at 10 miles, ensure the LDEQ Liaison is aware of the need for protective actions beyond 10 miles.
EIP-2-022         REV - 17       PAGE 9 OF 44
 
ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 3 OF 3 RECOVERY MANAGER Termination
: 15. Coordinate with the Emergency Director on terminating the emergency in accordance with the following criteria:
: 15. Coordinate with the Emergency Director on terminating the emergency in accordance with the following criteria:
ALERT -Terminate the emergency when the Alert conditions are no longer met and the following conditions have been accomplished:
ALERT - Terminate the emergency when the Alert conditions are no longer met and the following conditions have been accomplished:
: 1. The plant is in a stable condition.
: 1. The plant is in a stable condition.
: 2. Excessive releases of radioactivity to the environment have been terminated and no further potential for significant radioactivity releases exists. 3. No further potential for major damage to equipment exists. SAE/GE -Terminate the emergency when the SAE/GE conditions are no longer met and the following has been accomplished:
: 2. Excessive releases of radioactivity to the environment have been terminated and no further potential for significant radioactivity releases exists.
: 3. No further potential for major damage to equipment exists.
SAE/GE - Terminate the emergency when the SAE/GE conditions are no longer met and the following has been accomplished:
: 1. The reactor is shutdown, is in a stable, safe configuration, and adequate core cooling is available.
: 1. The reactor is shutdown, is in a stable, safe configuration, and adequate core cooling is available.
: 2. Excessive releases of radioactivity to the environment have been terminated and no further potential for significant radioactivity releases exist. 3. Offsite concentrations of radioactivity in the atmosphere or in waterways have dispersed to near background levels, excluding ground deposition.
: 2. Excessive releases of radioactivity to the environment have been terminated and no further potential for significant radioactivity releases exist.
: 3. Offsite concentrations of radioactivity in the atmosphere or in waterways have dispersed to near background levels, excluding ground deposition.
: 4. The State of Louisiana, the local parishes, and the NRC concur in terminating the emergency.
: 4. The State of Louisiana, the local parishes, and the NRC concur in terminating the emergency.
: 16. Notify the NRC and offsite authorities of the emergency termination.
: 16. Notify the NRC and offsite authorities of the emergency termination.
: 17. When a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency has been terminated, implement EIP-2-028, Recovery.
: 17. When a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency has been terminated, implement EIP-2-028, Recovery.
DEACTIVATION Date: 1. Ensure that the recovery organization has been established, as necessary.
DEACTIVATION                         Date:
: 1. Ensure that the recovery organization has been established, as necessary.
: 2. Direct the emergency facilities to deactivate.
: 2. Direct the emergency facilities to deactivate.
: 3. Discuss deactivation of the JIC with the JIC Director.EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 10 OF 44 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 1 OF 4 EOF MANAGER ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Open lockers and direct personnel to start setting up the Alternate EOF (A.EOF).
: 3. Discuss deactivation of the JIC with the JIC Director.
: 2. Arrange tables in accordance with Attachment 21 and ensure that phones, displays, boards etc. are in place. 3. Ensure that AEOF Registration is established.
EIP-2-022         REV - 17         PAGE 10 OF 44
 
ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 1 OF 4 EOF MANAGER ACTIVATION                           Date:                                       Actions Completed Initials
: 1. Open lockers and direct personnel to start setting up the Alternate EOF (A.EOF).
: 2. Arrange tables in accordance with Attachment 21 and ensure that phones, displays, boards etc. are in place.
: 3. Ensure that AEOF Registration is established.
: 4. All minimum staffing personnel have completed the activation portion of their checklists and are prepared to perform functional responsibilities:
: 4. All minimum staffing personnel have completed the activation portion of their checklists and are prepared to perform functional responsibilities:
MINIMUM STAFFING:
MINIMUM STAFFING:
: a. Recovery Manager b. EOF Manager c. Radiation Protection Advisor d. Radiological Assessment Coordinator
: a.     Recovery Manager
: e. Assistant Radiological Assessment Coordinator
: b.     EOF Manager
: f. Operations Advisor g. Technical Advisor h. Communicator (Only 1 required for minimum staffing)
: c.     Radiation Protection Advisor
: d.     Radiological Assessment Coordinator
: e.     Assistant Radiological Assessment Coordinator
: f.     Operations Advisor
: g.     Technical Advisor
: h.     Communicator (Only 1 required for minimum staffing)
: 5. Inform the Recovery Manager that the AEOF is ready to be declared operational.
: 5. Inform the Recovery Manager that the AEOF is ready to be declared operational.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE Notifications to State and local authorities must be made within approximately 15 minutes of a declaration of an emergency or Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) change using the Short Notification Message Form (SNMF). 1. Assist Recovery Manager (RM) with transfer of RM duties, as necessary.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE Notifications to State and local authoritiesmust be made within approximately 15 minutes of a declarationof an emergency or Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) change using the Short Notification Message Form (SNMF).
: 2. Ensure status boards are updated.EIP-2-022 REV- 17 PAGE 11 OF 44 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 2 OF 4 EOF MANAGER SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd) NOTE All Notification Message Forms must be reviewed and approved by the Recovery Manager (RM). 3. Prepare the appropriate Short Notification Message Form (SNMF). 4. As soon as possible following the SNMF, prepare a Long Notification Message Form (LNMF) as shown on page 3 of this attachment.
: 1. Assist Recovery Manager (RM) with transfer of RM duties, as necessary.
Refer to page 4 of this attachment for directions on how to fill out the LNMF. 5. Prepare a LNMF when significant changes to plant conditions occur that do not require an emergency escalation or change in PARs. During extended emergencies, State and local authorities should be updated at least every 2 hours using the LNMF. 6. Assist offsite emergency response agencies, as they arrive, in gathering information and with communications needs. 7. Request offsite and Federal assistance as directed by the RM. 8. Ensure the Administrative/Logistics Advisor develops a long term relief rotation list. 9. Keep the RM informed of all activities.
: 2. Ensure status boards are updated.
: 10. Upon termination of the emergency, ensure that notifications are made to State and local authorities using the LNMF. DEACTIVATION Date: 1. Upon decision to deactivate the emergency facilities, announce deactivation of the Alternate EOF (AEOF). 2. Ensure that all equipment is returned to the lockers and stored properly.
EIP-2-022         REV- 17         PAGE 11 OF 44
Report all damaged or missing equipment to the Manager -Emergency Preparedness.
 
: 3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the Manager -Emergency Preparedness.
ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 2 OF 4 EOF MANAGER SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)
EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 12 OF 44 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 3 OF 4 EOF MANAGER LONG NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM NOTIFTCATION MESSAGE FORM TMS IS RrVErR BEND NCLEAR STATION A.(TIMEADATE)
NOTE All Notification Message Forms must be reviewed and approved by the Recovery Manager (RM).
R. COMM: (NAMP)WITH MESSAGE NUMBER C. TEL. NO: 7. REACTOR SHUTDOWN?
: 3. Prepare the appropriate Short Notification Message Form (SNMF).
: 8. METEOROLOGICAL DATA:= NO = YES Time/Date:
: 4. As soon as possible following the SNMF, prepare a Long Notification Message Form (LNMF) as shown on page 3 of this attachment. Refer to page 4 of this attachment for directions on how to fill out the LNMF.
A. Wind direction FROM Degrees at B. Sectors Affewted (A-R): C. Stability Class (A-0l): D. Precipitation:  
: 5. Prepare a LNMF when significant changes to plant conditions occur that do not require an emergency escalation or change in PARs. During extended emergencies, State and local authorities should be updated at least every 2 hours using the LNMF.
= None = Rain =- Sleet RELEASE INFORMATION:
: 6. Assist offsite emergency response agencies, as they arrive, in gathering information and with communications needs.
A. = No Release (Go to item 13)MPH Snow E] Hail E] Other __________
: 7. Request offsite and Federal assistance as directed by the RM.
C. = A RELFASPE OCCURRED RUT STOPPED; Duration hrs. Release Stopped at hrs..FE A RELEASE IS OCCURRING:
: 8. Ensure the Administrative/Logistics Advisor develops a long term relief rotation list.
Expected Duration hrs. Release Started at hrs.10. TYPE OF RELEASE: A. = Radioactive Gases B. =E Radioactive Airborne Particulates C. =- Radioactive Liquids 1L. RELEASE RATE: A. NOBLE GASES Cl/s 12. ESTIMATE OF PROJECTED OFF-SITE DOSE: A. Projections for _ hours based on: B. (TEDE) WB DOSE COMMITMENT (Rem) Site Boundary 5 miles 2 miles 10 miles 13. MESSAGE APPROVED BY: 14. MESSAGE RECEIVED BY: F Field Data = Plant Data C. (CDE) TIlYROID, DOSE COMMTTMENT (Rem) Site Boundary 5 miles 2 miles 10 miles TITt TIDM-PROO015M.CDR EIP-2-0l22 REV -17 PAGE 13 OF 44 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION:
: 9. Keep the RM informed of all activities.
A. NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT C. SITE AREA EMERGENCY E. E-- TERMINATED B. ALERT D. GENERAL EMERGENCY CURRENT EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION DECLARATION
: 10. Upon termination of the emergency, ensure that notifications are made to State and local authorities using the LNMF.
= TERMINATION Time/"Date:
DEACTIVATION                         Date:
/ RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS: A. -No Protective Actions Rcconmmcnded At This Time (Go to itcm 6). 8. EVACUATE IZ SHELTER.
: 1. Upon decision to deactivate the emergency facilities, announce deactivation of the Alternate EOF (AEOF).
INCTDENT DESCRITPTTON/UPDATE/COMMENTS:
: 2. Ensure that all equipment is returned to the lockers and stored properly.
9.B. IODINES C vs glP-2-022-1713 017 44 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 4 OF 4 EOF MANAGER GUIDELINES FOR COMPLETING THE LNMF ESP COMM MANUAL METHOD Message Number automatic Assign a message number. Number the messages sequentially Line I until the emergency is terminated.
Report all damaged or missing equipment to the Manager - Emergency Preparedness.
2A Time/Date automatic upon transmission.
: 3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the Manager - Emergency Preparedness.
2A Enter Time/Date message was transmitted.
EIP-2-022         REV - 17       PAGE 12 OF 44
2B Comm: Select facility from pull-down menu. 2B Comm.: Enter facility name. (CR/TSC/EOF Communicator) (CR/TSC/EOF Communicator)
 
Line 2 2C Tel. No.: Indicate "hotline" unless alternate 2C Tel. No.: Indicate "hotline" unless alternate method is being used, then enter alternate method is being used, then enter alternate method. method. Line 3 Automatic from Short Form. If termination message, Check appropriate classification or terminated.
ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 3 OF 4 EOF MANAGER LONG NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM NOTIFTCATION MESSAGE FORM
: 1. TMS IS         RrVErR BEND NCLEAR       STATION                                                             WITH MESSAGE NUMBER
: 2. A.                                                 R. COMM:                                                   C. TEL. NO:
(TIMEADATE)                                                    (NAMP)
: 3.      EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION:
A.        NOTIFICATION      OF UNUSUAL EVENT                        C.           SITE AREA EMERGENCY                  E. E--    TERMINATED B.        ALERT                                                      D.          GENERAL EMERGENCY
: 4.      CURRENT EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION                                DECLARATION        =    TERMINATION Time/"Date:              /
5.
RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS:
A.      -  No Protective Actions Rcconmmcnded At This Time (Go to itcm 6).
: 8.
* EVACUATE IZ    SHELTER.
: 6. INCTDENT DESCRITPTTON/UPDATE/COMMENTS:
: 7. REACTOR SHUTDOWN?                    =     NO           =     YES           Time/Date:
: 8. METEOROLOGICAL DATA:
A. Wind direction     FROM                                       Degrees at                                       MPH B. Sectors Affewted (A-R):
C. Stability Class (A-0l):
D. Precipitation:           = None       =     Rain     =-   Sleet           Snow    E]    Hail        E]  Other    __________
: 9. RELEASE INFORMATION:
A.       =   No Release (Go to item 13)             C.   =     A RELFASPE OCCURRED RUT STOPPED; Duration                                           hrs.
Release Stopped at                                                             hrs.
          . FE     A RELEASE IS OCCURRING: Expected Duration                                                   hrs.
Release Started at                                                         hrs.
: 10. TYPE OF RELEASE:
A.   =     Radioactive Gases         B.   =E   Radioactive Airborne Particulates             C.   =-     Radioactive Liquids 1L. RELEASE RATE:
A. NOBLE GASES                                               Cl/s       B. IODINES                                              C vs
: 12. ESTIMATE OF PROJECTED OFF-SITE DOSE:
A. Projections for         _     hours based on:             F    Field Data          =      Plant Data B. (TEDE) WB DOSE COMMITMENT (Rem)                                       C. (CDE) TIlYROID, DOSE COMMTTMENT (Rem)
Site Boundary                       5 miles                           Site Boundary                            5 miles 2 miles                              10 miles                          2 miles                                   10 miles
: 13. MESSAGE APPROVED BY:                                                                      TITt FI*
: 14. MESSAGE RECEIVED BY:                                                                      TIDM-PROO015M.CDR glP-2-022                  RI*,V - 17                PAG* 13 017 44 EIP-2-0l22                 REV - 17                 PAGE 13 OF 44
 
ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 4 OF 4 EOF MANAGER GUIDELINES FOR COMPLETING THE LNMF ESP COMM                                                         MANUAL METHOD Message Number automatic                                     Assign a message number. Number the messages sequentially Line I                                                               until the emergency is terminated.
2A Time/Date automatic upon transmission.                   2A Enter Time/Date message was transmitted.
2B Comm: Select facility from pull-down menu.               2B Comm.: Enter facility name.
(CR/TSC/EOF Communicator)                                     (CR/TSC/EOF Communicator)
Line 2 2C Tel. No.: Indicate "hotline" unless alternate             2C Tel. No.: Indicate "hotline" unless alternate method is being used, then enter alternate                   method is being used, then enter alternate method.                                                       method.
Line 3 Automatic from Short Form. If termination message,           Check appropriate classification or terminated.
check "terminated".
check "terminated".
Line 4 Automatic from Short Form. For termination, check Check either declaration or termination.
Line 4 Automatic from Short Form. For termination, check           Check either declaration or termination. Enter time/date of "termination" and enter termination time/date.               emergency declaration or termination.
Enter time/date of "termination" and enter termination time/date.
Check appropriate box(es). If PAR has been                   Check appropriate box(es). If PARs have been recommended, Line 5 recommended, select appropriate protective actions and       indicate the scenario number.
emergency declaration or termination.
indicate scenario number.
Check appropriate box(es). If PAR has been Check appropriate box(es). If PARs have been recommended, Line 5 recommended, select appropriate protective actions and indicate the scenario number. indicate scenario number. Enter description from Short Form. May add Enter description from Short Form. May add information as Line 6 information as necessary.
Enter description from Short Form. May add                   Enter description from Short Form. May add information as Line 6 information as necessary. Use this line to correct any       necessary. Use this line to correct any previous errors.
Use this line to correct any necessary.
_       _ previous errors.
Use this line to correct any previous errors. _ _ previous errors. Line 7 Indicate if the reactor is shutdown.
Line 7 Indicate if the reactor is shutdown. Information should be   Indicate if the reactor is shutdown. Information should be obtained from Operations. If yes, enter time/date.           obtained from Operations. If yes, enter the time/date.
Information should be Indicate if the reactor is shutdown.
Information for Lines 8A-C can be found on CADAP on         Information for Lines 8A-C can be found on CADAP on the the "values" screen. A backup to CADAP for                   "values" screen. A backup to CADAP for meteorological data is Line 8 meteorological data is the Meteorological Tower printer     the Meteorological Tower printer and Control Room.
Information should be obtained from Operations.
and Control Room.                                           8A - Enter wind direction and speed.
If yes, enter time/date.
8A - Enter wind direction and speed.                         8B - Enter the affected sectors according to the 8B - Enter the affected sectors according to the                   current wind direction.
obtained from Operations.
current wind direction.                                 8C - Enter. stability class.
If yes, enter the time/date.
8C -Enter stability class.                                   8D - Check appropriate box.
Information for Lines 8A-C can be found on CADAP on Information for Lines 8A-C can be found on CADAP on the the "values" screen. A backup to CADAP for "values" screen. A backup to CADAP for meteorological data is Line 8 meteorological data is the Meteorological Tower printer the Meteorological Tower printer and Control Room. and Control Room. 8A -Enter wind direction and speed. 8A -Enter wind direction and speed. 8B -Enter the affected sectors according to the 8B -Enter the affected sectors according to the current wind direction.
8D - Check appropriate box.
current wind direction.
NOTE: 8 A-C are automatically completed when dose data is imported from CADAP.
8C -Enter. stability class. 8C -Enter stability class. 8D -Check appropriate box. 8D -Check appropriate box. NOTE: 8 A-C are automatically completed when dose data is imported from CADAP. Determine if there is a release. Determine if there is a release.
Determine if there is a release.                             Determine if there is a release.
9A If no release, check block A and proceed to line 13. 9A If no release, check block A and proceed to 9B/C If release has occurred or is occurring, line 13. Line 9 check B or C as appropriate and enter 9B/C If release has occurred or is occurring, duration and time release started/stopped.
9A If no release, check block A and proceed to line 13.     9A If no release, check block A and proceed to 9B/C If release has occurred or is occurring,                     line 13.
check B or C as appropriate and enter When checking B & C, be sure to import duration and time release started/stopped.
Line 9         check B or C as appropriate and enter                 9B/C If release has occurred or is occurring, duration and time release started/stopped.                   check B or C as appropriate and enter When checking B & C, be sure to import                       duration and time release started/stopped.
appropriate dose data. When checking B & C, be sure to import appropriate dose data on line 12B. Indicate the type of release. If there is no core damage, Indicate the type of release. If there is no core damage, check Line 10 check 10A. If there is clad damage or fuel melt, check I0A. If there is clad damage or fuel melt, check 0A & l0B. If 10A & 10B. If the release is a liquid release, check 10C. the release is a liquid release, check 1OC. Line 11 Imported from CADAP Enter release rate. DRMS provides release rates in uCi/sec.
appropriate dose data.                                       When checking B & C, be sure to import appropriate dose data on line 12B.
Indicate the type of release. If there is no core damage,   Indicate the type of release. If there is no core damage, check Line 10 check 10A. If there is clad damage or fuel melt, check       I0A. If there is clad damage or fuel melt, check 0A & l0B. If 10A & 10B. If the release is a liquid release, check 10C. the release is a liquid release, check 1OC.
Line 11 Imported from CADAP                                         Enter release rate. DRMS provides release rates in uCi/sec.
These rates must be converted to Ci/sec. CADAP also provides this information through Notepad.
These rates must be converted to Ci/sec. CADAP also provides this information through Notepad.
12A Enter numbers of hours used and method 12A Enter numbers of hours used and method Line 12 used in dose calculation.
12A Enter numbers of hours used and method                   12A Enter numbers of hours used and method Line 12       used in dose calculation.                                     used in dose calculation.
used in dose calculation.
12B Import from CADAP.                                       12B Obtain from CADAP results.
12B Import from CADAP. 12B Obtain from CADAP results.
Line 13 Enter Recovery Manager's name and "RM" as title. RM         Enter Recovery Manager's name and "RM" as title. RM must
Line 13 Enter Recovery Manager's name and "RM" as title. RM Enter Recovery Manager's name and "RM" as title. RM must _ must review and approve NMFs prior to transmission.
_         must review and approve NMFs prior to transmission.         review and approve NMFs prior to transmission.
review and approve NMFs prior to transmission.
Line 14 Leave blank. For use by parishes.                           Leave blank. For use by parishes.
Line 14 Leave blank. For use by parishes.
pAr-* lnIF          AA VI--17)         R1PV   - V7           AT       1     I'4
Leave blank. For use by parishes.VI--17) R1PV -V7 AT 1 I'4lnIF AA ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 1 OF 3 ADMINISTRATIVE/LOGISTICS ADVISOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Ensure that all telephones are in place. 2. Ensure that all procedure books and supplies are in place. 3. Contact the Administrative Coordinator in the TSC concerning any personnel injuries or other events requiring your attention.
 
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Contact the hospital for current information on injured personnel, as applicable.
ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 1 OF 3 ADMINISTRATIVE/LOGISTICS ADVISOR ACTIVATION                           Date:                                         Actions Completed Initials
Keep the EOF Manager informed of status. 2. Develop long-term staffing rotation list: a. Using page 3 of this attachment, determine long-term relief rotation.
: 1. Ensure that all telephones are in place.
: b. If PARs have been issued, discuss recommended routes with the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA). Once access route is established, inform Administrative Coordinator and Logistics Team Supervisor for shift rotation in the TSC and JIC. c. Contact the individuals on the rotation list and inform them of the time they are scheduled to report and the proper route to be taken. 3. Coordinate assistance from the Corporate Emergency Center (CEC). Use the INPO Emergency Resources Manual as reference.
: 2. Ensure that all procedure books and supplies are in place.
: 4. Coordinate assistance for equipment, supplies, food, lodging, travel, and communications, as necessary.
: 3. Contact the Administrative Coordinator in the TSC concerning any personnel injuries or other events requiring your attention.
If Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) have been issued, obtain recommended routes from the RPA and arrange for Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) access through the Parish Emergency Operations Centers (EOCs). 5. Coordinate monetary matters through the Corporate Emergency Center. Assistance may be requested from Corporate Business Services.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS
: 1. Contact the hospital for current information on injured personnel, as applicable. Keep the EOF Manager informed of status.
: 2. Develop long-term staffing rotation list:
: a. Using page 3 of this attachment, determine long-term relief rotation.
: b. If PARs have been issued, discuss recommended routes with the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA). Once access route is established, inform Administrative Coordinator and Logistics Team Supervisor for shift rotation in the TSC and JIC.
: c. Contact the individuals on the rotation list and inform them of the time they are scheduled to report and the proper route to be taken.
: 3. Coordinate assistance from the Corporate Emergency Center (CEC).
Use the INPO Emergency Resources Manual as reference.
: 4. Coordinate assistance for equipment, supplies, food, lodging, travel, and communications, as necessary. If Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) have been issued, obtain recommended routes from the RPA and arrange for Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) access through the Parish Emergency Operations Centers (EOCs).
: 5. Coordinate monetary matters through the Corporate Emergency Center. Assistance may be requested from Corporate Business Services.
: 6. Obtain list of materials, supplies, and contractors that may be required for recovery from EOF and TSC personnel.
: 6. Obtain list of materials, supplies, and contractors that may be required for recovery from EOF and TSC personnel.
EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 15 OF 44 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 2 OF 3 ADMINISTRATIVE/LOGISTICS ADVISOR DEACTIVATION Date: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the AEOF. 2. Ensure that all equipment, procedures, and drawings are properly stored. 3. Ensure that all materials brought to the AEOF from the EOF are returned to the appropriate storage locations in the EOF. 4. Have administrative staff collect all documentation.
EIP-2-022         REV - 17         PAGE 15 OF 44
: 5. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 16 OF 44 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 3 OF 3 Position Recovery Manager EOF Manager Rad. Protection Advisor Rad. Assess. Coord. Asst. Rad. Assess. Coord. Offsite Team Coord. Operations Advisor Admin./Log.
 
Advisor Communicators Status Comm. Technical Advisor HPN Communicator Event Info. Team Eng. Support Advisor Engineering Support Administrative Support Telecommunications EOF Registration ADMINISTRATIVE/LOGISTICS ADVISOR EOF STAFF ROTATION (12-Hour Shifts) Date: Time: EIP-2-022 REV-17 PAGE17OF44 REV -17 PAGE 17 OF 44 EIP-2-022 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 1 OF 3 RADIATION PROTECTION ADVISOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Ensure that the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) and Asst. Radiological Assessment Coordinator (ARAC) are available and prepared to assume functional responsibilities.
ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 2 OF 3 ADMINISTRATIVE/LOGISTICS ADVISOR DEACTIVATION                       Date:
: 2. Ensure that Asst. Radiological Assessment Coordinator is receiving Digital Radiation Monitoring System (DRMS) information from the TSC. 3. Inform the EOF Manager when the RAC and ARAC is prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the AEOF.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Obtain status of offsite monitoring teams and radiological conditions from the Radiation Protection Coordinator.
: 2. Ensure that all equipment, procedures, and drawings are properly stored.
Ensure teams are dispatched and controlled as necessary.
: 3. Ensure that all materials brought to the AEOF from the EOF are returned to the appropriate storage locations in the EOF.
: 4. Have administrative staff collect all documentation.
: 5. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.
EIP-2-022         REV - 17     PAGE 16 OF 44
 
ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 3 OF 3 ADMINISTRATIVE/LOGISTICS ADVISOR EOF STAFF ROTATION (12-Hour Shifts)
Date:
Position         Time:
Recovery Manager EOF Manager Rad. Protection Advisor Rad. Assess. Coord.
Asst. Rad. Assess.
Coord.
Offsite Team Coord.
Operations Advisor Admin./Log. Advisor Communicators Status Comm.
Technical Advisor HPN Communicator Event Info. Team Eng. Support Advisor Engineering Support Administrative Support Telecommunications EOF Registration EIP-2-022     REV - 17     PAGE 17 OF 44 EIP-2-022     REV-17        PAGE17OF44
 
ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 1 OF 3 RADIATION PROTECTION ADVISOR ACTIVATION                         Date:                                       Actions Completed Initials
: 1. Ensure that the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) and Asst.
Radiological Assessment Coordinator (ARAC) are available and prepared to assume functional responsibilities.
: 2. Ensure that Asst. Radiological Assessment Coordinator is receiving Digital Radiation Monitoring System (DRMS) information from the TSC.
: 3. Inform the EOF Manager when the RAC and ARAC is prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS
: 1. Obtain status of offsite monitoring teams and radiological conditions from the Radiation Protection Coordinator. Ensure teams are dispatched and controlled as necessary.
: 2. Assume control of dose assessment activities when directed by the Recovery Manager (RM). Ensure dose calculations are performed as necessary.
: 2. Assume control of dose assessment activities when directed by the Recovery Manager (RM). Ensure dose calculations are performed as necessary.
: 3. Review dose projection calculations and any offsite radiological monitoring data available.
: 3. Review dose projection calculations and any offsite radiological monitoring data available.
: 4. Using Attachment 19, formulate Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) and scenario number using dose projections, field monitoring data, and plant conditions.
: 4. Using Attachment 19, formulate Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) and scenario number using dose projections, field monitoring data, and plant conditions.
: 5. Discuss the PARs with the Recovery Manager (RM) and Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) Liaison, if available, including the basis and reasoning used to arrive at the PARs. 6. Provide scenario number for the Short Notification Message Form. 7. Provide information for appropriate sections of the Long Notification Message Form. 8. Review all notification message forms containing radiological data prior to transmittal.
: 5. Discuss the PARs with the Recovery Manager (RM) and Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) Liaison, if available, including the basis and reasoning used to arrive at the PARs.
: 9. Inform RM of wind shifts which could affect PARs.EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAG I ROF 44 EIP-2-022 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 2 OF 3 RADIATION PROTECTION ADVISOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd) 10. After initial PAR implementation, assuming no change in dose projections which would require an increase in PARs, wind shifts, which change the scenario number, may trigger an increase in PARs to a higher level. To determine the appropriate PAR, review the emergency scenario maps and the National Weather Service (NWS) forecast.
: 6. Provide scenario number for the Short Notification Message Form.
In addition, if NWS indicates continued wind shifts, consider the following guidance:
: 7. Provide information for appropriate sections of the Long Notification Message Form.
: a. Present PARs -Evacuate 2 mile radius, evacuate 5 miles downwind, shelter the 10 mile radius and evacuate schools, institutions and recreation areas in the 5 mile radius (minimum PARs) Wind shifts -Evacuate 5 mile radius and shelter the 10 mile radius (Scenario  
: 8. Review all notification message forms containing radiological data prior to transmittal.
#12) b. Present PARs -Evacuate 5 mile radius, evacuate 10 miles downwind, shelter the remaining 10 mile radius and evacuate schools, institutions and recreation areas in the 10 mile radius Wind shifts -Evacuate 10 mile radius (Scenario  
: 9. Inform RM of wind shifts which could affect PARs.
#27) 11. When PARs are issued, provide recommended routes for personnel and deliveries into River Bend Station.
EIP-2-022                       PAG I ROF 44 EIP-2-022       REV -17
: 12. If doses > 1 rem TEDE or > 5 rem CDE thyroid are projected at 10 miles, estimate the projected dose at 15, 20, and 25 miles, as appropriate.
 
Inform the RM and the LDEQ Liaison of the distance and downwind areas at which a Protective Action Guideline (PAG) is estimated to be exceeded.
ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 2 OF 3 RADIATION PROTECTION ADVISOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)
: 13. Evaluate radiation exposures and inform RM of anyone approaching 10CFR20 limits. 14. Periodically update the RM, LDEQ, and Radiation Protection Coordinator (RPC) on offsite radiological data, both real time measurements and projected exposures.
: 10. After initial PAR implementation, assuming no change in dose projections which would require an increase in PARs, wind shifts, which change the scenario number, may trigger an increase in PARs to a higher level.
To determine the appropriate PAR, review the emergency scenario maps and the National Weather Service (NWS) forecast. In addition, if NWS indicates continued wind shifts, consider the following guidance:
: a.       Present PARs - Evacuate 2 mile radius, evacuate 5 miles downwind, shelter the 10 mile radius and evacuate schools, institutions and recreation areas in the 5 mile radius (minimum PARs)
Wind shifts - Evacuate 5 mile radius and shelter the 10 mile radius (Scenario #12)
: b.       Present PARs - Evacuate 5 mile radius, evacuate 10 miles downwind, shelter the remaining 10 mile radius and evacuate schools, institutions and recreation areas in the 10 mile radius Wind shifts - Evacuate 10 mile radius (Scenario #27)
: 11. When PARs are issued, provide recommended routes for personnel and deliveries into River Bend Station.
: 12. If doses > 1 rem TEDE or > 5 rem CDE thyroid are projected at 10 miles, estimate the projected dose at 15, 20, and 25 miles, as appropriate. Inform the RM and the LDEQ Liaison of the distance and downwind areas at which a Protective Action Guideline (PAG) is estimated             to be exceeded.
: 13. Evaluate radiation exposures and inform RM of anyone approaching 10CFR20 limits.
: 14. Periodically update the RM, LDEQ, and Radiation Protection Coordinator (RPC) on offsite radiological data, both real time measurements and projected exposures.
: 15. Keep the RPC informed of activities.
: 15. Keep the RPC informed of activities.
EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 19 OF 44 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 3 OF 3 RADIATION PROTECTION ADVISOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd) 16. Evaluate the need for offsite monitoring team personnel to exceed the 1 OCFR20 limits or the need for the use of Potassium Iodide (KI) in accordance with EIP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls.
EIP-2-022         REV - 17         PAGE 19 OF 44
Inform the RM and obtain the Emergency Director's authorization.
 
: 17. Make arrangements with environmental services for analysis of environmental samples taken by offsite monitoring teams. DEACTIVATION Date: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, have the radiological staff deactivate the AEOF. 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 20 OF 44 ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 1 OF 2 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Ensure communications with offsite monitoring teams. 2. Ensure Assistant Radiological Assessment Coordinator (ARAC) and Offsite Team Coordinator are prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 3 OF 3 RADIATION PROTECTION ADVISOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)
: 16. Evaluate the need for offsite monitoring team personnel to exceed the 10CFR20 limits or the need for the use of Potassium Iodide (KI) in accordance with EIP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls. Inform the RM and obtain the Emergency Director's authorization.
: 17. Make arrangements with environmental services for analysis of environmental samples taken by offsite monitoring teams.
DEACTIVATION                       Date:
: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, have the radiological staff deactivate the AEOF.
: 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.
EIP-2-022         REV - 17       PAGE 20 OF 44
 
ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 1 OF 2 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR ACTIVATION                           Date:                                         Actions Completed Initials
: 1. Ensure communications with offsite monitoring teams.
: 2. Ensure Assistant Radiological Assessment Coordinator (ARAC) and Offsite Team Coordinator are prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
: 3. Inform Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA) when prepared to perform dose assessment activities.
: 3. Inform Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA) when prepared to perform dose assessment activities.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Call the National Weather Service to obtain weather forecast.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS
: 2. Provide direction to the Offsite Team Coordinator in tracking offsite monitoring teams including dose limits, frequency of dose checks, etc. If State offsite teams are available, coordinate offsite monitoring with the State representative in the EOF. 3. Review and assess the results of dose calculations and offsite monitoring team data. Based on the data indication, assess the need for the use of potassium iodide (KI) by the offsite teams. 4. Keep the RPA informed of all activities.
: 1. Call the National Weather Service to obtain weather forecast.
: 5. When a release is in progress, direct the Offsite Team Coordinator to obtain Offsite Team dosimeter readings.
: 2. Provide direction to the Offsite Team Coordinator in tracking offsite monitoring teams including dose limits, frequency of dose checks, etc. If State offsite teams are available, coordinate offsite monitoring with the State representative in the EOF.
Direct the ARAC to convert the readings to TEDE and evaluate as follows: a. When a Team Member's dosimeter reading reaches 1 R, immediately convert to TEDE and evaluate.
: 3. Review and assess the results of dose calculations and offsite monitoring team data. Based on the data indication, assess the need for the use of potassium iodide (KI) by the offsite teams.
: b. If converted TEDE is greater than 5 rem, obtain a whole body count as soon as practical to confirm calculated TEDE, and consider replacing the individual on the Team. c. If confirmed TEDE is greater than 5 rem, inform RPC of over exposure for NRC notification (1OCFR20).
: 4. Keep the RPA informed of all activities.
EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 21 OF 44 ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 2 OF 2 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd) 6. Direct the Offsite Team Coordinator to notify Offsite Monitoring Teams if KI is recommended.
: 5. When a release is in progress, direct the Offsite Team Coordinator to obtain Offsite Team dosimeter readings. Direct the ARAC to convert the readings to TEDE and evaluate as follows:
: 7. If doses > 1 rem TEDE or > 5 rem CDE thyroid are projected at 10 miles, estimate the projected dose at 15, 20, and 25 miles, as appropriate.
: a.     When a Team Member's dosimeter reading reaches 1 R, immediately convert to TEDE and evaluate.
Inform the RPA of the distance and downwind areas at which a Protective Action Guideline (PAG) is estimated to be exceeded.
: b.     If converted TEDE is greater than 5 rem, obtain a whole body count as soon as practical to confirm calculated TEDE, and consider replacing the individual on the Team.
Estimate radiation doses beyond 10 miles using the following factors: These ratios may be used regardless of Stability Class, Wind Speed or Time After Shutdown when the Core State = "Fuel Melt". Radiation Dose at 15 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.387 Radiation Dose at 20 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.267 Radiation Dose at 25 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.226 Ratios are applicable to either TEDE or CDE, although CDE Thyroid will normally be the dominant factor. DEACTIVATION Date: I. When directed by the RPA, deactivate the Alternate EOF (AEOF). 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the RPA. 3. Ensure that Offsite Monitoring Teams are informed to deactivate.
: c.     If confirmed TEDE is greater than 5 rem, inform RPC of over exposure for NRC notification (10CFR20).
EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 22 OF 44 ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE I OF 2 ASSISTANT RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Verify the operability of Computer Aided Dose Assessment Program (CADAP).
EIP-2-022         REV - 17       PAGE 21 OF 44
: 2. Establish contact with the Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator to obtain the current status of dose projections and to establish a means for obtaining Digital Radiation Monitoring System (DRMS) data when needed. 3. Inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
 
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Assume control of dose assessment activities when directed bythe RPA. 2. Perform dose assessment calculations in accordance with EIP-2-024, Offsite Dose Calculations.
ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 2 OF 2 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)
Provide the results to the RAC. 3. Keep the RAC informed of changes in wind direction.
: 6. Direct the Offsite Team Coordinator to notify Offsite Monitoring Teams if KI is recommended.
: 7. If doses > 1 rem TEDE or > 5 rem CDE thyroid are projected at 10 miles, estimate the projected dose at 15, 20, and 25 miles, as appropriate. Inform the RPA of the distance and downwind areas at which a Protective Action Guideline (PAG) is estimated to be exceeded.
Estimate radiation doses beyond 10 miles using the following factors:
These ratios may be used regardless of Stability Class, Wind Speed or Time After Shutdown when the Core State = "Fuel Melt".
Radiation Dose at 15 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.387 Radiation Dose at 20 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.267 Radiation Dose at 25 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.226 Ratios are applicable to either TEDE or CDE, although CDE Thyroid will normally be the dominant factor.
DEACTIVATION                       Date:
I. When directed by the RPA, deactivate the Alternate EOF (AEOF).
: 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the RPA.
: 3. Ensure that Offsite Monitoring Teams are informed to deactivate.
EIP-2-022       REV - 17       PAGE 22 OF 44
 
ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE I OF 2 ASSISTANT RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR ACTIVATION                           Date:                                 Actions Completed Initials
: 1. Verify the operability of Computer Aided Dose Assessment Program (CADAP).
: 2. Establish contact with the Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator to obtain the current status of dose projections and to establish a means for obtaining Digital Radiation Monitoring System (DRMS) data when needed.
: 3. Inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS
: 1. Assume control of dose assessment activities when directed bythe RPA.
: 2. Perform dose assessment calculations in accordance with EIP-2-024, Offsite Dose Calculations. Provide the results to the RAC.
: 3. Keep the RAC informed of changes in wind direction.
: 4. Verify the operability of the backup CADAP computer, as time permits.
: 4. Verify the operability of the backup CADAP computer, as time permits.
Place the LapTop computer battery on charge. 5. Obtain DRMS data from the TSC and provide data to the RAC. 6. As directed, convert offsite monitoring team dosimeter readings to TEDE and provide results to the RAC for evaluation.
Place the LapTop computer battery on charge.
EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 23 OF 44 ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 2 OF 2 ASSISTANT RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)7. If doses > 1 rem TEDE or > 5 rem CDE thyroid are projected at 10 miles, estimate the projected dose at 15, 20, and 25 miles, as appropriate.
: 5. Obtain DRMS data from the TSC and provide data to the RAC.
Inform the RAC of the distance and downwind areas at which a PAG is estimated to be exceeded.DEACTIVATION Date: 1. When directed by the RAC, deactivate the AEOF. 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA).EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 24 OF 44'Estimate radiation doses beyond 10 miles using the following factors: These ratios may be used regardless of Stability Class, Wind Speed or Time After Shutdown when the Core State = "Fuel Melt". Radiation Dose at 15 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.387 Radiation Dose at 20 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.267 Radiation Dose at 25 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.226 Ratios are applicable to either TEDE or CDE, although CDE Thyroid will normally be the dominant factor.
: 6. As directed, convert offsite monitoring team dosimeter readings to TEDE and provide results to the RAC for evaluation.
ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE 1 OF 1 OFFSITE TEAM COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials Verify the operability of the Offsite Monitoring Team radio, including the radio headset.
EIP-2-022       REV - 17       PAGE 23 OF 44
: 2. Contact the TSC, obtain Offsite Monitoring Team status, and inform them of when you will assume control of offsite teams. 3. Inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) when you are prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
 
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Direct offsite monitoring personnel to detect and measure radioactive releases.
ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 2 OF 2 ASSISTANT RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)
: 2. Provide field data from the Offsite Monitoring Teams to the RAC and Assistant Radiological Assessment Coordinator (ARAC). 3. Relay instructions and information provided by the RAC and ARAC to monitoring personnel.
: 7. If doses > 1 rem TEDE or > 5 rem CDE thyroid are projected at 10 miles, estimate the projected dose at 15, 20, and 25 miles, as appropriate. Inform the RAC of the distance and downwind areas at which a PAG is estimated to be exceeded.
: 4. Record the Offsite Monitoring Teams' location and readings on the Offsite Monitoring Team Status Board. 5. Keep the Offsite Monitoring Teams informed of plant conditions, wind direction, classifications, release status, and information received during AEOF briefings.
Estimate radiation doses beyond 10 miles using the following factors:
: 6. Keep a record of Offsite Monitoring Team radiation exposures.
These ratios may be used regardless of Stability Class, Wind Speed or Time After Shutdown when the Core State = "Fuel Melt".
If any member reaches I R on their dosimeter, notify the RAC immediately.
Radiation Dose at 15 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.387 Radiation Dose at 20 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.267 Radiation Dose at 25 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.226 Ratios are applicable to either TEDE or CDE, although CDE Thyroid will normally be the dominant factor.
DEACTIVATION Date: 1. When directed by the RAC, deactivate the Alternate EOF (AEOF). 2. Inform the Offsite Monitoring Teams of their duties or to deactivate.
DEACTIVATION                        Date:
: 3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the RPA.EIP-2-022 REV-17 PAGE2SOF44 REV -17 PAGE 25 OF 44 EIP-2-022 ATTACHMENT 8 PAGE 1 OF 1 EOF HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Perform operational checks on monitoring equipment prior to use. 2. Inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
: 1. When directed by the RAC, deactivate the AEOF.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Perform surveys of arriving individuals if there is a question as to where they may have been and if they could be contaminated.
: 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA).
Report survey results to the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA). 2. Direct any contaminated individuals to the Zachary Monitoring and Decontamination Station.
EIP-2-022        REV - 17      PAGE 24 OF 44'
 
ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE 1 OF 1 OFFSITE TEAM COORDINATOR ACTIVATION                           Date:                                     Actions Completed Initials Verify the operability of the Offsite Monitoring Team radio, including the radio headset.
: 2. Contact the TSC, obtain Offsite Monitoring Team status, and inform them of when you will assume control of offsite teams.
: 3. Inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) when you are prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS
: 1. Direct offsite monitoring personnel to detect and measure radioactive releases.
: 2. Provide field data from the Offsite Monitoring Teams to the RAC and Assistant Radiological Assessment Coordinator (ARAC).
: 3. Relay instructions and information provided by the RAC and ARAC to monitoring personnel.
: 4. Record the Offsite Monitoring Teams' location and readings on the Offsite Monitoring Team Status Board.
: 5. Keep the Offsite Monitoring Teams informed of plant conditions, wind direction, classifications, release status, and information received during AEOF briefings.
: 6. Keep a record of Offsite Monitoring Team radiation exposures. If any member reaches I R on their dosimeter, notify the RAC immediately.
DEACTIVATION                         Date:
: 1. When directed by the RAC, deactivate the Alternate EOF (AEOF).
: 2. Inform the Offsite Monitoring Teams of their duties or to deactivate.
: 3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the RPA.
EIP-2-022         REV - 17       PAGE 25 OF 44 EIP-2-022         REV-17        PAGE2SOF44
 
ATTACHMENT 8 PAGE 1 OF 1 EOF HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN ACTIVATION                         Date:                                       Actions Completed Initials
: 1. Perform operational checks on monitoring equipment prior to use.
: 2. Inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS
: 1. Perform surveys of arriving individuals if there is a question as to where they may have been and if they could be contaminated. Report survey results to the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA).
: 2. Direct any contaminated individuals to the Zachary Monitoring and Decontamination Station.
: 3. Assist the dose assessment team as necessary.
: 3. Assist the dose assessment team as necessary.
: 4. Keep the RPA informed of all activities.
: 4. Keep the RPA informed of all activities.
DEACTIVATION Date: 1. When directed by the RPA, deactivate the Alternate EOF (AEOF). 2. Monitor all hallways and entrances to the AEOF. 3. Ensure that all dosimeters and TLDs that were distributed are collected.
DEACTIVATION                       Date:
: 4. Ensure that all monitoring instrumentation is returned to the EOF, stored and operable.
: 1. When directed by the RPA, deactivate the Alternate EOF (AEOF).
Report problems to the RPA. 4. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the RPA.EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 26 OF 44 ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 1 OF 4 COMMUNICATOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Verify the operability of the following communications equipment:
: 2. Monitor all hallways and entrances to the AEOF.
a) State and Local Hotline, call the Emergency Operations Center (LOEP) at 361. b) Civil Defense Radio Console, call LOEP. c) ESP Computer 2. Receive status of notifications from TSC Communicator.
: 3. Ensure that all dosimeters and TLDs that were distributed are collected.
: 4. Ensure that all monitoring instrumentation is returned to the EOF, stored and operable. Report problems to the RPA.
: 4. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the RPA.
EIP-2-022         REV - 17         PAGE 26 OF 44
 
ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 1 OF 4 COMMUNICATOR ACTIVATION                           Date:                                           Actions Completed Initials
: 1. Verify the operability of the following communications equipment:
a)     State and Local Hotline, call the Emergency Operations Center (LOEP) at 361.
b)     Civil Defense Radio Console, call LOEP.
c)     ESP Computer
: 2. Receive status of notifications from TSC Communicator.
: 3. Inform EOF Manager when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
: 3. Inform EOF Manager when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE Notifications to State and local authorities must be made within approximately 15 minutes of a declaration of an emergency or Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) change using the Short Notification Message Form (SNMF). 1. Assume responsibility for notifications when directed by the Recovery Manager.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE Notifications to State and local authoritiesmust be made within approximately 15 minutes of a declaration of an emergency or ProtectiveAction Recommendation (PAR) change using the Short Notification Message Form (SNMF).
: 2. Assist the EOF Manager in completing the appropriate Notification Message Form (NMF). Ensure that the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA) reviews all dose data prior to Recovery Manager (RM) review and approval to transmit.
: 1. Assume responsibility for notifications when directed by the Recovery Manager.
When directed, make notifications of the emergency to State and local authorities.
: 2. Assist the EOF Manager in completing the appropriate Notification Message Form (NMF). Ensure that the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA) reviews all dose data prior to Recovery Manager (RM) review and approval to transmit. When directed, make notifications of the emergency to State and local authorities.
: 3. Verify NMF receipt with State and local authorities, using the State and Local Hotline. Complete a new NMF Verification Checklist (page 3) for each message sent. 4. If an agency has not received the message, obtain message receipt verification from the other agencies, and re-transmit the message (ESP Computer) to the non-receiving party. 5. If the message is still not received, read it to the agency (s), line by line. Message may be faxed as necessary.
: 3. Verify NMF receipt with State and local authorities, using the State and Local Hotline. Complete a new NMF Verification Checklist (page 3) for each message sent.
: 6. If no contact is made with a location on the Hotline, call the location on the commercial telephone to verify receipt of message. If commercial telephones are inoperable, the Civil Defense Radio may be used.EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 27 OF 44 ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 2 OF 4 COMMUNICATOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd) 7. When PARs are issued: a. During the verification of message receipt on the Hotline, inform LOEP and the Parish Emergency Operations Centers (EOCs) that you will call them back in five minutes for PAR confirmation.
: 4. If an agency has not received the message, obtain message receipt verification from the other agencies, and re-transmit the message (ESP Computer) to the non-receiving party.
: b. After five minutes, contact LOEP and the five Parish EOCs. Using page 4, verify that the Directors or the Assistant Directors of all Parishes and the Operations Officer at LOEP are on the Hotline.
: 5. If the message is still not received, read it to the agency (s), line by line. Message may be faxed as necessary.
: c. When verified, request the Recovery Manager and the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) Liaison to pick up the Hotline for PAR verification and give the RM the PAR Verification Checklist.
: 6. If no contact is made with a location on the Hotline, call the location on the commercial telephone to verify receipt of message. If commercial telephones are inoperable, the Civil Defense Radio may be used.
EIP-2-022         REV - 17         PAGE 27 OF 44
 
ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 2 OF 4 COMMUNICATOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)
: 7. When PARs are issued:
: a.     During the verification of message receipt on the Hotline, inform LOEP and the Parish Emergency Operations Centers (EOCs) that you will call them back in five minutes for PAR confirmation.
: b.       After five minutes, contact LOEP and the five Parish EOCs. Using page 4, verify that the Directors or the Assistant Directors of all Parishes and the Operations Officer at LOEP are on the Hotline.
: c.       When verified, request the Recovery Manager and the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) Liaison to pick up the Hotline for PAR verification and give the RM the PAR Verification Checklist.
: 8. Make follow-up notifications to State and local authorities as directed by the Recovery Manager. Verify receipt of each NMF using a new NMF Verification Checklist.
: 8. Make follow-up notifications to State and local authorities as directed by the Recovery Manager. Verify receipt of each NMF using a new NMF Verification Checklist.
: 9. Maintain a file of all notification message forms and verification checklists.
: 9. Maintain a file of all notification message forms and verification checklists.
: 10. Ensure that Administrative personnel distribute all Short and Long Notification Message Forms to Alternate EOF (AEOF) staff. 11. Upon termination of the emergency, notify State and local authorities using the Long Notification Message Form. DEACTIVATION Date: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the AEOF. 2. Ensure that all messages are cleared and ESP Computer control is returned to the Control Room. 3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 28 OF 44 ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 3 OF 4 COMMUNICATOR NMF VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Ensure at least one of the agencies in each of the following rows receives the message.
: 10. Ensure that Administrative personnel distribute all Short and Long Notification Message Forms to Alternate EOF (AEOF) staff.
MESSAGE #FACILITY PHONE #Parish EOCs and LOEP Operations Officer informed of 5-minute PAR verification phone call Message Verified Communicator Signature/KCN Time/Date MSG. REC'D Hotline # (Y/N/NA)YES NO NA EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 29 OF 44 La. Department of Environmental Quality 9-765-0160 371 (LDEQ) (M-F -8AM to 4PM only, LOEP will notify all other times) La. Office of Emergency Preparedness 9-925-7500 (24-hr. pt.) 361 (LOEP) (State EOC) West Feliciana Parish (WFP) EOC 9-635-4792 351 24-HR. PT. 9-635-3241 352 East Feliciana Parish (EFP) EOC 9-634-7269 341 24-HR. PT. 9-683-5459 342 Pointe Coupee Parish (PCP) EOC 9-694-9014 331 24-HR, PT. 9-694-3737 332 East Baton Rouge Parish (EBRP) EOC 9-389-2100 311 24-HR. PT. 9-389-3300 312 West Baton Rouge Parish (WBRP) EOC 9-346-1581 321 24-HR. PT. 9-343-9234 321 Mississippi Emergency Management 9-1-800-222-6362 (24 hr. pt.) Agency (MEMA) 9-1-601-352-9100 (alternate) 381 Mississippi Highway Patrol (MHP) 9-1-601-987-1530 (backup) 382 1 ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 4 OF 4 COMMUNICATOR PAR VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Scenario # Recommended:
: 11. Upon termination of the emergency, notify State and local authorities using the Long Notification Message Form.
Date: Communicator verifies that correct individuals are on the Hot Line by placing a check mark on the appropriate line. The RM will verify approved scenario and initial the form. WEST FELICIANA PARISH: RM Initial On Line Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO # EAST FELICIANA PARISH: Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO # POINTE COUPEE PARISH: Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO # WEST BATON ROUGE PARISH: Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO # EAST BATON ROUGE PARISH: Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO # STATE OF LOUISIANA LOEP Operations Officer Siren Sounding Time: EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 30 OF 44 ATTACHMENT 10 PAGE 1 OF 1 OPERATIONS ADVISOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Establish contact with the Operations Support Coordinator.
DEACTIVATION                         Date:
: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the AEOF.
: 2. Ensure that all messages are cleared and ESP Computer control is returned to the Control Room.
: 3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.
EIP-2-022         REV - 17         PAGE 28 OF 44
 
ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 3 OF 4 COMMUNICATOR NMF VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Ensure at least one of the agencies in each of the following rows receives the message.
MESSAGE #
MSG. REC'D FACILITY                                              PHONE #                  Hotline #   (Y/N/NA)
La. Department of Environmental Quality       9-765-0160                       371 (LDEQ) (M-F - 8AM to 4PM only, LOEP will notify all other times)
La. Office of Emergency Preparedness           9-925-7500 (24-hr. pt.)         361 (LOEP) (State EOC)
West Feliciana Parish (WFP)                   EOC           9-635-4792       351 24-HR. PT. 9-635-3241       352 East Feliciana Parish (EFP)                   EOC           9-634-7269       341 24-HR. PT. 9-683-5459       342 Pointe Coupee Parish (PCP)                     EOC           9-694-9014       331 24-HR, PT. 9-694-3737       332 East Baton Rouge Parish (EBRP)                 EOC           9-389-2100       311 24-HR. PT.     9-389-3300       312 West Baton Rouge Parish (WBRP)                 EOC           9-346-1581       321 24-HR. PT. 9-343-9234             321 Mississippi Emergency Management             9-1-800-222-6362 (24 hr. pt.)
Agency (MEMA)                                 9-1-601-352-9100 (alternate)     381 Mississippi Highway Patrol (MHP)             9-1-601-987-1530 (backup)         382       1 Parish EOCs and LOEP Operations Officer informed of 5-minute PAR verification phone call                                          YES    NO    NA Message Verified Communicator Signature/KCN        Time/Date EIP-2-022      REV - 17        PAGE 29 OF 44
 
ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 4 OF 4 COMMUNICATOR PAR VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Scenario # Recommended:                 Date:
Communicator verifies that correct individuals are on the Hot Line by placing a check mark on the appropriate line. The RM will verify approved scenario and initial the form.
WEST FELICIANA PARISH:                                             RM Initial         On Line Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #
EAST FELICIANA PARISH:
Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #
POINTE COUPEE PARISH:
Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #
WEST BATON ROUGE PARISH:
Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #
EAST BATON ROUGE PARISH:
Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #
STATE OF LOUISIANA LOEP Operations Officer Siren Sounding Time:
EIP-2-022       REV - 17       PAGE 30 OF 44
 
ATTACHMENT 10 PAGE 1 OF 1 OPERATIONS ADVISOR ACTIVATION                           Date:                                     Actions Completed Initials
: 1. Establish contact with the Operations Support Coordinator.
: 2. Obtain current plant status, emergency operations in progress, and key plant parameters.
: 2. Obtain current plant status, emergency operations in progress, and key plant parameters.
: 3. Inform the EOF Manager when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
: 3. Inform the EOF Manager when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Ensure that the Alternate EOF (AEOF) is kept informed of: a. Current plant conditions.
SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS
: b. Actions being performed or anticipated to mitigate the accident.
: 1. Ensure that the Alternate EOF (AEOF) is kept informed of:
: c. Repairs and investigations initiated.
: a.       Current plant conditions.
: 2. Obtain plant ERIS data as possible.
: b.       Actions being performed or anticipated to mitigate the accident.
Have the TSC fax ERIS data sheets to the AEOF. 3. Ensure status boards are updated with information obtained from ERIS data sheets. 4. Recommend actions on classifications of emergencies, as necessary.
: c.       Repairs and investigations initiated.
: 5. Follow EOPs/SAPs and keep the RM informed on status. DEACTIVATION Date: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the AEOF. 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.EIP-2-022 E 17 AG3104 REV -17 PAGE 31 OF 44 EIP-2-022 ATTACHMENT 11 PAGE I OF I TECHNICAL ADVISOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Contact the Reactor Engineer or the Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator and obtain information on the status of the reactor core. 2. Inform the EOF Manager when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
: 2. Obtain plant ERIS data as possible. Have the TSC fax ERIS data sheets to the AEOF.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Periodically communicate with the Reactor Engineer or Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator to determine current core conditions.
: 3. Ensure status boards are updated with information obtained from ERIS data sheets.
: 4. Recommend actions on classifications of emergencies, as necessary.
: 5. Follow EOPs/SAPs and keep the RM informed on status.
DEACTIVATION                         Date:
: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the AEOF.
: 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.
EIP-2-022         REV - 17       PAGE AG3104 31 OF 44 EIP-2-022           E 17
 
ATTACHMENT 11 PAGE I OF I TECHNICAL ADVISOR ACTIVATION                         Date:                                       Actions Completed Initials
: 1. Contact the Reactor Engineer or the Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator and obtain information on the status of the reactor core.
: 2. Inform the EOF Manager when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS
: 1. Periodically communicate with the Reactor Engineer or Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator to determine current core conditions.
: 2. Review proposed plant operations and assess the effect on core conditions.
: 2. Review proposed plant operations and assess the effect on core conditions.
: 3. Communicate with the Reactor Engineer or the Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator on recommendations for plant operations that would affect core conditions.
: 3. Communicate with the Reactor Engineer or the Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator on recommendations for plant operations that would affect core conditions.
: 4. Make recommendations on engineering actions to the Engineering Support Advisor.
: 4. Make recommendations on engineering actions to the Engineering Support Advisor.
: 5. Keep RP Advisor, Recovery Manager and EOF Manager informed of significant changes in core state. 6. When Severe Accident Procedures (SAPs) are entered, periodically review parameter trends to determine if RPV breach is imminent or has occurred.
: 5. Keep RP Advisor, Recovery Manager and EOF Manager informed of significant changes in core state.
: 6. When Severe Accident Procedures (SAPs) are entered, periodically review parameter trends to determine if RPV breach is imminent or has occurred.
: 7. When SAPs are entered, periodically review parameter trends for inconsistencies.
: 7. When SAPs are entered, periodically review parameter trends for inconsistencies.
DEACTIVATION Date: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the Alternate EOF (AEOF). 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 32 OF 44 ATTACHMENT 12 PAGE 1 OF 1 STATUS COMMUNICATOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Update status boards with current information from the ERIS datasheets.
DEACTIVATION                       Date:
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Continually update all status boards with current information from ERIS, Notification Message Forms, or information obtained from the Operations Advisor. Status boards include, but are not limited to: a. General information board b. Rx Critical parameter chart c. Equipment status board 2. Ensure administrative personnel copy information from status boards in facility log. 3. Ensure that the Operations Advisor and EOF Manager periodically verify status board information.
: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the Alternate EOF (AEOF).
DEACTIVATION Date: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the Alternate EOF (AEOF). 2. Forward all documentation generated by the Status Communicator to the EOF Manager.EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 33 OF 44 ATTACHMENT 13 PAGE 1 OF 1 ENGINEERING SUPPORT ADVISOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Obtain plant status from the Operations Advisor.
: 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.
EIP-2-022       REV - 17       PAGE 32 OF 44
 
ATTACHMENT 12 PAGE 1 OF 1 STATUS COMMUNICATOR ACTIVATION                           Date:                                   Actions Completed Initials
: 1. Update status boards with current information from the ERIS datasheets.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS
: 1. Continually update all status boards with current information from ERIS, Notification Message Forms, or information obtained from the Operations Advisor. Status boards include, but are not limited to:
: a.       General information board
: b.       Rx Critical parameter chart
: c.       Equipment status board
: 2. Ensure administrative personnel copy information from status boards in facility log.
: 3. Ensure that the Operations Advisor and EOF Manager periodically verify status board information.
DEACTIVATION                       Date:
: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the Alternate EOF (AEOF).
: 2. Forward all documentation generated by the Status Communicator to the EOF Manager.
EIP-2-022       REV - 17       PAGE 33 OF 44
 
ATTACHMENT 13 PAGE 1 OF 1 ENGINEERING SUPPORT ADVISOR ACTIVATION                           Date:                                 Actions Completed Initials
: 1. Obtain plant status from the Operations Advisor.
: 2. Ensure that Engineering Support personnel are assembled and prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
: 2. Ensure that Engineering Support personnel are assembled and prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
: 3. Obtain information on engineering activities underway from the Engineering Coordinator in the TSC. SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Keep Engineering Support informed of plant activities.
: 3. Obtain information on engineering activities underway from the Engineering Coordinator in the TSC.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS
: 1. Keep Engineering Support informed of plant activities.
: 2. Coordinate the activities of the Engineering Support personnel.
: 2. Coordinate the activities of the Engineering Support personnel.
: 3. Periodically communicate with the Engineering Coordinator on plant activities.
: 3. Periodically communicate with the Engineering Coordinator on plant activities.
: 4. Assist the Engineering Coordinator as necessary.
: 4. Assist the Engineering Coordinator as necessary. Relay' suggestions on possible repair or corrective actions.
Relay' suggestions on possible repair or corrective actions.
: 5. Ensure Engineering Support addresses long-term issues and develops recovery actions.
: 5. Ensure Engineering Support addresses long-term issues and develops recovery actions.
: 6. Keep the EOF Manager informed of all activities.
: 6. Keep the EOF Manager informed of all activities.
DEACTIVATION Date: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the Alternate EOF (AEOF). 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 34 OF 44 ATTACHMENT 14 PAGE I OF I ENGINEERING SUPPORT ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials I. Obtain the plant status from the Engineering Support Advisor.
DEACTIVATION                         Date:
: 2. Inform the Engineering Support Advisor when prepared to perform functional duties. SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Provide advice on plant repair or corrective actions to the Engineering Support Advisor.
: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the Alternate EOF (AEOF).
: 2. Address long-term issues. 3. Develop list of recovery actions.
: 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.
EIP-2-022       REV - 17       PAGE 34 OF 44
 
ATTACHMENT 14 PAGE I OF I ENGINEERING SUPPORT ACTIVATION                         Date:                                     Actions Completed Initials I. Obtain the plant status from the Engineering Support Advisor.
: 2. Inform the Engineering Support Advisor when prepared to perform functional duties.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS
: 1. Provide advice on plant repair or corrective actions to the Engineering Support Advisor.
: 2. Address long-term issues.
: 3. Develop list of recovery actions.
: 4. Keep the Engineering Support Advisor informed of all activities.
: 4. Keep the Engineering Support Advisor informed of all activities.
DEACTIVATION Date: 1. When directed by the Engineering Support Advisor, deactivate the Alternate EOF (AEOF). 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the Engineering Suipport Advisor.EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 35 OF 44 EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 35 OF 44 ATTACHMENT 15 PAGE 1 OF 1 HPN COMMUNICATOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials I. Obtain current radiological conditions from the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA). 2. Contact the ENS Communicator for information on the Health Physics Network (HPN). SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Establish contact with the NRC Operations Center and request to be placed on the HPN network.
DEACTIVATION                       Date:
: 2. Relay health physics, dose assessment, and meteorological information as requested by the NRC. 3. If in doubt about information, check with the RPA and EOF Manager on the accuracy of your information prior to passing it on to the NRC. 4. Keep the RPA informed of NRC interest and your activities.
: 1. When directed by the Engineering Support Advisor, deactivate the Alternate EOF (AEOF).
: 5. Upon termination of the emergency, notify the NRC. DEACTIVATION Date: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the Alternate EOF (AEOF). 2. Secure the HPN network after receiving concurrence from the NRC. 3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 36 OF 44 ATTACHMENT 16 PAGE 1 OF I ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT PERSONNEL ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials I. Test the operability of administrative equipment.
: 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the Engineering Suipport Advisor.
: 2. Obtain all previous Notification Message Forms. Copy and distribute to EOF staff. 3. Assist the EOF staff in activating the facility.
EIP-2-022       REV - 17         PAGE 35 OF 44 EIP-2-022       REV -17         PAGE 35 OF 44
SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Continuously retrieve, copy and distribute ERIS data and Notification Message Forms. 2. Update the 10-mile Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) map with current protective action recommendations.
 
ATTACHMENT 15 PAGE 1 OF 1 HPN COMMUNICATOR ACTIVATION                         Date:                                   Actions Completed Initials I. Obtain current radiological conditions from the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA).
: 2. Contact the ENS Communicator for information on the Health Physics Network (HPN).
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS
: 1. Establish contact with the NRC Operations Center and request to be placed on the HPN network.
: 2. Relay health physics, dose assessment, and meteorological information as requested by the NRC.
: 3. If in doubt about information, check with the RPA and EOF Manager on the accuracy of your information prior to passing it on to the NRC.
: 4. Keep the RPA informed of NRC interest and your activities.
: 5. Upon termination of the emergency, notify the NRC.
DEACTIVATION                       Date:
: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the Alternate EOF (AEOF).
: 2. Secure the HPN network after receiving concurrence from the NRC.
: 3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.
EIP-2-022       REV - 17       PAGE 36 OF 44
 
ATTACHMENT 16 PAGE 1 OF I ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT PERSONNEL ACTIVATION                         Date:                                     Actions Completed Initials I. Test the operability of administrative equipment.
: 2. Obtain all previous Notification Message Forms. Copy and distribute to EOF staff.
: 3. Assist the EOF staff in activating the facility.
SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS
: 1. Continuously retrieve, copy and distribute ERIS data and Notification Message Forms.
: 2. Update the 10-mile Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) map with current protective action recommendations.
: 3. Provide clerical support as directed by the Administrative/Logistics Advisor.
: 3. Provide clerical support as directed by the Administrative/Logistics Advisor.
DEACTIVATION Date: 1. When directed by the Administrative/Logistics Advisor, deactivate the Alternate EOF (AEOF). 2. Ensure that all materials and equipment are stored in the appropriate location and condition.
DEACTIVATION                       Date:
Ensure that materials and documents brought to the AEOF are returned to the EOF. 3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 37 OF 44 ATTACHMENT 17 PAGE 1 OF I TELECOMMUNICATIONS SPECIALIST ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Assist communicators, as necessary.
: 1. When directed by the Administrative/Logistics Advisor, deactivate the Alternate EOF (AEOF).
: 2. Ensure that all materials and equipment are stored in the appropriate location and condition. Ensure that materials and documents brought to the AEOF are returned to the EOF.
: 3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.
EIP-2-022         REV - 17       PAGE 37 OF 44
 
ATTACHMENT 17 PAGE 1 OF I TELECOMMUNICATIONS SPECIALIST ACTIVATION                         Date:                                     Actions Completed Initials
: 1. Assist communicators, as necessary.
: 2. Perform any corrective actions required to establish all communications circuits.
: 2. Perform any corrective actions required to establish all communications circuits.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Take corrective action on any communication system that is not operable.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS
: 1. Take corrective action on any communication system that is not operable.
: 2. Obtain additional assistance through the Administrative/Logistics Advisor, as necessary.
: 2. Obtain additional assistance through the Administrative/Logistics Advisor, as necessary.
DEACTIVATION Date: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the Alternate EOF (AEOF). 2. Assist in storing communications equipment in cabinets.
DEACTIVATION                       Date:
: 3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 38 OF 44 ATTACHMENT 18 PAGE I OF I EOF REGISTRATION ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Setup an entry station in the Alternate EOF (AEOF) main entrance door. 2. Ensure AEOF access list is available.
: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the Alternate EOF (AEOF).
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE Anyone not on the access list must be approved by the Recovery Manager (RM) or EOF Manager for entry into the AEOF. NRC personnel should present their credentials as authorization to enter the AEOF. 1. When the individual comes through door, ensure that the individual is on the AEOF access list. 2. If access is through the Zachary Monitoring and Decontamination Station, ensure that individuals have "Alternate EOF Access Tags". 3. Keep the EOF Manager informed of any problems or abnormal occurrences.
: 2. Assist in storing communications equipment in cabinets.
DEACTIVATION Date: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the AEOF. 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.
: 3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.
ETP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 39 OF 44 PROO035M.CDR C) PTJ w ATTACHMENT 19 PAGE 2 OF 3 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS BLOCK 1 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 2 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE 5 MILES DOWNWIND AND SHELTER THE 10 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE SCHOOLS, INSTITUTIONS, RECREATION AREAS 5 MILE RADIUS. Locate the wind direction to find the app priate scenario number to use. DEGREES SCENARIO CENTERLINE SIDE FROM NUMBER SECTOR SECTOR 168.76-191.25 1 A R&B OR 191.26-213.75 B A&C 213.76-236.25 2 C B & D 236.26-258.75 3 D C & E 258.76-281.25 4 E D&F OR 281.26-303.75 F E&G 303.76-326.25 5 G F & H OR 326.26-348.75 H G&J 348.76-11.25 6 J H&K 11.26-33.75 7 K J&L 33.76-56.25 8 L K&M OR 56.26-78.75 M L&N 78.76-101.25 9 N M&P 101.26-123.75 10 P N&Q OR 123.76-146.25 Q P&R 146.26-168.75 11 R Q&A BLOCK 3 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 5 MILE RADIUS AND SHELTER THE 10 MILE RADIUS.EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 41 OF 44 ATTACHMENT 19 PAGE 3 OF 3 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS BLOCK 2 OR 4 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 5 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE 10 MILES DOWNWIND AND SHELTER THE 10 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE SCHOOLS, INSTITUTIONS, RECREATION AREAS 10 MILE RADIUS. Locate the wind direction to find the appropriate scenario number to use. DEGREES SCENARIO CENTERLINE SIDE FROM NUMBER SECTOR SECTOR 168.76-191.25 13 A R&B 191.26-213.75 14 B A&C 213.76-236.25 15 C B&D OR 236.26-258.75 D C&E 258.76-281.25 16 E D&F 281.26-303.75 17 F E&G 303.76-326.25 18 G F & H 326.26-348.75 19 H G & J 348.76-11.25 20 J H&K 11.26-33.75 21 K J&L 33.76-56.25 22 L K & M 56.26-78.75 23 M L & N 78.76-101.25 24 N M&P 101.26-123.75 25 P N&Q OR 123.76-148.25 Q P&R 148.26-168.75 26 R Q&A BLOCK 5 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 10 MILE RADIUS DEGREES SCENARIO CENTERLINE SIDE FROM NUMBER SECTOR SECTOR ANY 27 ALL ALL EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 42 OF 44 ATTACHMENT 20 PAGE 1 OF 1 LOG FORM (Typical)Date Page _ of ACTIVITY EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 43 OF 44 Name Position TIME EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 43 OF 44 Recovery Manager EOF Manager Rad. Prot. Advisor Asst. Rad. Assess. Coord. Offsite Team Coord. Rad. .ssess. Coord. Operations Advisor Admin./Logistics Advisor Communicators Status Communicator(s)
EIP-2-022       REV - 17         PAGE 38 OF 44
Tech. Advisor H4PN Communicator Admin. Support Events Information Team NRC DSO LDEQ Senior Liaison LDEQ Dose Assessment LDEQ Logistics Coord. Telecommunications Specialist NRC Environmental Dose Assess. Coord. NRC Emergency Response Coord. NRC Reactor Safety Specialist NRC Reactor Safety Coord. NRC Rx Safety Counterpart
 
[Link Comm. NRC Government Liaison Coord. NRC Government Liaison Asst. NRC Health Physics Specialist NRC Radiation Safety Coord, NRC Prot. Meas. Counterpart Link Comm. AEOF Registration Engineering Support Advisor Engineering Support ATTACHMENT 21 PAGE 1 OF 1 ALT. EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY FLOOR PLAN (SAMPLE)MAIN EN[TRANCE (FIRST FLOOR -LOADING DOCK) ITtELEPHONI.;
ATTACHMENT 18 PAGE I OF I EOF REGISTRATION ACTIVATION                         Date:                                     Actions Completed Initials
2 I BOX $ 3 6 12 18f 20( 32 A A D D r I o () ESP HCOT UNEC:: 16 15 )27 )28 ) 29 )17) )21( 22( 23( 24( 25( 26( 13)11 [ )31 )7 )10 8 19 5 19[) 2) 3) 4) 6) 7) 9 } 10) I12) 13) 14) 15) 16) 17) t8) 19) 20) 21) 22) 23) 24) 25) 26) 27) 28) 29) 30) 31) 32)SC. PPLY CABIENT 14 ISt. I PL Y CAilIN.-1 I I PR00003M.CDR EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 44 OF 44:'AD),ul 4 TELEPHONE BOX 4j1 NRC VENDING CONFERENCE ROOM ROOM i Ll
: 1. Setup an entry station in the Alternate EOF (AEOF) main entrance door.
*G12.2 3.2 ENTERGY RIVER BEND STATION STATION SUPPORT MANUAL *EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE*NO TIFICA TIONS PROCEDURE NUMBER: *E[P-2-006 REVISION NUMBER: *29 Effective Date:
: 2. Ensure AEOF access list is available.
* 1 I5 WQ02 NOTE: SIGNATURES ARE ON FILE. i acC EI VD MAY 1 5 20O2 DOCUMENT CONTROL* INDEXING INFORMATION This procedure has been reviewed for I OCFR50.59 applicability.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE Anyone not on the access list must be approved by the Recovery Manager (RM) or EOF Managerfor entry into the AEOF. NRC personnelshould present their credentials as authorizationto enter the AEOF.
I OCFR50.59 screening for the programmatic exclusion of all EIP changes, approved by the FRC on 7/10/97, concludes that further review of changes to this procedure under 1 0CFR50.59 are not required.REFERENCE USE TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE NO.1 PURPOSE .........................................................
: 1. When the individual comes through door, ensure that the individual is on the AEOF access list.
2 2 REFERENCES  
: 2. If access is through the Zachary Monitoring and Decontamination Station, ensure that individuals have "Alternate EOF Access Tags".
.....................................................
: 3. Keep the EOF Manager informed of any problems or abnormal occurrences.
2 3 D E F IN IT IO N S ..........................................................................................................................
DEACTIVATION                         Date:
2 4 RE SPO N SIB ILITY ..........................................................................................................
: 1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the AEOF.
3 5 G E N E R A L ................................................................................................................................
: 2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.
3 6 PR O C E D U R E ...........................................................................................................................
ETP-2-022       REV - 17       PAGE 39 OF 44
3 7 D O CU M EN TA TIO N .......................................................................................................
 
4 ATTACHMENT 1 -CONTROL ROOM COMMUNICATOR  
PROO035M.CDR C)
.................................................
PTJ w
5 ATTACHMENT 2 -TSC/CONTROL ROOM COMMUNICATOR  
 
........................................
ATTACHMENT 19 PAGE 2 OF 3 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS BLOCK 1 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 2 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE 5 MILES DOWNWIND AND SHELTER THE 10 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE SCHOOLS, INSTITUTIONS, RECREATION AREAS 5 MILE RADIUS.
7 ATTACHMENT 3 -NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORMS ......................................................
Locate the wind direction to find the app priate scenario number to use.
8 ATTACHMENT 4 -GUIDELINES FOR COMPLETING THE LONG, NMF ........................
DEGREES               SCENARIO         CENTERLINE                     SIDE FROM                 NUMBER               SECTOR                   SECTOR 168.76-191.25                 1                   A                     R&B OR 191.26-213.75                                     B                     A&C 213.76-236.25                 2                   C                     B &D 236.26-258.75                 3                   D                     C &E 258.76-281.25                 4                   E                     D&F OR 281.26-303.75                                     F                     E&G 303.76-326.25                 5                   G                     F &H OR 326.26-348.75                                     H                     G&J 348.76-11.25                 6                   J                     H&K 11.26-33.75                 7                   K                     J&L 33.76-56.25                 8                   L                     K&M OR 56.26-78.75                                     M                     L&N 78.76-101.25                 9                   N                     M&P 101.26-123.75                 10                 P                     N&Q OR 123.76-146.25                                     Q                     P&R 146.26-168.75                 11                 R                     Q&A BLOCK 3 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 5 MILE RADIUS AND SHELTER THE 10 MILE RADIUS.
9 ATTACHMENT 5 -NMF VERIFICATION CHECKLIST  
EIP-2-022       REV - 17         PAGE 41 OF 44
......................................................
 
10 ATTACHMENT 6 -PAR VERIFICATION CHECKLIST  
ATTACHMENT 19 PAGE 3 OF 3 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS BLOCK 2 OR 4 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 5 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE 10 MILES DOWNWIND AND SHELTER THE 10 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE SCHOOLS, INSTITUTIONS, RECREATION AREAS 10 MILE RADIUS.
..........................................................
Locate the wind direction to find the appropriate scenario number to use.
11 ATTACHMENT 7 -ACTIVATION OF THE ERO .................................................................
DEGREES                 SCENARIO               CENTERLINE               SIDE FROM                   NUMBER                   SECTOR               SECTOR 168.76-191.25                   13                       A               R&B 191.26-213.75                   14                       B               A&C 213.76-236.25                   15                       C               B&D OR 236.26-258.75                                           D               C&E 258.76-281.25                   16                       E               D&F 281.26-303.75                   17                       F               E&G 303.76-326.25                   18                       G               F &H 326.26-348.75                   19                       H               G &J 348.76-11.25                   20                       J               H&K 11.26-33.75                   21                       K                 J&L 33.76-56.25                   22                       L               K &M 56.26-78.75                   23                       M               L &N 78.76-101.25                   24                       N               M&P 101.26-123.75                   25                       P               N&Q OR 123.76-148.25                                           Q               P&R 148.26-168.75                   26                       R               Q&A BLOCK 5 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 10 MILE RADIUS DEGREES                   SCENARIO                   CENTERLINE             SIDE FROM                     NUMBER                       SECTOR           SECTOR ANY                         27                         ALL               ALL EIP-2-022         REV - 17         PAGE 42 OF 44
12 EIP-2-006 REV-29 PAGE1OF14 EIP-2-006 REV -29 PAGE 1 OF 14 1 PURPOSE This procedure provides instructions for notifying offsite authorities and activating the River Bend Station Emergency Response Organization.
 
2 REFERENCES 2.1 Emergency Telephone Book 3 DEFINITIONS 3.1 Radioactive release -For the purpose of offsite notifications, and discussions with State and local authorities, a "release" will be determined to be occurring and the "Radioactive Release" on the Short and Long Notification Message Forms is marked "yes", when: 3.1.1. any one of three effluent monitors indicates a value three times the High alarm set point OR 3.1.2. any two of the three effluent monitors indicate a value equal to or greater than the High alarm set point.The three effluent monitors are: TITLE Main Plant Exhaust Stack Radwaste Vent. Exhaust Fuel Bldg. Vent. Exhaust NO. 4GE125 4GE006 4GE005 OR 3.1.3. an unmonitored release is detected at the site boundary using teams with survey instruments.
ATTACHMENT 20 PAGE 1 OF 1 LOG FORM (Typical)
3.2 Short Notification Message Form (SNMF) -Used for declaration of an emergency classification or changes to the Protective Action Recommendations (PARs). Notification must be made to State and local EIP-2-006 REV -29 PAGE 2 OF 14 authorities within approximately 15 minutes. The Short Notification Message Form contains information about the class of emergency, whether a release is taking place, potentially affected population and areas, and whether protective measures may be necessary.
Name                                      Date Position                                  Page _ of TIME      ACTIVITY EIP-2-022 REV - 17   PAGE EIP-2-022 REV 17
3.3 Long Notification Message Form (LNMF) -Used for providing State and local authorities follow-up information.
                        -       PAGE 43 43 OF OF 44 44
The LNMF is sent out as soon as possible following a SNMF. The LNMF is also sent out for any significant changes to plant conditions that do not require an emergency escalation or change in PARs. No more than 2 hours should be exceeded between any two LNMFs. 4 RESPONSIBILITY 4.1 Recovery Manager /Emergency Director (RM/ED) -ensure that notifications to State and local authorities, as well as the NRC, are completed as required by this procedure.
 
Reviews and approves the SNMF and LNMF prior to transmittal to offsite authorities.
ATTACHMENT 21 PAGE 1 OF 1 ALT. EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY FLOOR PLAN (SAMPLE)
4.2 Communicator -when directed relays information concerning station status to offsite agencies.
MAIN EN[TRANCE (FIRST FLOOR - LOADING DOCK)
Performs message verification after NMF transmittal.
ITtELEPHONI.;                  2      I
5 GENERAL NONE 6 PROCEDURE NOTE The actions of this procedure may be completed in any sequence, however, the sequence presented is recommended.
                                                    $    BOX 13*C::
6.1 Control Room Communicator EIP-2-006 REV -29 PAGE 3 OF 14 6.1.1. The Control Room Communicator should use Attachment 1 as a guideline.
[)  Recovery Manager                                                        16      15
6.2 TSC/Control Room Communicator 6.2.1. The TSC/Control Room Communicator should use Attachment 2 as a guideline.
: 2)  EOF Manager
7 DOCUMENTATION Attachments 1, 2, 5, 6, and 7 of this procedure will be sent to permanent plant files (PPF) per EPP-2-100 by the Manager -Emergency Preparedness.
: 3)  Rad. Prot. Advisor                                    3        )27                  21( )11    [  TELEPHONE
EIP-2-006 REV -29 PAGE 4 OF 14 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 1 OF 2 CONTROL ROOM COMMUNICATOR INITIAL ACTIONS Date: Time: Action Completed Initials 1. Ensure that the Emergency Support Package (ESP) Computer has control and is ready for message preparation and transmission.
: 4)    Asst. Rad. Assess. Coord.                             6        )28                      )31          BOX Offsite Team Coord.
22(
12        ) 29                23( )7
: 6)   Rad. .ssess. Coord.
7) 9 }
Operations Advisor Admin./Logistics Advisor Communicators i
Ll 18f 20(
                                                                      )17 24(
25(
                                                                                                  )10 4j1
: 10) Status Communicator(s)                                                             26(  8 Tech. Advisor I12) H4PN Communicator                                  32        )                         19
: 13)                                                               )                   13 Admin. Support
: 14) Events Information Team
: 15) NRC DSO
: 16) LDEQ Senior Liaison
: 17) LDEQ Dose Assessment                      A A D D t8) LDEQ Logistics Coord.                      r I
: 19) Telecommunications Specialist            o ()    5
: 20)   NRC Environmental Dose Assess. Coord.      ESP HCOT  19
: 21)   NRC Emergency Response Coord.            UNE
: 22)   NRC Reactor Safety Specialist
: 23)   NRC Reactor Safety Coord.
: 24)  NRC Rx Safety Counterpart [Link Comm.    :'AD),ul  4                      14 25) 26)
NRC Government Liaison Coord.
NRC Government Liaison Asst.
SC.PPLY CABIENT     ISt. I PL Y
CAilIN.-1 I             I
: 27)   NRC Health Physics Specialist
: 28)  NRC Radiation Safety Coord,
: 29)  NRC Prot. Meas. Counterpart Link Comm.
: 30)  AEOF Registration
: 31)  Engineering Support Advisor                            NRC                            VENDING
: 32)  Engineering Support                            CONFERENCE                                  ROOM ROOM PR00003M.CDR EIP-2-022      REV - 17                PAGE 44 OF 44
 
                                                                                      *G12. 2 3.2 ENTERGY RIVER BEND STATION STATION SUPPORT MANUAL
                            *EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE
                                        *NOTIFICA TIONS PROCEDURE NUMBER:                            *E[P-2-006 REVISION NUMBER:                              *29
* 1I5 WQ02 Effective Date:
i            VD acC EI NOTE: SIGNATURES ARE ON FILE.
MAY 1 5 20O2 DOCUMENT CONTROL
* INDEXING INFORMATION This procedure has been reviewed for I OCFR50.59 applicability.
I OCFR50.59 screening for the programmatic exclusion of all EIP changes, approved by the FRC on 7/10/97, concludes that further review of changes to this procedure under 10CFR50.59 are not required.
REFERENCE USE
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION                                                                                                                                     PAGE NO.
1 PURPOSE                                           .........................................................                                   2 2 REFERENCES .....................................................                                                                             2 3 DE F INIT IO N S .......................................................................................................................... 2 4 RE SPO N SIB ILITY ..........................................................................................................                 3 5 GE NE RA L ................................................................................................................................ 3 6 PR OC E D U R E ........................................................................................................................... 3 7 DO CU MEN TA TIO N .......................................................................................................                   4 ATTACHMENT 1 - CONTROL ROOM COMMUNICATOR .................................................                                                       5 ATTACHMENT 2 - TSC/CONTROL ROOM COMMUNICATOR ........................................                                                           7 ATTACHMENT 3 - NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORMS ......................................................                                                 8 ATTACHMENT 4 - GUIDELINES FOR COMPLETING THE LONG, NMF ........................ 9 ATTACHMENT 5 - NMF VERIFICATION CHECKLIST ......................................................                                               10 ATTACHMENT 6 - PAR VERIFICATION CHECKLIST ..........................................................                                           11 ATTACHMENT 7 - ACTIVATION OF THE ERO .................................................................                                         12 EIP-2-006                     REV - 29                   PAGE 1 OF 14 EIP-2-006                     REV-29                     PAGE1OF14
 
1 PURPOSE This procedure provides instructions for notifying offsite authorities and activating the River Bend Station Emergency Response Organization.
2 REFERENCES 2.1     Emergency Telephone Book 3 DEFINITIONS 3.1     Radioactive release - For the purpose of offsite notifications, and discussions with State and local authorities, a "release" will be determined to be occurring and the "Radioactive Release" on the Short and Long Notification Message Forms is marked "yes", when:
3.1.1. any one of three effluent monitors indicates a value three times the High alarm set point OR 3.1.2. any two of the three effluent monitors indicate a value equal to or greater than the High alarm set point.
The three effluent monitors are:
TITLE                     NO.
Main Plant Exhaust Stack         4GE125 Radwaste Vent. Exhaust           4GE006 Fuel Bldg. Vent. Exhaust         4GE005 OR 3.1.3. an unmonitored release is detected at the site boundary using teams with survey instruments.
3.2     Short Notification Message Form (SNMF) - Used for declaration of an emergency classification or changes to the Protective Action Recommendations (PARs). Notification must be made to State and local EIP-2-006           REV - 29     PAGE 2 OF 14
 
authorities within approximately 15 minutes. The Short Notification Message Form contains information about the class of emergency, whether a release is taking place, potentially affected population and areas, and whether protective measures may be necessary.
3.3 Long Notification Message Form (LNMF) - Used for providing State and local authorities follow-up information. The LNMF is sent out as soon as possible following a SNMF. The LNMF is also sent out for any significant changes to plant conditions that do not require an emergency escalation or change in PARs. No more than 2 hours should be exceeded between any two LNMFs.
4 RESPONSIBILITY 4.1 Recovery Manager /Emergency Director (RM/ED) - ensure that notifications to State and local authorities, as well as the NRC, are completed as required by this procedure. Reviews and approves the SNMF and LNMF prior to transmittal to offsite authorities.
4.2 Communicator -when directed relays information concerning station status to offsite agencies. Performs message verification after NMF transmittal.
5 GENERAL NONE 6 PROCEDURE NOTE The actions of this proceduremay be completed in any sequence, however, the sequence presented is recommended.
6.1 Control Room Communicator EIP-2-006         REV - 29       PAGE 3 OF 14
 
6.1.1. The Control Room Communicator should use Attachment 1 as a guideline.
6.2     TSC/Control Room Communicator 6.2.1. The TSC/Control Room Communicator should use Attachment 2 as a guideline.
7 DOCUMENTATION Attachments 1, 2, 5, 6, and 7 of this procedure will be sent to permanent plant files (PPF) per EPP-2-100 by the Manager - Emergency Preparedness.
EIP-2-006        REV - 29        PAGE 4 OF 14
 
ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 1 OF 2 CONTROL ROOM COMMUNICATOR INITIAL ACTIONS                        Date:              Time:                        Action Completed Initials
: 1. Ensure that the Emergency Support Package (ESP) Computer has control and is ready for message preparation and transmission.
: 2. Receive notification form from RM/ED for offsite notifications.
: 2. Receive notification form from RM/ED for offsite notifications.
: 3. Make the following offsite notifications:
: 3. Make the following offsite notifications:
3.1 If time is short, first make notification of the emergency to the State and local authorities within 15 minutes of the declaration using the SNMF. 3.2 Activate the Emergency Response Organization.
3.1     If time is short, first make notification of the emergency to the State and local authorities within 15 minutes of the declaration using the SNMF.
Perform this function by using a copy of Attachment
3.2     Activate the Emergency Response Organization. Perform this function by using a copy of Attachment 7.
: 7. 4. Verify SNMF receipt by State and local authorities, using the State and Local Hot Line. Fill out a new NMF Verification Checklist (Attachment
: 4. Verify SNMF receipt by State and local authorities, using the State and Local Hot Line. Fill out a new NMF Verification Checklist (Attachment 5) for each message sent.
: 5) for each message sent. 4.1 If an agency has not received the message, obtain message receipt verification from the other agencies, and re-transmit the message (ESP Computer) to the non-receiving party. 4.2 If the message is still not received, read it to the agency (s) line by line. Message may be faxed as necessary.
4.1     If an agency has not received the message, obtain message receipt verification from the other agencies, and re-transmit the message (ESP Computer) to the non-receiving party.
4.3 If no contact is made with the location on the Hot Line, call the location on the commercial telephone to verify receipt of message. If commercial telephones are inoperable, the Civil Defense radio may be used. 5. If a General Emergency has been declared and Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) are being issued from the Control Room: 5.1 During the verification of message receipt on the Hot Line, inform LOEP and the Parish EOCs that you will call them back in five minutes for PAR confirmation.
4.2     If the message is still not received, read it to the agency (s) line by line.
5.2 After five minutes, contact LOEP and the five Parish EOCs. Using Attachment 6, verify that the Directors or the Assistant Directors of all Parishes and the Operations Officer at LOEP are on the Hot Line. 5.3 When verified on Hot Line, request the RM/ED to pick up the Hot Line for PAR verification and give the RM/ED the PAR Verification Checklist, Attachment 6.EIP-2-006 REV -29 PAGE 5 OF 14 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 2 OF 2 CONTROL ROOM COMMUNICATOR
Message may be faxed as necessary.
4.3     If no contact is made with the location on the Hot Line, call the location on the commercial telephone to verify receipt of message. If commercial telephones are inoperable, the Civil Defense radio may be used.
: 5. If a General Emergency has been declared and Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) are being issued from the Control Room:
5.1     During the verification of message receipt on the Hot Line, inform LOEP and the Parish EOCs that you will call them back in five minutes for PAR confirmation.
5.2     After five minutes, contact LOEP and the five Parish EOCs. Using Attachment 6, verify that the Directors or the Assistant Directors of all Parishes and the Operations Officer at LOEP are on the Hot Line.
5.3     When verified on Hot Line, request the RM/ED to pick up the Hot Line for PAR verification and give the RM/ED the PAR Verification Checklist, Attachment 6.
EIP-2-006         REV - 29         PAGE 5 OF 14
 
ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 2 OF 2 CONTROL ROOM COMMUNICATOR
: 6. Notify the NRC of the emergency after notifying the State and local authorities and no later than one hour after the declaration of the emergency.
: 6. Notify the NRC of the emergency after notifying the State and local authorities and no later than one hour after the declaration of the emergency.
The NRC Operations Center phone numbers are 1-301-816-5100 (main) and 1-301-951-0550 or 1-301-415-0550 (backups).
The NRC Operations Center phone numbers are 1-301-816-5100 (main) and 1-301-951-0550 or 1-301-415-0550 (backups).
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Make follow-up notifications to State and local authorities and the NRC as directed by the RM/ED. Verify receipt of each NMF using a new NMF Verification Checklist (Attachment 5). 1.1 Offsite authorities  
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS
-Long Notification Message Forms (LNMF) should be prepared as soon as possible following a Short Notification Message Form (SNMF) or when significant changes occur that don't warrant emergency escalation.
: 1. Make follow-up notifications to State and local authorities and the NRC as directed by the RM/ED. Verify receipt of each NMF using a new NMF Verification Checklist (Attachment 5).
During extended emergencies time between LNMFs should not exceed 2 hours. Refer to Attachments 3 and 4 for details on LNMF completion.
1.1     Offsite authorities - Long Notification Message Forms (LNMF) should be prepared as soon as possible following a Short Notification Message Form (SNMF) or when significant changes occur that don't warrant emergency escalation.
1.2 NRC -Update as requested.
During extended emergencies time between LNMFs should not exceed 2 hours.
Refer to Attachments 3 and 4 for details on LNMF completion.
1.2     NRC - Update as requested.
: 2. If directed by the RMiED activate the ERO pagers for a higher classification.
: 2. If directed by the RMiED activate the ERO pagers for a higher classification.
TERMINATION ACTIONS Date: Action Completed Initials 1. Upon termination of the emergency, notify State and local authorities using the LNMF, unless relieved by the TSC. 2. Upon termination, ensure that the originals of all Attachments are forwarded to the Operations Shift Manager.EIP-2-006 REV -29 PAGE 6 OF 14 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE I OF 1 TSC/CONTROL ROOM COMMUNICATOR INITIAL ACTIONS Date: Time: Action Completed Initials 1. Perform a turnover with the Control Room Communicator regarding the status of information provided to the NRC. 2. Communicate with the NRC using the ENS line. Maintain communications as requested by the NRC (LC #13626). The NRC Operations Center phone numbers are 1-301-816-5100 (main) and 1-301-951-0550 or 1-301-415-0550 (backups).
TERMINATION ACTIONS                   Date:                                       Action Completed Initials
SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Provide the NRC with information updates as requested.
: 1. Upon termination of the emergency, notify State and local authorities using the LNMF, unless relieved by the TSC.
: 2. Upon termination, ensure that the originals of all Attachments are forwarded to the Operations Shift Manager.
EIP-2-006         REV - 29       PAGE 6 OF 14
 
ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE I OF 1 TSC/CONTROL ROOM COMMUNICATOR INITIAL ACTIONS                     Date:             Time:                 Action Completed Initials
: 1. Perform a turnover with the Control Room Communicator regarding the status of information provided to the NRC.
: 2. Communicate with the NRC using the ENS line. Maintain communications as requested by the NRC (LC #13626). The NRC Operations Center phone numbers are 1-301-816-5100 (main) and 1-301-951-0550 or 1-301-415-0550 (backups).
SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS
: 1. Provide the NRC with information updates as requested.
: 2. When relieved of ENS responsibilities by the ENS Communicator, establish communications on the status headset with the TSC Operations Support Coordinator and EOF Operations Advisor.
: 2. When relieved of ENS responsibilities by the ENS Communicator, establish communications on the status headset with the TSC Operations Support Coordinator and EOF Operations Advisor.
: 3. Ensure that the Operations Support Coordinator and the Operations Advisor are kept informed on plant conditions, evolutions, equipment status, medical emergencies, fire emergencies, hazardous material emergencies and any other information as necessary or as requested.
: 3. Ensure that the Operations Support Coordinator and the Operations Advisor are kept informed on plant conditions, evolutions, equipment status, medical emergencies, fire emergencies, hazardous material emergencies and any other information as necessary or as requested.
TERMINATION ACTIONS Date: Action Completed Initials 1. Upon termination, ensure that the originals of all Attachments are forwarded to the Operations Shift Manager.EIP-2-006 REV -29 PAGE 7 OF 14 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE I OF I NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORMS NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM 1. THIS IS RIVER BEND NUCLEAR STATION B. COMM: (NAME)WITH MESSAGE NUMBER C. TEL. NO: 7. REACTOR SHUT)DOWVN?
TERMINATION ACTIONS                 Date:                                     Action Completed Initials
El NO E YES Time/Date:
: 1. Upon termination, ensure that the originals of all Attachments are forwarded to the Operations Shift Manager.
MPH El None E Rain El Sleet El Snowv El Hail E Other 9. RELEASE INFORMATION:
EIP-2-006       REV - 29         PAGE 7 OF 14
A. El No Release (Go to item 13)C. E A RF.LF.ASE.
 
OCCURRED BUT STOPPED; Duration hr_. Release Stopped at hrs.B. El A RELEASE IS OCCURRING:
ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE I OF I NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORMS NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM
Expected Duration hrs. Release Started at brs.10. TYPE OF RELEASE: A. E Radioactive Gases 11. RELEASE RATE: B. El' Radioactive Airborne Particulates C. El Radioactve Liquids A. NOBLE GASES ll/s ESTIMATE OF PROJECTED OFF-SITE DOSE: A. Projections for _ hours based on: El Fiel B. (TEDE) NVB DOSE COMMITMENT (Rem) Site Boundary 5 miles 2 miles 10 miles MESSAGE APPROVED BY: MESSAGE RECEIVED BY: B. IODINES_ Ci/s d Data El Plant Data C. (CDE) THYROTD DOSE COMMITMENT (Rem) Site Boundary 5 miles 2 miles 10 miles TITLE: TIMP.: PROO015M.CDR EIP-2-006 REV -29 PAGE 8 OF 14 (TIME/I)ATE1 2 A.3. 4. 5. 6.EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION:
: 1. THIS IS       RIVER BEND NUCLEAR STATION                                                                       WITH MESSAGE NUMBER B. COMM:                                                     C. TEL. NO:
A. El NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT C. -' SITE AREA EMERGENCY E. El TERMINATED B. E ALERT D. Fl GENERAL EMERGENCY CURRENT EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION El DECLARATION
2    A.
=l TERMINATION Time/Date:
(TIME/I)ATE1                                                    (NAME)
/ RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS: A. El No Protective Actions Recommended At This Time (Go to item 6). 13. El EVACUATE El SHELTER INCIDENT DESCRTPTTON/UPDATE/COMMENTS:
: 3.      EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION:
: 8. METEOROLOGICAL DATA: A. Wind direction FROM Degrees at B. Sectors Affected (A-R): C. Stability Clas.s (A-G): D. Precipitation:
A. El    NOTIFICATION      OF UNUSUAL EVENT                          C.     -'    SITE AREA EMERGENCY                E. El    TERMINATED B. E      ALERT                                                      D. Fl      GENERAL EMERGENCY
12.13. 14.
: 4.      CURRENT EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION                          El    DECLARATION          =l  TERMINATION Time/Date:                  /
ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 1 OF I GUIDELINES FOR COMPLETING THE LONG NMF pgpP (-7flMM~MANUAL METHOD River Bend and Message Number automatic Assign a message number. Number the messages sequentially Line I until the emergency is terminated.
5.
2A Time/Date automatic upon transmission.
RECOMMENDED          PROTECTIVE ACTIONS:
2A Enter Time/Date message was transmitted.
A. El      No Protective Actions Recommended At This Time (Go to item 6).
2B Comm: Select facility from pull-down menu. 2B Comm.: Enter facility name. 2C Tel. No.: Indicate "Hot Line" unless alternate 2C Tel. No.: Indicate "Hot Line" unless alternate Line 2 method is being used, then enter alternate method is being used, then enter alternate method. method. Line 3 Automatic from Short Form. If termination message, Check appropriate classification or terminated.
: 13. El      EVACUATE El      SHELTER
: 6. INCIDENT DESCRTPTTON/UPDATE/COMMENTS:
: 7. REACTOR SHUT)DOWVN?                   El   NO             E     YES             Time/Date:
: 8. METEOROLOGICAL DATA:
A. Wind direction      FROM                                        Degrees at                                        MPH B. Sectors Affected (A-R):
C. Stability Clas.s (A-G):
D. Precipitation:            El None       E     Rain   El     Sleet       El   Snowv     El     Hail     E   Other
: 9. RELEASE INFORMATION:
A. El     No Release (Go to item 13)             C. E   A RF.LF.ASE. OCCURRED BUT STOPPED; Duration                                       hr_.
Release Stopped at                                                           hrs.
B. El       A RELEASE IS OCCURRING: Expected Duration                                                     hrs.
Release Started at                                                           brs.
: 10. TYPE OF RELEASE:
A. E       Radioactive Gases         B. El'   Radioactive Airborne Particulates               C. El     Radioactve Liquids
: 11. RELEASE RATE:
B. IODINES_                                          Ci/s A. NOBLE GASES                                               ll/s
: 12. ESTIMATE OF PROJECTED OFF-SITE DOSE:
A. Projections for         _       hours based on:             El   Fiel d Data            El    Plant Data B. (TEDE) NVB DOSE COMMITMENT (Rem)                                       C. (CDE) THYROTD DOSE COMMITMENT (Rem)
Site Boundary                       5 miles                              Site Boundary                          5 miles 2 miles                               10 miles                           2 miles                                  10 miles
: 13. MESSAGE APPROVED BY:                                                                          TITLE:
: 14. MESSAGE RECEIVED BY:                                                                        TIMP.:
PROO015M.CDR EIP-2-006                   REV - 29                   PAGE 8 OF 14
 
ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 1 OF I GUIDELINES FOR COMPLETING THE LONG NMF pgpP (-7flMM~                                         MANUAL METHOD River Bend and Message Number automatic                   Assign a message number. Number the messages sequentially Line I                                                             until the emergency is terminated.
2A Time/Date automatic upon transmission.                 2A Enter Time/Date message was transmitted.
2B Comm: Select facility from pull-down menu.             2B Comm.: Enter facility name.
2C Tel. No.: Indicate "Hot Line" unless alternate         2C Tel. No.: Indicate "Hot Line" unless alternate Line 2         method is being used, then enter alternate                 method is being used, then enter alternate method.                                                   method.
Line 3   Automatic from Short Form. If termination message,         Check appropriate classification or terminated.
check "terminated".
check "terminated".
Line 4 Automatic from Short Form. For termination,check Check either declaration or termination.
Line 4   Automatic from Short Form. For termination,check           Check either declaration or termination. Enter time/date of "termination" and enter termination time/date.             emergency declaration or termination.
Enter time/date of "termination" and enter termination time/date.
Check appropriate box(es). If PAR has been                 Check appropriate box(es). If PARs have been recommended, Line 5   recommended, select appropriate protective actions and     indicate the scenario number.
emergency declaration or termination.
indicate scenario number.
Check appropriate box(es). If PAR has been Check appropriate box(es). If PARs have been recommended, Line 5 recommended, select appropriate protective actions and indicate the scenario number. indicate scenario number. Enter description from Short Form. May add Enter description from Short Form. May add information as Line 6 information as necessary.
Enter description from Short Form. May add                 Enter description from Short Form. May add information as Line 6   information as necessary. Use this line to correct any     necessary. Use this line to correct any previous errors.
Use this line to correct any necessary.
previous errors.
Use this line to correct any previous errors. previous errors. Line 7 Indicate if the reactor is shutdown.
Line 7   Indicate if the reactor is shutdown. If yes, enter         Indicate if the reactor is shutdown. If yes, enter the time/date.
If yes, enter Indicate if the reactor is shutdown.
If yes, enter the time/date.
time/date.
time/date.
Information for Lines 8A-C can be found on Information for Lines 8A-C can be found on CADAP on the CADAP on the "values" screen. A backup to CADAP "values" screen. A backup to CADAP for meteorological data is Line 8 for meteorological data is the meteorological tower the meteorological tower printer.
Information for Lines 8A-C can be found on                 Information for Lines 8A-C can be found on CADAP on the CADAP on the "values" screen. A backup to CADAP             "values" screen. A backup to CADAP for meteorological data is Line 8   for meteorological data is the meteorological tower         the meteorological tower printer.
printer. 8A -Enter wind direction and speed. 8A -Enter wind direction and speed. 8B -Enter the affected sectors according to the 8B -Enter the affected sectors according to the current wind direction.
printer.                                                   8A - Enter wind direction and speed.
current wind direction.
8A - Enter wind direction and speed.                       8B - Enter the affected sectors according to the 8B - Enter the affected sectors according to the                   current wind direction.
SC -Enter stability class. 8C -Enter stability class. 8D -Check appropriate box. 8D -Check appropriate box. NOTE: 8A-C are automatically completed when dose data is imported from CADAP. Determine if there is a release. Determine if there is a release.
current wind direction.                               SC - Enter stability class.
9A If no release, check block A and proceed to 9A If no release, check block A and proceed to line 13. line 13. Line 9 9B/C If release has occurred or is occurring, 9B/C If release has occurred or is occurring, check B or C as appropriate and enter check B or C as appropriate and enter duration and time release started/stopped.
8C - Enter stability class.                                 8D - Check appropriate box.
duration and time release started/stopped.
8D - Check appropriate box.
When checking B & C, be sure to import When checking B & C, be sure to import appropriate dose data. appropriate dose data. Indicate the type of release. If there is no core damage, Indicate the type of release. If there is no core damage, check Line 10 check 10A. If there is clad damage or fuel melt, check 10A. If there is clad damage or fuel melt, check 10A & 10B. If I0A & lOB. If the release is a liquid release, check 1OC. the release is a liquid release, check 10C. Line 11 Imported from CADAP Enter release rate. DRMS provides release rates in uCi/sec.
NOTE: 8A-C are automatically completed when dose data is imported from CADAP.
Determine if there is a release.                           Determine if there is a release.
9A If no release, check block A and proceed to             9A If no release, check block A and proceed to line 13.                                                   line 13.
Line 9   9B/C If release has occurred or is occurring,             9B/C If release has occurred or is occurring, check B or C as appropriate and enter                       check B or C as appropriate and enter duration and time release started/stopped.                 duration and time release started/stopped.
When checking B & C, be sure to import                     When checking B & C, be sure to import appropriate dose data.                                     appropriate dose data.
Indicate the type of release. If there is no core damage, Indicate the type of release. If there is no core damage, check Line 10 check 10A. If there is clad damage or fuel melt, check     10A. If there is clad damage or fuel melt, check 10A & 10B. If I0A & lOB. If the release is a liquid release, check 1OC. the release is a liquid release, check 10C.
Line 11 Imported from CADAP                                       Enter release rate. DRMS provides release rates in uCi/sec.
These rates must be converted to Ci/sec. CADAP also provides this information through Notepad.
These rates must be converted to Ci/sec. CADAP also provides this information through Notepad.
12A Enter numbers of hours used and method 12A Enter numbers of hours used and method Line 12 used in dose calculation.
12A Enter numbers of hours used and method                 12A Enter numbers of hours used and method Line 12         used in dose calculation.                                   used in dose calculation.
used in dose calculation.
12B Import from CADAP.                                     12B Obtain from CADAP results.
12B Import from CADAP. 12B Obtain from CADAP results.
Line 13 Enter Recovery Manager's name and "RMIED" as title.         Enter Recovery Manager's name and "RM/ED" as title. RM RM must review and approve NMFs prior to                   must review and approve NMFs prior to transmission.
Line 13 Enter Recovery Manager's name and "RMIED" as title. Enter Recovery Manager's name and "RM/ED" as title. RM RM must review and approve NMFs prior to must review and approve NMFs prior to transmission.
transmission.
transmission.
Line 14 Leave blank. For use by parishes.
Line 14 Leave blank. For use by parishes.                           Leave blank. For use by parishes.
Leave blank. For use by parishes.EIP-2-006 REV -29 PAGE 9 OF 14 ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE I OF I NMF VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Ensure at least one of the agencies in each of the following rows receives the message.
EIP-2-006               REV - 29         PAGE 9 OF 14
MESSAGE #FACILITY PHONE #Parish EOCs and LOEP Operations Officer informed of 5-minute PAR verification phone call Message Verified Communicator Signature/KCN Time/Date MSG. REC'D Hot Line # (Y'/N/NAM YES NO NA EIP-2-006 REV -29 PAGE 10 OF 14 La. Dept. of Environmental Quality 9-765-0160 371 (LDEQ) (M-F -8AM to 4PM only, LOEP will notify all other times) La. Office of Emergency Preparedness 9-925-7500 (24-hr. pt.) 361 (LOEP) (State EOC) West Feliciana Parish (WFP) EOC 9-635-4792 351 24-HR. PT. 9-635-3241 352 East Feliciana Parish (EFP) EOC 9-634-7269 341 24-HR. PT. 9-683-5459 342 Pointe Coupee Parish (PCP) EOC 9-694-9014 331 24-HR. PT. 9-694-3737 332 East Baton Rouge Parish (EBRP) EOC 9-389-2100 311 24-HR. PT. 9-389-3300 312 West Baton Rouge Parish (WBRP) EOC 9-346-1581 321 24-HR. PT. 9-343-9234 321 Mississippi Emergency Management 9-1-800-222-6362 (24 hr. pt.) 381 Agency (MEMA) 9-1-601-352-9100 (alternate)
 
Mississippi Highway Patrol (MHP) 9-1-601-987-1530 (backup) 382 1 ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE I OF 1 PAR VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Scenario # Recommended:
ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE I OF I NMF VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Ensure at least one of the agencies in each of the following rows receives the message.
Date: Communicator verifies that correct individuals are on the Hot Line by placing a check mark on the appropriate line. The RM will verify approved scenario and initial the form. WEST FELICIANA PARISH: RM Initial On Line Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO # EAST FELICIANA PARISH: Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO # POINTE COUPEE PARISH: Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO # WEST BATON ROUGE PARISH: Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO # EAST BATON ROUGE PARISH: Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO # STATE OF LOUISIANA LOEP Operations Officer Siren Sounding Time: EIP-2-006 REV -29 PAGE 11 OF 14 ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE 1 OF 3 ACTIVATION OF THE ERO NOTE If the Pager system has already been used to activate the Emergency Response Organization (ER0) at an ALERT or higher classification, any subsequent classifications do not require pacer activation.
MESSAGE #
MSG. REC'D FACILITY                                              PHONE #                Hot Line #   (Y'/N/NAM La. Dept. of Environmental Quality           9-765-0160                       371 (LDEQ) (M-F - 8AM to 4PM only, LOEP will notify all other times)
La. Office of Emergency Preparedness         9-925-7500 (24-hr. pt.)           361 (LOEP) (State EOC)
West Feliciana Parish (WFP)                   EOC             9-635-4792       351 24-HR. PT.     9-635-3241       352 East Feliciana Parish (EFP)                   EOC             9-634-7269       341 24-HR. PT.     9-683-5459       342 Pointe Coupee Parish (PCP)                   EOC             9-694-9014       331 24-HR. PT.     9-694-3737       332 East Baton Rouge Parish (EBRP)               EOC             9-389-2100       311 24-HR. PT.     9-389-3300       312 West Baton Rouge Parish (WBRP)               EOC             9-346-1581       321 24-HR. PT.     9-343-9234       321 Mississippi Emergency Management             9-1-800-222-6362 (24 hr. pt.)     381 Agency (MEMA)                                 9-1-601-352-9100 (alternate)
Mississippi Highway Patrol (MHP)             9-1-601-987-1530 (backup)         382       1 Parish EOCs and LOEP Operations Officer informed of 5-minute PAR verification phone call                                          YES    NO  NA Message Verified Communicator Signature/KCN        Time/Date EIP-2-006      REV - 29        PAGE 10 OF 14
 
ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE I OF 1 PAR VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Scenario # Recommended:                 Date:
Communicator verifies that correct individuals are on the Hot Line by placing a check mark on the appropriate line. The RM will verify approved scenario and initial the form.
WEST FELICIANA PARISH:                                             RM Initial           On Line Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #
EAST FELICIANA PARISH:
Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #
POINTE COUPEE PARISH:
Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #
WEST BATON ROUGE PARISH:
Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #
EAST BATON ROUGE PARISH:
Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #
STATE OF LOUISIANA LOEP Operations Officer Siren Sounding Time:
EIP-2-006       REV - 29       PAGE 11 OF 14
 
ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE 1 OF 3 ACTIVATION OF THE ERO NOTE If the Pagersystem has already been used to activate the Emergency Response Organization(ER0) at an ALERT or higher classification,any subsequent classificationsdo not require pacer activation.
Obtain the classification from the Operations Shift Manager.
Obtain the classification from the Operations Shift Manager.
Classification:
Classification:
: 2. Use the following to determine the Dialogics Scenario ID to be used. Dialogics Scenario ID: Notification of Unusual Event 101 Alert 102 Site Area Emergency 103 General Emergency 104 3. Dial 1131, 4345, or 5145 on the plant phone system. If the plant phone system is inoperable, dial 381-4345 or 635-5145 on a direct line. 4. Immediately upon hearing the voice prompt, enter the security code below followed by the # sign. This code is also available in the Control Room and through Emergency Preparedness.
: 2. Use the following to determine the Dialogics Scenario ID to be used.
/ / Security Code Initials Date CAUTION: If Dialogics states that the scenario is invalid, hangup and repeat steps 3 and 4. The security code was not entered quickly enough to be accepted by the system. 5. When prompted, enter the Scenario ID, from step 2 above followed by the # sign. 6. When prompted to start the scenario, immediately press 3 and #, then hangup.EIP-2-006 REV -29 PAGE 12 OF 14 ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE 2 OF 3 ACTIVATION OF THE ERO 7. Log time ERO activated.
Dialogics Scenario ID:
: 8. Verify that pagers in the Control Room have sounded within approximately 3 minutes after ERO activation time in step 7. If not, refer to page 3 of this attachment for the alternate method of activating the ERO. 9. Upon completion, notify RM/ED. Signature  
Notification of Unusual Event           101 Alert                                   102 Site Area Emergency                     103 General Emergency                       104
/ KCN Date EIP-2-006 REV -29 PAGE 13 OF 14 ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE 3 OF 3 ACTIVATION OF THE ERO Alternate Method of ERO Activation
: 3. Dial 1131, 4345, or 5145 on the plant phone system. If the plant phone system is inoperable, dial 381-4345 or 635-5145 on a direct line.
: 1. Activate the pagers by dialing 4605 or 5105 on the plant phone system. If the plant phone system is inoperable, dial 381-4605, 635-5105, or 635-6864 on a direct line. 2. Enter 2000 as the pager number. 3. Enter the four digit security code. Emergency Preparedness posts the code in the space below in the Control Room copies. / / Security Code Initials Date 4. When prompted key in the appropriate code as written from the following:
: 4. Immediately upon hearing the voice prompt, enter the security code below followed by the #
: 1) 2) 3) 4)Enter **02 Enter **03 Enter **04 Enter **05 (Notification of Unusual Event) (Alert) (Site Area Emergency) (General Emergency)
sign. This code is also available in the Control Room and through Emergency Preparedness.
: 5. When page is accepted, hang up. 6. Log time pagers activated.
                                    /             /
: 7. Verify that pagers in the Control Room have sounded within approximately 30 seconds after the time logged in step 6. If not, begin calling the ERO using the Emergency Telephone Book. 8. Upon completion, notify RMiED.Signature/KCN Date EIP-2-006 REV -29 PAGE 14 OF 14  
Security Code     Initials     Date CAUTION:
*G12.23.2 ENTERGY RIVER BEND STATION STATION SUPPORT MANUAL *EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE*CLAS$IFICAIIONACTONS PROCEDURE NUMBER: *EIEP REVISION NUMBER: *22 Effecdve Date:
If Dialogicsstates that the scenariois invalid, hangup and repeat steps 3 and 4. The security code was not entered quickly enough to be accepted by the system.
* MAY 2 1 Z002 NOTE : SIGNATURES ARE ON FILE.*TNDEXING INFORMATION RECEIVED MAY 2 1 2-OZ DOCUMENT CONTROL This procedure has been reviewed for IOCFR5O.59 applicability.
: 5. When prompted, enter the Scenario ID, from step 2 above followed by the # sign.
: 6. When prompted to start the scenario, immediately press 3 and #, then hangup.
EIP-2-006       REV - 29     PAGE 12 OF 14
 
ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE 2 OF 3 ACTIVATION OF THE ERO
: 7. Log time ERO activated.
: 8. Verify that pagers in the Control Room have sounded within approximately 3 minutes after ERO activation time in step 7.
If not, refer to page 3 of this attachment for the alternate method of activating the ERO.
: 9. Upon completion, notify RM/ED.
Signature / KCN                         Date EIP-2-006         REV - 29         PAGE 13 OF 14
 
ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE 3 OF 3 ACTIVATION OF THE ERO Alternate Method of ERO Activation
: 1. Activate the pagers by dialing 4605 or 5105 on the plant phone system. If the plant phone system is inoperable, dial 381-4605, 635-5105, or 635-6864 on a direct line.
: 2. Enter 2000 as the pager number.
: 3. Enter the four digit security code. Emergency Preparedness posts the code in the space below in the Control Room copies.
                                        /             /
Security Code         Initials     Date
: 4. When prompted key in the appropriate code as written from the following:
: 1)     Enter **02           (Notification of Unusual Event)
: 2)      Enter  **03          (Alert)
: 3)      Enter  **04          (Site Area Emergency)
: 4)      Enter  **05          (General Emergency)
: 5. When page is accepted, hang up.
: 6. Log time pagers activated.
: 7. Verify that pagers in the Control Room have sounded within approximately 30 seconds after the time logged in step 6. If not, begin calling the ERO using the Emergency Telephone Book.
: 8. Upon completion, notify RMiED.
Signature/KCN                             Date EIP-2-006       REV - 29         PAGE 14 OF 14
 
                                                                                      *G12.23.2 ENTERGY RIVER BEND STATION STATION SUPPORT MANUAL
                            *EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE
                                *CLAS$IFICAIIONACTONS PROCEDURE NUMBER:                             *EIEP REVISION NUMBER:                             *22 Effecdve Date:
* MAY 2 1 Z002 NOTE : SIGNATURES ARE ON FILE.
RECEIVED
*TNDEXING INFORMATION                                                       MAY 2 1 2-OZ DOCUMENT CONTROL This procedure has been reviewed for IOCFR5O.59 applicability.
I0CFR50.59 screening for the programmatic exclusion of all EIP changes, approved by FRC 7/10/97, concludes that farther review of changes to this procedure under IOCFR50.59 are not necessary.
I0CFR50.59 screening for the programmatic exclusion of all EIP changes, approved by FRC 7/10/97, concludes that farther review of changes to this procedure under IOCFR50.59 are not necessary.
REFERENCE USE TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE NO.1 PURPOSE .2 2 REFERENCES  
REFERENCE USE
.2 3 DEFINITIONS  
 
......................................................
TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION                                                                                                  PAGE NO.
2 4 RESPONSIBILITIES  
1 PURPOSE                                                                                               . 2 2 REFERENCES                                                                                           .2 3 DEFINITIONS ......................................................                                       2 4 RESPONSIBILITIES                                     ................................................. 3 5 GENERAL........................................................4 6 PROCEDURE ......................................................                                         4 7 DOCUMENTATION                                       ................................................. 4 ATTACHMENT 1 - NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT .............................................                   5 ATTACHMENT 2 - ALERT                                       ............................................... 7 ATTACHMENT 3 - SITE AREA/GENERAL EMERGENCY .............................................                   10 ATTACHMENT 4 - SIREN CONTROL ENABLE FROM THE CONTROL ROOM ........... 13 ATTACHMENT 5 - TOXIC GAS RELEASE CHECKLIST ...............................................                 15 EIP-2-002                   REV - 22         PAGE 1 OF 16
.................................................
 
3 5 GENERAL........................................................4 6 PROCEDURE  
1 PURPOSE This procedure describes the actions to be taken by the Recovery Manager/Emergency Director when an emergency condition has been classified as a Notification of Unusual Event (NOUE), Alert, Site Area or General Emergency, per EIP-2-001, Classification of Emergencies.
......................................................
2 REFERENCES 2.1     ADM-0060, First Responder Emergencies 2.2     EIP-2-001, Classification of Emergencies 2.3     EIP-2-006, Notifications 2.4     EIP-2-007, Protective Action Recommendation Guidelines 2.5     EIP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls 2.6     EIP-2-014, Offsite Radiological Monitoring 2.7     EIP-2-024, Offsite Dose Calculations 2.8     EIP-2-026, Evacuation, Personnel Accountability, and Search and Rescue 2.9     EIP-2-028, Recovery 2.10   EPP-2-100, Procedure Review, Revision, and Approval 2.11   FPP-00 10, Fire Fighting Procedure 2.12   RBNP-035, Hazardous Material Emergency Response Plan 3 DEFINITIONS 3.1   Augmentation - Actions taken to support onshift personnel or the Emergency Response Organization.
4 7 DOCUMENTATION  
EIP-2-002       REV -22         PAGE 22 OF 16 EIP-2-002       REV -22         PAGE OF 16
.................................................
 
4 ATTACHMENT 1 -NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT .............................................
4 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 Shift Manager:
5 ATTACHMENT 2 -ALERT ...............................................
4.1.1. assume the responsibilities and authority of the Recovery Manager and Emergency Director until properly relieved or until the emergency situation is terminated.
7 ATTACHMENT 3 -SITE AREA/GENERAL EMERGENCY  
.............................................
10 ATTACHMENT 4 -SIREN CONTROL ENABLE FROM THE CONTROL ROOM ...........
13 ATTACHMENT 5 -TOXIC GAS RELEASE CHECKLIST  
...............................................
15 EIP-2-002 REV -22 PAGE 1 OF 16 SECTION 1 PURPOSE This procedure describes the actions to be taken by the Recovery Manager/Emergency Director when an emergency condition has been classified as a Notification of Unusual Event (NOUE), Alert, Site Area or General Emergency, per EIP-2-001, Classification of Emergencies.
2 REFERENCES 2.1 ADM-0060, First Responder Emergencies 2.2 EIP-2-001, Classification of Emergencies 2.3 EIP-2-006, Notifications 2.4 EIP-2-007, Protective Action Recommendation Guidelines 2.5 EIP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls 2.6 EIP-2-014, Offsite Radiological Monitoring 2.7 EIP-2-024, Offsite Dose Calculations 2.8 EIP-2-026, Evacuation, Personnel Accountability, and Search and Rescue 2.9 EIP-2-028, Recovery 2.10 EPP-2-100, Procedure Review, Revision, and Approval 2.11 FPP-00 10, Fire Fighting Procedure 2.12 RBNP-035, Hazardous Material Emergency Response Plan 3 DEFINITIONS 3.1 Augmentation  
-Actions taken to support onshift personnel or the Emergency Response Organization.
EIP-2-002 REV -22 PAGE 2 OF 16 PAGE 2 OF 16 EIP-2-002 REV -22 4 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 Shift Manager: 4.1.1. assume the responsibilities and authority of the Recovery Manager and Emergency Director until properly relieved or until the emergency situation is terminated.
4.1.2. decide the Severe Accident Procedure mitigation strategy when applicable.
4.1.2. decide the Severe Accident Procedure mitigation strategy when applicable.
4.1.3. continue Shift Manager responsibilities, after being relieved or on termination of the emergency.
4.1.3. continue Shift Manager responsibilities, after being relieved or on termination of the emergency.
4.2 Recovery Manager: 4.2.1. provide overall management of River Bend Station (RBS) response activities.
4.2 Recovery Manager:
4.2.1. provide overall management of River Bend Station (RBS) response activities.
4.2.2. provide notifications and make protective action recommendations to offsite authorities.
4.2.2. provide notifications and make protective action recommendations to offsite authorities.
4.2.3. coordinate RBS response activities as required with offsite organizations.
4.2.3. coordinate RBS response activities as required with offsite organizations.
Line 1,313: Line 2,488:
4.2.6. establish a Recovery Organization.
4.2.6. establish a Recovery Organization.
4.2.7. terminate the emergency.
4.2.7. terminate the emergency.
4.3 Emergency Director:
4.3 Emergency Director:
4.3.1. assess and classify emergency conditions.
4.3.1. assess and classify emergency conditions.
4.3.2. authorize doses in excess of 10CFR20 limits. 4.3.3. direct onsite activities in support of the Control Room. 4.3.4. authorize departures from license conditions or Technical Specifications in accordance with 10 CFR 50.54 (x).ETP-2-002 REV -22 PAGE 3 OF 16 EIP-2-0)02 REV -22 PAGE 3 OF 16 4.3.5. determine need for onsite evacuation, personnel accountability, and implement search and rescue as required.
4.3.2. authorize doses in excess of 10CFR20 limits.
5 GENERAL NONE 6 PROCEDURE NOTE The actions of this procedure may be completed in any sequence, however, the sequence presented is recommended.
4.3.3. direct onsite activities in support of the Control Room.
NOTE If the Control Room is evacuated, the Shift Manager, designated Communicator, and Chemistry Technician shall report to the TSC with their binders to perform the actions of this procedure.
4.3.4. authorize departures from license conditions or Technical Specifications in accordance with 10 CFR 50.54 (x).
6.1 NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT -The Recovery Manager and Emergency Director should use Attachment 1 as a guideline.
EIP-2-0)02        REV - 22       PAGE 33 OF   16 ETP-2-002          REV 22-         PAGE OF 16
6.2 ALERT EMERGENCY  
 
-The Recovery Manager and Emergency Director should use Attachment 2 as a guideline.
4.3.5.     determine need for onsite evacuation, personnel accountability, and implement search and rescue as required.
6.3 SITE AREA EMERGENCY OR GENERAL EMERGENCY  
5 GENERAL NONE 6 PROCEDURE NOTE The actions of this proceduremay be completed in any sequence, however, the sequence presented is recommended.
-The Recovery Manager and Emergency Director should use Attachment 3 as a guideline.
NOTE If the ControlRoom is evacuated, the Shift Manager, designated Communicator,and Chemistry Technician shall report to the TSC with their binders to perform the actions of this procedure.
7 DOCUMENTATION 7.1 Attachments 1 -3 and 5 -8 of this procedure will be sent to Permanent Plant Files (PPF) per EPP 100 by the Manager -Emergency Preparedness.
6.1 NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT - The Recovery Manager and Emergency Director should use Attachment 1 as a guideline.
ETP-2-002 REV -22 PAGE 4 OF 16 EIP-2-002 RE.V -22 PAGE 4 OF 16 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 1 OF 2 NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT INITIAL ACTIONS Date: Time: Action Completed Initials 1. Merge the Page Party/Gaitronics and make plant announcement.
6.2 ALERT EMERGENCY - The Recovery Manager and Emergency Director should use Attachment 2 as a guideline.
WARBLE tone. "Attention in the plant. An UNUSUAL EVENT has been declared due to (brief cause of emergency)." (Repeat message) WARNING If a personnel hazard is still within the Protected Area (high winds, toxic gas, armed intruders, etc...) consider delaying activation of the Emergency Response Organization pagers until the danger has passed. 2. Direct the Communicator to activate the onsite Emergency Response Organization pagers in accordance with EIP-2-006.
6.3 SITE AREA EMERGENCY OR GENERAL EMERGENCY - The Recovery Manager and Emergency Director should use Attachment 3 as a guideline.
7 DOCUMENTATION 7.1 Attachments 1 - 3 and 5 - 8 of this procedure will be sent to Permanent Plant Files (PPF) per EPP 100 by the Manager - Emergency Preparedness.
EIP-2-002       RE.V - 22       PAGE 4 OF 16 ETP-2-002       REV  - 22     PAGE 4 OF 16
 
ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 1 OF 2 NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT INITIAL ACTIONS                         Date:             Time:                     Action Completed Initials
: 1. Merge the Page Party/Gaitronics and make plant announcement.
WARBLE tone. "Attention in the plant. An UNUSUAL EVENT has been declared due to (brief cause of emergency)." (Repeat message)
WARNING If a personnel hazard is still within the Protected Area (high winds, toxic gas, armed intruders, etc...) consider delaying activation of the Emergency Response Organization pagers until the danger has passed.
: 2. Direct the Communicator to activate the onsite Emergency Response Organization pagers in accordance with EIP-2-006.
: 3. Direct the Communicator to notify the following:
: 3. Direct the Communicator to notify the following:
3.1 Offsite authorities  
3.1     Offsite authorities - Within 15 minutes of the declaration utilizing the Short Notification Message Form (SNMF).
-Within 15 minutes of the declaration utilizing the Short Notification Message Form (SNMF). 3.2 NRC -Immediately after notifying state and local authorities and no later than one hour after declaring the emergency.
3.2     NRC - Immediately after notifying state and local authorities and no later than one hour after declaring the emergency.
: 4. Evacuate onsite affected area(s), if needed, in accordance with EIP-2-026.
: 4. Evacuate onsite affected area(s), if needed, in accordance with EIP-2-026.
: 5. For toxic gas releases, refer to the actions of Attachment
: 5. For toxic gas releases, refer to the actions of Attachment 5.
: 5. SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Periodically inform plant personnel of personnel hazards, plant line-ups, corrective actions and steps taken to mitigate the emergency.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS
: 2. Invoke 10 CFR 50.54 (x) for departures from license conditions or Technical Specifications.
: 1. Periodically inform plant personnel of personnel hazards, plant line-ups, corrective actions and steps taken to mitigate the emergency.
: 3. Authorize and make log entries for all procedure deviations.
: 2.     Invoke 10 CFR 50.54 (x) for departures from license conditions or Technical Specifications.
EIP-2-002 REV -22 PAGE 5 OF 16 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 2 OF 2 NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (Cont.'d)
: 3.     Authorize and make log entries for all procedure deviations.
EIP-2-002       REV - 22         PAGE 5 OF 16
 
ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 2 OF 2 NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (Cont.'d)
: 4. Verify and update classification levels and onsite protective actions, as necessary.
: 4. Verify and update classification levels and onsite protective actions, as necessary.
: 5. If additional manpower is needed, augment the staff. 6. Direct periodic status reports to the: 6.1 Offsite authorities  
: 5. If additional manpower is needed, augment the staff.
-Long Notification Message Forms (LNMF) should be prepared as soon as possible following a Short Notification Message Form (SNMF) or when significant changes occur that don't warrant emergency escalation.
: 6. Direct periodic status reports to the:
During extended emergencies time between LNMFs should not exceed 2 hours. 6.2 NRC -Update as requested.
6.1     Offsite authorities - Long Notification Message Forms (LNMF) should be prepared as soon as possible following a Short Notification Message Form (SNMF) or when significant changes occur that don't warrant emergency escalation.
TERMINATION ACTIONS Date: Action Completed Initials 1. When NOUE conditions are no longer met, terminate the emergency.
During extended emergencies time between LNMFs should not exceed 2 hours.
6.2     NRC - Update as requested.
TERMINATION ACTIONS                   Date:                                     Action Completed Initials
: 1. When NOUE conditions are no longer met, terminate the emergency.
: 2. Direct notification of the following of the emergency termination:
: 2. Direct notification of the following of the emergency termination:
2.1 Offsite authorities  
2.1     Offsite authorities - Direct the Communicator to use the Long Notification Message Form (LNMF).
-Direct the Communicator to use the Long Notification Message Form (LNMF). 2.2 NRC 3. Announce emergency termination twice over the Gaitronics.
2.2     NRC
: 4. If activated, deactivate the OSC. 5. Forward the originals of all documents generated by implementation of this procedure to the Manager -Emergency Preparedness.
: 3. Announce emergency termination twice over the Gaitronics.
EIP-2-002 REV -22 PAGE 6 OF 16 ALERT INITIAL ACTIONS Date: Time: ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 1 OF3 Action Completed Initials 1. Merge the Page Party/Gaitronics and make plant announcement.
: 4. If activated, deactivate the OSC.
WARBLE tone. "Attention in the plant. An Alert has been declared due to (brief cause of emergency).
: 5. Forward the originals of all documents generated by implementation of this procedure to the Manager - Emergency Preparedness.
Activate all Emergency Response Facilities.
EIP-2-002         REV - 22     PAGE 6 OF 16
Escort all visitors to the Primary Access Point." (Repeat message) 2. For toxic gas releases, refer to the actions of Attachment 5.3. Direct the Communicator to activate the onsite Emergency Response Organization pagers in accordance with EIP-2-006.
 
ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 1 OF3 ALERT INITIAL ACTIONS                       Date:               Time:                     Action Completed Initials
: 1. Merge the Page Party/Gaitronics and make plant announcement.
WARBLE tone. "Attention in the plant. An Alert has been declared due to (brief cause of emergency). Activate all Emergency Response Facilities.
Escort all visitors to the Primary Access Point." (Repeat message)
: 2. For toxic gas releases, refer to the actions of Attachment 5.
WARNING If a personnel hazard is still within the Protected Area (high winds, toxic gas, armed intruders, etc...) consider delaying activation of the Emergency Response Organization pagers until the danger has passed.
: 3. Direct the Communicator to activate the onsite Emergency Response Organization pagers in accordance with EIP-2-006.
: 4. Direct the Communicator to notify the following:
: 4. Direct the Communicator to notify the following:
4.1 Offsite authorities  
4.1     Offsite authorities - Within 15 minutes of the declaration utilizing the Short Notification Message Form (SNMF).
-Within 15 minutes of the declaration utilizing the Short Notification Message Form (SNMF). 4.2 NRC -Immediately after notifying state and local authorities and no later than one hour after declaring the emergency.
4.2     NRC - Immediately after notifying state and local authorities and no later than one hour after declaring the emergency.
: 5. Evacuate onsite affected area(s), if needed, in accordance with EIP-2-026.
: 5. Evacuate onsite affected area(s), if needed, in accordance with EIP-2-026.
: 6. Dispatch personnel to sample and evaluate release of radioactive materials in accordance with EIP-2-014, as necessary.
: 6. Dispatch personnel to sample and evaluate release of radioactive materials in accordance with EIP-2-014, as necessary.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Direct a chemistry technician to activate the Emergency Response Data System (ERDS). Must be performed within 1 hour of an ALERT or higher emergency classification.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS
EIP-2-002 RV2 AEO1 WARNING If a personnel hazard is still within the Protected Area (high winds, toxic gas, armed intruders, etc...) consider delaying activation of the Emergency Response Organization pagers until the danger has passed.REV -22 PAGE 7 OF 16 EIP-2-002 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 2 OF 3 ALERT SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (Cont.'d)
: 1. Direct a chemistry technician to activate the Emergency Response Data System (ERDS). Must be performed within 1 hour of an ALERT or higher emergency classification.
: 2. If desired, direct Security Shift Supervisor to perform a precautionary notification of all non-essential personnel, visitors, contractor personnel, and members of the public in the Owner Controlled Area. 3. Periodically inform plant personnel of personnel hazards, plant line-ups, corrective actions and steps taken to mitigate the emergency.
EIP-2-002         REV - 22       PAGE AEO17 OF 16 EIP-2-002         RV2
NOTE Ultimate authority for invoking 10 CFR 50.54(x) resides with the Emergency Director.
 
If timely response precludes Emergency Director authorization, the minimal authority is an onshift licensed SRO. 4. Authorize and make log entries for all procedure deviations.
ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 2 OF 3 ALERT SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (Cont.'d)
: 2. If desired, direct Security Shift Supervisor to perform a precautionary notification of all non-essential personnel, visitors, contractor personnel, and members of the public in the Owner Controlled Area.
: 3. Periodically inform plant personnel of personnel hazards, plant line-ups, corrective actions and steps taken to mitigate the emergency.
NOTE Ultimate authorityfor invoking 10 CFR 50.54(x) resides with the Emergency Director. If timely responseprecludes Emergency Directorauthorization, the minimal authority is an onshift licensed SRO.
: 4. Authorize and make log entries for all procedure deviations.
: 5. Verify and update classification levels and onsite protective actions, as necessary.
: 5. Verify and update classification levels and onsite protective actions, as necessary.
: 6. Direct periodic status reports to the: 6.1 Offsite authorities  
: 6. Direct periodic status reports to the:
-Long Notification Message Forms (LNMF) should be prepared as soon as possible following a Short Notification Message Form (SNMF) or when significant changes occur that do not warrant emergency escalation.
6.1     Offsite authorities - Long Notification Message Forms (LNMF) should be prepared as soon as possible following a Short Notification Message Form (SNMF) or when significant changes occur that do not warrant emergency escalation.
During extended emergencies time between LNMFs should not exceed 2 hours. 6.2 NRC -Update as requested.
During extended emergencies time between LNMFs should not exceed 2 hours.
TERMINATION ACTIONS Date: Action Completed Initials 1. Terminate the emergency when the ALERT conditions are no longer met and the following have been accomplished:
6.2     NRC - Update as requested.
1.1 The plant is in a stable condition.
TERMINATION ACTIONS                   Date:                                         Action Completed Initials
1.2 Excessive releases of radioactivity to the environment have been terminated and no further potential for significant radioactivity releases exists. 1.3 No further potential for major damage to equipment exists.EIP-2-002 REV-22 PAGE8OF16 EIP-2-002 REV -22 PAGE 8 OF 16 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 3 OF 3 ALERT TERMINATION ACTIONS (Cont'd) 2. Direct the notification of the following of the emergency termination:
: 1. Terminate the emergency when the ALERT conditions are no longer met and the following have been accomplished:
2.1 Offsite authorities  
1.1     The plant is in a stable condition.
-Direct the Communicator to use the Long Notification Message Form (LNMF). 2.2 NRC 3. Announce emergency termination twice over the Gaitronics.
1.2     Excessive releases of radioactivity to the environment have been terminated and no further potential for significant radioactivity releases exists.
1.3     No further potential for major damage to equipment exists.
EIP-2-002         REV - 22       PAGE 8 OF 16 EIP-2-002         REV-22         PAGE8OF16
 
ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 3 OF 3 ALERT TERMINATION ACTIONS (Cont'd)                                               Action Completed Initials
: 2. Direct the notification of the following of the emergency termination:
2.1     Offsite authorities - Direct the Communicator to use the Long Notification Message Form (LNMF).
2.2     NRC
: 3. Announce emergency termination twice over the Gaitronics.
: 4. Direct the emergency facilities to deactivate.
: 4. Direct the emergency facilities to deactivate.
: 5. Obtain concurrence from the NRC and deactivate the Emergency Response Data System (ERDS). 6. Forward the originals of all documents generated by the implementation of this procedure to the Manager -Emergency Preparedness.
: 5. Obtain concurrence from the NRC and deactivate the Emergency Response Data System (ERDS).
Action Completed Initials EIP-2-002 REV -22 PAGE 90F 16 EIP-2-002 REV -22 PAGE 9 OF 16 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 1 OF 3 SITE AREA/GENERAL EMERGENCY INITIAL ACTIONS Date: Time: Action Completed Initials I. Merge the Page Party/Gaitronics and make plant announcement.
: 6. Forward the originals of all documents generated by the implementation of this procedure to the Manager - Emergency Preparedness.
EIP-2-002         REV - 22       PAGE 9 OF 16 EIP-2-002         REV -22       PAGE 90F 16
 
ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 1 OF 3 SITE AREA/GENERAL EMERGENCY INITIAL ACTIONS             Date:             Time:                                 Action Completed Initials I. Merge the Page Party/Gaitronics and make plant announcement.
WARBLE tone. "Attention in the plant. A (Site Area Emergency or General Emergency) has been declared due to (brief cause of emergency).
WARBLE tone. "Attention in the plant. A (Site Area Emergency or General Emergency) has been declared due to (brief cause of emergency).
Activate all Emergency Response Facilities." (Repeat message) 2. Evaluate protective actions offsite and implement EIP-2-007, as necessary.
Activate all Emergency Response Facilities." (Repeat message)
: 3. For toxic gas releases, refer to the actions of Attachment
: 2. Evaluate protective actions offsite and implement EIP-2-007, as necessary.
: 5. WARNING If a personnel hazard is still within the Protected Area (high winds, toxic gas, armed intruders, etc...) consider delaying activation of the Emergency Response Organization pagers until the danger has passed. 4. Direct the Communicator to activate the onsite Emergency Response Organization pagers in accordance with EIP-2-006.
: 3. For toxic gas releases, refer to the actions of Attachment 5.
WARNING If a personnel hazard is still within the Protected Area (high winds, toxic gas, armed intruders, etc...) consider delaying activation of the Emergency Response Organization pagers until the danger has passed.
: 4. Direct the Communicator to activate the onsite Emergency Response Organization pagers in accordance with EIP-2-006.
: 5. Direct the Communicator to notify the following:
: 5. Direct the Communicator to notify the following:
5.1 Offsite authorities  
5.1     Offsite authorities - Within 15 minutes of the declaration utilizing the Short Notification Message Form (SNMF).
-Within 15 minutes of the declaration utilizing the Short Notification Message Form (SNMF). 5.2 NRC -Immediately after notifying state and local authorities and no later than one hour after declaring the emergency.
5.2     NRC - Immediately after notifying state and local authorities and no later than one hour after declaring the emergency.
: 6. Evacuate the Owner Controlled Area in accordance with EIP-2-026.
: 6. Evacuate the Owner Controlled Area in accordance with EIP-2-026.
: 7. Dispatch personnel to sample and evaluate the release of radioactive materials in accordance with EIP-2-014, as necessary.
: 7. Dispatch personnel to sample and evaluate the release of radioactive materials in accordance with EIP-2-014, as necessary.
: 8. Initiate dose calculations in accordance with EIP-2-024, if due to radiological conditions.
: 8. Initiate dose calculations in accordance with EIP-2-024, if due to radiological conditions.
EIP-2-002 E-2 PG 0F1 REV -22 PAGE 10OF 16 EIP-2-002 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 2 OF 3 SITE AREA/GENERAL EMERGENCY INITIAL ACTION (Cont.'d)
EIP-2-002       REV - 22         PAGE PG    10OF 0F1  16 EIP-2-002         E-2
 
ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 2 OF 3 SITE AREA/GENERAL EMERGENCY INITIAL ACTION (Cont.'d)
: 9. At a General Emergency (if the Emergency Facilities are not manned) perform the following:
: 9. At a General Emergency (if the Emergency Facilities are not manned) perform the following:
9.1 Contact the LOEP Operations Officer and verify that he is prepared to transmit the appropriate EAS message to the radio stations for broadcast.
9.1     Contact the LOEP Operations Officer and verify that he is prepared to transmit the appropriate EAS message to the radio stations for broadcast.
9.2 Coordinate the siren sounding time with LOEP Operations Officer.
9.2     Coordinate the siren sounding time with LOEP Operations Officer.
9.3 Activate the sirens at the agreed upon time using Attachment
9.3     Activate the sirens at the agreed upon time using Attachment 4.
: 4. SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Direct a chemistry technician to activate the Emergency Response Data System (ERDS). Must be performed within 1 hour of an ALERT or higher emergency classification.
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS
: 1. Direct a chemistry technician to activate the Emergency Response Data System (ERDS). Must be performed within 1 hour of an ALERT or higher emergency classification.
: 2. Periodically inform plant personnel of personnel hazards, plant line-ups, corrective actions and steps taken to mitigate the emergency.
: 2. Periodically inform plant personnel of personnel hazards, plant line-ups, corrective actions and steps taken to mitigate the emergency.
NOTE Ultimate authority for invoking 10 CFR 50.54(x) resides with the Emergency Director.
NOTE Ultimate authorityfor invoking 10 CFR 50.54(x) resides with the Emergency Director. If timely responseprecludes Emergency Directorauthorization,the minimal authorityis on onshift licensed SRO.
If timely response precludes Emergency Director authorization, the minimal authority is on onshift licensed SRO. 3. Authorize and make log entries for all procedure deviations.
: 3. Authorize and make log entries for all procedure deviations.
: 4. Verify and update classification levels. 5. Direct periodic status reports to the: 5.1 Offsite authorities  
: 4. Verify and update classification levels.
-Long Notification Message Forms (LNMF) should be prepared as soon as possible following a Short Notification Message Form (SNMF) or when significant changes occur that do not warrant emergency escalation.
: 5. Direct periodic status reports to the:
During extended emergencies time between LNMFs should not exceed 2 hours. 5.2 NRC -Update as requested.
5.1     Offsite authorities - Long Notification Message Forms (LNMF) should be prepared as soon as possible following a Short Notification Message Form (SNMF) or when significant changes occur that do not warrant emergency escalation.
During extended emergencies time between LNMFs should not exceed 2 hours.
5.2     NRC - Update as requested.
: 6. Verify and update offsite protective actions, as necessary.
: 6. Verify and update offsite protective actions, as necessary.
EIP-2-002 REV -22 PAGE 11 OF 16 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 3 OF 3 SITE AREA/GENERAL EMERGENCY TERMINATION ACTIONS Date: Action Completed Initials 1. Terminate the emergency when the SITE AREA/GENERAL EMERGENCY conditions are no longer met and the following has been accomplished:
EIP-2-002         REV - 22       PAGE 11 OF 16
1.1 The reactor is shut down, is in a stable, safe configuration, and adequate core cooling is available.
 
1.2 Excessive releases of radioactivity to the environment have been terminated and no further potential for significant radioactivity releases exist. 1.3 Offsite concentrations of radioactivity in the atmosphere or in waterways have dispersed to near background levels, excluding ground deposition.
ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 3 OF 3 SITE AREA/GENERAL EMERGENCY TERMINATION ACTIONS                 Date:                                         Action Completed Initials
1.4 The State of Louisiana, the local parishes, and the NRC concur in terminating the emergency.
: 1. Terminate the emergency when the SITE AREA/GENERAL EMERGENCY conditions are no longer met and the following has been accomplished:
1.1     The reactor is shut down, is in a stable, safe configuration, and adequate core cooling is available.
1.2     Excessive releases of radioactivity to the environment have been terminated and no further potential for significant radioactivity releases exist.
1.3     Offsite concentrations of radioactivity in the atmosphere or in waterways have dispersed to near background levels, excluding ground deposition.
1.4     The State of Louisiana, the local parishes, and the NRC concur in terminating the emergency.
: 2. Direct notification of the following of the emergency termination:
: 2. Direct notification of the following of the emergency termination:
2.1 Offsite authorities  
2.1     Offsite authorities - Direct the Communicator to use the Long Notification Message Form (LNMF).
-Direct the Communicator to use the Long Notification Message Form (LNMF). 2.2 NRC 3. Announce emergency termination twice over the Gaitronics.
2.2     NRC
: 3. Announce emergency termination twice over the Gaitronics.
: 4. Initiate recovery actions in accordance with EIP-2-028.
: 4. Initiate recovery actions in accordance with EIP-2-028.
: 5. Direct the emergency facilities to deactivate.
: 5. Direct the emergency facilities to deactivate.
: 6. Obtain concurrence from the NRC and deactivate the Emergency Response Data System (ERDS). 7. Forward the originals of all documents generated by the implementation of this procedure to the Manager -Emergency Preparedness.
: 6. Obtain concurrence from the NRC and deactivate the Emergency Response Data System (ERDS).
EIP-2-002 REV -22 PAGE 12 OF 16 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 1 OF 2 SIREN CONTROL FROM THE CONTROL ROOM NOTE If the Siren Control Box in the Control Room does not work, the siren sounding time may have to be changed.
: 7. Forward the originals of all documents generated by the implementation of this procedure to the Manager - Emergency Preparedness.
Notify the EOF Recovery Manager when the EOF is operational or LOEP if Control Room is performing Protective Action Recommendations.
EIP-2-002         REV - 22       PAGE 12 OF 16
If the Siren Control Box in the Control Room does not work, contact one of the following and direct them to enable the Siren System. 1. Emergency Operations Facility (Backup) 2. Emergency Planning if available (normal working hours) 3. Telecommunications Department (Siren Computers)
 
EIP-2-002 RV2 AE1 F1 CANCEL AN INADVERTENT SIREN SOUNDING 1. At the control room siren control box, insert key into the ENABLE key switch. 2. Place ENABLE key switch in the ON position and verify the white POWER lamp comes on. 3. Depress and hold the CANCEL pushbutton switch until the green CANCEL lamp comes on. 4. Verify that the yellow ACK lamp momentarily comes on. The system is now canceled.
ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 1 OF 2 SIREN CONTROL FROM THE CONTROL ROOM NOTE If the Siren ControlBox in the Control Room does not work, the siren sounding time may have to be changed.
In some instances the yellow ACK lamp will turn on more than once. This is normal communications with the main siren computers.
Notify the EOFRecovery Managerwhen the EOF is operationalor LOEP if Control Room is performing ProtectiveAction Recommendations. If the Siren Control Box in the ControlRoom does not work, contact one of the following and direct them to enable the Siren System.
After two (2) minutes the system can be returned to the normal configuration.
: 1. Emergency OperationsFacility(Backup)
To return the system to the normal configuration perform the following.
: 2. Emergency Planningif available (normal working hours)
: 3. Telecommunications Department (Siren Computers)
CANCEL AN INADVERTENT SIREN SOUNDING
: 1.     At the control room siren control box, insert key into the ENABLE key switch.
: 2.     Place ENABLE key switch in the ON position and verify the white POWER lamp comes on.
: 3.     Depress and hold the CANCEL pushbutton switch until the green CANCEL lamp comes on.
: 4.     Verify that the yellow ACK lamp momentarily comes on.
The system is now canceled. In some instances the yellow ACK lamp will turn on more than once.
This is normal communications with the main siren computers. After two (2) minutes the system can be returned to the normal configuration. To return the system to the normal configuration perform the following.
: 1. Place the ENABLE key switch in the OFF position.
: 1. Place the ENABLE key switch in the OFF position.
: 2. Verify that the white POWER lamp goes off. 3. Store key.REV -22 PAGE 13 OF 16 EIP-2-002 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 2 OF 2 SIREN CONTROL FROM THE CONTROL ROOM EIP-2-002 REV -22 PAGE 14 OF 16 ENABLE THE SYSTEM FOR PARISH ACTIVATION
: 2.     Verify that the white POWER lamp goes off.
: 1. At the control room siren control box, insert key into the ENABLE key switch. 2. Place ENABLE key switch in the ON position and verify the white POWER lamp comes on. 3. Depress and hold the ENABLE pushbutton switch until the blue ENABLE lamp comes on. 4. Verify that the yellow ACK lamp momentarily comes on. The system is now enabled. In some instances the yellow ACK lamp will turn on more than once. This is normal communications with the main siren computers.
: 3.     Store key.
At this time the Parish EOCs can activate their respective sirens. To return the system to the normal configuration perform the following.
EIP-2-002      REV - 22         PAGE AE113 OF F116 EIP-2-002       RV2
: 1. Place ENABLE key switch to the OFF position.
 
: 2. Verify that the white POWER lamp goes off. 3. Verify that the blue ENABLE lamp goes off. 4. Remove and store key.RBS CONTROL ROOM SIREN ACTIVATION SEQUENCE 1. At the control room siren control box, insert keys into ENABLE and ALL-CALL key switches.
ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 2 OF 2 SIREN CONTROL FROM THE CONTROL ROOM ENABLE THE SYSTEM FOR PARISH ACTIVATION
: 2. Place ENABLE key switch in the ON position and verify the white POWER lamp comes on. 3. Place ALL-CALL key switch in the ON position and verify the blue ENABLE lamp comes on. 4. Verify that the yellow ACK lamp momentarily comes on. 5. Depress and hold the ALL-CALL pushbutton switch until the red ALL-CALL lamp comes on. 6. Verify that the yellow ACK lamp momentarily comes on. The sirens will sound for three minutes and then shut down. In some instances the yellow ACK lamp will turn on more than once. This is normal communications with the main siren computers.
: 1.     At the control room siren control box, insert key into the ENABLE key switch.
To return the system to the normal configuration perform the following:
: 2.     Place ENABLE key switch in the ON position and verify the white POWER lamp comes on.
: 1. Place both ENABLE AND ALL-CALL switches to the OFF position.
: 3.     Depress and hold the ENABLE pushbutton switch until the blue ENABLE lamp comes on.
: 2. Verify that the white POWER lamp goes off. 3. Verify that the blue ENABLE lamp goes off. 4. Remove and store the keys.
: 4.     Verify that the yellow ACK lamp momentarily comes on.
ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 1 OF 2 TOXIC GAS RELEASE CHECKLIST Date: Time: Action Completed Initials Complete the following steps according to the applicable classification.
The system is now enabled. In some instances the yellow ACK lamp will turn on more than once. This is normal communications with the main siren computers. At this time the Parish EOCs can activate their respective sirens. To return the system to the normal configuration perform the following.
NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT 1. For gas releases, post and/or restrict access to affected facilities, especially basements, pits, drainage ditches, depressions, etc. TERMINATION ACTIONS For gaseous releases, perform the following actions.
: 1.     Place ENABLE key switch to the OFF position.
: 1. Verify that each potentially affected facility or area is safe prior to allowing personnel access. 2. Evaluate the effects of the gaseous release on tanks vented to atmosphere, electrical equipment, etc. ALERT Consider performing the listed actions prior to toxic gases entering the facility.
: 2.     Verify that the white POWER lamp goes off.
: 1. Have personnel don SCBA's. 2. Cover skin with available clothing.
: 3.     Verify that the blue ENABLE lamp goes off.
: 3. Post and restrict access to affected facilities, especially basements, pits, drainage ditches, depressions, etc. TERMINATION ACTIONS For gas releases, perform the following actions.
: 4.     Remove and store key.
: 1. Verify that each potentially affected facility or area is safe prior to allowing personnel access. 2. Evaluate the effects of the gaseous release on tanks vented to atmosphere, electrical equipment, etc.EIP-2-002 REV -22 PAGE 15 OF 16 ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 2 OF 2 TOXIC GAS RELEASE CHECKLIST Date: Time: Action Completed Initials SITE AREA/GENERAL EMERGENCY If the toxic gas concentration in the Main Control Room is expected to exceed the toxicity limit, consider implementing one or more of the listed actions.
RBS CONTROL ROOM SIREN ACTIVATION SEQUENCE
: 1. Have personnel don SCBA's. 2. Cover skin with available clothing.
: 1.     At the control room siren control box, insert keys into ENABLE and ALL-CALL key switches.
: 3. Contact Chemistry to monitor toxic gas concentration in the Control Room. 4. Contact RP to assist in SCBA bottle changeout.
: 2.       Place ENABLE key switch in the ON position and verify the white POWER lamp comes on.
: 3.       Place ALL-CALL key switch in the ON position and verify the blue ENABLE lamp comes on.
: 4.       Verify that the yellow ACK lamp momentarily comes on.
: 5.       Depress and hold the ALL-CALL pushbutton switch until the red ALL-CALL lamp comes on.
: 6.       Verify that the yellow ACK lamp momentarily comes on.
The sirens will sound for three minutes and then shut down. In some instances the yellow ACK lamp will turn on more than once. This is normal communications with the main siren computers. To return the system to the normal configuration perform the following:
: 1.     Place both ENABLE AND ALL-CALL switches to the OFF position.
: 2.       Verify that the white POWER lamp goes off.
: 3.       Verify that the blue ENABLE lamp goes off.
: 4.       Remove and store the keys.
EIP-2-002      REV - 22          PAGE 14 OF 16
 
ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 1 OF 2 TOXIC GAS RELEASE CHECKLIST Date:               Time:                       Action Completed Initials Complete the following steps according to the applicable classification.
NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT
: 1. For gas releases, post and/or restrict access to affected facilities, especially basements, pits, drainage ditches, depressions, etc.
TERMINATION ACTIONS For gaseous releases, perform the following actions.
: 1. Verify that each potentially affected facility or area is safe prior to allowing personnel access.
: 2. Evaluate the effects of the gaseous release on tanks vented to atmosphere, electrical equipment, etc.
ALERT Consider performing the listed actions prior to toxic gases entering the facility.
: 1. Have personnel don SCBA's.
: 2. Cover skin with available clothing.
: 3. Post and restrict access to affected facilities, especially basements, pits, drainage ditches, depressions, etc.
TERMINATION ACTIONS For gas releases, perform the following actions.
: 1. Verify that each potentially affected facility or area is safe prior to allowing personnel access.
: 2.     Evaluate the effects of the gaseous release on tanks vented to atmosphere, electrical equipment, etc.
EIP-2-002         REV - 22         PAGE 15 OF 16
 
ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 2 OF 2 TOXIC GAS RELEASE CHECKLIST Date:               Time:                       Action Completed Initials SITE AREA/GENERAL EMERGENCY If the toxic gas concentration in the Main Control Room is expected to exceed the toxicity limit, consider implementing one or more of the listed actions.
: 1.       Have personnel don SCBA's.
: 2.       Cover skin with available clothing.
: 3.       Contact Chemistry to monitor toxic gas concentration in the Control Room.
: 4.       Contact RP to assist in SCBA bottle changeout.
TERMINATION ACTIONS For gas releases, perform the following actions.
TERMINATION ACTIONS For gas releases, perform the following actions.
: 1. Verify that each potentially affected facility or area is safe prior to allowing personnel access. 2. Evaluate the effects of the gaseous release on tanks vented to atmosphere, electrical equipment, etc.EIP-2-002 REV -22 PAGE 16 OF 16}}
: 1.     Verify that each potentially affected facility or area is safe prior to allowing personnel access.
: 2.     Evaluate the effects of the gaseous release on tanks vented to atmosphere, electrical equipment, etc.
EIP-2-002       REV - 22         PAGE 16 OF 16}}

Revision as of 04:18, 24 November 2019

Part 1 of 2, River Bend Station - Revised Station Support Manual, Emergency Implementing Procedures
ML021700204
Person / Time
Site: River Bend Entergy icon.png
Issue date: 06/10/2002
From:
Entergy Operations
To:
Document Control Desk, Office of Nuclear Security and Incident Response
References
-RFPFR, G12.23.2
Download: ML021700204 (198)


Text

    • G1 2 .23.2 ENTERGY RIVER BEND STATION STATION SUPPORT MAI*UAL
  • EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE
  • EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY PROCEDURE NUMBER: *EIP-2-020 REVISION NUMBER: *25
  • MAY 1326DZ Effective Date:

NOTE: SIGNATURES ARE ON FILE. RECEIVED

  • INDEXING INFORMATION MAY 1 3 2OOZ DOCUMENT CONTROL This procedure has been reviewed for 10CFR50.59 applicability.

IOCFR50.59 screening for the programmatic exclusion of all EIP changes, approved by FRC 7/10/97, concludes that further review of changes to this procedure under 10CFR50.59 are not necessary.

REFERENCE USE N

TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE NO.

I PU RP O SE ................................................................................................................................. 2 2 R E F E R EN C E S ......................................................................................................................... 2 3 D E FINIT IO N S .......................................................................................................................... 2 4 RESPO N SIB ILITIES ........................................................................................................ 4 5 G EN ERA L ................................................................................................................................ 4 6 PR O C E D U RE ........................................................................................................................... 5 7 DOCUMENTATION ...................................................................................................... 7 ATTACHMENT 1 - RECOVERY MANAGER ........................................................................ 8 ATTACHMENT 2 - EOF MANAGER ..................................................................................... 12 ATTACHMENT 3 - ADMINISTRATIVE/LOGISTICS ADVISOR ........................................ 18 ATTACHMENT 4 - RADIATION PROTECTION ADVISOR .............................................. 21 ATTACHMENT 5 - RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR .......................... 26 ATTACHMENT 6 - ASSISTANT RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR ......... 30 ATTACHMENT 7 - OFFSITE TEAM COORDINATOR ...................................................... 33 A 1'TACHMENT 8 - EOF HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN ................................................... 35 ATTACHMENT 9 - COMMUNICATOR .............................................................................. 38 ATTACHMENT 10 - OPERATIONS ADVISOR ................................................................... 42 ATTACHMENT 11 - TECHNICAL ADVISOR ...................................................................... 44 ATTACHMENT 12 - STATUS COMMUNICATOR ............................................................ 46 ATTACHMENT 13 - ENGINEERING SUPPORT ADVISOR ............................................... 47 ATTACHMENT 14 - ENGINEERING SUPPORT ................................................................. 49 ATTACHMENT 15 - HPN COMMUNICATOR ..................................................................... 50 ATTACHMENT 16 - ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT PERSONNEL ................................... 51 ATTACHMENT 17 - TELECOMMUNICATIONS SPECIALIST .......................................... 53 ATTACHMENT 18 - EOF REGISTRATION .......................................................................... 54 ATTACHMENT 19 - PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS ............................. 56 ATTACHMENT 20 - LOG FORM ......................................................................................... 59 ATTACHMENT 21 - ORGANIZATIONAL CHART ............................................................. 60 ATTACHMENT 22 - EOF FLOOR PLAN ............................................................................... 61 FIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 1 OF 61 EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 1 OF 61

1 PURPOSE This procedure provides instructions for activation, operation, and deactivation of the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF).

2 REFERENCES 2.1 RPP-0006, Radiological Surveys 2.2 RP-104, Personnel Decontamination Event 2.3 EIP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls 2.4 EIP-2-014, Offsite Radiological Monitoring 2.5 EIP-2-024, Offsite Dose Calculations 2.6 EIP-2-028, Recovery 2.7 EPP-2-100, Procedure Review, Revision and Approval 2.8 Institute of Nuclear Power Operations (INPO) Resource Manual 3 DEFINITIONS 3.1 Activation - The process of assembling personnel, verifying equipment operability, and making a facility ready to support the emergency response.

3.2 Augmentation - Actions taken to support onshift personnel or the Emergency Response Organization.

3.3 Operational - Status of an emergency facility declared by the appropriate facility manager upon determining that the facility is adequately staffed and equipment is set up and available to perform the emergency functions assigned to that facility.

3.4 Habitable - For the purpose of this procedure, the term habitable is based solely on radiological conditions, however, the EOF Manager may declare the facility uninhabitable based on other conditions.

RIP-2-020 RRV 5 ETP-2-020 REV - PAGE 22 OF PAGR OF 6161

3.5 Radioactive release - For the purpose of offsite notifications, and discussions with State and local authorities, a "release" will be determined to be occurring and the "Radioactive Release" on the Short and Long Notification Message Forms is marked "yes", when:

3.5.1. Any one of three effluent monitors indicates a value three times the High alarm set point OR 3.5.2. Any two of the three effluent monitors indicate a value equal or greater than the High alarm set point.

The three effluent monitors are:

TITLE NO.

Main Plant Exhaust Stack RMS-RE125 Channel 4 (4GE125)

Radwaste Vent. Exhaust RMS-RE006 Channel 4 (4GE006)

Fuel Bldg. Vent. Exhaust RMS-RE005 Channel 4 (4GE005)

OR 3.5.3. An unmonitored release is detected at the site boundary by teams with survey instruments.

3.6 Short Notification Message Form (SNMF) - Used for declaration of an emergency classification or changes to the Protective Action Recommendations (PARs). Notification must be made to State and local authorities within approximately 15 minutes. The Short Notification Message Form contains information about the class of emergency, whether a release is taking place, potentially affected population and areas, and whether protective measures may be necessary.

3.7 Long Notification Message Form (LNMF) - Used for providing State and local authorities follow-up information. The LNMF is sent out as soon as possible following a SNMF. The LNMF is also sent out for any significant changes to plant conditions that do not require an emergency escalation or change in PARs. No more than 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> should be exceeded between any two LNMFs.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 3 OF 61

4 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 Recovery Manager:

4.1.1. Provide overall management of River Bend Station (RBS) response activities.

4.1.2. Provide notifications and make protective action recommendations to offsite authorities.

4.1.3. Coordinate RBS response activities as required with offsite organizations.

4.1.4. Ensures that offsite radiological conditions are projected and monitored.

4.1.5. Review information being released to the Joint Information Center (JIC).

4.1.6. Establish a Recovery Organization.

4.1.7. Terminate the emergency.

4.2 EOF Manager - Ensure that the EOF is activated, ensure that notification message forms are properly filled out and completed on time, and that EOF staff provide support functions per the applicable section(s) of this procedure.

5 GENERAL 5.1 Attachment 21, Emergency Operations Facility Organization Chart, is a typical makeup for the EOF.

5.2 Attachment 22, Emergency Operations Facility Floor Plan, is a typical setup for the EOF.

5.3 The EOF may be activated at any time, and shall be activated at an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency declaration. Once activated, the EOF shall become operational as soon as possible after declaration of any of these emergency classifications. When facility minimum staffing can be accomplished with onsite personnel, it is the goal to become operational within 45 minutes. Otherwise, it is the goal to become operational in 90 minutes.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE ET-2-0 - E 25 PAE 4 OF O 61 6

6 PROCEDURE NOTE The actions of this procedure may be completed in any sequence, however, the sequence presentedin the attachments is recommended.

6.1 Recovery Manager 6.1.1. The Recovery Manager should use Attachment 1 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.

6.2 EOF Manager 6.2.1. The EOF Manager should use Attachment 2 as a guideline.

Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.

6.3 Administrative/Logistics Advisor 6.3.1. The Administrative/Logistics Advisor should use Attachment 3 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.

6.4 Radiation Protection Advisor 6.4.1. The Radiation Protection Advisor should use Attachment 4 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.

6.5 Radiological Assessment Coordinator 6.5.1. The Radiological Assessment Coordinator should use Attachment 5 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.

6.6 Assistant Radiological Assessment Coordinator 6.6.1. The Assistant Radiological Assessment Coordinator should use Attachment 6 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.

6.7 Offsite Team Coordinator 6.7.1. The Offsite Team Coordinator should use Attachment 7 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 5 OF 61

6.8 EOF Habitability Technician 6.8.1. The EOF Habitability Technician should use Attachment 8 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.

6.9 Communicator(s) 6.9.1. The Communicator(s) should use Attachment 9 as a guideline.

6.10 Operations Advisor 6.10.1. The Operations Advisor should use Attachment 10 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.

6.11 Technical Advisor 6.11.1. The Technical Advisor should use Attachment 11 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.

6.12 Status Communicator 6.12.1. The Status Communicator should use Attachment 12 as a guideline.

6.13 Engineering Support Advisor 6.13.1. The Engineering Support Advisor should use Attachment 13 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.

6.14 Engineering Support 6.14.1. The Engineering Support personnel should use Attachment 14 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.

6.15 Offsite Monitoring Teams 6.15.1. The Offsite Monitoring Teams should use EIP-2-014 as a guideline.

6.16 HPN Communicator 6.16.1. The HPN Communicator should use Attachment 15 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.

6.17 Administrative Support Personnel EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE PAGE 66 OF OF 61 61 EIP-2-020 _ REV 25

-

6.17.1. The Administrative Support Personnel should use Attachment 16 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.

6.18 Telecommunications Specialist 6.18.1. The Telecommunications Specialist should use Attachment 17 as guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.

6.19 EOF Registration 6.19.1. The EOF Registration person should use Attachment 18 as a guideline.

7 DOCUMENTATION Attachments 1-18 and 20 of this procedure will be sent to Permanent Plant Files (PPF) per EPP-2-100 by the Manager - Emergency Preparedness.

PA*E '7 OF 61 EIPA-7026 REV - 2 PAGE 7 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 1 OF 4 RECOVERY MANAGER ACTIVATION Date:

Actions Completed Initials

1. Review status of the emergency and offsite notifications when contacted by the Recovery Manager/Emergency Director.
2. Brief the EOF staff on the status of the emergency (the Events Information Team should invite the Spokesperson to the briefing.)
3. Review habitability determination and if necessary provide direction on evacuation of the EOF or JIC. If decision is made to evacuate the EOF, implement relocation actions. If the JIC is to be evacuated, direct the EOF Manager to coordinate the relocation.
4. When informed by the EOF Manager that minimum staffing is available and ready to perform functions, announce that the EOF is operational.

SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS NOTE If the EOF is operational,RM duties can be directly transferredto the EOFfrom the Control Room.

1. When the EOF is ready to assume control from the TSC:

1.1 Contact the Emergency Director 1.1.1 Ensure that message control and dose assessment is transferred to the EOF.

1.1.2 Transfer RM duties from the Emergency Director.

1.2 Announce that the EOF has assumed RM duties from the TSC.

2. Periodically update the EOF staff (the Events Information Team should invite the Spokesperson to the briefing).
3. Review information being released to the JIC.
4. Review and approve Notification Message Forms for transmittal.
5. Upon the declaration of a Site Area or General Emergency, direct the evacuation of the JIC.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 8 OF 61

ATTACHMENT I PAGE 2 OF 4 RECOVERY MANAGER SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)

NOTE ProtectiveAction Recommendations (PARs) must be developed within 15 minutes of the declarationof a General Emergency or data availabilitywhich require upgradingthe PARs.

6. If decision is made to relocate the EOF, implement the Relocation Actions portion of this checklist.

PARs

7. Using Attachment 19, formulate Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) and scenario number using dose projections, field monitoring data and plant conditions.

CAUTION Emerency Operating Procedures (EOPs) require containment venting at specified pressures and hydrogen concentrations, regardless of offsite consequences.

8. Evaluate PARs in anticipation of intentional containment venting.
9. Review and discuss the protective actions to be recommended for the general public with the appropriate personnel and the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) Liaison Officer, if available. If State representatives have not yet arrived, recommendations to the local authorities shall not be delayed.
10. Ensure the Siren System has been enabled before setting the siren sounding time with the State and local parishes.
11. Provide PARs to State and local authorities within 15 minutes.

Once State and local authorities receive the PARs, the State and local authorities will have approximately 5 minutes to review the PARs.

12. When the Directors of all parishes, the Operations Officer (LOEP), and the LDEQ Liaison are on the Hotline, verify the PARs (Scenario Number) each parish intends to implement.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 9 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 3 OF 4 RECOVERY MANAGER SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)

13. Write the scenario number approved and initial each parish choice on the PAR Verification Checklist provided by the Communicator.
14. Obtain siren sounding time from the Operations Officer and document on PAR Verification Checklist.
15. Revise PARs based on wind shifts when advised by the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA).
16. If doses > 1 rem TEDE or > 5 rem CDE are projected at 10 miles, ensure the LDEQ Liaison is aware of the need for protective actions beyond 10 miles.

TERMINATION

17. Coordinate with the Emergency Director on terminating the emergency in accordance with the following criteria:

ALERT - Terminate the emergency when the Alert conditions are no longer met and the following have been accomplished:

1. The plant is in a stable condition.
2. Excessive releases of radioactivity to the environment have been terminated and no further potential for significant radioactivity releases exists.
3. No further potential for major damage to equipment exists SAE/GE - Terminate the emergency when the SAE/GE conditions are no longer met and the following has been accomplished:
1. The reactor is shutdown, is in a stable, safe configuration, and adequate core cooling is available.
2. Excessive releases of radioactivity to the environment have been terminated and no further potential for significant radioactivity releases exists.
3. Offsite concentrations of radioactivity in the atmosphere or in waterways have dispersed to near background levels, excluding ground deposition.
4. The State of Louisiana, the local Parishes and the NRC concur in terminating the emergency.
18. Notify the NRC and offsite authorities of the emergency termination.
19. When a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency has been terminated, implement EIP-2-028, Recovery.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 10 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 4 OF 4 RECOVERY MANAGER RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Direct the EOF Manager to perform relocation actions and proceed to the Alternate EOF (AEOF) prior to releasing the EOF staff.
2. Transfer overall direction of the RBS emergency response organization and communication with offsite agencies to the Emergency Director in the TSC.
3. Inform the parishes, the states of Louisiana and Mississippi, and the NRC that the EOF staff will be relocating and that all communication will be directed from the TSC until further notice.
4. If relocation is due to conditions other than radiological conditions, direct the EOF staff to relocate directly to the Alternate EOF.
5. If relocation is due to radiological conditions, direct the EOF staff to relocate to the AEOF through the Zachary Monitoring and Decontamination Station.

DEACTIVATION Date:

I.- Ensure that the recovery organization has been established, as necessary.

2. Direct the emergency facilities to deactivate.
3. Discuss deactivation of the JIC with the JIC Director.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGF 11 OF 61 1 EIP-2-020 RE 25AEIO

ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 1 OF 6 EOF MANAGER ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Periodically announce that no eating, drinking, or chewing is allowed until habitability is determined.
2. Obtain status of habitability of EOF and JIC from Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA). Advise Recovery Manager (RM) of status.
3. When the EOF is determined to be habitable, make announcement and notify the JIC.
4. When the JIC is determined to be habitable, notify the JIC.
5. If the EOF is not habitable, have EOF staff implement the Relocation Actions on their checklists.
6. If directed by the RM to evacuate the JIC:
a. Obtain route from RPA if radiological conditions exist.
b. Notify JIC Director.
c. Assist in relocation, as necessary.
7. All minimum staffing personnel have completed the activation portion of their checklists and are prepared to perform functional responsibilities:

MINIMUM STAFFING:

a. Recovery Manager
b. EOF Manager
c. Radiation Protection Advisor
d. Radiological Assessment Coordinator
e. Assistant Radiological Assessment Coordinator
f. Operations Advisor
g. Technical Advisor
h. Communicator (Only 1 required for minimum staffing)
8. Inform the Recovery Manager that the EOF is ready to be declared operational.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 12 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 2 OF 6 EOF MANAGER SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS

1. Assist Recovery Manager (RM) with transfer of RM duties, as necessary.
2. Ensure that EOF Registration is established.
3. Ensure status boards are updated.

NOTE Notifications to State and local authoritiesmust be made within approximately 15 minutes of a declarationof an emergency or Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) change using the Short NotificationMessage Form (SNMF).

NOTE All NotificationMessage Forms must be reviewed and approved by the RM.

4. Prepare the appropriate Short Notification Message Form (SNMF).
5. As soon as possible following the SNMF, prepare a Long Notification Message Form (LNMF) as shown on page 4 of this attachment. Refer to page 5 of this attachment for directions on how to complete the LNMF.
6. Prepare a LNMF when significant changes to plant conditions occur that do not require an emergency escalation or change in PARs. During extended emergencies, time between LNMFs should not exceed 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />.
7. Assist offsite emergency response agencies, as they arrive, in gathering information and with communications needs.
8. Request offsite and Federal assistance as directed by the RM.
9. Ensure the Administrative/Logistics Advisor develops a long-term relief rotation list.
10. If the siren system cannot be enabled from the Control Room (CR) and the Telecommunications Specialist is not available, enable siren system using page 6 of this attachment.
11. Keep the RM informed of all activities.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 13 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 3 OF 6 EOF MANAGER SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)

12. Evaluate the need for retaining personnel relocating from the TSC.
13. Upon termination of the emergency, ensure that notifications are made to State and local authorities, using the LNMF.

RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Obtain the Alternate EOF (AEOF) access package from the EOF key box.
2. Ensure EOF staff is aware of route to Alternate EOF following direction from the Radiation Protection Advisor.
3. Proceed to the Alternate EOF with administrative staff members, the Telecommunications Specialist and the EOF Registration person.

DEACTIVATION Date:

1. Upon decision to deactivate the emergency facilities, announce deactivation of the EOF.
2. Ensure that all equipment is returned. Report all damaged and/or missing equipment to the Manager - Emergency Preparedness.
3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the Manager - Emergency Preparedness.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 14 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 4 OF 6 EOF MANAGER LONG NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM

1. TI-US IS RIVER BEND NUCLEAR STATION WITH MESSAGE NUMBER
2. A. / B. COMM: C. TEL. NO:

(TIM F/flIATRI (NA*ME)

3. EMERGENCY CLASSIrFTCAT7ON:

A. Li NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT C. L SITE AREA EMERGENCY E. =- TERMINATED B. L ALERT D. L GENERAL EMERGENCY

4. CURRENT F.MERGFNCY CLASSIFICATION L- DECLARATION = TERMINATION Time/Date: /

5.

RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS:

A, L No Protective Actions Recommended At This Time (Go to iem 6).

B. L EVACUATE IC -N STTELTER INCIDENT D ESC RILPrION/U PDATE/COM M-FNTS:

6.

7. REACTOR SHUTDOWN? = NO =- YES Time/Date:
8. METEOROLOGICAL DATA:

A. Wind direction FROM Degrees at MPH

13. Sectors Affected (A-R):

C. Stability Class (A-G):

D. Precipitation: -- None = Rain =- Sleet ] Snow = Hail i Other

9. RELEASE INFORMATION:

A. =- No Relcase (Go to item 13) C. =I A RELEASE OCCURRED BUT STOPPED. Duration hrs.

Relcase Stopped at hrs.

B. L A RELEASE IS OCCURRING: Expected Duration his.

Release Started at hrs.

10. TYPE OF RELEASE:

A. =-] Radioactive Ga.-s*s 1. L Radioactive Airborne Particulates C. = Radioactive Liquids

[ RELEASE RATE:

A. NOBLE GASES Cl/s B. IODINES Cl/s

12. ESTIMATE OF PROJECTED OFF-SITE DOSE:

A. Projections for _ hours based on: Li Ficl d Data L Plant Data B. (TEDE) WB DOSE COMMITMENT (Raem) C. (CDE) THYROID DOSE COMMITMENT (Rem)

Site Boundary 5 miles Site Boundary 5 miles 2 miles L0 miles 2 miles 10 miles

13. MESSAGE APPROVED BY: TITLE:

1t4. MESSAGE RECEIED __ _ TIME:

PROO015M.CDR EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 15 15 OFOF 61 61

ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 5 OF 6 EOF MANAGER GUIDELINES FOR COMPLETING THE LNMF ESP COMM MANUAL METHOD Message Number automatic Assign a message number. Number the messages sequentially Line I until the emergency is terminated.

2A Time/Date automatic upon transmission. 2A Enter Time/Date message was transmitted.

2B Comm: Select facility from pull-down menu. 2B Comm.: Enter facility name 2C Tel. No.: Indicate "hotline" unless alternate 2C Tel. No.: Indicate "hotline" unless alternate Line 2 method is being used, then enter alternate method is being used, then enter alternate method. method.

Line 3 Automatic from Short Form. If termination message, Check appropriate classification or terminated.

check "terminated".

Line 4 Automatic from Short Form. For termination, check Check either declaration or termination.

"termination" and enter termination time/date. Enter time/date of emergency declaration or termination.

Check appropriate box(es). If PAR has been Check appropriate box(es). If PARs have been recommended, Line 5 recommended, select appropriate protective actions and indicate the scenario number.

indicate scenario number.

Enter description from Short Form. May add Enter description from Short Form. May add information as Line 6 information as necessary. Use this line to correct any necessary. Use this line to correct any previous errors.

previous errors.

Line 7 Indicate if the reactor is shutdown. Information should Indicate if the reactor is shutdown. Information should be be obtained from Operations. If yes, enter time/date, obtained from Operations. If yes, enter the time/date.

Information for Lines 8A-C can be found on CADAP on Information for Lines 8A-C can be found on CADAP on the the "values" screen. A backup to CADAP for "values" screen. A backup to CADAP for meteorological data is Line 8 meteorological data is the Meteorological Tower printer the Meteorological Tower printer and Control Room.

and Control Room. 8A - Enter wind direction and speed.

8A - Enter wind direction and speed. 8B - Enter the affected sectors according to the 8B - Enter the affected sectors according to the current wind direction.

current wind direction. 8C - Enter stability class.

8C - Enter stability class. 8D - Check appropriate box.

8D - Check appropriate box.

NOTE: 8 A-C are automatically completed when dose data is imported from CADAP.

Determine if there is a release. Determine if there is a release.

9A If no release, check block A and proceed to line 13. 9A If no release, check block A and proceed to line 13.

9B/C If release has occurred or is occurring, 9B/C If release has occurred or is occurring, Line 9 check B or C as appropriate and enter check B or C as appropriate and enter duration and time release started/stopped. duration and time release started/stopped.

When checking B & C, be sure to import When checking B & C, be sure to include appropriate dose data. appropriate dose data on line 12B.

Indicate the type of release. If there is no core damage, Indicate the type of release. If there is no core damage, check Line 10 check I0A. If there is clad damage or fuel melt, check 10A. If there is clad damage or fuel melt, check I0A & 10B. If I OA & lOB. If the release is a liquid release, check I0C. the release is a liquid release, check 10C.

Line 11 Imported from CADAP Enter release rate. DRMS provides release rates in uCi/sec.

These rates must be converted to Ci/sec. CADAP also provides this information through Notepad.

12A Enter numbers of hours used and method 12A Enter numbers of hours used and method Line 12 used in dose calculation. used in dose calculation.

12B Import from CADAP. 12B Obtain from CADAP results.

Line 13 Enter Recovery Manager's name and "RM" as title. RM Enter Recovery Manager's name and "RM" as title. RM must must review and approve NMFs prior to transmission. review and approve NMFs prior to transmission.

Line 14 Leave blank. For use by parishes. Leave blank. For use by parishes.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 16 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 6 OF 6 EOF MANAGER Siren Control Enable From The EOF

1. Obtain red key from EOF key box.
2. Insert the red key into the EOF Siren Enable Unit in the key switch marked Enable Control.
3. Turn the key to the ON position, a RED lamp directly above the key switch will light indicating power is on. The lamp will remain on as long as the key switch is in the ON position.
4. Leave key in the ON position.
5. Upon completion of usage of the EOF Siren Enable Unit, the unit can be DISABLED by turning the key switch to the OFF position. The RED lamp will now be extinguished.
6. Return red key to the EOF key box.

NOTE If the Siren Control Console in the Emergency Operations Facility does not work, the siren sounding time may have to be changed. Notify the Recovery Managerimmediately. To enable the sirens, direct the Telecommunications Specialist to enable the Siren System from the siren computers in the Emergency OperationsFacility.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 17 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 1 OF 3 ADMINISTRATIVE/LOGISTICS ADVISOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials I. Call in Administrative staff members and Telecommunications Specialist using the Emergency Telephone Book.

2. Verify that all required EOF staff members are present. If positions remain to be filled, obtain the Dialogics callout log from the EOF fax to determine which EOF staff members have responded. Call additional staff members as required.
3. Print plant daily report and ensure distribution.
4. Ensure ERIS projector is turned on.

SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS

1. Contact the Administrative Coordinator in the TSC concerning any personnel injuries.
2. Verify with NRC personnel that the FTS 2001 phone lines are operational. Report any problems to the NRC Operations Center using a commercial phone and the numbers listed on the NRC phone.
3. Contact the hospital for current information on injured personnel, as applicable. Keep the EOF Manager informed of status.
4. Ensure that drawings and procedures are provided to EOF staff as needed.

If the electronic document system is not operable, the simulator and Training Center Library may be used.

5. Ensure that the Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) Status Board is updated for each protective action recommended.
6. Develop long-term staffing rotation list:
a. Using page 3 of this attachment, determine long-term relief rotation.
b. If PARs have been issued, discuss recommended routes with the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA). Once access route is established, inform Administrative Coordinator and Logistics Team Supervisor for shift rotation in the TSC and JIC.
c. Contact the individuals on the rotation list and inform them of the time they are scheduled to report and the proper route to be taken.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 18 OF61 EIP-2-020 REV-25 PAGE 18 0F61

ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 2 OF 3 ADMINISTRATIVE/LOGISTICS ADVISOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)

7. Coordinate assistance from the Corporate Emergency Center (CEC) using the Corporate Hot Line. Use the INPO Emergency Resources Manual as a reference.
8. Coordinate assistance for equipment, supplies, food, lodging, travel, and communications, as necessary. If PARs have been issued, obtain recommended routes from the RPA and arrange for Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) access through the Parish Emergency Operations Centers (EOCs).
9. Coordinate monetary matters through the Corporate Emergency Center.

Assistance may be requested from Corporate Business Services.

10. Obtain list of materials, supplies, and contractors that may be required for recovery from EOF and TSC personnel.

RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Coordinate with EOF staff on documents necessary to support Alternate EOF functions. Ensure documents are collected and transferred to the Alternate EOF (AEOF).
2. When directed, contact the East Baton Rouge Emergency Operations Center (EOC) and request the notification of the Zachary Monitoring/Decontamination Station of personnel arriving and, if necessary, that a school bus be dispatched to the EOF to assist in the relocation.
3. Transfer responsibilities to the Administrative Coordinator in the TSC.

DEACTIVATION Date:

1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the EOF.
2. Ensure that all equipment, procedures, and drawings are properly stored.
3. Have administrative staff collect all documentation.
4. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 19 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 3 OF 3 ADMINISTRATIVE/LOGISTICS ADVISOR EOF STAFF ROTATION (12-Hour Shifts)

Date:

Position Time:

Recovery Manager EOF Manager Rad. Prot. Advisor Rad. Assess. Coord.

Asst. Rad. Assess. Coord.

Offsite Team Coord.

Operations Advisor Admin./Logistics Advisor Communicators Status Comm.

Technical Advisor HPN Communicator Event Info Team Eng Support Advisor Engineering Support Admin. Support Telecommunications EOF Registration EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 20 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 1 OF 5 RADIATION PROTECTION ADVISOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials I Ensure that the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) and the Asst. Radiological Assessment Coordinator (ARAC) are available and prepared to assume functional responsibilities.

NOTE If NO release is occurringor has not previously occurred, the EOFand JIC may be presumed to be radiologically habitablewithout conducting surveys.

2. Using the following guidelines, evaluate radiological conditions and determine habitability of the EOF and JIC:

EOF habitability is based on a maximum dose limiit of 5 rem TEDE over an assumed 12 hour1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> shift.

A combination of 200 mR/hr to the whole body (Dieep Dose Equivalent) vius an airborne concentration of 5E-6 No Ci/cc radioiodine in the facility equates to a TEDE of apl proximately 5 rem in 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.

JIC habitability is based on a maximum dose of 50C)mrem TEDE over an assumed 8 hour9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> shift. This limit is in exces s of that allowed by 10CFR20.1301 for members of the genceral public, but is consistent with the guidance in the NUMARC let ter of December 7, 1992 from Thomas E. Tipton to Dr. TIhomas E. Murley.

An external exposure rate of 60 mR/hr to the whole bodyor airborne radioiodine concentration of 2E-6 in the facility will yield a dose of 500 mrem TEDE over an 8 hour9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> shift.

3. Provide habitability results to the EOF Manager and post EOF habitability on status board.
4. Inform the EOF Manager when the RAC and ARAC are prepared to perform functional responsibilities.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 21 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 2 OF 5 RADIATION PROTECTION ADVISOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS

1. Obtain status of offsite monitoring teams from the Radiation Protection Coordinator (RPC). Ensure teams are dispatched and controlled as necessary.
2. Assume control of dose assessment activities when directed by the Recovery Manager (RM). Ensure dose calculations are performed as necessary.
3. As required, ensure the distribution of pocket dosimeters and TLDs to EOF personnel and announce the frequency at which individuals should read their dosimeters.
4. As required, direct the establishment of an EOF contamination control point at the door outside the EOF Decontamination Facility (Door TC-300-17). Provide direction on frisking requirements.
5. Review dose projection calculations and any offsite radiological monitoring data available.
6. Using Attachment 19, formulate Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) and scenario number using dose projections, field monitoring and plant conditions.
7. Discuss the PARs with the Recovery Manager (RM) and Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) Liaison, if available, including the basis and reasoning used to arrive at the PARs.
8. Provide the scenario number for the Short Notification Message Form
9. Provide information for appropriate sections of the Long Notification Message Form.
10. Review all notification message forms containing radiological data prior to transmittal.

EIP-2-020 RRV - 25 PAGE 22 OF 61 EIP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 22 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 3 OF 5 RADIATION PROTECTION ADVISOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)

11. After initial PAR implementation, assuming no change in dose projections which would require an increase in PARs, wind shifts which change the scenario number may trigger an increase in PARs to a higher level.

To determine the appropriate PAR, review the emergency scenario maps and the National Weather Service (NWS) forecast. In addition, if NWS indicates continued wind shifts, consider the following guidance:

a. Present PARs - Evacuate 2 mile radius, evacuate 5 miles downwind, shelter the 10 mile radius and evacuate schools, institutions and recreation areas in the 5 mile radius (minimum PARs)

Wind shifts - Evacuate 5 mile radius and shelter the 10 mile radius (Scenario #12)

b. Present PARs - Evacuate 5 mile radius, evacuate 10 miles downwind, shelter the remaining 10 mile radius and evacuate schools, institutions and recreation areas in the 10 mile radius Wind shifts - Evacuate 10 mile radius (Scenario #27)
12. Inform RM of wind shifts which could affect PARs.
13. When PARs are issued, provide recommended routes for personnel and deliveries into RBS.
14. If doses > 1 rem TEDE or >5 rem CDE thyroid are projected at 10 miles, estimate the projected dose at 15, 20 and 25 miles, as appropriate. Inform the RM and the LDEQ Liaison of the distance and downwind areas at which a Protective Action Guideline (PAG) is estimated to be exceeded.
15. Periodically assess EOF and JIC habitability.
16. Evaluate radiation exposures of EOF and JIC personnel and inform anyone approaching 10CFR20 limits.
17. Periodically update the RM, LDEQ, and RPC on offsite radiological data, both real time measurements and projected exposures.
18. Keep the RPC informed of activities.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 23 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 4 OF 5 RADIATION PROTECTION ADVISOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)

19. Evaluate the need for EOF, JIC or offsite team personnel to exceed 10CFR20 limits or the need for the use of Potassium Iodide (KI) in accordance with EIP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls. Inform the RM and obtain the Emergency Director's authorization.
20. Make arrangements with environmental services for analysis of environmental samples taken by offsite monitoring teams.

RELOCATION ACTIONS Date:

Actions Completed Initials

1. Direct the RPC to have a Radiation Protection Technician or Chemistry Technician report to the TSC for control of monitoring teams.
2. Transfer overall responsibility for dose assessment and monitoring teams to the Radiation Protection Coordinator in the TSC.
3. Review radiological and meteorological information and provide directions to the __

staff relocating to the Alternate EOF. A suggested route to the Zachary Monitoring/Decontamination Station and the Alternate EOF is shown on Page 5. Ensure that the EOF staff have TLDs and pocket dosimeters prior to relocating to the Alternate EOF.

4. Ensure that the EOF Habitability Technician obtains survey meters and the TLD Tracking Log for transport to the Alternate EOF.
5. Direct the EOF Habitability Technician to perform a sweep of the EOF, JIC, and Training Center to verify that all personnel have evacuated the building prior to relocating and send him to the Alternate EOF or Zachary Monitoring/

Decontamination Station.

DEACTIVATION Date:

1. When directed by the EOF Manager, have the radiological staff deactivate the EOF.
2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 24 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 5 OF 5 RADIATION PROTECTION ADVISOR ST. FRANCISVILLE ZACHARY DIRECTIONS TO ALTERNATE EOF:

Proceed south down U.S. 61 and take route 1, 2, 3 or 4 to the Zachary Fire Dept.

located on La. Hwy. 64.

When departing, turn left on Hwy 64 and proceed to the stop light at Hwy. 19 (LA 120).

Turn right on Hwy. 19 and continue until you reach Interstate 110.

Turn left onto Interstate 110 and continue until you reach the Government Street exit in Baton Rouge. Take the Government Street exit and turn left onto Government Street.

After crossing a set of railroad tracks, turn left onto South

[5th Street. Turn in at gate BATON on your right and proceed to ROUGE the parking area between the two buildings on your right.

ALT.

GOVERNMENT STREET PROOOIOM.CDR EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 25 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 1 OF 4 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Ensure Assistant Radiological Assessment Coordinator (ARAC) is prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
2. Inform Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA) when prepared to perform dose assessment activities.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE Offsite teams are expected to report in 75 minutes and be readyfor deployment as soon as possible but no later than 90 minutes following notification.

1. Offsite Team Coordinator and offsite monitoring teams are available and prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
2. Call the National Weather Service to obtain weather forecast.
3. Brief offsite monitoring teams regarding meteorological and radiological

"- conditions prior to dispatch. Use page 4 of this attachment as a guide.

4. Ensure offsite teams complete applicable attachments of EIP-2-012 in regards to the administration of potassium iodide (KI).
5. Dispatch offsite monitoring teams.
6. Provide direction to the Offsite Team Coordinator in tracking offsite monitoring personnel, including dose limits, frequency of dose checks, etc.

If State offsite teams are available, coordinate offsite monitoring with the State representative in the EOF.

7. Review and assess the results of dose calculations and offsite monitoring team data. Based on the data indications, assess the need for the use of potassium iodide (KI) by the offsite teams.
8. Keep the RPA informed of all activities.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 26 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 2 OF 4 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR

9. When a release is in progress, direct the Offsite Team Coordinator to obtain Offsite Team dosimeter readings. Direct the ARAC to convert the readings to TEDE and evaluate as follows:
a. When a Team Member's dosimeter reading reaches 1 R, immediately convert to TEDE and evaluate.
b. If converted TEDE is greater than 5 rem, obtain a whole body count as soon as practical to confirm calculated TEDE, and consider replacing the individual on the Team.
c. If confirmed TEDE is greater than 5 rem, inform Radiation Protection Coordinator (RPC) of overexposure for NRC notification (IOCFR20).
10. Direct the Offsite Team Coordinator to notify Offsite Monitoring Teams if potassium iodide (KI) is recommended.
11. If doses > I rem TEDE or >5 rem CDE thyroid are projected at 10 miles, estimate the projected dose at 15, 20 and 25 miles, as appropriate. Inform the Radiation Protection Advisor of the distance and downwind areas at which a Protective Action Guideline (PAG) is estimated to be exceeded.

Estimate radiation doses beyond 10 miles using .the following factors:

These ratios may be used regardless of Stability Class, Wind Speed or Time After Shutdown when the Core State = "Fuel Melt".

Radiation Dose at 15 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.387 Radiation Dose at 20 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.267 Radiation Dose at 25 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.226 Ratios are applicable to either TEDE or CDE, although CDE Thyroid will normally be the dominant factor.

RELOCATION ACTIONS Date:

Actions Completed Initials

1. Ensure transfer of responsibility for dose assessment to the Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator or RPC.
2. Direct the Offsite Team Coordinator to transfer control of monitoring teams to the RPC and brief the RPC on status of monitoring teams.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 27 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 3 OF 4 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR RELOCATION ACTIONS (cont'd)

3. Ensure backup dose assessment computer is transported to the Alternate EOF, including spare battery and charger.
4. Relocate to the Alternate EOF when the Assistant Radiological Assessment Coordinator and the Offsite Team Coordinator have been relieved.

DEACTIVATION Date:

1. When directed by the RPA, deactivate the EOF.
2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the RPA.
3. Ensure that Offsite Monitoring Teams are informed to deactivate.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 28 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 4 OF 4 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR Offsite Monitoring Team Briefing Checklist Wind Direction & Speed Probable exposure rates, if known Exposure limits (including turnback threshold)

First sample location Team #1 Team #2 Directions to sample location Release Rate (or imminent)

KI Protective Clothing Plant conditions/status Verify Resp./Fit Quals Date Comments Briefing performed by:

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 29 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 1 OF 3 ASSISTANT RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials I Verify the operability of the Computer Aided Dose Assessment Program (CADAP).

NOTE:

If the DigitalRadiation MonitoringSystem (DRMS) or meteorologicaltower information is unavailablein the facility, have Radiation ProtectionAdvisor (RPA) request an individualfrom the OSC be dispatchedto the Control Room to relay data. The onsite hotline, if available,may be used to relay this information.

2. Ensure that the RM- 11 module of the DRMS is operable as follows:
a. Ensure that RM- 11 Console and printer power switches are in the "ON" position.
b. Check RM-1 1 Console screen brightness by turning "BRIGHTNESS" button.
c. If display does not appear on screen, flip "ALTERNATE/

PRIMARY" selector switch from one position to the other.

d. Press any "GRID" switch and display should appear on screen.
e. If display does not appear on screen, perform the following:
1. Proceed to the EOF Communications Equipment Room to breaker box # LL (Door #300-02).
2. If breaker(s) has tripped, switch to "OFF POSITION" then switch to "ON" position.
3. Proceed as described in Step "a." above.
3. Ensure that the meteorological printer is operable.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 30 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 2 OF 3 ASSISTANT RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials

4. Verify operability of the Onsite Hotline by calling the TSC at 201.
5. Inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.

SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS

1. Assume control of dose assessment activities when directed by the RPA.
2. Perform dose assessment calculations in accordance with EIP-2-024, Offsite Dose Calculations. Provide the results to the RAC.
3. Keep the RAC informed of changes in wind direction.
4. Verify the operability of the backup CADAP computer, as time permits.

Place the LapTop computer battery on charge.

5. Provide DRMS data to the RAC.

6, As directed, convert offsite monitoring team dosimeter readings to TEDE and provide results to the RAC for evaluation.

7. If doses > 1 rem TEDE or >5 rem CDE thyroid are projected at 10 miles, estimate the projected dose at 15, 20 and 25 miles, as appropriate. Inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator of the distance and downwind areas at which a Protective Action Guideline (PAG) is estimated to be exceeded.

Estimate radiation doses beyond 10 miles using the following factors:

These ratios may be used regardless of Stability Class, Wind Speed or Time After Shutdown when the Core State = "Fuel Melt".

Radiation Dose at 15 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.3 87 Radiation Dose at 20 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.267 Radiation Dose at 25 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.226 Ratios are applicable to either TEDE or CDE, although CDE Thyroid will normally be the dominant factor.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 31 OF61

ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 3 OF 3 ASSISTANT RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Turn over dose assessment functions to the Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator or RP Coordinator.
2. Obtain backup dose assessment computer, spare battery and charger to transport to the Alternate EOF (AEOF).

DEACTIVATION Date:

1. When directed by the RAC, deactivate the EOF.
2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the RPA.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 32 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE 1 OF 2 OFFSITE TEAM COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) when you are prepared to perform functional responsibilities.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS

1. Verify the operability of the Offsite Monitoring Team radio. Ensure the radio check includes two portable radios, as well as, the vehicle's mobile radio for each of the monitoring teams.
2. Direct offsite monitoring personnel to detect and measure radioactive releases.
3. Provide field data from the Offsite Monitoring Teams to the RAC and Assistant Radiological Assessment Coordinator (ARAC).
4. Relay instructions and information provided by the RAC and ARAC to monitoring personnel.
5. Record the Offsite Monitoring Teams' location and readings on the Offsite Monitoring Team Status Board.
6. Keep the Offsite Monitoring Teams informed of plant conditions, wind direction, classifications, release status, and information received during EOF briefings.
7. Keep a record of Offsite Monitoring Team radiation exposures. If any member reaches 1 R on their dosimeter, notify the RAC immediately.

RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Turn over control of offsite teams to the assigned RP Technician or Chemistry Technician in the TSC.
2. Inform the offsite teams when control has been transferred to the TSC.
3. Inform the RAC when turnover is completed.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 33 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE 2 OF 2 OFFSITE TEAM COORDINATOR DEACTIVATION Date:

1. When directed by the RAC, deactivate the EOF.
2. Inform the Offsite Monitoring Teams of their duties or to deactivate.
3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the RPA.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 34 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 8 PAGE 1 OF 3 EOF HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Perform operational checks on monitoring equipment prior to use.
2. Perform radiation and airborne radioactivity surveys in accordance with RPP-0006, Radiological Surveys or applicable attachments of EIP-2-014, Offsite Radiological Monitoring, to ensure that the EOF and JIC are habitable. Report survey results to the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA).
3. Inform the RPA when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS I. As directed, distribute pocket dosimeters and issue TLDs using page 3.

2. Establish a contamination control point outside of door TC-300-17, as directed.
3. Perform periodic EOF and JIC habitability surveys.
4. Place dosimeters and TLDs in various locations in the JIC for monitoring purposes.
5. Decontaminate individuals as required in accordance with RP- 104, Personnel Decontamination Event.
6. Keep the RPA informed of all activities.

RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Akctions Completed Initials

1. Sweep the EOF, JIC, and Training Center to ensure that all personnel have evacuated.
2. Bring survey instruments and TLD Tracking Log with you to the Alternate EOF (AEOF).

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 35 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 8 PAGE 2 OF 3 EOF HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN DEACTIVATION Date:

1. When directed by the RPA, deactivate the EOF.
2. Ensure that all dosimeters and TLDs that were distributed are collected.
3. Ensure that all monitoring instrumentation is operable, then turn power off and store in proper location. Report problems to the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA).
4. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the RPA.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 36 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 8 PAGE 3 OF 3 EOF HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN TLD Tracking Log (D Retumed (Typical)

Date: SSN Print First, MI)

TLD# Name(Last, TLD# Name(Last, First, MD) Print SSN Returned([

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 37 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 1 OF 4 COMMUNICATOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Verify the operability of the following communications equipment:

a) State and Local Hotline, call the Emergency Operations Center (LOEP) at 361.

b) Civil Defense Radio Console, call LOEP.

c) ESP Computer

2. Inform EOF Manager when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.

SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS NOTE Notification to State and local authoritiesmust be made within approximately 15 minutes of a declarationof an emergency or ProtectiveAction Recommendation (PAR) change using the Short Notification Message Form (SNMF).

1. Assume responsibility for notifications when directed by the Recovery Manager.
2. Assist the EOF Manager in completing the appropriate Notification Message Form (NMF). Ensure that the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA) reviews all dose data prior to Recovery Manager (RM) review and approval to transmit. When directed, make notifications of the emergency to State and local authorities.
3. Verify NMF receipt with State and local authorities, using the State and Local Hotline. Complete a new NMF Verification Checklist (page 3) for each message sent.
4. If an agency has not received the message, obtain message receipt verification from the other agencies, and re-transmit the message (ESP Computer) to the non-receiving party.
5. If the message is still not received, read it to the agency (s), line by line. Message may be faxed as needed.
6. If no contact is made with a location on the Hotline, call the location on the commercial telephone to verify receipt of message. If commercial telephones are inoperable, the Civil Defense Radio may be used.

EIP-2-02{0 REV 9 PAGE 38 OF 61 EIP-2-020 REV-2S PAGE3ROF6t

ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 2 OF 4 COMMUNICATOR

7. When PARs are issued:
a. During the verification of message receipt on the Hotline, inform LOEP and the Parish Emergency Operations Centers (EOCs) that you will call them back in five minutes for PAR confirmation.
b. After five minutes, contact LOEP and the five Parish EOCs. Using page 4, verify that the Directors or the Assistant Directors of all Parishes and the Operations Officer at LOEP are on the Hotline.
c. When verified, request the Recovery Manager and the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) Liaison to pick up the Hotline for PAR verification and give the RM the PAR Verification Checklist.
8. Make follow-up notifications to State and local authorities as directed by the Recovery Manager. Verify receipt of each NMF using a new NMF Verification Checklist.
9. Maintain a file of all notification message forms and verification checklists.
10. Ensure that Administrative personnel distribute all Short and Long Notification Message Forms to EOF staff.
11. Update classification/notification status on status board.
12. Upon termination of the emergency, notify State and local authorities using the Long Notification Message Form.

RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Transfer the responsibility for communications with State and local authorities to the TSC Communicator.

DEACTIVATION Date:

1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the EOF.
2. Ensure that all messages are cleared and ESP Computer control is returned to the Control Room.
3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 39 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 3 OF 4 COMMUNICATOR NMF VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Ensure at least one of the agencies in each of the following rows receives the message.

MESSAGE #

MSG. REC'D FACILITY PHONE # Hotline # (Y/N/NA)

La. Department of Environmental Quality 9-765-0160 371 (LDEQ) (M-F - 8AM to 4PM only, LOEP will notify all other times)

La. Office of Emergency Preparedness 9-925-7500 (24-hr. pt.) 361 (LOEP) (State EOC)

West Feliciana Parish (WFP) EOC 9-635-4792 351 24-HR. PT. 9-635-3241 352 East Feliciana Parish (EFP) EOC 9-634-7269 341 24-HR. PT. 9-683-5459 342 Pointe Coupee Parish (PCP) EOC 9-694-9014 331 24-HR. PT. 9-694-3737 332 East Baton Rouge Parish (EBRP) EOC 9-389-2100 311 24-HR. PT. 9-389-3300 312 West Baton Rouge Parish (WBRP) EOC 9-346-1581 321 24-HR. PT. 9-343-9234 321 Mississippi Emergency Management 9-1-800-222-6362 (24 hr. pt.) 381 Agency (MEMA) 9-1-601-352-9100 (alternate)

Mississippi Highway Patrol (MHP) 9-1-601-987-1530 (backup) 382 1 Parish EOCs and LOEP Operations Officer informed of 5-minute PAR verification phone call YES NO NA Message Verified Communicator Signature/KCN Time/Date EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 40 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 4 OF 4 COMMUNICATOR PAR VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Scenario # Recommended: Date:

Communicator verifies that correct individuals are on the Hot Line by placing a check mark on the appropriate line. The RM will verify approved scenario and initial the form.

WEST FELICIANA PARISH: RM Initial On Line Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #

EAST FELICIANA PARISH:

Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #

POINTE COUPEE PARISH:

Director of Emergency Preparedness -----

Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #

WEST BATON ROUGE PARISH:

Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #

EAST BATON ROUGE PARISH:

Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #

STATE OF LOUISIANA LOEP Operations Officer Siren Sounding Time:

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 41 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 10 PAGE 1 OF 2 OPERATIONS ADVISOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Verify ERIS monitor is operational. If power is not available, perform the following:
a. Check UPS panel, circuit #8 located in the Emergency Planning Storage Locker, door TC 300-14.
b. If the main breaker and/or other breakers have tripped, switch to "OFF" position and switch to the "ON" position.
2. If ERIS is inoperable, obtain plant parameters from the Control Room.
3. Inform the EOF Manager when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.

SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS

1. Establish contact with the TSC and Control Room and obtain current plant status and emergency operations in progress.
2. Verify that Status Communicators correctly update status boards with information obtained from ERIS and headset circuit.
3. Ensure that the EOF staff is kept informed of:
a. Current plant conditions.
b. Actions being performed or anticipated to mitigate the accident.
c. Repairs and investigations initiated.
4. Recommend actions on classification of emergencies, as necessary.
5. Keep the Recovery Manager informed on status.
6. Follow EOPs/SAPs and keep RM informed of status.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 42 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 10 PAGE 2 OF 2 OPERATIONS ADVISOR RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Inform the Operations Support Coordinator of the transfer to the Alternate EOF (AEOF).
2. Take EOP Flowcharts, EOP Bases, and SAP flowcharts with you to the AEOF.

DEACTIVATION Date:

1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the EOF.
2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 43 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 11 PAGE 1 OF 2 TECHNICAL ADVISOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials I. Ensure that ventilation system is placed in the Emergency Mode. For ventilation activation:

a. Obtain master key from EOF key box.
b. Turn both ventilation switches in Room TC 300-06 of the EOF from normal to emergency positions.
c. Go to Room TC 300-09 (Mechanical Equipment Room),

and verify that valve "A" is closed and valve "B" is open.

d. Leave ventilation switches in emergency position.
e. Inform Radiation Protection Advisor of ventilation system mode.
2. Inform the EOF Manager when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.

SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS

1. Ensure headset is operational.
2. Obtain information on the status of the reactor core from the Reactor Engineer or Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator.
3. Review proposed plant operations and assess the effect on core conditions.
4. Communicate with the Reactor Engineer or the Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator on recommendations for plant operations that would affect core conditions.
5. Using the information obtained over the headset, make recommendations on engineering actions to the Engineering Support Advisor.
6. Keep RP Advisor, Recovery Manager, and EOF Manager informed of significant changes in core state.
7. When Severe Accident Procedures (SAPs) are entered, periodically review parameter trends to determine if RPV breach is imminent or has occurred.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 44 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 11 PAGE 2 OF 2 TECHNICAL ADVISOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)

8. When SAPs are entered, periodically review parameter trends for inconsistencies.
9. Upon termination of the emergency, return ventilation switches to normal.

RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Action s Completed Initials

1. Inform the Reactor Engineer and Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator of your departure to the Alternate EOF (AEOF).

DEACTIVATION Date:

1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the EOF.
2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 45 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 12 PAGE I OF I STATUS COMMUNICATOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Ensure headset is operable.
2. Update status boards with information obtained from ERIS, notification message forms, and headset circuit.
3. Ensure that the general information print board is operable and producing good copies. Update with current emergency status.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS

1. Continually update all status boards with current information from ERIS, information obtained over the headset, Notification Message Forms (NMFs) or from the Operations Advisor. Status boards include, but are not limited to:
a. General information print board
b. Rx pressure and level chart
c. Rx critical parameter chart
d. Equipment status board
2. Print the general information print board, as necessary and ensure that

- Administrative personnel distribute to EOF staff.

3. Ensure that the Operations Advisor and EOF Manager periodically verify status board information.

RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Assist EOF staff in gathering material to be transferred to the Alternate EOF (AEOF).

DEACTIVATION Date:

1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the EOF.
2. Forward all documentation generated by the Status Communicator to the EOF Manager.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 46 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 13 PAGE 1 OF 2 ENGINEERING SUPPORT ADVISOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Obtain plant status from the Operations Advisor.
2. Ensure that Engineering Support personnel are assembled and prepared to perform functional responsibilities.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS

1. Obtain information on engineering activities underway from the Engineering Coordinator in the TSC.
2. Keep Engineering Support informed of plant activities.
3. Coordinate the activities of the Engineering Support personnel.
4. Periodically communicate with the Engineering Coordinator on plant activities.
5. Obtain periodic updates from the Technical Advisor on plant activities.
6. Obtain prints, procedures, and documents from the Administrative Support Personnel.
7. Assist the Engineering Coordinator as necessary. Relay suggestions on possible repair or corrective actions.
8. Ensure Engineering Support addresses long-term issues and develops recovery actions.
9. Keep the EOF Manager informed of all activities.

RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Collect any prints, documents, procedures, etc. needed at the Alternate EOF (AEOF).
2. Assist as necessary with transport of documents to the AEOF.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 47 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 13 PAGE 2 OF 2 ENGINEERING SUPPORT ADVISOR DEACTIVATION Date:

1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the EOF.
2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 48 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 14 PAGE I OF I ENGINEERING SUPPORT ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Obtain plant status from the Engineering Support Advisor.
2. Inform the Engineering Support Advisor when prepared to perform functional duties.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS

1. Provide advice on plant repair or corrective actions to the Engineering Support Advisor.
2. Address long-term issues.
3. Develop list of recovery actions.
4. Keep the Engineering Support Advisor informed of all activities.

RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Collect any prints, documents, procedures, etc. needed at the Alternate EOF (AEOF).
2. Assist as necessary with transport of documents to the AEOF.

DEACTIVATION Date:

1. When directed by the Engineering Support Advisor, deactivate the EOF.
2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the Engineering Support Advisor.

EIP-2-()2( REV - 25 PAGE 49 OF 61 ETP-2-020 REV-25 PAGE49OF6I

ATTACHMENT 15 PAGE 1 OF 1 HPN COMMUNICATOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Obtain current radiological conditions from the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA)
2. Ensure headset is operable.
3. Assist the RPA until required to man the Health Physics Network (HPN).

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS

1. When notified by the ENS Communicator, establish contact with the NRC Operations Center and request to be placed on the HPN network.
2. Relay health physics, dose assessment, and meteorological information as requested by the NRC.
3. If in doubt about information, check with the RPA and EOF Manager on the accuracy of your information prior to passing it on to the NRC.
4. Keep the RPA informed of NRC interest and your activities.
5. Upon termination of the emergency, notify the NRC.

RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Inform the ENS Communicator of transfer to Alternate EOF (AEOF) and for him to provide information to the NRC.
2. Inform the NRC of transfer to the AEOF and that the ENS Communicator will provide data.

DEACTIVATION Date:

1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the EOF.
2. Secure the HPN network after receiving concurrence from the NRC.
3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE AG501 50 OF 61 EIP-2-020 RE-5

ATTACHMENT 16 PAGE 1 OF 2 ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT PERSONNEL ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials I. Test the operability of administrative equipment. Administrative equipment includes, but is not limited to:

  • Copier
  • Fax machine
  • Printer (laser)
  • Electronic document printer
  • Print board
2. Obtain all previous Notification Message Forms. Copy and distribute to EOF staff.
3. Assist the EOF staff in activating the facility.
4. Inform the Administrative/Logistics Advisor when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1 Retrieve, copy and distribute ERIS data, Notification Message Forms, and printouts from status board as necessary.

2. Update the 10-mile EPZ map with current protective action recommendations.
3. Retrieve drawings, procedures, and documents.
4. Copy information from print board when print board is inoperable.
5. Provide clerical support as directed by the Administrative/Logistics Advisor.

RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Act ions Completed Initials

1. Collect and transport documents, as necessary to the Alternate EOF (AEOF).

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 51 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 16 PAGE 2 OF 2 ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT PERSONNEL DEACTIVATION Date:

1. When directed by the Administrative/Logistics Advisor, deactivate the EOF.
2. Ensure that all procedures, drawings, reference materials and equipment are stored in the appropriate location and condition.
3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 52 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 17 PAGE 1 OF 1 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SPECIALIST ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials I. Ensure that the siren computer is operable.

2. Check ESP-COMM modems and reset as necessary.
3. Assist communicators, as necessary.
4. Perform any corrective actions required to establish all communications circuits.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS

1. Enable siren system, as directed.
2. Ensure that all sirens have sounded when protective actions are carried out by the Parishes.
3. Verify Parish sirens have sounded as they call in to the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ).
4. Activate any sirens that did not sound.
5. Take corrective action on any communication system that is not operable.
6. Obtain additional assistance through the Administrative/Logistics Advisor, as necessary.

RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Proceed to the Alternate EOF (AEOF) with the EOF Manager to assist in the setup of the AEOF.

DEACTIVATION Date:

1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the EOF.
2. Ensure that all equipment is operable and that all sirens are disabled.
3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 53 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 18 PAGE 1 OF 2 EOF REGISTRATION ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Ensure that the back door at the west end of the EOF is shut.
2. Ensure that door TC 300-17 leading to the decontamination room is shut and locked.
3. Ensure that the inner door, TC 300-16 at the west end of the EOF is shut.
4. Ensure that both indications on the door push buttons indicate "Green".
5. Ensure EOF access list is available.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS

1. When EOF doorbell rings, push the UNLOCK push button for the outer door. The light should change from "Green" to "Red".

NOTE Anyone not on the access list must be approved by the Recovery Manager (RM) or EOF Managerfor entry into the EOF. NRC personnelshouldpresent their credentials as authorizationto enter the EOF.

2. When the individual comes through door TC 300-16, ensure that the individual is on the EOF access list and signs the EOF staffing list on Page 2.
3. Keep the EOF Manager informed of any problems or abnormal occurrences.

RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Assist with transportation of materials to the Alternate EOF (AEOF).

DEACTIVATION Date:

1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the EOF.
2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 54 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 18 PAGE 2 OF 2 EOF REGISTRATION EOF STAFFING SHEET Recovery Manager I

EOF Manager Radiation Protection Advisor Radiological Assessment Coordinator Asst. Rad. Assessment Coordinator Offsite Team Coordinator Operations Advisor Administrative/Logistics Advisor Communicators (2)

RP Technicians (3)

Chemistry Technicians (2)

Status Communicator(s)

Technical Advisor HPN Communicator Events Information Team Engineering Support Advisor Engineering Support Administrative Support Telecommunications EOF Registration RIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 55 OF 61 ETP-2-020 REV -25 PAGE 55 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 19 PAGE 1 OF 3 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (P1kRS) q.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 56 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 19 PAGE 2 OF 3 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (PARS)

BLOCK 1 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 2 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE 5 MILES DOWNWIND AND SHELTER THE 10 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE SCHOOLS, INSTITUTIONS, RECREATION AREAS 5 MILE RADIUS.

Locate the wind direction to find the appr priate scenario number to use.

DEGREES SCENARIO CENTERLINE SIDE FROM NUMBER SECTOR SECTOR 168.76-191.25 1 A R&B OR 191.26-213.75 B A&C 213.76-236.25 2 C B &D 236.26-258.75 3 D C&E 258.76-281.25 4 E D&F OR 281.26-303.75 F E&G 303.76-326.25 5 G F &H OR 326.26-348.75 H G&J 348.76-11.25 6 J H&K 11.26-33.75 7 K J&L 33.76-56.25 8 L K&M OR 56.26-78.75 M L&N 78.76-101.25 9 N M&P 101.26-123.75 10 P N&Q OR 123.76-146.25 Q P&R 146.26-168.75 11 R Q&A BLOCK 3 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 5 MILE RADIUS AND SHELTER THE 10 MILE RADIUS.

EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 57 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 19 PAGE 3 OF 3 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (PARS)

BLOCK 2 OR 4 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 5 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE 10 MILES DOWNWIND AND SHELTER THE 10 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE SCHOOLS, INSTITUTIONS, RECREATION AREAS 10 MILE RADIUS.

Locate the wind direction to find the appropriate scenario number to use.

DEGREES SCENARIO CENTERLINE SIDE FROM NUMBER SECTOR SECTOR 168.76-191.25 13 A R&B 191.26-213.75 14 B A&C 213.76-236.25 15 C B&D OR 236.26-258.75 D C&E 258.76-281.25 16 E D&F 281.26-303.75 17 F E&G 303.76-326.25 18 G F&H 326.26-348.75 19 H G&J 348.76-11.25 20 J H&K 11.26-33.75 21 K J&L 33.76-56.25 22 L K&M 56.26-78.75 23 M L&N 78.76-101.25 24 N M&P 101.26-123.75 25 P N&Q OR 123.76-148.25 Q P&R 148.26-168.75 26 R Q&A BLOCK5 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 10 MILE RADIUS DEGREES SCENARIO CENTERLINE SIDE FROM NUMBER SECTOR SECTOR ANY 27 ALL ALL EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 58 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 20 PAGE I OF I LOG FORM (Typical)

Name Date Position Page of TIME ACTIVITY EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 59 PAGE 59 OF OF 61 61 EIP-2-020 REV -25

ATTACHMENT 21 PAGE I OF I ORGANIZATIONAL CHART EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY ORGANIZATION MAIN CONTROL RECOVERY OPERATIONS

.ROOM ,

  • MANAGER l SUPPORT
  • F.N'A.R

~ IN EOF r- - I OTHER LOCATIONS EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE 60 OF 61

ATTACHMENT 22 PAGE I OF I EOF FLOOR PLAN (TYPICAL)

BREEZE WAY DOUBLE DOORS E

C BREEZE WAY DOUBLE DOORS PERSONNEL:

I RECOVERY MANAGER 19 NRC ENVIRONMENTAL DOSE ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR 2 EOF MANAGER 20 EOF REGISTRATION 3 RADIATION PROTECTION ADVISOR 21 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SPECIALIST 4 ASST. RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORD. 22 NRC GOVM'T LIAISON COORD.

5 OFF-SITE TEAM COORD. 23 NRC GOVM'T LIAISON ASST.

6 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORD. 24 LDEQ LOGISTICS COORD.

7 OPERATIONS ADVISOR 25 NRC ENS MONITOR 8 ADMIN/I.OGISTICS ADVISOR 26 NRC REACTOR SAFETY COUNTERPART LINK COMM.

9 COMMUNICATORS 27 NRC REACTOR SAFETY COORD.

10 STATUS COMMUNICATOR(S) 28 NRC PROTECTIVE MEASURES COORD.

11 EOF HABITABILITY TECH. 29 NRC RADIATION SAFETY COORD.

12 TECHNICAL ADVISOR 30 NRC HEALTH PHYSICS SPECIALIST 13 ADMIN. SUPPORT 31 NRC REACTOR SAFETY SPECIALIST 14 EVENTS INFORMATION TEAM 32 LDEQ DOSE ASSESSMENT 15 NRC DSO/MANAGEMENT COUNTERPART LINK 33 NRC EMERGENCY RESPONSE COORD.

16 LDEQ SENIOR LIAISON 34 NRC PROTECTIVE MEASURES COUNTERPART LINK COMM.

17 LDEQ ACCIDENT ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR ENGINEERING SUPPORT ADVISOR 35 18 HPN COMMUNICATOR 36 ENGINEERING SUPPORT 37 ADMIN. SUPPORT DOORS (A) TC300-06 (B) TC-300-09 (C) TC-100-19 (D) TC-300-16 (E) TC-300-17 (F) TC-300-15 (G) TC-300-14 PROO008M.CDR EIP-2-020 REV - 25 PAGE PAGE 61 61 OF OF 61 61 EIP-2-020 REV -25

  • Gi2.23.2 ENTERGY RIVER BEND STATION STATION SUPPORT MANUAL
  • EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE
  • TECHNIICAL SUPPORTCENTER PROCEDURE NUMBER: *EIP-2-018 REVISION NYAMER: *24
  • MAY 2 1 2O02 Effective Date:

NOTE: SIGNATURES ARE ON FILE. RECEIVED MAY 2 1 2002 DOCUMENT CONTROL

  • INDEXING INFORMATION This procedure has been reviewed for 10CFR50.59 applicability.

JCMOR50.59 screening for the programmatic exclusion of all EIP changes, approved by the FRC on 7/10/97, concludes that fWrtber review of chan-ges to this procedure under 10CFR50.59 are not necessary.

REFERENCE USE

TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE NO.

1 PU RP O SE ................................................................................................................................. 2 2 REF ER EN C ES ......................................................................................................................... 2 3 D EFIN ITION S .......................................................................................................................... 2 4 RE SPONSIB ILITIES ....................................................................................................... 4 5 G EN ERA L ................................................................................................................................ 5 6 P ROC E DU RE ........................................................................................................................... 5 7 DOCUMENTATION ...................................................................................................... 7 ATTACHMENT 1 - EMERGENCY DIRECTOR ...................................................................... 8 ATTACHMENT 2 - TSC MANAGER ..................................................................................... 13 ATTACHMENT 3 - ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR ................................................. 19 ATTACHMENT 4 - COMMUNICATOR .............................................................................. 26 ATTACHMENT 5 - RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR .................................... 30 ATTACHMENT 6 - MAINTENANCE SUPPORT COORDINATOR .................................... 35 ATTACHMENT 7 - REACTOR ENGINEER ............................................................................. 37 ATTACHMENT 8 - ENGINEERING COORDINATOR ........................................................ 38 ATTACHMENT 9 - MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS ...................................... 39 ATTACHMENT 10 - OPERATIONS SUPPORT COORDINATOR ...................................... 40 ATTACHMENT 11 - CHEMISTRY/CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT C O ORD INA TO R ...................................................................................................... 42 ATTACHMENT 12 - SECURITY COORDINATOR ............................................................ 44 ATTACHMENT 13 - TSC HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN ................................................. 46 ATTACHMENT 14 - DATA FACILITY COORDINATOR .................................................... 49 ATTACHMENT 15 - STATUS COMMUNICATOR ............................................................ 50 ATTACHMENT 16 - ENS COMMUNICATOR ...................................................................... 51 ATTACHMENT 17 - ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT PERSONNEL ................................. 52 ATTACHMENT 18 - PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (PARs) ................ 53 ATTACHMENT 19 - LOG FORM .......................................................................................... 56 ATTACHMENT 20 - TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER ORGANIZATION CHART ..... 57 ATTACHMENT 21 - TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER FLOOR PLAN ............................ 58 EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 1 OF 58

1 PURPOSE This procedure provides instructions for the activation, operation and deactivation of the Technical Support Center (TSC).

2 REFERENCES 2.1 COP-1050, Post Accident Estimation of Fuel Core Damage 2.2 EIP-2-001, Classification of Emergencies 2.3 EIP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls 2.4 EIP-2-014, Offsite Radiological Monitoring 2.5 EIP-2-015, Post Accident Sampling Operations 2.6 EIP-2-024, Offsite Dose Calculations 2.7 EIP-2-026, Evacuation, Personnel Accountability, and Search and Rescue 2.8 EIP-2-028, Recovery 2.9 RPP-0006, Radiological Surveys 2.10 Commitment 15578 3 DEFINITIONS 3.1 Activation - The process of assembling personnel, verifying equipment operability, and making a facility ready to support the emergency response.

3.2 Augmentation - Actions taken to support onshift personnel or the Emergency Response Organization.

3.3 Habitable - For the purpose of this procedure, the term habitable is based solely on radiological conditions, however, the TSC Manager may declare the facility uninhabitable based on other conditions.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 2 OF 58

3.4 Long Notification Message Form (LNMF) - Used for providing State and local authorities follow-up information. The LNMF is sent out as soon as possible following a SNMF. The LNMF is also sent out for any significant changes to plant conditions that do not require an emergency escalation or change in PARs. No more than 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> should be exceeded between any two LNMFs.

3.5 Operational - Status of an emergency facility declared by the appropriate facility manager upon determining that the facility is adequately staffed and equipment is set up and available to perform the emergency functions assigned to that facility.

3.6 Radioactive release - For the purpose of offsite notifications, and discussions with State and local authorities, a "release" will be determined to be occurring and the "Radioactive Release" on the Short and Long Notification Message Forms is marked "yes", when:

3.6.1 Any one of three effluent monitors indicates a value three times the High alarm set point OR 3.6.2 Any two of the three effluent monitors indicate a value equal or greater than the High alarm set point.

The three effluent monitors are:

TITLE NO.

Main Plant Exhaust Stack RMS-RE125 Channel 4 (4GE125)

Radwaste Vent. Exhaust RMS-RE006 Channel 4 (4GE006)

Fuel Bldg. Vent. Exhaust RMS-RE005 Channel 4 (4GE005)

OR 3.6.3 An unmonitored release is detected at the site boundary by teams with survey instruments.

3.7 Short Notification Message Form (SNMF) - Used for declaration of an emergency classification or changes to the Protective Action Recommendations (PARs). Notification must be made to State and local authorities within approximately 15 minutes. The Short Notification Message Form contains information about the class of emergency, whether a release is taking place, potentially affected population and areas, and whether protective measures may be necessary.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 3 OF 58

4 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 Emergency Director:

4.1.1 assess and classify emergency conditions.

4.1.2 authorize doses in excess of 10CFR20 limits.

4.1.3 direct onsite activities in support of the Control Room.

4.1.4 authorize departures from license conditions or Technical Specifications in accordance with 10 CFR 50.54 (x).

4.1.5 determine need for onsite evacuation, personnel accountability, and implement search and rescue as required.

4.2 Recovery Manager:

4.2.1 provide overall management of River Bend Station (RBS) response activities.

4.2.2 provide notifications and make protective action recommendations to offsite authorities.

4.2.3 coordinate RBS response activities as required with offsite organizations.

4.2.4 ensure that offsite radiological conditions are measured and monitored.

4.2.5 review information being released to the Joint Information Center (JIC).

4.2.6 establish a Recovery Organization.

4.2.7 terminate the emergency.

4.3 TSC Manager - ensures that TSC is activated, manages TSC staff/resources in mitigation efforts, assesses plant conditions and recommends potential mitigation actions, ensures that notification message forms are properly filled out and completed on time, and that TSC staff provide support functions per the applicable section(s) of this procedure.

EIP-2-0189 RRV - 24 PAGE 4 OF -58 EIP-2-O1 8 REV-24 PAGE4OF58

5 GENERAL 5.1 Attachment 20, Technical Support Center Organization Chart is a typical makeup for the TSC.

5.2 Attachment 21, Technical Support Center Floor Plan is a typical setup for the TSC.

5.3 The TSC may be activated at any time, and shall be activated at an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency declaration. Once activated, the TSC shall become operational as soon as possible after declaration of any of these emergency classifications. When TSC minimum staffing can be accomplished with onsite personnel, it is the goal to become operational within 45 minutes. Otherwise, it is the goal to become operational in 90 minutes.

6 PROCEDURE NOTE The actions of thisprocedure may be completed in any sequence, however, the sequence presented is recommended.

6.1 Emergency Director 6.1.1 The Emergency Director should use Attachment 1 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 19.

6.2 TSC Manager 6.2.1 The TSC Manager should use Attachment 2 as a guideline.

Document pertinent information on Attachment 19.

6.3 Administrative Coordinator 6.3.1 The Administrative Coordinator should use Attachment 3 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 19.

6.4 Communicator 6.4.1 The Communicator should use Attachment 4 as a guideline.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 5 OF 58

6.5 Radiation Protection Coordinator 6.5.1 The Radiation Protection Coordinator should use Attachment 5 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 19.

6.6 Maintenance Support Coordinator 6.6.1 The Maintenance Support Coordinator should use Attachment 6 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 19.

6.7 Reactor Engineer 6.7.1 The Reactor Engineer should use Attachment 7 as a guideline.

Document pertinent information on Attachment 19.

6.8 Engineering Coordinator 6.8.1 The Engineering Coordinator should use Attachment 8 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 19.

6.9 Mechanical/Electrical Engineers 6.9.1 The Mechanical Engineers and the Electrical Engineers should use Attachment 9 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 19.

6.10 Operations Support Coordinator 6.10.1 The Operations Support Coordinator should use Attachment 10 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 19.

6.11 Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator 6.11.1 The Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator should use Attachment 11 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 19.

6.12 Security Coordinator 6.12.1 The Security Coordinator should use Attachment 12 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 19.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 6 OF 58

6.13 TSC Habitability Technician 6.13.1 The TSC Habitability Technician should use Attachment 13 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 19.

6.14 Data Facility Coordinator 6.14.1 The Data Facility Coordinator should use Attachment 14 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 19.

6.15 Status Communicator 6.15.1 The Status Communicator should use Attachment 15 as a guideline.

6.16 ENS Communicator 6.16.1 The ENS Communicator should use Attachment 16 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 19.

6.17 Administrative Support Personnel 6.17.1 The Administrative Support Personnel should use Attachment 17 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 19.

7 DOCUMENTATION Attachments 1-18 and 19 of this procedure will be sent to Permanent Plant Files (PPF) per EPP-2-100 by the Manager - Emergency Preparedness.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 7 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 1 OF 5 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial

1. Review status of emergency with the Shift Manager including offsite notifications and any work teams dispatched out of the Control Room.
2. Brief the TSC/OSC staff on the status of the emergency.
3. Review habitability determination and if necessary provide direction on evacuation of the TSC, OSC, or CR.
4. When informed by the TSC Manager that minimum staffing is available and ready to perform functions, announce that the TSC is operational and inform the EOF.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS

1. Brief OSC Director on teams dispatched from the Control Room.

NOTE If the EOF is operational,RM duties can be transferreddirectly to the EOFfrom the ControlRoom.

2. When the TSC is ready to assume control:

2.1 Contact the Shift Manager.

2.1.1 Ensure that message control and dose assessment is transferred to the TSC.

2.1.2 Transfer RAMED duties from the Shift Manager.

2.1.3 Request Shift Manager to make a sitewide announcement of change in RM/ED duties.

2.2 Announce that the TSC has assumed RM/ED duties from the Control Room.

2.3 Inform the EOF that the TSC has assumed control.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 8 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 2 OF 5 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (Cont.'d)

NOTE Items with an asterisk (*) are only performed if responsible for Recovery Managerduties.

3. Coordinate the transfer of Recovery Manager duties with the EOF.
4. Remain in the immediate TSC area, unless relieved by the TSC Manager.
5. Periodically update the TSC/OSC on plant conditions and emergency actions in progress.
6. Review and make emergency classification declarations in accordance with EIP-2-001, Classification of Emergencies.
7. Direct a Limited or Building Evacuation in accordance with EIP-2-026, Attachment 1, if unexpected radiological hazards or other emergency conditions occur which jeopardize personnel safety.
8. At an Alert, if desired, direct the Security Coordinator to perform a precautionary notification of all non-essential personnel, visitors, contractor personnel, and members of the public within the Owner Controlled Area.
9. At declaration of a Site Area Emergency or higher, refer to EIP-2-026, Attachment 2.
  • 10. Review and approve notification message forms for transmittal.

NOTE ProtectiveAction Recommendations (PARs) must be developed within 15 minutes of a GeneralEmergency or data availability which requires upgradingthe PARs.

  • 11. Issue Protective Action Recommendations as necessary.
a. Using Attachment 18, formulate Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) using dose projections, field monitoring data, or plant conditions.
b. Review and discuss the protective actions to be recommended for the general public with the RP Coordinator.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 9 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 3 OF 5 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (Cont.'d)

c. Ensure the Siren System has been enabled in the Control Room or EOF before setting the siren sounding time with the State and local parishes.
d. Provide PARs to State and local authorities within 15 minutes.

Once State and local authorities receive the PARs, the State and local authorities will have approximately 5 minutes to review the PARs.

e. When the Directors of all parishes and the Operations Officer (LOEP) are on the Hotline, verify the PARs (Scenario Number) each parish intends to implement.
f. Write the scenario number approved and initial each parish choice on the PAR Verification Checklist provided by the Communicator.
g. Obtain siren sounding time from Operations Officer and document on PAR Verification Checklist.
  • 12. Revise PARs based on wind shifts when advised by the Radiation Protection Coordinator.

"*13. If doses > 1 rem TEDE or > 5 rem CDE are projected at 10 miles, ensure LDEQ is aware of the need for protective actions beyond 10 miles.

14. Direct development and prioritization of corrective actions to mitigate the emergency.
15. Authorize departures from a license condition or a Technical Specification in accordance with 10 CFR 50.54 (x).
16. Authorize emergency response personnel to receive radiation exposures in excess of 10 CFR 20 limits as required in accordance with EIP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls.
17. Direct the Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator to initiate PASS preparatory actions and PASS sample actions, as necessary.
18. Keep the Recovery Manager informed of the status of onsite emergency response activities.
19. If the OSC becomes uninhabitable, it will relocate to the TSC Conference Room. As necessary, assist the OSC Director in relocation.
20. If the EOF is relocated to the Alternate EOF, assume duties as the Recovery Manager until the Alternate EOF is operational.
21. If the TSC is relocating, refer to Relocation Actions portion of this checklist.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 10 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 4 OF 5 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (Cont.'d)

  • 22. Terminate the emergency in accordance with the following criteria:

ALERT - Terminate the emergency when the Alert conditions are no longer met and the following have been accomplished:

1. The plant is in a stable condition.
2. Excessive releases of radioactivity to the environment have been terminated and no further potential for significant radioactivity releases exists.
3. No further potential for major damage to equipment exists.

SAE/GE- Terminate the emergency when the SAE/GE conditions are no longer met and the following has been accomplished:

1. The reactor is shut down, is in a stable, safe configuration, and adequate core cooling is available.
2. Excessive releases of radioactivity to the environment have been terminated and no further potential for significant radioactivity releases exists.
3. Offsite concentrations of radioactivity in the atmosphere or in waterways have dispersed to near background levels, excluding ground deposition.
4. The State of Louisiana, the local Parishes and the NRC concur in terminating the emergency.
  • 23. Notify the NRC and offsite authorities of the emergency termination.
  • 24. When a Site Area or General Emergency has been terminated, implement EIP-2-028, Recovery.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 11 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 5 OF 5 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR RELOCATION ACTIONS

1. If the TSC becomes uninhabitable, the following personnel and their functions will transfer to the Control Room. These personnel should relocate with their facility procedure binders.

Emergency Director To report to the Shift Manager's desk to assume ED functions.

Reactor Engineer To report to the RE desk to provide support to operations.

Radiation Protection Coordinator To report to CADAP to perform dose assessment.

Operations Support Coordinator To report to the Shift Manager's desk to assist the ED.

TSC Communicator To report to the Communicator's desk to assume offsite communications if necessary.

ENS Communicator- To report to the Communicator's desk to resume NRC communications.

2. The following personnel will report to the Shift Clerk's office to resume OSC functions. They should relocate with radios, SCBAs (with spare bottles), procedures, and forms.

OSC Director- To provide briefings and control teams.

Electrician (1)

Mechanic (1)

I&C Technician (1)

Radiation Protection Technician (1) To perform habitability assessment and team coverage.

Senior Radiation Protection Technician-To assist in team briefings and control offsite teams if necessary.

3. Determine with the Recovery Manager the disposition of remaining OSC and TSC personnel.
a. Send to EOF to be utilized as additional resources (engineers).
b. Send home to remain on standby.

DEACTIVATION

1. After receiving direction from the Recovery Manager, instruct the TSC Manager to deactivate the facility.
2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 12 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 1 OF 6 TSC MANAGER ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial

1. Ensure TSC PA system is turned on for the OSC to hear briefings.
2. Periodically announce that no eating, drinking, or chewing is allowed until habitability is determined.
3. Obtain status of habitability of the TSC from the RP Coordinator. Make announcement of status.
a. If the TSC is uninhabitable, obtain concurrence from the Emergency Director and implement the Relocation Action portion of this checklist.
4. When the TSC is determined to be habitable, make announcement.
5. All minimum staffing personnel have completed the activation portion of their checklist and are prepared to perform functional responsibilities:
a. Emergency Director
b. Operations Support Coordinator
c. Radiation Protection Coordinator
d. Communicator
e. Reactor Engineer (NOTE: RE may be located in Control Room.)
6. Inform the Emergency Director that the TSC is ready to be declared operational.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 13 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 2 OF 6 TSC MANAGER SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE Items with an asterisk (*) are only performed if the TSC is responsiblefor Recovery Managerduties.

NOTE Notifications to State and Local authorities must be made within approximately 15 minutes of a declarationof an emergency or ProtectiveAction Recommendation (PAR) change using the Short NotificationMessage Form.

1. Assist Emergency Director (ED) with transfer of RM/ED duties, as necessary.
2. Ensure status boards are updated.
3. Ensure the OSC Director has had the TSC ventilation system placed in the emergency mode.
4. Relieve the Emergency Director as necessary. Remain in the immediate TSC area when functioning as the Emergency Director and make appropriate announcements.
  • 5. Prepare the appropriate Short Notification Message Form (SNMF).
  • 6. As soon as possible following the SNMF, prepare a Long Notification Message Form (LNMF) as shown on page 5 of this attachment. Refer to page 6 of this attachment for directions on completing the LNMF.
  • 7. Prepare a LNMF when significant changes to plant conditions occur that do not require an emergency escalation or change in PARs. During extended emergencies, time between LNMFs should not exceed 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />.

NOTE The Technical Support Guidelines may be used to assess accident conditions.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 14 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 3 OF 6 TSC MANAGER SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (Cont.'d)

8. Coordinate TSC staff activities:
a. Collection, retention, and transmittal of plant emergency conditions information.
b. Design and installation of short term instrumentation and controls modifications.
c. Design and installation of system modifications.
d. Development of guidance for Operations personnel on the protection of the reactor core.
9. Ensure the Administrative Coordinator develops a long-term relief rotation list for the Control Room, TSC, and OSC.
10. Keep the Emergency Director informed of all activities.
11. If the OSC becomes uninhabitable, assist OSC Director in relocation of OSC personnel to the TSC Conference Room.
  • 12. Upon termination of the emergency, ensure that notifications are made to State and local authorities using the Long Notification Message Form.

RELOCATION ACTIONS

1. If the TSC becomes uninhabitable, the following personnel and their functions will transfer to the Control Room. These personnel should relocate with their facility procedure binders.

Emergency Director To report to the Shift Manager's desk to assume ED functions.

Reactor Engineer To report to the RE desk to provide support to operations.

Radiation Protection Coordinator To report to CADAP to perform dose assessment.

Operations Support Coordinator To report to the Shift Manager's desk to assist the ED.

TSC Communicator To report to the Communicator's desk to assume offsite communications if necessary.

ENS Communicator- To report to the Communicator's desk to resume NRC communications.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 15 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 4 OF 6 TSC MANAGER RELOCATION ACTIONS (Cont.'d)

2. The following personnel will report to the Shift Clerk's office to resume OSC functions. They should relocate with radios, SCBAs (with spare bottles), procedures, and forms.

OSC Director- To provide briefings and control teams.

Electrician (1)

Mechanic (1)

I&C Technician (1)

Radiation Protection Technician (1)

Senior Radiation Protection Technician-To assist in team briefings and control offsite teams if necessary.

3. Consult with the Emergency Director on disposition of remaining personnel.
a. Send to EOF as additional resources (engineers).
b. Send home to remain on standby.

DEACTIVATION

1. When directed by the Emergency Director, announce deactivation of the TSC.
2. Ensure that all equipment is returned. Report all damaged and/or missing equipment to the Manager - Emergency Preparedness.
3. Direct the TSC Communicator to terminate ERDS after receiving NRC concurrence.
4. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the Manager - Emergency Preparedness.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 16 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 5 OF 6 TSC MANAGER NOTIFICATION MIESSAGE FORM

1. THIS IS RIVER BEND NUCLEAR STATION WITH MESSAGE NUMBER
2. A. / B. COMM: C. TEL. NO:

(TIME/DATE) (NAMF)

3. EMERGENCY CLASSIFICNAION:

A. NOTIFICANIION 01 UNUSUAL EVEN-[N C. [: SITE ARE'A E'MERGENCY F.-- TERMINATE.r)

B. AI.FRT r. 7 GLNILRAL EMURGLNCY

4. CURRENT EMERGENCY CLASSIICATION - DECLARATION = TERMINATION Time/Date: /

5.

RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS:

A. No Protective Actions Rccommendcd At This Time (Go to item 6).

B. EVACUJAIL SHFITFR

6. INCIDENT DESCRIPTION/UPDATE/COMMENTS:
7. REACTOR SHUTDOWN? = NO =-Z YES
8. METEOROLOGICAL DATA:

A. Wind direction FROM Degrees at MPH B. Sectors Alrhcted (A-R):

C. Stabilily Class (A-0):

D). Precipitation: = None = Rain = Sleet = Snow, - Hail = Other

9. RELEASE LNFORMATION:

A. -7 No Release (GO to item 13) C. E-]A IELEASE OCCURRED BUT STOPPED; Duration hrs, Re mLe Stopped at hrs.

B. -7 A RELEASE IS OCCURRING: Expected Duration Ilrs.

Release Started at hrs.

10. TYPE OF RELEASE:

A. F] Radioactive Gases 3. F] Radioactive Airborne Particulates C. [] Radioactive Liquids

11. RELEASE RATE:

A. NOBLE GASES Cl/s B. IODINES Ct/s

12. ESTIMATE OF PRO.IErCIrED OFF-SITE DOSE:

A. Projections for hours based on: "- Fi eld Data L_= Plant Data B. (TEDE) WB DOSE COMIrE'MENT (Rem) C. (CDE) THYROID DOSE COMMITMENT (Rem)

Site Boundary 5 miles Site Boundawy 5 miICe 2 miles 10 miles 2 miles 10 miles

13. MESSAGE APPROVED BY: TITLE:
14. MESSAGE RECEIVED BY: TIME:

PROO01I5Nf.CDR EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 17 OF 58 EIP-2-O1 8 REV-24 PAGE 17 0F58

ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 6 OF 6 TSC MANAGER GUIDELINES FOR COMPLETING THE LNMF ESP COMM MANUAL METHOD Message Number automatic Assign a message number. Number the messages sequentially Line 1 until the emergency is terminated.

2A Time/Date automatic upon transmission, 2A Enter Time/Date message was transmitted.

2B Comm: Select facility from pull-down menu. 2B Comm.: Enter facility name.

2C Tel. No.: Indicate "hotline" unless alternate 2C Tel. No.: Indicate "hotline" unless alternate Line 2 method is being used, then enter alternate method. method is being used, then enter alternate method.

Line 3 Automatic from Short Form. If termination message, Check appropriate classification or terminated.

check "terminated".

Line 4 Automatic from Short Form. For termination, check Check either declaration or termination. Enter time/date of "termination" and enter termination time/date, emergency declaration or termination.

Check appropriate box(es). If PAR has been Check appropriate box(es). If PARs have been recommended, Line 5 recommended, select appropriate protective actions and indicate the scenario number.

indicate scenario number.

Enter description from Short Form. May add Enter description from Short Form. May add information as Line 6 information as necessary. Use this line to correct any necessary. Use this line to correct any previous errors.

_ _ previous errors.

Line 7 Indicate if the reactor is shutdown. Information should Indicate if the reactor is shutdown. Information should be be obtained from Operations. If yes, enter time/date. obtained from Operations. If yes, enter the time/date.

Information for Lines 8A-C can be found on CADAP on Information for Lines 8A-C can be found on CADAP on the the "values" screen. A backup to CADAP for "values" screen. A backup to CADAP for meteorological data is Line 8 meteorological data is the RM-21 printer in the TSC the RM-21 printer in the TSC Computer Room (SB 123-04).

Computer Room (SB 123-04). 8A - Enter wind direction and speed.

8A - Enter wind direction and speed. 8B - Enter the affected sectors according to the 8B - Enter the affected sectors according to the current current wind direction.

wind direction. 8C - Enter stability class.

8C - Enter stability class. 8D - Check appropriate box.

8D - Check appropriate box.

NOTE: 8 A-C are automaticallycompleted when dose data is importedfrom CADAP.

Determine if there is a release. Determine if there is a release.

9A If no release, check block A and proceed to line 13. 9A If no release, check block A and proceed to line 13.

9B/C If release has occurred or is occurring, 9B/C If release has occurred or is occurring, Line 9 check B or C as appropriate and enter check B or C as appropriate and enter duration and time release started/stopped. duration and time release started/stopped.

When checking B & C, be sure to import When checking B & C, be sure to import appropriate dose data. appropriate dose data.

Indicate the type of release. If there is no core damage, Indicate the type of release. If there is no core damage, check Line 10 check 1OA. If there is clad damage or fuel melt, check I OA. If there is clad damage or fuel melt, check 1OA & I OB. If 1OA & lOB. If the release is a liquid release, check 10C. the release is a liquid release, check 10C.

Line 11 Imported from CADAP Enter release rate. DRMS provides release rates in uCi/sec.

These rates must be converted to Ci/sec. CADAP also provides this information through Notepad.

12A Enter numbers of hours used and method 12A Enter numbers of hours used and method Line 12 used in dose calculation, used in dose calculation.

12B Import from CADAP. 12B Obtain from CADAP results.

Line 13 Enter Recovery Manager/Emergency Director's name Enter Recovery Manager/Emergency Director's name and and "RM/ED" as title. RM/ED must review and approve "RMIED" as title. RM/ED must review and approve NMFs I NMFs prior to transmission, prior to transmission.

Line 14 Leave blank. For use by parishes. Leave blank. For use by parishes.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 18 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 1 OF 7 ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial

1. Call in Administrative personnel for the TSC and the OSC, using the Emergency Telephone Book located in the Administrative Coordinator's binder.
2. Verify that all required TSC staff members are present. If positions remain to be filled, obtain the Dialogics callout log from the TSC fax to determine which TSC staff members have responded. Call additional staff members as required.
3. Check with the TSC Data Facility Coordinator and verify that all TSC administrative equipment is functional. If problems or non-functional equipment is identified, improvise with the use of alternate equipment or initiate actions to repair or replace non-functional equipment.
4. Print daily report and ensure distribution.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS

1. Monitor TSC gaitronics speaker volume and adjust if necessary.
2. Verify with NRC personnel that the FTS 2001 phone lines are operational. Report any problems to the NRC Operations Center using a commercial phone and the numbers listed on the NRC phone.
3. Obtain a list of personnel located in the Protected Area from Security.

This information can be utilized for later shift compliments.

4. Coordinate with the Admin/Logistics Advisor the procurement of additional supplies and resources as directed by the TSC staff.

Coordinate delivery with the Admin/Logistics Advisor and the Security Coordinator. Notify TSC staff personnel of Estimated Time of Arrival for requested materials or resources. If the EOF has relocated, coordinate this with the Corporate Emergency Center (CEC) on the Corporate Hotline.

5. Using pages 3-7 of this attachment develop a staffing rotation list for TSC, OSC, and Control Room personnel. Contact the EOF Admin/Logistics Advisor for EOF RP technician and Chemistry technician staffing needs and the approved access route for responding personnel. Along with the TSC Manager, determine shift times.

Coordinate with the Operations Support Coordinator to identify additional operations personnel needs. Contact the individuals on the list and inform them of the time that they are scheduled to report to the site and the approved route. Unless directed to do otherwise by the Operations Support Coordinator, call out (2) additional NCOs and (2) NEOs to augment the next shift.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 19 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 2 OF 7 ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (Cont'd)

6. Call the Admin/Logistics Advisor for updated information on any injured personnel. Periodically update the TSC Manager on the injured person(s) status.

RELOCATION ACTIONS If TSC is relocating

1. Relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.

DEACTIVATION

1. When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC.
2. Ensure that all equipment, procedures, and drawings are properly stored.
3. Have administrative staff collect all documentation.
4. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 20 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 3 OF 7 ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR OSC STAFF ROTATION (12-Hour Shifts) 1st Shift 2nd Shift 3rd Shift 4th Shift Date: Date: Date: Date:

Position Time: Time: Time: Time:

OSC Director (1)

Manager Electrical (1)

Manager Mechanical (1)

Manager I & C (1)

Status Communicator (1)

OSC Admin Support (1)

Sr. RP Technician (1)

Mechanical Maintenance (Ask Maint. Support Coordinator)

Electrical Maintenance (Ask Maint. Support Coordinator)

I&C Maintenance (Ask Maint. Support Coordinator)

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 21 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 4 OF 7 ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR OSC STAFF ROTATION (Cont.'d)

(12-Hour Shifts) 1 st Shift 2 nd Shift 3rd Shift 4 th Shift Date: Date: Date: Date:

Time: Time: Time: Time!

Tie Time Radiation Protection Technicians OSC (Ask RP Coordinator)

  • 1- + I TSC 1- 4.

EOF Chemistry Technicians osC (Ask Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator) EOF EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 22 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 5 OF 7 ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR TSC STAFF ROTATION (12-Hour Shifts) 1st Shift 2nd Shift 3rd Shift 4th Shift Date: Date: Date: Date:

Position Time: Time: Time: Time:

- *l. 7 Emergency Director (1)

-. 4- + 4- 1 TSC Manager (1)

Reactor Engineer (1)

Mechanical Engineer (Ask Engineering Coordinator)

Electrical Engineer (Ask Engineering Coordinator)

Engineering Coord. (1)

Ops. Support Coord. (1)

Maintenance Support Coordinator (1)

Radiation Protection Coordinator (1)

Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coord. (1)

Security Coordinator (1)

Status Communicator (1) 1 1 Data Facility Coord. (1) 1 1 EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 23 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 6 OF 7 ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR TSC STAFF ROTATION (Cont.'d)

(12-Hour Shifts) 1st Shift 2nd Shift 3rd Shift 4th Shift Date: Date: Date: Date:

Position Time: Time: Time: Time:

Administrative Coordinator (1) i TSC Communicator (1)

ENS Communicator (1)

Administrative Support (Determined by Admin Coordinator)

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 24 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 7 OF 7 ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR CONTROL ROOM STAFF ROTATION (12-Hour Shifts) 1st Shift 2nd Shift 3rd Shift 4th Shift Date: Date: Date: Date:

Position Time: Time: Time: Time:

Shift Manager (1 min)

-I I I Control Room Supervisor (1 min)

-1i Nuclear Control Operators (3 min) 4- + + t Nuclear Equipment Operators (4 min)

-1 +

Shift Technical Advisor (1 min)

__________________________ +

-4 TSC/CR Communicator (1 min)

I.

________________________________________________________

-I Additional Support EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 25 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 1 OF 4 COMMUNICATOR ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial

1. Verify activation of Emergency Response Data System (ERDS).
2. Verify the operability of the following communications equipment:
  • State and Local Hotline, call the Emergency Operations Center (LOEP) at 361.
  • Emergency Shutdown Line, call the OSC at 202.
  • Civil Defense Radio Console, call LOEP
3. Inform TSC Manager when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE Notifications to State and local authoritiesmust be made within approximately 15 minutes of a declarationof an emergency or ProtectiveAction Recommendation (PAR) change using the Short Notification Message Form (SNMF).

1. Contact the Main Control Room Communicator to receive a status on offsite notifications.
2. Assume responsibility for notifications when directed by the ED.
3. Assist the TSC Manager in completing the appropriate Notification Message Form (NMF). Ensure that the RP Coordinator reviews all dose data prior to RM/ED review and approval to transmit. When directed, make notifications of the emergency to State and local authorities.
4. Verify NMF receipt with State and local authorities. Complete a new NMF Verification Checklist (page 3) for each message sent.
5. If an agency has not received the message, obtain message receipt verification from the other agencies and re-transmit the message (ESP Computer) to the non-receiving party.
6. If the message is still not received, read it to the agency(s), line by line. Message may be faxed as needed.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 26 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 2 0F4 COMMUNICATOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (Cont'd)

7. If no contact is made with a location on the Hotline, call the location on the commercial telephone to verify receipt of message. If commercial telephones are inoperable, the Civil Defense Radio may be used.
8. If Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) are issued from the TSC:
a. During the verification of message receipt on the Hotline, inform LOEP and the Parish EOCs that you will call them back in five minutes for PAR confirmation.
b. After five minutes, contact LOEP and the five Parish EOCs. Using the PAR Verification Checklist on page 4, verify that the Directors or the Assistant Directors of all Parishes and the Operations Officer at LOEP are on the Hotline.
c. When verified, request the RM/ED to pick up the Hotline for PAR verification and give the RMJED the PAR Verification Checklist.
9. Make follow-up notifications to State and local authorities as directed by the RM/ED.
10. Maintain a file of all notification message forms and verification checklists.
11. Ensure that Administrative personnel copy and distribute all Notification Message Forms to TSC staff.
12. Contact the EOF Communicator with status of offsite notifications.
13. Transfer notifications to the EOF Communicator when directed by the Emergency Director.

RELOCATION ACTIONS If TSC is relocating, report to Communicator's desk in the Control Room with appropriate supplies to assume offsite notifications should the need arise.

If EOF is relocating, receive turnover from EOF Communicator and resume responsibilities for offsite notifications.

DEACTIVATION

1. When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC.
2. Ensure all messages are cleared and ESP Computer control is returned to the Control Room.
3. Ensure all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 27 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 3 OF 4 COMMUNICATOR NMF VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Ensure at least one of the agencies in each of the following rows receives the message.

MESSAGE #

MSG. REC'D FACILITY PHONE # Hotline # (Y/N/NA)

La. Dept. of Environmental Quality 9-765-0160 371 (LDEQ) (M-F - 8AM to 4PM only, LOEP will notify all other times)

La. Office of Emergency Preparedness 9-925-7500 (24-hr. pt.) 361 (LOEP) (State EOC)

West Feliciana Parish (WFP) EOC 9-635-4792 351 24-HR. PT. 9-635-3241 352 East Feliciana Parish (EFP) EOC 9-634-7269 341 24-HR. PT. 9-683-5459 342 Pointe Coupee Parish (PCP) EOC 9-694-9014 331 24-HR. PT. 9-694-3737 332 East Baton Rouge Parish (EBRP) EOC 9-389-2100 311 24-HR. PT. 9-389-3300 312 West Baton Rouge Parish (WBRP) EOC 9-346-1581 321 24-HR. PT. 9-343-9234 321 Mississippi Emergency Management 9-1-800-222-6362 (24 hr. pt.)

Agency (MEMA) 9-1-601-352-9100 (alternate) 381 Mississippi Highway Patrol (MHP) 9-1-601-987-1530 (backup) 382 Parish EOCs and LOEP Operations Officer informed of 5-minute PAR verification phone call YES NO NA Message Verified Communicator Signature/KCN Time/Date EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 28 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 4 OF 4 COMMUNICATOR PAR VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Scenario # Recommended: Date:

Communicator verifies that correct individuals are on line by placing a check mark on the appropriate line. The RM/ED will verify approved scenario and initial the form.

WEST FELICIANA PARISH: RM/ED Initial On Line Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #

EAST FELICIANA PARISH:

Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #

POINTE COUPEE PARISH:

Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #

WEST BATON ROUGE PARISH:

Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #

EAST BATON ROUGE PARISH:

Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #

STATE OF LOUISIANA LOEP Operations Officer Siren Sounding Time:

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 29 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 1 OF 5 RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial NOTE If no release is occurringor has occurred,the TSC may be presumed to be radiologicallyhabitable without conducting surveys.

1. Using the following guidelines, evaluate radiological conditions and determine habitability of the TSC. Provide results to TSC Manager and post on status board.

Facility habitability is based on a maximum dose limit of 5 rem TEDE over an assumed 12 hour1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> shift.

A combination of 200 mR/hr to the whole body (Deep Dose Equivalent) plus an airborne concentration of 5E-6 [tCi/cc radioiodine in the facility equates to a TEDE of approximately 5 rem in 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.

NOTE If DRMS or meteorologicaltower information is unavailablein the facility, have an individual dispatchedto the ControlRoom to relay data. The onsite hotline, if available,may be used to relay this information.

2. Ensure that the RM- 11 module of the DRMS is operable, as follows:
a. Ensure that the RM- 11 console and printer power switches are in the "ON" position.
b. Check RM-1 1 console screen brightness by turning "BRIGHTNESS" button.
c. If display does not appear on screen, flip "ALTERNATE/

PRIMARY" selector switch from one position to the other.

d. Press any "Grid" button and display should appear on screen.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 30 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 2 OF 5 RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR ACTIVATION (CONT'D)

e. If display does not appear on screen, perform the following:
1. Obtain panel key from TSC key box.
2. Proceed through door SB 123-04 to room #303 (Cable chase room) to check breaker(s).
3. Check breaker #27 and #29 on Panel #1VBN-PNL-06A.
4. If breaker(s) has tripped, reset breaker by taking switch to "OFF" position, then to the "ON" position.
5. Proceed as described in step "a." above.
3. Ensure that the RM-21 module of the DRMS is operable as follows:
a. Type "HELP MET" RETURN to obtain current meteorological information.

Type "HELP RAD" RETURN to obtain plant effluent and meteorological information.

Type "HELP" RETURN to view the "help" menus.

4. Verify operability of the onsite hotline. Call the OSC at 202.
5. Inform the TSC Manager when prepared to assume functional responsibilities.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 31 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 3 OF 5 RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS

1. Check RP technician response to the Dialogics callout and current on-shift RP staffing. Have Administrative Coordinator contact additional technicians as necessary for the following:

NOTE Offsite teams are expected to report in 75 minutes and be readyfor deployment as soon as possible but no later than 90 minutes following notification.

a. OSC Support (9)

C b. EOF as Habitability Technician

c. TSC as Habitability Technician
d. Offsite teams (2)
2. Obtain status of any monitoring teams previously dispatched by the Control Room.
3. As required, ensure the distribution of pocket dosimeters and TLDs to TSC personnel and announce the frequency at which they should be read.
4. As required, direct the establishment of a TSC contamination control point outside door # SB123-19.
5. Ensure OSC dispatches qualified personnel to refill SCBA bottles.
6. Review all notification message forms containing radiological data prior to transmission.
7. Periodically assess TSC habitability.
8. Assess plant radiological conditions and effectiveness of accident mitigation strategies.
9. Review dose projection calculations with the Emergency Director and keep him informed of offsite radiological data, both real time and projected doses.
10. If the TSC is issuing Protective Action Recommendations, perform the following:
a. Using Attachment 18, recommend offsite Protective Action Recommendations to the Emergency Director, as necessary. Provide information without delay.
b. Provide information for the applicable sections of the Notification Message Forms.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 32 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 4 OF 5 RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (Cont'd)

c. After initial PAR implementation, assuming no change in dose projections that would require an increase in PARs, wind shifts which change the scenario number, may trigger an increase in PARs to a higher level. To determine the appropriate PAR, review the emergency scenario maps and the National Weather Service (NWS) forecast. In addition, if NWS indicates continued wind shifts, consider the following:

Present PARs - Evacuate 2 mile radius, evacuate 5 miles downwind, shelter the 10 mile radius and evacuate schools, institutions and recreation areas in the 5 mile radius (minimum PARs)

Wind shifts - Evacuate 5 mile radius and shelter the 10 mile radius.

(Scenario #12)

Present PARs - Evacuate 5 mile radius, evacuate 10 miles downwind, shelter the remaining 10 mile radius and evacuate schools, institutions and recreation areas in the 10 mile radius.

Wind shifts - Evacuate 10 mile radius. (Scenario #27)

d. When PARs are issued, provide recommended routes for personnel and deliveries into RBS.
e. If doses > 1 rem TEDE or > 5 rem CDE thyroid are projected at 10 miles, estimate the projected dose at 15, 20 and 25 miles as appropriate and inform the Emergency Director of the distance and downwind areas at which a PAG is estimated to be exceeded.

Estimate radiation doses beyond 10 miles using the following factors:

These ratios may be used regardless of Stability Class, Wind Speed or Time After Shutdown when the Core State = "Fuel Melt" Radiation Dose at 15 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.387 Radiation Dose at 20 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.267 Radiation Dose at 25 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.226 Ratios are applicable to either TEDE or CDE, although CDE Thyroid will normally be the dominant factor.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 33 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 5 OF 5 RADIATION PROTECTION COORDINATOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (Cont'd)

11. Coordinate with the OSC Director to dispatch personnel for radiological and environmental monitoring in accordance with EIP-2-014, Offsite Radiological Monitoring.
12. Upon declaration of a Site Area Emergency or higher, assist the Emergency Director in determining the evacuation egress point and assembly area to be used in the Owner Controlled Area evacuation. Dispatch two Radiation Protection Technicians, as a minimum, to perform monitoring and decontamination (see EIP-2-026).
13. Coordinate with the Security Coordinator on protective actions for security personnel.
14. Monitor for radiological release that may impact evacuees at Assembly Area. Inform Emergency Director of need to relocate evacuees, as necessary.
15. Determine personnel exposure margins. Assist the Emergency Director in authorizing emergency exposure limits in excess of 10 CFR 20 in accordance with EIP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls.
16. Advise the Emergency Director on the use of Potassium Iodide (KI) in accordance with EIP-2-012. KI is stored in the decontamination room, second floor services building, Main Control Room, and TSC RP lockers.
17. Assist the Radiation Protection Advisor in obtaining Emergency Director authorization for use of KI by offsite teams.

RELOCATION ACTIONS If the TSC is relocating:

1. Receive dose assessment turnover from Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator and report to CADAP computer in control room to assume those responsibilities as needed.

Take laptop dose assessment computer and battery charger located in TSC RP locker.

2. Assume normal RP Coordinator responsibilities in control room to support mitigation activities.

DEACTIVATION

1. When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC.
2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 34 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 1 OF 2 MAINTENANCE SUPPORT COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial

1. Obtain the status of work teams dispatched by the Control Room and/or the OSC.
2. Ensure that the TSC/OSC Video link is operational.

SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS

1. Ensure that OSC is placing TSC ventilation in the emergency mode.
2. Ensure that the Engineering Coordinator and TSC Manager are advised on status of repairs and corrective actions in the plant.
3. Ensure initiation of Work Orders and coordinate repair and corrective actions with the OSC Manager.
4. Coordinate work team dispatch by obtaining the work team NAME and PRIORITY from the Emergency Director.
5. Ensure that work teams receive briefings from the Engineering Coordinator or Mechanical/Electrical Engineers as applicable.
6. Post the work team on the TSC/OSC Video link, using the Video link form (Page 2 of this attachment).
7. Track personnel leaving the TSC envelope. Advise the OSC to expect their arrival in that facility and that they should be tracked as a team.

RELOCATION ACTIONS If TSC is relocating:

1. Relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.

DEACTIVATION

1. When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC.
2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 35 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 2 0F2 MAINTENANCE SUPPORT COORDINATOR (Typical)

Note: All teams must have a priority assigned by the Emergency Director.

Time:

Priority Assignment B = In Briefing 0 = Out 1-J I.

__________ J ___________

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 36 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE I OF I REACTOR ENGINEER ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial

1. Inform the TSC Manager if in the Control Room and estimate your time of arrival in the TSC.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE The Technical Support Guidelines may be used to assess accident conditions.

1. Along with the Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator and Technical Advisor analyze core parameters to determine core conditions. Use COP - 1050, Post Accident Estimation of Fuel Core Damage.
2. Review proposed plant operations and assess the effect on core condition.
3. Develop recommendations on plant operations that would improve or stabilize core conditions.
4. Keep the Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator and Technical Advisor informed on core conditions.
5. Report to the Control Room, as necessary, and return to the TSC.

RELOCATION ACTIONS If the TSC is relocating:

1. Transfer to Reactor Engineer workstation in control room and resume functions.

DEACTIVATION

1. When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC.
2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 37 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 8 PAGE I OF I ENGINEERING COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial

1. Obtain plant status from the Operations Support Coordinator.
2. Ensure that the engineering staff are assembled and prepared to perform their functional responsibilities.
3. Contact the Engineering Support Advisor on engineering activities underway.

SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS

1. Provide advice on plant repair and corrective actions.

NOTE The Technical Support Guidelines may be used to assess accident conditions.

2. Consult with Maintenance Support Coordinator on maintenance operations. Follow up on OSC activities.
3. Provide briefings to the work teams on maintenance operations, as necessary.
4. Direct the activities of the engineering staff.
5. Request EOF engineering assistance as needed.
6. Keep the Engineering Support Advisor and the TSC Manager informed of engineering activities.
7. Assess the need for additional engineering specialists. Make recommendations to the TSC Manager.

RELOCATION ACTIONS If TSC is relocating

1. Relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.

DEACTIVATION

1. When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC.
2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 38 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 1 OF I MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial

1. Obtain plant status from the Engineering Coordinator.
2. Ensure that prints and drawings are available. If not, have the Data Facility Coordinator assist in obtaining what is needed.
3. Set up the flip chart for tracking engineering activities.
4. Verify engineering computers are functional.
5. Inform the Engineering Coordinator when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS

1. Provide advice on plant repair and corrective actions.
2. Consult with the Engineering Coordinator on maintenance operations.
3. Provide repair team briefings as requested.
4. Inform the Maintenance Support Coordinator prior to leaving the TSC to go to the OSC for work team assignments.
5. Track engineering activities on the flip chart for TSC staff information.
6. Keep the Engineering Coordinator informed of activities.

RELOCATION ACTIONS If TSC is relocating:

1. Relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.

DEACTIVATION

1. When directed by the Engineering Coordinator, deactivate the TSC.
2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the Engineering Coordinator.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 39 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 10 PAGE 1 OF 2 OPERATIONS SUPPORT COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial

1. Verify ERIS monitor is operational. If power is not available, perform the following:
a. Obtain panel key from TSC key box.
b. Proceed through door SB123-04 to room #303 (Cable chase room).
c. Check breaker panel 1VBN-PNL06.
d. If the main breaker and/or other breakers have tripped, switch to the "OFF" position, then switch to the "ON" position.
2. If ERIS monitor is inoperable, obtain plant parameters from the Control Room.
3. Inform the TSC Manager when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.

SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS

1. Establish contact with the TSC/CR Communicator.
2. Identify operators in the field and teams dispatched by the Shift Manager to the Maintenance Support Coordinator.
3. Ensure that the Emergency Director is kept informed of:
a. Current plant conditions.
b. Actions being performed or anticipated to mitigate the accident.
c. Repairs and investigations initiated.

NOTE The Technical Support Guidelines may be used to assess accident conditions.

4. Follow the EOPs/SAPs and keep the Emergency Director informed on status.
5. Keep the Operations Advisor and the Shift Manager informed of activities.
6. Review emergency classification and recommend upgrading of the emergency in accordance with EIP-2-001, Classification of Emergencies.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 40 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 10 PAGE 2 OF 2 OPERATIONS SUPPORT COORDINATOR RELOCATION ACTIONS If TSC is relocating:

1. Relocate to control room to assist Emergency Director as necessary.

DEACTIVATION

1. When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC.
2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 41 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 11 PAGE 1 OF 2 CHEMISTRY/CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial

1. Verify the operability of CADAP.
2. Verify operability of the offsite/onsite monitoring team radio by contacting the following locations:
  • EOF on the OFF/RAD channel
  • OSC on the ON/RAD channel
3. Inform the RP Coordinator when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE The Technical Support Guidelines may be used to assess accident conditions.

1. As necessary, contact the Chemistry Technician in the Control Room to receive a turnover on dose assessment activities. Assume control of dose assessment when directed by the Emergency Director (ED).
2. Check chemistry technician response to the Dialogics callout and current on-shift chemistry technician staffing. Have Administrative Coordinator contact additional technicians as necessary for the following:
a. OSC support (2)
b. Offsite teams (2)
3. Perform dose assessment calculations in accordance with EIP-2-024, Offsite Dose Calculations. Provide results to RP Coordinator.
4. Keep RP Coordinator informed of changes in wind direction.
5. Coordinate with Reactor Engineer in analyzing core parameters. To determine core conditions, use COP - 1050, Post Accident Estimate of Fuel Core Damage. Provide information to the TSC Manager and Technical Advisor.
6. Verify operability of backup CADAP computer stored in the TSC RP locker.

Place the lap top computer battery on charge.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 42 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 11 PAGE 2 OF 2 CHEMISTRY/CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)

7. Recommend the performance of PASS preparatory actions and PASS sample actions in accordance with EIP-2-015, Post Accident Sampling Operations, as necessary.
8. Direct PASS activities through the Maintenance Support Coordinator.
9. Develop and implement methods to process liquid and gaseous radioactive waste accumulated during the emergency.

RELOCATION ACTIONS If the TSC is relocating:

1. Provide dose assessment turnover to RP Coordinator and relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.

DEACTIVATION

1. When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC.
2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 43 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 12 PAGE 1 OF 2 SECURITY COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial

1. Notify the alarm station(s) of presence in TSC.
2. Ensure that the lock plates of TSC doors SB 123-03 and SB 123-01 are flipped and the doors are locked and signs posted. Activate card reader on door SB123-12. Ensure that TSC personnel have carded in on the accountability card reader.
3. If card reader is inoperable, prepare manual list of personnel and maintain accountability.
4. Obtain from Security Alarm Station compensation positions and locations.
5. Verify that the OSC card reader is activated. If inoperable, ensure that the OSC Manager maintains a manual list of personnel.
6. Verify that the Control Room card reader is activated. If inoperable, ensure that the Shift Manager maintains a manual list of personnel.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE:

Priorto a formal OCA evacuation, the Emergency Directormay direct Security to notify members of the public known to be in the OCA to evacuate River Bend property. Security may make this notification using any communications method (i.e., telephone, direct contact, etc.).

1. Begin preparations for possible Owner Controlled Area evacuation.
2. Inform TSC Manager if leaving the facility.
3. Obtain alpha listing report for Administrative Coordinator.
4. Ensure that Security Shift Supervisor is advised periodically on plant emergency.
5. Coordinate with the Radiation Protection Coordinator for dosimetry and protective actions for security personnel. Monitor wind direction in relation to security positions.
6. At a Site Area Emergency or higher, perform evacuation and accountability in accordance with EIP-2-026.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 44 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 12 PAGE 2 OF 2 SECURITY COORDINATOR SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)

7. Keep the TSC Manager informed of any security contingency event and actions in progress.
8. Notify the Security Shift Supervisor of vehicles needing entry into the Protected Area.

RELOCATION ACTIONS

1. Relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.

DEACTIVATION

1. When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC.
2. Inform the Security Shift Supervisor of the TSC deactivation.
3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 45 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 13 PAGE 1 OF 3 TSC HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial

1. Perform operational checks on monitoring equipment prior to use.
2. Perform radiation and airborne radioactivity surveys in accordance with RPP-0006, Radiological Monitoring or applicable attachment of EIP-2-014, Offsite Radiological Monitoring to ensure that the TSC is habitable. Report survey results to the Radiation Protection Coordinator.
3. Inform the RP Coordinator when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.

SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS

1. When directed by RP Coordinator, distribute pocket dosimeters and TLDs. Document on page 3 of this attachment.
2. Establish a contamination control point outside of door SB123-19, as directed. If needed, coordinate with OSC Habitability Technician the establishment of a clean path between TSC and OSC.
3. If personnel entering the TSC are contaminated, notify the RP Coordinator and arrange for decontamination by the OSC.
4. Perform periodic surveys of the TSC.
5. Keep the RP Coordinator informed of all activities.

RELOCATION ACTIONS If the TSC is relocating:

1. Relocate to the control room when directed by the TSC Manager. Upon arrival resume habitability assessment and provide team coverage if necessary. Utilize supplies located in the Emergency Planning locker located in the control room.

DEACTIVATION

1. When directed by the RP Coordinator, deactivate the TSC.
2. Ensure that all dosimeters and TLDs that were distributed are collected.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 46 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 13 PAGE 2 OF 3 TSC HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN DEACTIVATION (cont'd)

3. Ensure that all monitoring instrumentation is stored and operable. Report problems to the RP Coordinator.
4. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the RP Coordinator.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 47 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 13 PAGE 3 OF 3 TSC HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN (Typical)

Date:

TLD Name (Last,First,MI) Print SSN Returned (1) 1- 4

+ 4 J 1

  • 4 r 4 4 4- 4 4 I-- 4 4 1 + 4 1 4 +

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 48 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 14 PAGE I OF I DATA FACILITY COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial

1. Verify availability of TSC drawings. If necessary, obtain drawings from Drawing Control Center.
2. Develop a list of non-functional administrative equipment and present to Administrative Coordinator.
3. Inform the Administrative Coordinator when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS

1. Obtain reference materials as requested.
2. Assist the Administrative Coordinator, as necessary.
3. Provide document support for the OSC, as necessary.

RELOCATION ACTIONS If the TSC is relocating:

1. Relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.

DEACTIVATION

1. When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC.
2. If necessary, ensure that all drawings are returned to the Drawing Control Center.
3. Ensure that all reference materials are returned to the appropriate storage location.
4. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.

EILP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 49 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 15 PAGE 1 OF I STATUS COMMUNICATOR ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial

1. Ensure that the headset is operable.
2. Update status boards with current information from ERIS data sheets, Notification Message Forms, and headset circuit.
2. Have Administrative Coordinator call out another Status Communicator, if needed.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS

1. Continually update all status boards with current information from ERIS, Notification Message Forms, and information obtained over the headset or from the Operations Support Coordinator or Maintenance Support Coordinator.
2. Ensure that the Operations Support Coordinator and TSC Manager periodically verify the accuracy of status board information.

RELOCATION ACTIONS If the TSC is relocating:

1. Relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.

DEACTIVATION

1. When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC.
2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 50 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 16 PAGE 1 OF I ENS COMMUNICATOR ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial

1. Proceed to the Control Room and relieve the TSC/Control Room Communicator or Control Room Communicator of the NRC notification duties.
2. Inform the TSC Manager that you are in the Control Room.
3. When the TSC becomes operational, inform the NRC that you are relocating duties to the TSC. Report to the TSC.

SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS

1. Communicate plant status as requested. Keep the NRC informed of the following:
a. Degradation in the level of safety in the plant or worsening plant conditions.
b. Results of ensuing evaluations or assessments of plant conditions.
c. Effectiveness of response or protective measures taken.
d. Information related to plant behavior that is not understood.
e. Changes in classifications or Protective Action Recommendations (PARs).
2. When the NRC requests, have the HIPN Communicator establish contact with the NRC.
3. If in doubt about information, check with Operations Support Coordinator and TSC Manager on accuracy of your information prior to passing it on to the NRC.
4. Upon termination of the emergency, notify the NRC.

RELOCATION ACTIONS If TSC is relocating:

1. Report to the Communicator's desk in the control room to resume ENS duties.

DEACTIVATION

1. When directed by the TSC Manager, deactivate the TSC.
2. Inform the NRC and obtain concurrence to deactivate ENS duties.
3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.

EIP-2-018 REV -24 PAGE 51 OF 58

ATTACHMENT 17 PAGE 1 OF I ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial

1. Test the operability of administrative equipment which includes but is not limited to:
  • copier
  • fax
  • ERIS laser printer
  • Electronic document printer
2. Obtain all previous Notification Message Forms. Copy and distribute to TSC staff.
3. Assist the TSC staff in facility activation.
4. Inform the Administrative Coordinator when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.

SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS

1. Continuously retrieve, copy and distribute ERIS data (as necessary), and Notification Message Forms.
2. Bring or fax information to the OSC as necessary.
3. Retrieve drawings, procedures, and documents.
4. Provide clerical support as directed by the Administrative Coordinator.

RELOCATION ACTIONS If TSC is relocating:

1. Relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.

DEACTIVATION

1. When directed by the Administrative Coordinator, deactivate the TSC.
2. Ensure that all procedures, drawings, reference materials and equipment are stored in the appropriate location and condition.
3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the TSC Manager.

EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 52 OF 58

0 0

z 0

0 00 PR00035M.CDR z

C)

ATTACHMENT 18 PAGE 2 OF 3 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (PARS)

BLOCK 1 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 2 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE 5 MILES DOWNWIND AND SHELTER THE 10 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE SCHOOLS, INSTITUTIONS, RECREATION AREAS 5 MILE RADIUS.

Locate the wind direction to find the appr priate scenario number to use.

DEGREES SCENARIO CENTERLINE SIDE FROM NUMBER SECTOR SECTOR 168.76-191.25 1 A R&B OR 191.26-213.75 B A&C 213.76-236.25 2 C B&D 236.26-258.75 3 D C &E 258.76-281.25 4 E D&F OR 281.26-303.75 F E&G 303.76-326.25 5 G F&H OR 326.26-348.75 H G&J 348.76-11.25 6 J H&K 11.26-33.75 7 K J&L 33.76-56.25 8 L K&M OR 56.26-78.75 M L&N 78.76-101.25 9 N M&P 101.26-123.75 10 P N&Q OR 123.76-146.25 Q P&R 146.26-168.75 11 R Q&A BLOCK 3 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 5 MILE RADIUS AND SHELTER THE 10 MILE RADIUS.

I*ID_'*_N1 n-12Q virD 17 1 REV -24 PAGE.54.OF.58

ATTACHMENT 18 PAGE 3 OF 3 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (PARS)

BLOCK 2 OR 4 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 5 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE 10 MILES DOWNWIND AND SHELTER THE 10 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE SCHOOLS, INSTITUTIONS, RECREATION AREAS 10 MILE RADIUS.

Locate the wind direction to find the appropriate scenario number to use.

DEGREES SCENARIO CENTERLINE SIDE FROM NUMBER SECTOR SECTOR 168.76-191.25 13 A R&B 191.26-213.75 14 B A &C 213.76-236.25 15 C B&D OR 236.26-258.75 D C&E 258.76-281.25 16 E D&F 281.26-303.75 17 F E&G 303.76-326.25 18 G F &H 326.26-348.75 19 H G &J 348.76-11.25 20 J H&K 11.26-33.75 21 K J&L 33.76-56.25 22 L K&M 56.26-78.75 23 M L &N 78.76-101.25 24 N M&P 101.26-123.75 25 P N&Q OR 123.76-148.25 Q P&R 148.26-168.75 26 R Q&A BLOCK 5 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 10 MILE RADIUS DEGREES SCENARIO CENTERLINE SIDE FROM NUMBER SECTOR SECTOR ANY 27 ALL ALL EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 55 OF 58 PAE5OF8 EIP-2-01 8 RE-2

ATTACHMENT 19 PAGE I OF I LOG FORM (Typical)

Name: Date:

Page of Position:

TIME ACTIVITY l*.IP-2-fll R REV - 24 PAGE 56 OF 58 P . EV -.24 R PA 5

ATTACHMENT 20 PAGE I OF 1 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER FLOOR PLAN IV RECOVERY MANAGER DIRECT REPORT

- -- - -- -SECONDARY REPORT IN TSC OTHER LOCATION EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 57 OF 58 PAE5OF8 EIP-2-0 18 RE-2

ATTACHMENT 21 PAGE 1 OF 1 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER FLOOR PLAN EMERGENCY DIRECTOR 17. RAD PROT/TSC HABITABILITY TECH.

TSC MANAGER 18. ENS COMMUNICATOR REACTOR ENGINEER 19. NRC REACTOR SAFETY OPERATIONS COORD.

ENGINEERING COORDINATOR 20. NRC COMMUNICATOR MECHANICAL ENGINEER 21. NRC RADIATION SAFETY COORD.

ELECTRICAL ENGINEER 22. NRC HP SPECIALIST OPERATIONS SUPPORT COORD. 23. NRC REACTOR SAFETY SPECIALIST MAINTENANCE SUPPORT COORD. 24. NRC SR. RESIDENT INSPECTOR RADIATION PROTECTION COORD. 25. ADMIN. SUPPORT CHEM/CORE DAMAGE ASS. COORD. 26. ADMIN. SUPPORT SECURITY COORD.

COMMUNICATOR STATUS COMMUNICATOR DATA FACILITY COORD.

ADMIN. SUPPORT ADMINISTRATIVE COORD.

PR00002M.CDR EIP-2-018 REV - 24 PAGE 58 OF 58

  • G12. 2 3.2 ENTERGY RIVER BEND STATION STATION SUPPORT MANUAL
  • EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE
  • AL TERNA TE EOF- A CTIVA TION AND TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS PROCEDURE NUMBER: *EIP-2-022 REVISION NUMBER: *17
  • MAY 1 5 zOa2 Effective Date:

NOTE: SIGNATURES ARE ON FILE. RECEIVED MAY -J 5 2002

  • INTDEXLNG INFORMATION DOCUMENT CONTROL This procedure has been reviewed for 10CFR50.59 applicability.

10CFR5 0.59 screening for the programmatic exclusion of all EIP changes, approved by the FRC on 7/10/97, concludes that further review of changes to this procedure under I 0CFR50.59 are not necessary.

REFERENCE USE

TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE NO.

1 PURPOSE ......................................................... 2 2 REFERENCES ...................................................... 2 3 DE F INIT ION S .......................................................................................................................... 2 4 RESPONSIBILITIES .................................................. 4 5 GENERAL ......................................................... 5 6 PROCEDURE ....................................................... 5 7 DOCUMENTATION ................................................. 7 ATTACHMENT 1 - RECOVERY MANAGER ........................................................................ 8 ATTACHMENT 2 - EOF MANAGER ..................................................................................... 11 ATTACHMENT 3 - ADMINISTRATIVE/LOGISTICS ADVISOR ........................................ 15 ATTACHMENT 4 - RADIATION PROTECTION ADVISOR .............................................. 18 ATTACHMENT 5 - RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR .......................... 21 ATTACHMENT 6 - ASSISTANT RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR ......... 23 ATTACHMENT 7 - OFFSITE TEAM COORDINATOR ...................................................... 25 ATTACHMENT 8 - EOF HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN ................................................... 26 ATTACHMENT 9 - COMMUNICATOR .............................................................................. 27 ATTACHMENT 10 - OPERATIONS ADVISOR ................................................................... 31 ATTACHMENT 11 - TECHNICAL ADVISOR ...................................................................... 32 ATTACHMENT 12 - STATUS COMMUNICATOR ............................................................ 33 ATTACHMENT 13 - ENGINEERING SUPPORT ADVISOR ............................................... 34 ATTACHMENT 14 - ENGINEERING SUPPORT ................................................................. 35 ATTACHMENT 15 - HPN COMMUNICATOR ..................................................................... 36 ATTACHMENT 16 - ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT PERSONNEL ................................... 37 ATTACHMENT 17 - TELECOMMUNICATIONS SPECIALIST .......................................... 38 ATTACHMENT 18 - EOF REGISTRATION .......................................................................... 39 ATTACHMENT 19 - PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS ............................. 40 ATTACHM ENT 20 - LOG FORM ......................................................................................... 43 ATTACHMENT 21 - ALT. EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY FLOOR PLAN ..... 44 EIP-2-022 REV-17 PAGE 1 OF 44

I PURPOSE This procedure provides instructions for activation, operation, and deactivation of the Alternate Emergency Operations Facility (AEOF).

2 REFERENCES 2.1 EIP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls 2.2 EIP-2-024, Offsite Dose Calculations 2.3 EIP-2-028, Recovery 2.4 EPP-2-100, Procedure Review, Revision and Approval 3 DEFINITIONS 3.1 Activation - The process of assembling personnel, verifying equipment operability, and making a facility ready to support the emergency response.

3.2 Augmentation - Actions taken to support onshift personnel or the Emergency Response Organization.

3.3 Operational - Status of an emergency facility declared by the appropriate facility manager upon determining that the facility is adequately staffed and equipment is set up and available to perform the emergency functions assigned to that facility.

EIP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE 2 OF 44 EIP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE 2 OF 44

3.4 Radioactive release - For the purpose of offsite notifications, and discussions with State and local authorities, a "release" will be determined to be occurring and the "Radioactive Release" on the Short and Long Notification Message Forms is marked "yes", when:

3.4.1. any one of three effluent monitors indicates a value three times the High alarm set point OR 3.4.2. any two of the three effluent monitors indicate a value equal or greater than the High alarm set point.

The three effluent monitors are:

TITLE NO.

Main Plant Exhaust Stack RMS-RE125 Channel 4 (4GE125)

Radwaste Vent. Exhaust RMS-RE006 Channel 4 (4GE006)

Fuel Bldg. Vent. Exhaust RMS-RE005 Channel 4 (4GE005)

OR 3.4.3. An unmonitored release is detected at the site boundary by teams with surveys instruments.

3.5 Short Notification Message Form (SNMF) - Used for declaration of an emergency classification or changes to the Protective Action Recommendations (PARs). Notification must be made to State and local authorities within approximately 15 minutes. The Short Notification Message Form contains information about the class of emergency, whether a release is taking place, potentially affected population and areas, and whether protective measures may be necessary.

3.6 Long Notification Message Form (LNMF) - Used for providing State and local authorities follow-up information. The LNMF is sent out as soon as possible following a SNMF. The LNMF is also sent out for any significant changes to plant conditions that do not require an emergency escalation or change in PARs. No more than 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> should be exceeded between any two LNMFs.

EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 33 OF 44 EIP-2-022 REV 17- PAGE OF 44

4 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 Recovery Manager:

4.1.1. provide overall management of River Bend Station (RBS) response activities.

4.1.2. provide notifications and make protective action recommendations to offsite authorities.

4.1.3. coordinate RBS response activities as required with offsite organizations.

4.1.4. ensures that offsite radiological conditions are measured and monitored.

4.1.5. review information being released to the Joint Information Center (JIC).

4.1.6. establish a Recovery Organization.

4.1.7. terminate the emergency.

4.2 EOF Manager - Ensure that the EOF is activated, ensure that notification message forms are properly filled out and completed on time, and that EOF staff provide support functions per the applicable section(s) of this procedure.

EIP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE 4 OF 44

5 GENERAL 5.1 Attachment 21, Alternate Emergency Operations Facility Floor Plan, is a typical setup for the AEOF.

6 PROCEDURE NOTE The actions of this procedure may be completed in any sequence, however, the sequence presented in the attachments is recommended.

6.1 Recovery Manager 6.1.1. The Recovery Manager should use Attachment 1 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.

6.2 EOF Manager 6.2.1. The EOF Manager should use Attachment 2 as a guideline.

Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.

6.3 Administrative/Logistics Advisor 6.3.1. The Administrative/Logistics Advisor should use Attachment 3 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.

6.4 Radiation Protection Advisor 6.4.1. The Radiation Protection Advisor should use Attachment 4 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.

6.5 Radiological Assessment Coordinator 6.5.1. The Radiological Assessment Coordinator should use Attachment 5 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.

6.6 Assistant Radiological Assessment Coordinator EIP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE 5 OF 44 EIP-2-022 REV 17

- PAGE 50F44

6.6.1. The Assistant Radiological Assessment Coordinator should use Attachment 6 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.

6.7 Offsite Team Coordinator 6.7.1. The Offsite Team Coordinator should use Attachment 7 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.

6.8 EOF Habitability Technician 6.8.1. The EOF Habitability Technician should use Attachment 8 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.

6.9 Communicator(s) 6.9.1. The Communicator(s) should use Attachment 9 as a guideline.

6.10 Operations Advisor 6.10.1. The Operations Advisor should use Attachment 10 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.

6.11 Technical Advisor 6.11.1. The Technical Advisor should use Attachment 11 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.

6.12 Status Communicator 6.12.1. The Status Communicator should use Attachment 12 as a guideline.

6.13 Engineering Support Advisor 6.13.1. The Engineering Support Advisor should use Attachment 13 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.

6.14 Engineering Support 6.14.1. The Engineering Support personnel should use Attachment 14 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.

6.15 Offsite Monitoring Teams EIP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE 6 OF 44

6.15.1. The Offsite Monitoring Teams should use EIP-2-014 as a guideline.

6.16 HPN Communicator 6.16.1. The HPN Communicator should use Attachment 15 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.

6.17 Administrative Support Personnel 6.17.1. The Administrative Support Personnel should use Attachment 16 as a guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.

6.18 Telecommunications Specialist 6.18.1. The Telecommunications Specialist should use Attachment 17 as guideline. Document pertinent information on Attachment 20.

6.19 EOF Registration 6.19.1. The EOF Registration person should use Attachment 18 as a guideline.

7 DOCUMENTATION Attachments 1-18 and 20 of this procedure will be sent to Permanent Plant Files (PPF) per EPP-2-100 by the Manager - Emergency Preparedness.

EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE PAGE 77 OF OF 44 44 EIP-2-022 REV 17

-

ATTACHMENT I PAGE 1 OF 3 RECOVERY MANAGER ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Review status of the emergency and offsite notifications with the Emergency Director in the TSC.
2. Brief the Alternate EOF (AEOF) staff on the status of the emergency.
3. When informed by the EOF Manager that minimum staffing is available and ready to perform functions, announce that the AEOF is operational and inform the TSC.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS

1. When the AEOF is ready to assume control:

1.1 Contact the Emergency Director 1.1.1 Ensure that message control and dose assessment is transferred to the AEOF.

1.1.2 Transfer RM duties from the Emergency Director.

1.2 Announce that the AEOF has assumed RM duties from the TSC.

2. Periodically update the AEOF staff.
3. Review information being released to the Joint Informatio Center (JIC).
4. Review and approve Notification Message Forms for transmittal.

NOTE ProtectiveAction Recommendations (PARs) must be developed within 15 minutes of the declarationof a General Emergency or data availabilitywhich require upgradingthe PARs.

PARs

5. Using Attachment 19, formulate Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) and scenario number using dose projections, field monitoring data and plant conditions.

EIP-2-022 REV- 17 PAGE 8 OF 44

ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 2 OF 3 RECOVERY MANAGER PARs (cont'd)

CAUTION Emergency Operating Procedures (EOPs) require containment venting at specified pressures and hydrogen concentrations, regardless of offsite consequences.

6. Evaluate PARs in anticipation of intentional containment venting.
7. Review and discuss the protective actions to be recommended for the general public with the appropriate personnel and the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) Liaison Officer, if available. If State representatives have not yet arrived, recommendations to the local authorities shall not be delayed.
8. Ensure the Siren System has been enabled before setting the siren sounding time with the State and local parishes.
9. Provide PARs to State and local authorities within 15 minutes.

Once State and local authorities receive the PARs, the State and local authorities will have approximately 5 minutes to review the PARs.

10. When the Directors of all parishes, the Operations Officer (LOEP), and the LDEQ Liaison are on the Hotline, verify the PARs (Scenario Number) each parish intends to implement.
11. Write the scenario number approved and initial each parish choice on the PAR Verification Checklist provided by the Communicator.
12. Obtain siren sounding time from Operations Officer and document on PAR Verification Checklist.
13. Revise PARs based on wind shifts when advised by the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA).
14. If doses > 1 rem TEDE or > 5 rem CDE are projected at 10 miles, ensure the LDEQ Liaison is aware of the need for protective actions beyond 10 miles.

EIP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE 9 OF 44

ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 3 OF 3 RECOVERY MANAGER Termination

15. Coordinate with the Emergency Director on terminating the emergency in accordance with the following criteria:

ALERT - Terminate the emergency when the Alert conditions are no longer met and the following conditions have been accomplished:

1. The plant is in a stable condition.
2. Excessive releases of radioactivity to the environment have been terminated and no further potential for significant radioactivity releases exists.
3. No further potential for major damage to equipment exists.

SAE/GE - Terminate the emergency when the SAE/GE conditions are no longer met and the following has been accomplished:

1. The reactor is shutdown, is in a stable, safe configuration, and adequate core cooling is available.
2. Excessive releases of radioactivity to the environment have been terminated and no further potential for significant radioactivity releases exist.
3. Offsite concentrations of radioactivity in the atmosphere or in waterways have dispersed to near background levels, excluding ground deposition.
4. The State of Louisiana, the local parishes, and the NRC concur in terminating the emergency.
16. Notify the NRC and offsite authorities of the emergency termination.
17. When a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency has been terminated, implement EIP-2-028, Recovery.

DEACTIVATION Date:

1. Ensure that the recovery organization has been established, as necessary.
2. Direct the emergency facilities to deactivate.
3. Discuss deactivation of the JIC with the JIC Director.

EIP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE 10 OF 44

ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 1 OF 4 EOF MANAGER ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Open lockers and direct personnel to start setting up the Alternate EOF (A.EOF).
2. Arrange tables in accordance with Attachment 21 and ensure that phones, displays, boards etc. are in place.
3. Ensure that AEOF Registration is established.
4. All minimum staffing personnel have completed the activation portion of their checklists and are prepared to perform functional responsibilities:

MINIMUM STAFFING:

a. Recovery Manager
b. EOF Manager
c. Radiation Protection Advisor
d. Radiological Assessment Coordinator
e. Assistant Radiological Assessment Coordinator
f. Operations Advisor
g. Technical Advisor
h. Communicator (Only 1 required for minimum staffing)
5. Inform the Recovery Manager that the AEOF is ready to be declared operational.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE Notifications to State and local authoritiesmust be made within approximately 15 minutes of a declarationof an emergency or Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) change using the Short Notification Message Form (SNMF).

1. Assist Recovery Manager (RM) with transfer of RM duties, as necessary.
2. Ensure status boards are updated.

EIP-2-022 REV- 17 PAGE 11 OF 44

ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 2 OF 4 EOF MANAGER SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)

NOTE All Notification Message Forms must be reviewed and approved by the Recovery Manager (RM).

3. Prepare the appropriate Short Notification Message Form (SNMF).
4. As soon as possible following the SNMF, prepare a Long Notification Message Form (LNMF) as shown on page 3 of this attachment. Refer to page 4 of this attachment for directions on how to fill out the LNMF.
5. Prepare a LNMF when significant changes to plant conditions occur that do not require an emergency escalation or change in PARs. During extended emergencies, State and local authorities should be updated at least every 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> using the LNMF.
6. Assist offsite emergency response agencies, as they arrive, in gathering information and with communications needs.
7. Request offsite and Federal assistance as directed by the RM.
8. Ensure the Administrative/Logistics Advisor develops a long term relief rotation list.
9. Keep the RM informed of all activities.
10. Upon termination of the emergency, ensure that notifications are made to State and local authorities using the LNMF.

DEACTIVATION Date:

1. Upon decision to deactivate the emergency facilities, announce deactivation of the Alternate EOF (AEOF).
2. Ensure that all equipment is returned to the lockers and stored properly.

Report all damaged or missing equipment to the Manager - Emergency Preparedness.

3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the Manager - Emergency Preparedness.

EIP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE 12 OF 44

ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 3 OF 4 EOF MANAGER LONG NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM NOTIFTCATION MESSAGE FORM

1. TMS IS RrVErR BEND NCLEAR STATION WITH MESSAGE NUMBER
2. A. R. COMM: C. TEL. NO:

(TIMEADATE) (NAMP)

3. EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION:

A. NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT C. SITE AREA EMERGENCY E. E-- TERMINATED B. ALERT D. GENERAL EMERGENCY

4. CURRENT EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION DECLARATION = TERMINATION Time/"Date: /

5.

RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS:

A. - No Protective Actions Rcconmmcnded At This Time (Go to itcm 6).

8.
  • EVACUATE IZ SHELTER.
6. INCTDENT DESCRITPTTON/UPDATE/COMMENTS:
7. REACTOR SHUTDOWN? = NO = YES Time/Date:
8. METEOROLOGICAL DATA:

A. Wind direction FROM Degrees at MPH B. Sectors Affewted (A-R):

C. Stability Class (A-0l):

D. Precipitation: = None = Rain =- Sleet Snow E] Hail E] Other __________

9. RELEASE INFORMATION:

A. = No Release (Go to item 13) C. = A RELFASPE OCCURRED RUT STOPPED; Duration hrs.

Release Stopped at hrs.

. FE A RELEASE IS OCCURRING: Expected Duration hrs.

Release Started at hrs.

10. TYPE OF RELEASE:

A. = Radioactive Gases B. =E Radioactive Airborne Particulates C. =- Radioactive Liquids 1L. RELEASE RATE:

A. NOBLE GASES Cl/s B. IODINES C vs

12. ESTIMATE OF PROJECTED OFF-SITE DOSE:

A. Projections for _ hours based on: F Field Data = Plant Data B. (TEDE) WB DOSE COMMITMENT (Rem) C. (CDE) TIlYROID, DOSE COMMTTMENT (Rem)

Site Boundary 5 miles Site Boundary 5 miles 2 miles 10 miles 2 miles 10 miles

13. MESSAGE APPROVED BY: TITt FI*
14. MESSAGE RECEIVED BY: TIDM-PROO015M.CDR glP-2-022 RI*,V - 17 PAG* 13 017 44 EIP-2-0l22 REV - 17 PAGE 13 OF 44

ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 4 OF 4 EOF MANAGER GUIDELINES FOR COMPLETING THE LNMF ESP COMM MANUAL METHOD Message Number automatic Assign a message number. Number the messages sequentially Line I until the emergency is terminated.

2A Time/Date automatic upon transmission. 2A Enter Time/Date message was transmitted.

2B Comm: Select facility from pull-down menu. 2B Comm.: Enter facility name.

(CR/TSC/EOF Communicator) (CR/TSC/EOF Communicator)

Line 2 2C Tel. No.: Indicate "hotline" unless alternate 2C Tel. No.: Indicate "hotline" unless alternate method is being used, then enter alternate method is being used, then enter alternate method. method.

Line 3 Automatic from Short Form. If termination message, Check appropriate classification or terminated.

check "terminated".

Line 4 Automatic from Short Form. For termination, check Check either declaration or termination. Enter time/date of "termination" and enter termination time/date. emergency declaration or termination.

Check appropriate box(es). If PAR has been Check appropriate box(es). If PARs have been recommended, Line 5 recommended, select appropriate protective actions and indicate the scenario number.

indicate scenario number.

Enter description from Short Form. May add Enter description from Short Form. May add information as Line 6 information as necessary. Use this line to correct any necessary. Use this line to correct any previous errors.

_ _ previous errors.

Line 7 Indicate if the reactor is shutdown. Information should be Indicate if the reactor is shutdown. Information should be obtained from Operations. If yes, enter time/date. obtained from Operations. If yes, enter the time/date.

Information for Lines 8A-C can be found on CADAP on Information for Lines 8A-C can be found on CADAP on the the "values" screen. A backup to CADAP for "values" screen. A backup to CADAP for meteorological data is Line 8 meteorological data is the Meteorological Tower printer the Meteorological Tower printer and Control Room.

and Control Room. 8A - Enter wind direction and speed.

8A - Enter wind direction and speed. 8B - Enter the affected sectors according to the 8B - Enter the affected sectors according to the current wind direction.

current wind direction. 8C - Enter. stability class.

8C -Enter stability class. 8D - Check appropriate box.

8D - Check appropriate box.

NOTE: 8 A-C are automatically completed when dose data is imported from CADAP.

Determine if there is a release. Determine if there is a release.

9A If no release, check block A and proceed to line 13. 9A If no release, check block A and proceed to 9B/C If release has occurred or is occurring, line 13.

Line 9 check B or C as appropriate and enter 9B/C If release has occurred or is occurring, duration and time release started/stopped. check B or C as appropriate and enter When checking B & C, be sure to import duration and time release started/stopped.

appropriate dose data. When checking B & C, be sure to import appropriate dose data on line 12B.

Indicate the type of release. If there is no core damage, Indicate the type of release. If there is no core damage, check Line 10 check 10A. If there is clad damage or fuel melt, check I0A. If there is clad damage or fuel melt, check 0A & l0B. If 10A & 10B. If the release is a liquid release, check 10C. the release is a liquid release, check 1OC.

Line 11 Imported from CADAP Enter release rate. DRMS provides release rates in uCi/sec.

These rates must be converted to Ci/sec. CADAP also provides this information through Notepad.

12A Enter numbers of hours used and method 12A Enter numbers of hours used and method Line 12 used in dose calculation. used in dose calculation.

12B Import from CADAP. 12B Obtain from CADAP results.

Line 13 Enter Recovery Manager's name and "RM" as title. RM Enter Recovery Manager's name and "RM" as title. RM must

_ must review and approve NMFs prior to transmission. review and approve NMFs prior to transmission.

Line 14 Leave blank. For use by parishes. Leave blank. For use by parishes.

pAr-* lnIF AA VI--17) R1PV - V7 AT 1 I'4

ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 1 OF 3 ADMINISTRATIVE/LOGISTICS ADVISOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Ensure that all telephones are in place.
2. Ensure that all procedure books and supplies are in place.
3. Contact the Administrative Coordinator in the TSC concerning any personnel injuries or other events requiring your attention.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS

1. Contact the hospital for current information on injured personnel, as applicable. Keep the EOF Manager informed of status.
2. Develop long-term staffing rotation list:
a. Using page 3 of this attachment, determine long-term relief rotation.
b. If PARs have been issued, discuss recommended routes with the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA). Once access route is established, inform Administrative Coordinator and Logistics Team Supervisor for shift rotation in the TSC and JIC.
c. Contact the individuals on the rotation list and inform them of the time they are scheduled to report and the proper route to be taken.
3. Coordinate assistance from the Corporate Emergency Center (CEC).

Use the INPO Emergency Resources Manual as reference.

4. Coordinate assistance for equipment, supplies, food, lodging, travel, and communications, as necessary. If Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) have been issued, obtain recommended routes from the RPA and arrange for Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) access through the Parish Emergency Operations Centers (EOCs).
5. Coordinate monetary matters through the Corporate Emergency Center. Assistance may be requested from Corporate Business Services.
6. Obtain list of materials, supplies, and contractors that may be required for recovery from EOF and TSC personnel.

EIP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE 15 OF 44

ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 2 OF 3 ADMINISTRATIVE/LOGISTICS ADVISOR DEACTIVATION Date:

1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the AEOF.
2. Ensure that all equipment, procedures, and drawings are properly stored.
3. Ensure that all materials brought to the AEOF from the EOF are returned to the appropriate storage locations in the EOF.
4. Have administrative staff collect all documentation.
5. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.

EIP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE 16 OF 44

ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 3 OF 3 ADMINISTRATIVE/LOGISTICS ADVISOR EOF STAFF ROTATION (12-Hour Shifts)

Date:

Position Time:

Recovery Manager EOF Manager Rad. Protection Advisor Rad. Assess. Coord.

Asst. Rad. Assess.

Coord.

Offsite Team Coord.

Operations Advisor Admin./Log. Advisor Communicators Status Comm.

Technical Advisor HPN Communicator Event Info. Team Eng. Support Advisor Engineering Support Administrative Support Telecommunications EOF Registration EIP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE 17 OF 44 EIP-2-022 REV-17 PAGE17OF44

ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 1 OF 3 RADIATION PROTECTION ADVISOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Ensure that the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) and Asst.

Radiological Assessment Coordinator (ARAC) are available and prepared to assume functional responsibilities.

2. Ensure that Asst. Radiological Assessment Coordinator is receiving Digital Radiation Monitoring System (DRMS) information from the TSC.
3. Inform the EOF Manager when the RAC and ARAC is prepared to perform functional responsibilities.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS

1. Obtain status of offsite monitoring teams and radiological conditions from the Radiation Protection Coordinator. Ensure teams are dispatched and controlled as necessary.
2. Assume control of dose assessment activities when directed by the Recovery Manager (RM). Ensure dose calculations are performed as necessary.
3. Review dose projection calculations and any offsite radiological monitoring data available.
4. Using Attachment 19, formulate Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) and scenario number using dose projections, field monitoring data, and plant conditions.
5. Discuss the PARs with the Recovery Manager (RM) and Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) Liaison, if available, including the basis and reasoning used to arrive at the PARs.
6. Provide scenario number for the Short Notification Message Form.
7. Provide information for appropriate sections of the Long Notification Message Form.
8. Review all notification message forms containing radiological data prior to transmittal.
9. Inform RM of wind shifts which could affect PARs.

EIP-2-022 PAG I ROF 44 EIP-2-022 REV -17

ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 2 OF 3 RADIATION PROTECTION ADVISOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)

10. After initial PAR implementation, assuming no change in dose projections which would require an increase in PARs, wind shifts, which change the scenario number, may trigger an increase in PARs to a higher level.

To determine the appropriate PAR, review the emergency scenario maps and the National Weather Service (NWS) forecast. In addition, if NWS indicates continued wind shifts, consider the following guidance:

a. Present PARs - Evacuate 2 mile radius, evacuate 5 miles downwind, shelter the 10 mile radius and evacuate schools, institutions and recreation areas in the 5 mile radius (minimum PARs)

Wind shifts - Evacuate 5 mile radius and shelter the 10 mile radius (Scenario #12)

b. Present PARs - Evacuate 5 mile radius, evacuate 10 miles downwind, shelter the remaining 10 mile radius and evacuate schools, institutions and recreation areas in the 10 mile radius Wind shifts - Evacuate 10 mile radius (Scenario #27)
11. When PARs are issued, provide recommended routes for personnel and deliveries into River Bend Station.
12. If doses > 1 rem TEDE or > 5 rem CDE thyroid are projected at 10 miles, estimate the projected dose at 15, 20, and 25 miles, as appropriate. Inform the RM and the LDEQ Liaison of the distance and downwind areas at which a Protective Action Guideline (PAG) is estimated to be exceeded.
13. Evaluate radiation exposures and inform RM of anyone approaching 10CFR20 limits.
14. Periodically update the RM, LDEQ, and Radiation Protection Coordinator (RPC) on offsite radiological data, both real time measurements and projected exposures.
15. Keep the RPC informed of activities.

EIP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE 19 OF 44

ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 3 OF 3 RADIATION PROTECTION ADVISOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)

16. Evaluate the need for offsite monitoring team personnel to exceed the 10CFR20 limits or the need for the use of Potassium Iodide (KI) in accordance with EIP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls. Inform the RM and obtain the Emergency Director's authorization.
17. Make arrangements with environmental services for analysis of environmental samples taken by offsite monitoring teams.

DEACTIVATION Date:

1. When directed by the EOF Manager, have the radiological staff deactivate the AEOF.
2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.

EIP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE 20 OF 44

ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 1 OF 2 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Ensure communications with offsite monitoring teams.
2. Ensure Assistant Radiological Assessment Coordinator (ARAC) and Offsite Team Coordinator are prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
3. Inform Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA) when prepared to perform dose assessment activities.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS

1. Call the National Weather Service to obtain weather forecast.
2. Provide direction to the Offsite Team Coordinator in tracking offsite monitoring teams including dose limits, frequency of dose checks, etc. If State offsite teams are available, coordinate offsite monitoring with the State representative in the EOF.
3. Review and assess the results of dose calculations and offsite monitoring team data. Based on the data indication, assess the need for the use of potassium iodide (KI) by the offsite teams.
4. Keep the RPA informed of all activities.
5. When a release is in progress, direct the Offsite Team Coordinator to obtain Offsite Team dosimeter readings. Direct the ARAC to convert the readings to TEDE and evaluate as follows:
a. When a Team Member's dosimeter reading reaches 1 R, immediately convert to TEDE and evaluate.
b. If converted TEDE is greater than 5 rem, obtain a whole body count as soon as practical to confirm calculated TEDE, and consider replacing the individual on the Team.
c. If confirmed TEDE is greater than 5 rem, inform RPC of over exposure for NRC notification (10CFR20).

EIP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE 21 OF 44

ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 2 OF 2 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)

6. Direct the Offsite Team Coordinator to notify Offsite Monitoring Teams if KI is recommended.
7. If doses > 1 rem TEDE or > 5 rem CDE thyroid are projected at 10 miles, estimate the projected dose at 15, 20, and 25 miles, as appropriate. Inform the RPA of the distance and downwind areas at which a Protective Action Guideline (PAG) is estimated to be exceeded.

Estimate radiation doses beyond 10 miles using the following factors:

These ratios may be used regardless of Stability Class, Wind Speed or Time After Shutdown when the Core State = "Fuel Melt".

Radiation Dose at 15 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.387 Radiation Dose at 20 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.267 Radiation Dose at 25 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.226 Ratios are applicable to either TEDE or CDE, although CDE Thyroid will normally be the dominant factor.

DEACTIVATION Date:

I. When directed by the RPA, deactivate the Alternate EOF (AEOF).

2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the RPA.
3. Ensure that Offsite Monitoring Teams are informed to deactivate.

EIP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE 22 OF 44

ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE I OF 2 ASSISTANT RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Verify the operability of Computer Aided Dose Assessment Program (CADAP).
2. Establish contact with the Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator to obtain the current status of dose projections and to establish a means for obtaining Digital Radiation Monitoring System (DRMS) data when needed.
3. Inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS

1. Assume control of dose assessment activities when directed bythe RPA.
2. Perform dose assessment calculations in accordance with EIP-2-024, Offsite Dose Calculations. Provide the results to the RAC.
3. Keep the RAC informed of changes in wind direction.
4. Verify the operability of the backup CADAP computer, as time permits.

Place the LapTop computer battery on charge.

5. Obtain DRMS data from the TSC and provide data to the RAC.
6. As directed, convert offsite monitoring team dosimeter readings to TEDE and provide results to the RAC for evaluation.

EIP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE 23 OF 44

ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 2 OF 2 ASSISTANT RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)

7. If doses > 1 rem TEDE or > 5 rem CDE thyroid are projected at 10 miles, estimate the projected dose at 15, 20, and 25 miles, as appropriate. Inform the RAC of the distance and downwind areas at which a PAG is estimated to be exceeded.

Estimate radiation doses beyond 10 miles using the following factors:

These ratios may be used regardless of Stability Class, Wind Speed or Time After Shutdown when the Core State = "Fuel Melt".

Radiation Dose at 15 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.387 Radiation Dose at 20 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.267 Radiation Dose at 25 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.226 Ratios are applicable to either TEDE or CDE, although CDE Thyroid will normally be the dominant factor.

DEACTIVATION Date:

1. When directed by the RAC, deactivate the AEOF.
2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA).

EIP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE 24 OF 44'

ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE 1 OF 1 OFFSITE TEAM COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials Verify the operability of the Offsite Monitoring Team radio, including the radio headset.

2. Contact the TSC, obtain Offsite Monitoring Team status, and inform them of when you will assume control of offsite teams.
3. Inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) when you are prepared to perform functional responsibilities.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS

1. Direct offsite monitoring personnel to detect and measure radioactive releases.
2. Provide field data from the Offsite Monitoring Teams to the RAC and Assistant Radiological Assessment Coordinator (ARAC).
3. Relay instructions and information provided by the RAC and ARAC to monitoring personnel.
4. Record the Offsite Monitoring Teams' location and readings on the Offsite Monitoring Team Status Board.
5. Keep the Offsite Monitoring Teams informed of plant conditions, wind direction, classifications, release status, and information received during AEOF briefings.
6. Keep a record of Offsite Monitoring Team radiation exposures. If any member reaches I R on their dosimeter, notify the RAC immediately.

DEACTIVATION Date:

1. When directed by the RAC, deactivate the Alternate EOF (AEOF).
2. Inform the Offsite Monitoring Teams of their duties or to deactivate.
3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the RPA.

EIP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE 25 OF 44 EIP-2-022 REV-17 PAGE2SOF44

ATTACHMENT 8 PAGE 1 OF 1 EOF HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Perform operational checks on monitoring equipment prior to use.
2. Inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS

1. Perform surveys of arriving individuals if there is a question as to where they may have been and if they could be contaminated. Report survey results to the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA).
2. Direct any contaminated individuals to the Zachary Monitoring and Decontamination Station.
3. Assist the dose assessment team as necessary.
4. Keep the RPA informed of all activities.

DEACTIVATION Date:

1. When directed by the RPA, deactivate the Alternate EOF (AEOF).
2. Monitor all hallways and entrances to the AEOF.
3. Ensure that all dosimeters and TLDs that were distributed are collected.
4. Ensure that all monitoring instrumentation is returned to the EOF, stored and operable. Report problems to the RPA.
4. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the RPA.

EIP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE 26 OF 44

ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 1 OF 4 COMMUNICATOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Verify the operability of the following communications equipment:

a) State and Local Hotline, call the Emergency Operations Center (LOEP) at 361.

b) Civil Defense Radio Console, call LOEP.

c) ESP Computer

2. Receive status of notifications from TSC Communicator.
3. Inform EOF Manager when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE Notifications to State and local authoritiesmust be made within approximately 15 minutes of a declaration of an emergency or ProtectiveAction Recommendation (PAR) change using the Short Notification Message Form (SNMF).

1. Assume responsibility for notifications when directed by the Recovery Manager.
2. Assist the EOF Manager in completing the appropriate Notification Message Form (NMF). Ensure that the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA) reviews all dose data prior to Recovery Manager (RM) review and approval to transmit. When directed, make notifications of the emergency to State and local authorities.
3. Verify NMF receipt with State and local authorities, using the State and Local Hotline. Complete a new NMF Verification Checklist (page 3) for each message sent.
4. If an agency has not received the message, obtain message receipt verification from the other agencies, and re-transmit the message (ESP Computer) to the non-receiving party.
5. If the message is still not received, read it to the agency (s), line by line. Message may be faxed as necessary.
6. If no contact is made with a location on the Hotline, call the location on the commercial telephone to verify receipt of message. If commercial telephones are inoperable, the Civil Defense Radio may be used.

EIP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE 27 OF 44

ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 2 OF 4 COMMUNICATOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)

7. When PARs are issued:
a. During the verification of message receipt on the Hotline, inform LOEP and the Parish Emergency Operations Centers (EOCs) that you will call them back in five minutes for PAR confirmation.
b. After five minutes, contact LOEP and the five Parish EOCs. Using page 4, verify that the Directors or the Assistant Directors of all Parishes and the Operations Officer at LOEP are on the Hotline.
c. When verified, request the Recovery Manager and the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) Liaison to pick up the Hotline for PAR verification and give the RM the PAR Verification Checklist.
8. Make follow-up notifications to State and local authorities as directed by the Recovery Manager. Verify receipt of each NMF using a new NMF Verification Checklist.
9. Maintain a file of all notification message forms and verification checklists.
10. Ensure that Administrative personnel distribute all Short and Long Notification Message Forms to Alternate EOF (AEOF) staff.
11. Upon termination of the emergency, notify State and local authorities using the Long Notification Message Form.

DEACTIVATION Date:

1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the AEOF.
2. Ensure that all messages are cleared and ESP Computer control is returned to the Control Room.
3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.

EIP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE 28 OF 44

ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 3 OF 4 COMMUNICATOR NMF VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Ensure at least one of the agencies in each of the following rows receives the message.

MESSAGE #

MSG. REC'D FACILITY PHONE # Hotline # (Y/N/NA)

La. Department of Environmental Quality 9-765-0160 371 (LDEQ) (M-F - 8AM to 4PM only, LOEP will notify all other times)

La. Office of Emergency Preparedness 9-925-7500 (24-hr. pt.) 361 (LOEP) (State EOC)

West Feliciana Parish (WFP) EOC 9-635-4792 351 24-HR. PT. 9-635-3241 352 East Feliciana Parish (EFP) EOC 9-634-7269 341 24-HR. PT. 9-683-5459 342 Pointe Coupee Parish (PCP) EOC 9-694-9014 331 24-HR, PT. 9-694-3737 332 East Baton Rouge Parish (EBRP) EOC 9-389-2100 311 24-HR. PT. 9-389-3300 312 West Baton Rouge Parish (WBRP) EOC 9-346-1581 321 24-HR. PT. 9-343-9234 321 Mississippi Emergency Management 9-1-800-222-6362 (24 hr. pt.)

Agency (MEMA) 9-1-601-352-9100 (alternate) 381 Mississippi Highway Patrol (MHP) 9-1-601-987-1530 (backup) 382 1 Parish EOCs and LOEP Operations Officer informed of 5-minute PAR verification phone call YES NO NA Message Verified Communicator Signature/KCN Time/Date EIP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE 29 OF 44

ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 4 OF 4 COMMUNICATOR PAR VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Scenario # Recommended: Date:

Communicator verifies that correct individuals are on the Hot Line by placing a check mark on the appropriate line. The RM will verify approved scenario and initial the form.

WEST FELICIANA PARISH: RM Initial On Line Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #

EAST FELICIANA PARISH:

Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #

POINTE COUPEE PARISH:

Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #

WEST BATON ROUGE PARISH:

Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #

EAST BATON ROUGE PARISH:

Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #

STATE OF LOUISIANA LOEP Operations Officer Siren Sounding Time:

EIP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE 30 OF 44

ATTACHMENT 10 PAGE 1 OF 1 OPERATIONS ADVISOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Establish contact with the Operations Support Coordinator.
2. Obtain current plant status, emergency operations in progress, and key plant parameters.
3. Inform the EOF Manager when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.

SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS

1. Ensure that the Alternate EOF (AEOF) is kept informed of:
a. Current plant conditions.
b. Actions being performed or anticipated to mitigate the accident.
c. Repairs and investigations initiated.
2. Obtain plant ERIS data as possible. Have the TSC fax ERIS data sheets to the AEOF.
3. Ensure status boards are updated with information obtained from ERIS data sheets.
4. Recommend actions on classifications of emergencies, as necessary.
5. Follow EOPs/SAPs and keep the RM informed on status.

DEACTIVATION Date:

1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the AEOF.
2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.

EIP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE AG3104 31 OF 44 EIP-2-022 E 17

ATTACHMENT 11 PAGE I OF I TECHNICAL ADVISOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Contact the Reactor Engineer or the Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator and obtain information on the status of the reactor core.
2. Inform the EOF Manager when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS

1. Periodically communicate with the Reactor Engineer or Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator to determine current core conditions.
2. Review proposed plant operations and assess the effect on core conditions.
3. Communicate with the Reactor Engineer or the Chemistry/Core Damage Assessment Coordinator on recommendations for plant operations that would affect core conditions.
4. Make recommendations on engineering actions to the Engineering Support Advisor.
5. Keep RP Advisor, Recovery Manager and EOF Manager informed of significant changes in core state.
6. When Severe Accident Procedures (SAPs) are entered, periodically review parameter trends to determine if RPV breach is imminent or has occurred.
7. When SAPs are entered, periodically review parameter trends for inconsistencies.

DEACTIVATION Date:

1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the Alternate EOF (AEOF).
2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.

EIP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE 32 OF 44

ATTACHMENT 12 PAGE 1 OF 1 STATUS COMMUNICATOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Update status boards with current information from the ERIS datasheets.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS

1. Continually update all status boards with current information from ERIS, Notification Message Forms, or information obtained from the Operations Advisor. Status boards include, but are not limited to:
a. General information board
b. Rx Critical parameter chart
c. Equipment status board
2. Ensure administrative personnel copy information from status boards in facility log.
3. Ensure that the Operations Advisor and EOF Manager periodically verify status board information.

DEACTIVATION Date:

1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the Alternate EOF (AEOF).
2. Forward all documentation generated by the Status Communicator to the EOF Manager.

EIP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE 33 OF 44

ATTACHMENT 13 PAGE 1 OF 1 ENGINEERING SUPPORT ADVISOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Obtain plant status from the Operations Advisor.
2. Ensure that Engineering Support personnel are assembled and prepared to perform functional responsibilities.
3. Obtain information on engineering activities underway from the Engineering Coordinator in the TSC.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS

1. Keep Engineering Support informed of plant activities.
2. Coordinate the activities of the Engineering Support personnel.
3. Periodically communicate with the Engineering Coordinator on plant activities.
4. Assist the Engineering Coordinator as necessary. Relay' suggestions on possible repair or corrective actions.
5. Ensure Engineering Support addresses long-term issues and develops recovery actions.
6. Keep the EOF Manager informed of all activities.

DEACTIVATION Date:

1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the Alternate EOF (AEOF).
2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.

EIP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE 34 OF 44

ATTACHMENT 14 PAGE I OF I ENGINEERING SUPPORT ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials I. Obtain the plant status from the Engineering Support Advisor.

2. Inform the Engineering Support Advisor when prepared to perform functional duties.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS

1. Provide advice on plant repair or corrective actions to the Engineering Support Advisor.
2. Address long-term issues.
3. Develop list of recovery actions.
4. Keep the Engineering Support Advisor informed of all activities.

DEACTIVATION Date:

1. When directed by the Engineering Support Advisor, deactivate the Alternate EOF (AEOF).
2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the Engineering Suipport Advisor.

EIP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE 35 OF 44 EIP-2-022 REV -17 PAGE 35 OF 44

ATTACHMENT 15 PAGE 1 OF 1 HPN COMMUNICATOR ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials I. Obtain current radiological conditions from the Radiation Protection Advisor (RPA).

2. Contact the ENS Communicator for information on the Health Physics Network (HPN).

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS

1. Establish contact with the NRC Operations Center and request to be placed on the HPN network.
2. Relay health physics, dose assessment, and meteorological information as requested by the NRC.
3. If in doubt about information, check with the RPA and EOF Manager on the accuracy of your information prior to passing it on to the NRC.
4. Keep the RPA informed of NRC interest and your activities.
5. Upon termination of the emergency, notify the NRC.

DEACTIVATION Date:

1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the Alternate EOF (AEOF).
2. Secure the HPN network after receiving concurrence from the NRC.
3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.

EIP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE 36 OF 44

ATTACHMENT 16 PAGE 1 OF I ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT PERSONNEL ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials I. Test the operability of administrative equipment.

2. Obtain all previous Notification Message Forms. Copy and distribute to EOF staff.
3. Assist the EOF staff in activating the facility.

SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS

1. Continuously retrieve, copy and distribute ERIS data and Notification Message Forms.
2. Update the 10-mile Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) map with current protective action recommendations.
3. Provide clerical support as directed by the Administrative/Logistics Advisor.

DEACTIVATION Date:

1. When directed by the Administrative/Logistics Advisor, deactivate the Alternate EOF (AEOF).
2. Ensure that all materials and equipment are stored in the appropriate location and condition. Ensure that materials and documents brought to the AEOF are returned to the EOF.
3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.

EIP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE 37 OF 44

ATTACHMENT 17 PAGE 1 OF I TELECOMMUNICATIONS SPECIALIST ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Assist communicators, as necessary.
2. Perform any corrective actions required to establish all communications circuits.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS

1. Take corrective action on any communication system that is not operable.
2. Obtain additional assistance through the Administrative/Logistics Advisor, as necessary.

DEACTIVATION Date:

1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the Alternate EOF (AEOF).
2. Assist in storing communications equipment in cabinets.
3. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.

EIP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE 38 OF 44

ATTACHMENT 18 PAGE I OF I EOF REGISTRATION ACTIVATION Date: Actions Completed Initials

1. Setup an entry station in the Alternate EOF (AEOF) main entrance door.
2. Ensure AEOF access list is available.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE Anyone not on the access list must be approved by the Recovery Manager (RM) or EOF Managerfor entry into the AEOF. NRC personnelshould present their credentials as authorizationto enter the AEOF.

1. When the individual comes through door, ensure that the individual is on the AEOF access list.
2. If access is through the Zachary Monitoring and Decontamination Station, ensure that individuals have "Alternate EOF Access Tags".
3. Keep the EOF Manager informed of any problems or abnormal occurrences.

DEACTIVATION Date:

1. When directed by the EOF Manager, deactivate the AEOF.
2. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the EOF Manager.

ETP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE 39 OF 44

PROO035M.CDR C)

PTJ w

ATTACHMENT 19 PAGE 2 OF 3 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS BLOCK 1 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 2 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE 5 MILES DOWNWIND AND SHELTER THE 10 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE SCHOOLS, INSTITUTIONS, RECREATION AREAS 5 MILE RADIUS.

Locate the wind direction to find the app priate scenario number to use.

DEGREES SCENARIO CENTERLINE SIDE FROM NUMBER SECTOR SECTOR 168.76-191.25 1 A R&B OR 191.26-213.75 B A&C 213.76-236.25 2 C B &D 236.26-258.75 3 D C &E 258.76-281.25 4 E D&F OR 281.26-303.75 F E&G 303.76-326.25 5 G F &H OR 326.26-348.75 H G&J 348.76-11.25 6 J H&K 11.26-33.75 7 K J&L 33.76-56.25 8 L K&M OR 56.26-78.75 M L&N 78.76-101.25 9 N M&P 101.26-123.75 10 P N&Q OR 123.76-146.25 Q P&R 146.26-168.75 11 R Q&A BLOCK 3 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 5 MILE RADIUS AND SHELTER THE 10 MILE RADIUS.

EIP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE 41 OF 44

ATTACHMENT 19 PAGE 3 OF 3 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS BLOCK 2 OR 4 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 5 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE 10 MILES DOWNWIND AND SHELTER THE 10 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE SCHOOLS, INSTITUTIONS, RECREATION AREAS 10 MILE RADIUS.

Locate the wind direction to find the appropriate scenario number to use.

DEGREES SCENARIO CENTERLINE SIDE FROM NUMBER SECTOR SECTOR 168.76-191.25 13 A R&B 191.26-213.75 14 B A&C 213.76-236.25 15 C B&D OR 236.26-258.75 D C&E 258.76-281.25 16 E D&F 281.26-303.75 17 F E&G 303.76-326.25 18 G F &H 326.26-348.75 19 H G &J 348.76-11.25 20 J H&K 11.26-33.75 21 K J&L 33.76-56.25 22 L K &M 56.26-78.75 23 M L &N 78.76-101.25 24 N M&P 101.26-123.75 25 P N&Q OR 123.76-148.25 Q P&R 148.26-168.75 26 R Q&A BLOCK 5 PROTECTIVE ACTION FLOWCHART EVACUATE 10 MILE RADIUS DEGREES SCENARIO CENTERLINE SIDE FROM NUMBER SECTOR SECTOR ANY 27 ALL ALL EIP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE 42 OF 44

ATTACHMENT 20 PAGE 1 OF 1 LOG FORM (Typical)

Name Date Position Page _ of TIME ACTIVITY EIP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE EIP-2-022 REV 17

- PAGE 43 43 OF OF 44 44

ATTACHMENT 21 PAGE 1 OF 1 ALT. EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY FLOOR PLAN (SAMPLE)

MAIN EN[TRANCE (FIRST FLOOR - LOADING DOCK)

ITtELEPHONI.; 2 I

$ BOX 13*C::

[) Recovery Manager 16 15

2) EOF Manager
3) Rad. Prot. Advisor 3 )27 21( )11 [ TELEPHONE
4) Asst. Rad. Assess. Coord. 6 )28 )31 BOX Offsite Team Coord.

22(

12 ) 29 23( )7

6) Rad. .ssess. Coord.

7) 9 }

Operations Advisor Admin./Logistics Advisor Communicators i

Ll 18f 20(

)17 24(

25(

)10 4j1

10) Status Communicator(s) 26( 8 Tech. Advisor I12) H4PN Communicator 32 ) 19
13) ) 13 Admin. Support
14) Events Information Team
15) NRC DSO
16) LDEQ Senior Liaison
17) LDEQ Dose Assessment A A D D t8) LDEQ Logistics Coord. r I
19) Telecommunications Specialist o () 5
20) NRC Environmental Dose Assess. Coord. ESP HCOT 19
21) NRC Emergency Response Coord. UNE
22) NRC Reactor Safety Specialist
23) NRC Reactor Safety Coord.
24) NRC Rx Safety Counterpart [Link Comm.  :'AD),ul 4 14 25) 26)

NRC Government Liaison Coord.

NRC Government Liaison Asst.

SC.PPLY CABIENT ISt. I PL Y

CAilIN.-1 I I

27) NRC Health Physics Specialist
28) NRC Radiation Safety Coord,
29) NRC Prot. Meas. Counterpart Link Comm.
30) AEOF Registration
31) Engineering Support Advisor NRC VENDING
32) Engineering Support CONFERENCE ROOM ROOM PR00003M.CDR EIP-2-022 REV - 17 PAGE 44 OF 44
  • G12. 2 3.2 ENTERGY RIVER BEND STATION STATION SUPPORT MANUAL
  • EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE
  • NOTIFICA TIONS PROCEDURE NUMBER: *E[P-2-006 REVISION NUMBER: *29
  • 1I5 WQ02 Effective Date:

i VD acC EI NOTE: SIGNATURES ARE ON FILE.

MAY 1 5 20O2 DOCUMENT CONTROL

  • INDEXING INFORMATION This procedure has been reviewed for I OCFR50.59 applicability.

I OCFR50.59 screening for the programmatic exclusion of all EIP changes, approved by the FRC on 7/10/97, concludes that further review of changes to this procedure under 10CFR50.59 are not required.

REFERENCE USE

TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE NO.

1 PURPOSE ......................................................... 2 2 REFERENCES ..................................................... 2 3 DE F INIT IO N S .......................................................................................................................... 2 4 RE SPO N SIB ILITY .......................................................................................................... 3 5 GE NE RA L ................................................................................................................................ 3 6 PR OC E D U R E ........................................................................................................................... 3 7 DO CU MEN TA TIO N ....................................................................................................... 4 ATTACHMENT 1 - CONTROL ROOM COMMUNICATOR ................................................. 5 ATTACHMENT 2 - TSC/CONTROL ROOM COMMUNICATOR ........................................ 7 ATTACHMENT 3 - NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORMS ...................................................... 8 ATTACHMENT 4 - GUIDELINES FOR COMPLETING THE LONG, NMF ........................ 9 ATTACHMENT 5 - NMF VERIFICATION CHECKLIST ...................................................... 10 ATTACHMENT 6 - PAR VERIFICATION CHECKLIST .......................................................... 11 ATTACHMENT 7 - ACTIVATION OF THE ERO ................................................................. 12 EIP-2-006 REV - 29 PAGE 1 OF 14 EIP-2-006 REV-29 PAGE1OF14

1 PURPOSE This procedure provides instructions for notifying offsite authorities and activating the River Bend Station Emergency Response Organization.

2 REFERENCES 2.1 Emergency Telephone Book 3 DEFINITIONS 3.1 Radioactive release - For the purpose of offsite notifications, and discussions with State and local authorities, a "release" will be determined to be occurring and the "Radioactive Release" on the Short and Long Notification Message Forms is marked "yes", when:

3.1.1. any one of three effluent monitors indicates a value three times the High alarm set point OR 3.1.2. any two of the three effluent monitors indicate a value equal to or greater than the High alarm set point.

The three effluent monitors are:

TITLE NO.

Main Plant Exhaust Stack 4GE125 Radwaste Vent. Exhaust 4GE006 Fuel Bldg. Vent. Exhaust 4GE005 OR 3.1.3. an unmonitored release is detected at the site boundary using teams with survey instruments.

3.2 Short Notification Message Form (SNMF) - Used for declaration of an emergency classification or changes to the Protective Action Recommendations (PARs). Notification must be made to State and local EIP-2-006 REV - 29 PAGE 2 OF 14

authorities within approximately 15 minutes. The Short Notification Message Form contains information about the class of emergency, whether a release is taking place, potentially affected population and areas, and whether protective measures may be necessary.

3.3 Long Notification Message Form (LNMF) - Used for providing State and local authorities follow-up information. The LNMF is sent out as soon as possible following a SNMF. The LNMF is also sent out for any significant changes to plant conditions that do not require an emergency escalation or change in PARs. No more than 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> should be exceeded between any two LNMFs.

4 RESPONSIBILITY 4.1 Recovery Manager /Emergency Director (RM/ED) - ensure that notifications to State and local authorities, as well as the NRC, are completed as required by this procedure. Reviews and approves the SNMF and LNMF prior to transmittal to offsite authorities.

4.2 Communicator -when directed relays information concerning station status to offsite agencies. Performs message verification after NMF transmittal.

5 GENERAL NONE 6 PROCEDURE NOTE The actions of this proceduremay be completed in any sequence, however, the sequence presented is recommended.

6.1 Control Room Communicator EIP-2-006 REV - 29 PAGE 3 OF 14

6.1.1. The Control Room Communicator should use Attachment 1 as a guideline.

6.2 TSC/Control Room Communicator 6.2.1. The TSC/Control Room Communicator should use Attachment 2 as a guideline.

7 DOCUMENTATION Attachments 1, 2, 5, 6, and 7 of this procedure will be sent to permanent plant files (PPF) per EPP-2-100 by the Manager - Emergency Preparedness.

EIP-2-006 REV - 29 PAGE 4 OF 14

ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 1 OF 2 CONTROL ROOM COMMUNICATOR INITIAL ACTIONS Date: Time: Action Completed Initials

1. Ensure that the Emergency Support Package (ESP) Computer has control and is ready for message preparation and transmission.
2. Receive notification form from RM/ED for offsite notifications.
3. Make the following offsite notifications:

3.1 If time is short, first make notification of the emergency to the State and local authorities within 15 minutes of the declaration using the SNMF.

3.2 Activate the Emergency Response Organization. Perform this function by using a copy of Attachment 7.

4. Verify SNMF receipt by State and local authorities, using the State and Local Hot Line. Fill out a new NMF Verification Checklist (Attachment 5) for each message sent.

4.1 If an agency has not received the message, obtain message receipt verification from the other agencies, and re-transmit the message (ESP Computer) to the non-receiving party.

4.2 If the message is still not received, read it to the agency (s) line by line.

Message may be faxed as necessary.

4.3 If no contact is made with the location on the Hot Line, call the location on the commercial telephone to verify receipt of message. If commercial telephones are inoperable, the Civil Defense radio may be used.

5. If a General Emergency has been declared and Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) are being issued from the Control Room:

5.1 During the verification of message receipt on the Hot Line, inform LOEP and the Parish EOCs that you will call them back in five minutes for PAR confirmation.

5.2 After five minutes, contact LOEP and the five Parish EOCs. Using Attachment 6, verify that the Directors or the Assistant Directors of all Parishes and the Operations Officer at LOEP are on the Hot Line.

5.3 When verified on Hot Line, request the RM/ED to pick up the Hot Line for PAR verification and give the RM/ED the PAR Verification Checklist, Attachment 6.

EIP-2-006 REV - 29 PAGE 5 OF 14

ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 2 OF 2 CONTROL ROOM COMMUNICATOR

6. Notify the NRC of the emergency after notifying the State and local authorities and no later than one hour after the declaration of the emergency.

The NRC Operations Center phone numbers are 1-301-816-5100 (main) and 1-301-951-0550 or 1-301-415-0550 (backups).

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS

1. Make follow-up notifications to State and local authorities and the NRC as directed by the RM/ED. Verify receipt of each NMF using a new NMF Verification Checklist (Attachment 5).

1.1 Offsite authorities - Long Notification Message Forms (LNMF) should be prepared as soon as possible following a Short Notification Message Form (SNMF) or when significant changes occur that don't warrant emergency escalation.

During extended emergencies time between LNMFs should not exceed 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />.

Refer to Attachments 3 and 4 for details on LNMF completion.

1.2 NRC - Update as requested.

2. If directed by the RMiED activate the ERO pagers for a higher classification.

TERMINATION ACTIONS Date: Action Completed Initials

1. Upon termination of the emergency, notify State and local authorities using the LNMF, unless relieved by the TSC.
2. Upon termination, ensure that the originals of all Attachments are forwarded to the Operations Shift Manager.

EIP-2-006 REV - 29 PAGE 6 OF 14

ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE I OF 1 TSC/CONTROL ROOM COMMUNICATOR INITIAL ACTIONS Date: Time: Action Completed Initials

1. Perform a turnover with the Control Room Communicator regarding the status of information provided to the NRC.
2. Communicate with the NRC using the ENS line. Maintain communications as requested by the NRC (LC #13626). The NRC Operations Center phone numbers are 1-301-816-5100 (main) and 1-301-951-0550 or 1-301-415-0550 (backups).

SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS

1. Provide the NRC with information updates as requested.
2. When relieved of ENS responsibilities by the ENS Communicator, establish communications on the status headset with the TSC Operations Support Coordinator and EOF Operations Advisor.
3. Ensure that the Operations Support Coordinator and the Operations Advisor are kept informed on plant conditions, evolutions, equipment status, medical emergencies, fire emergencies, hazardous material emergencies and any other information as necessary or as requested.

TERMINATION ACTIONS Date: Action Completed Initials

1. Upon termination, ensure that the originals of all Attachments are forwarded to the Operations Shift Manager.

EIP-2-006 REV - 29 PAGE 7 OF 14

ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE I OF I NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORMS NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM

1. THIS IS RIVER BEND NUCLEAR STATION WITH MESSAGE NUMBER B. COMM: C. TEL. NO:

2 A.

(TIME/I)ATE1 (NAME)

3. EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION:

A. El NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT C. -' SITE AREA EMERGENCY E. El TERMINATED B. E ALERT D. Fl GENERAL EMERGENCY

4. CURRENT EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION El DECLARATION =l TERMINATION Time/Date: /

5.

RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS:

A. El No Protective Actions Recommended At This Time (Go to item 6).

13. El EVACUATE El SHELTER
6. INCIDENT DESCRTPTTON/UPDATE/COMMENTS:
7. REACTOR SHUT)DOWVN? El NO E YES Time/Date:
8. METEOROLOGICAL DATA:

A. Wind direction FROM Degrees at MPH B. Sectors Affected (A-R):

C. Stability Clas.s (A-G):

D. Precipitation: El None E Rain El Sleet El Snowv El Hail E Other

9. RELEASE INFORMATION:

A. El No Release (Go to item 13) C. E A RF.LF.ASE. OCCURRED BUT STOPPED; Duration hr_.

Release Stopped at hrs.

B. El A RELEASE IS OCCURRING: Expected Duration hrs.

Release Started at brs.

10. TYPE OF RELEASE:

A. E Radioactive Gases B. El' Radioactive Airborne Particulates C. El Radioactve Liquids

11. RELEASE RATE:

B. IODINES_ Ci/s A. NOBLE GASES ll/s

12. ESTIMATE OF PROJECTED OFF-SITE DOSE:

A. Projections for _ hours based on: El Fiel d Data El Plant Data B. (TEDE) NVB DOSE COMMITMENT (Rem) C. (CDE) THYROTD DOSE COMMITMENT (Rem)

Site Boundary 5 miles Site Boundary 5 miles 2 miles 10 miles 2 miles 10 miles

13. MESSAGE APPROVED BY: TITLE:
14. MESSAGE RECEIVED BY: TIMP.:

PROO015M.CDR EIP-2-006 REV - 29 PAGE 8 OF 14

ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 1 OF I GUIDELINES FOR COMPLETING THE LONG NMF pgpP (-7flMM~ MANUAL METHOD River Bend and Message Number automatic Assign a message number. Number the messages sequentially Line I until the emergency is terminated.

2A Time/Date automatic upon transmission. 2A Enter Time/Date message was transmitted.

2B Comm: Select facility from pull-down menu. 2B Comm.: Enter facility name.

2C Tel. No.: Indicate "Hot Line" unless alternate 2C Tel. No.: Indicate "Hot Line" unless alternate Line 2 method is being used, then enter alternate method is being used, then enter alternate method. method.

Line 3 Automatic from Short Form. If termination message, Check appropriate classification or terminated.

check "terminated".

Line 4 Automatic from Short Form. For termination,check Check either declaration or termination. Enter time/date of "termination" and enter termination time/date. emergency declaration or termination.

Check appropriate box(es). If PAR has been Check appropriate box(es). If PARs have been recommended, Line 5 recommended, select appropriate protective actions and indicate the scenario number.

indicate scenario number.

Enter description from Short Form. May add Enter description from Short Form. May add information as Line 6 information as necessary. Use this line to correct any necessary. Use this line to correct any previous errors.

previous errors.

Line 7 Indicate if the reactor is shutdown. If yes, enter Indicate if the reactor is shutdown. If yes, enter the time/date.

time/date.

Information for Lines 8A-C can be found on Information for Lines 8A-C can be found on CADAP on the CADAP on the "values" screen. A backup to CADAP "values" screen. A backup to CADAP for meteorological data is Line 8 for meteorological data is the meteorological tower the meteorological tower printer.

printer. 8A - Enter wind direction and speed.

8A - Enter wind direction and speed. 8B - Enter the affected sectors according to the 8B - Enter the affected sectors according to the current wind direction.

current wind direction. SC - Enter stability class.

8C - Enter stability class. 8D - Check appropriate box.

8D - Check appropriate box.

NOTE: 8A-C are automatically completed when dose data is imported from CADAP.

Determine if there is a release. Determine if there is a release.

9A If no release, check block A and proceed to 9A If no release, check block A and proceed to line 13. line 13.

Line 9 9B/C If release has occurred or is occurring, 9B/C If release has occurred or is occurring, check B or C as appropriate and enter check B or C as appropriate and enter duration and time release started/stopped. duration and time release started/stopped.

When checking B & C, be sure to import When checking B & C, be sure to import appropriate dose data. appropriate dose data.

Indicate the type of release. If there is no core damage, Indicate the type of release. If there is no core damage, check Line 10 check 10A. If there is clad damage or fuel melt, check 10A. If there is clad damage or fuel melt, check 10A & 10B. If I0A & lOB. If the release is a liquid release, check 1OC. the release is a liquid release, check 10C.

Line 11 Imported from CADAP Enter release rate. DRMS provides release rates in uCi/sec.

These rates must be converted to Ci/sec. CADAP also provides this information through Notepad.

12A Enter numbers of hours used and method 12A Enter numbers of hours used and method Line 12 used in dose calculation. used in dose calculation.

12B Import from CADAP. 12B Obtain from CADAP results.

Line 13 Enter Recovery Manager's name and "RMIED" as title. Enter Recovery Manager's name and "RM/ED" as title. RM RM must review and approve NMFs prior to must review and approve NMFs prior to transmission.

transmission.

Line 14 Leave blank. For use by parishes. Leave blank. For use by parishes.

EIP-2-006 REV - 29 PAGE 9 OF 14

ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE I OF I NMF VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Ensure at least one of the agencies in each of the following rows receives the message.

MESSAGE #

MSG. REC'D FACILITY PHONE # Hot Line # (Y'/N/NAM La. Dept. of Environmental Quality 9-765-0160 371 (LDEQ) (M-F - 8AM to 4PM only, LOEP will notify all other times)

La. Office of Emergency Preparedness 9-925-7500 (24-hr. pt.) 361 (LOEP) (State EOC)

West Feliciana Parish (WFP) EOC 9-635-4792 351 24-HR. PT. 9-635-3241 352 East Feliciana Parish (EFP) EOC 9-634-7269 341 24-HR. PT. 9-683-5459 342 Pointe Coupee Parish (PCP) EOC 9-694-9014 331 24-HR. PT. 9-694-3737 332 East Baton Rouge Parish (EBRP) EOC 9-389-2100 311 24-HR. PT. 9-389-3300 312 West Baton Rouge Parish (WBRP) EOC 9-346-1581 321 24-HR. PT. 9-343-9234 321 Mississippi Emergency Management 9-1-800-222-6362 (24 hr. pt.) 381 Agency (MEMA) 9-1-601-352-9100 (alternate)

Mississippi Highway Patrol (MHP) 9-1-601-987-1530 (backup) 382 1 Parish EOCs and LOEP Operations Officer informed of 5-minute PAR verification phone call YES NO NA Message Verified Communicator Signature/KCN Time/Date EIP-2-006 REV - 29 PAGE 10 OF 14

ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE I OF 1 PAR VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Scenario # Recommended: Date:

Communicator verifies that correct individuals are on the Hot Line by placing a check mark on the appropriate line. The RM will verify approved scenario and initial the form.

WEST FELICIANA PARISH: RM Initial On Line Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #

EAST FELICIANA PARISH:

Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #

POINTE COUPEE PARISH:

Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #

WEST BATON ROUGE PARISH:

Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #

EAST BATON ROUGE PARISH:

Director of Emergency Preparedness Assistant Director APPROVED SCENARIO #

STATE OF LOUISIANA LOEP Operations Officer Siren Sounding Time:

EIP-2-006 REV - 29 PAGE 11 OF 14

ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE 1 OF 3 ACTIVATION OF THE ERO NOTE If the Pagersystem has already been used to activate the Emergency Response Organization(ER0) at an ALERT or higher classification,any subsequent classificationsdo not require pacer activation.

Obtain the classification from the Operations Shift Manager.

Classification:

2. Use the following to determine the Dialogics Scenario ID to be used.

Dialogics Scenario ID:

Notification of Unusual Event 101 Alert 102 Site Area Emergency 103 General Emergency 104

3. Dial 1131, 4345, or 5145 on the plant phone system. If the plant phone system is inoperable, dial 381-4345 or 635-5145 on a direct line.
4. Immediately upon hearing the voice prompt, enter the security code below followed by the #

sign. This code is also available in the Control Room and through Emergency Preparedness.

/ /

Security Code Initials Date CAUTION:

If Dialogicsstates that the scenariois invalid, hangup and repeat steps 3 and 4. The security code was not entered quickly enough to be accepted by the system.

5. When prompted, enter the Scenario ID, from step 2 above followed by the # sign.
6. When prompted to start the scenario, immediately press 3 and #, then hangup.

EIP-2-006 REV - 29 PAGE 12 OF 14

ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE 2 OF 3 ACTIVATION OF THE ERO

7. Log time ERO activated.
8. Verify that pagers in the Control Room have sounded within approximately 3 minutes after ERO activation time in step 7.

If not, refer to page 3 of this attachment for the alternate method of activating the ERO.

9. Upon completion, notify RM/ED.

Signature / KCN Date EIP-2-006 REV - 29 PAGE 13 OF 14

ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE 3 OF 3 ACTIVATION OF THE ERO Alternate Method of ERO Activation

1. Activate the pagers by dialing 4605 or 5105 on the plant phone system. If the plant phone system is inoperable, dial 381-4605, 635-5105, or 635-6864 on a direct line.
2. Enter 2000 as the pager number.
3. Enter the four digit security code. Emergency Preparedness posts the code in the space below in the Control Room copies.

/ /

Security Code Initials Date

4. When prompted key in the appropriate code as written from the following:
1) Enter **02 (Notification of Unusual Event)
2) Enter **03 (Alert)
3) Enter **04 (Site Area Emergency)
4) Enter **05 (General Emergency)
5. When page is accepted, hang up.
6. Log time pagers activated.
7. Verify that pagers in the Control Room have sounded within approximately 30 seconds after the time logged in step 6. If not, begin calling the ERO using the Emergency Telephone Book.
8. Upon completion, notify RMiED.

Signature/KCN Date EIP-2-006 REV - 29 PAGE 14 OF 14

  • G12.23.2 ENTERGY RIVER BEND STATION STATION SUPPORT MANUAL
  • EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE
  • CLAS$IFICAIIONACTONS PROCEDURE NUMBER: *EIEP REVISION NUMBER: *22 Effecdve Date:
  • MAY 2 1 Z002 NOTE : SIGNATURES ARE ON FILE.

RECEIVED

  • TNDEXING INFORMATION MAY 2 1 2-OZ DOCUMENT CONTROL This procedure has been reviewed for IOCFR5O.59 applicability.

I0CFR50.59 screening for the programmatic exclusion of all EIP changes, approved by FRC 7/10/97, concludes that farther review of changes to this procedure under IOCFR50.59 are not necessary.

REFERENCE USE

TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE NO.

1 PURPOSE . 2 2 REFERENCES .2 3 DEFINITIONS ...................................................... 2 4 RESPONSIBILITIES ................................................. 3 5 GENERAL........................................................4 6 PROCEDURE ...................................................... 4 7 DOCUMENTATION ................................................. 4 ATTACHMENT 1 - NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT ............................................. 5 ATTACHMENT 2 - ALERT ............................................... 7 ATTACHMENT 3 - SITE AREA/GENERAL EMERGENCY ............................................. 10 ATTACHMENT 4 - SIREN CONTROL ENABLE FROM THE CONTROL ROOM ........... 13 ATTACHMENT 5 - TOXIC GAS RELEASE CHECKLIST ............................................... 15 EIP-2-002 REV - 22 PAGE 1 OF 16

1 PURPOSE This procedure describes the actions to be taken by the Recovery Manager/Emergency Director when an emergency condition has been classified as a Notification of Unusual Event (NOUE), Alert, Site Area or General Emergency, per EIP-2-001, Classification of Emergencies.

2 REFERENCES 2.1 ADM-0060, First Responder Emergencies 2.2 EIP-2-001, Classification of Emergencies 2.3 EIP-2-006, Notifications 2.4 EIP-2-007, Protective Action Recommendation Guidelines 2.5 EIP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls 2.6 EIP-2-014, Offsite Radiological Monitoring 2.7 EIP-2-024, Offsite Dose Calculations 2.8 EIP-2-026, Evacuation, Personnel Accountability, and Search and Rescue 2.9 EIP-2-028, Recovery 2.10 EPP-2-100, Procedure Review, Revision, and Approval 2.11 FPP-00 10, Fire Fighting Procedure 2.12 RBNP-035, Hazardous Material Emergency Response Plan 3 DEFINITIONS 3.1 Augmentation - Actions taken to support onshift personnel or the Emergency Response Organization.

EIP-2-002 REV -22 PAGE 22 OF 16 EIP-2-002 REV -22 PAGE OF 16

4 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 Shift Manager:

4.1.1. assume the responsibilities and authority of the Recovery Manager and Emergency Director until properly relieved or until the emergency situation is terminated.

4.1.2. decide the Severe Accident Procedure mitigation strategy when applicable.

4.1.3. continue Shift Manager responsibilities, after being relieved or on termination of the emergency.

4.2 Recovery Manager:

4.2.1. provide overall management of River Bend Station (RBS) response activities.

4.2.2. provide notifications and make protective action recommendations to offsite authorities.

4.2.3. coordinate RBS response activities as required with offsite organizations.

4.2.4. ensure that offsite radiological conditions are measured and monitored.

4.2.5. review information for the media and the general public prior to release.

4.2.6. establish a Recovery Organization.

4.2.7. terminate the emergency.

4.3 Emergency Director:

4.3.1. assess and classify emergency conditions.

4.3.2. authorize doses in excess of 10CFR20 limits.

4.3.3. direct onsite activities in support of the Control Room.

4.3.4. authorize departures from license conditions or Technical Specifications in accordance with 10 CFR 50.54 (x).

EIP-2-0)02 REV - 22 PAGE 33 OF 16 ETP-2-002 REV 22- PAGE OF 16

4.3.5. determine need for onsite evacuation, personnel accountability, and implement search and rescue as required.

5 GENERAL NONE 6 PROCEDURE NOTE The actions of this proceduremay be completed in any sequence, however, the sequence presented is recommended.

NOTE If the ControlRoom is evacuated, the Shift Manager, designated Communicator,and Chemistry Technician shall report to the TSC with their binders to perform the actions of this procedure.

6.1 NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT - The Recovery Manager and Emergency Director should use Attachment 1 as a guideline.

6.2 ALERT EMERGENCY - The Recovery Manager and Emergency Director should use Attachment 2 as a guideline.

6.3 SITE AREA EMERGENCY OR GENERAL EMERGENCY - The Recovery Manager and Emergency Director should use Attachment 3 as a guideline.

7 DOCUMENTATION 7.1 Attachments 1 - 3 and 5 - 8 of this procedure will be sent to Permanent Plant Files (PPF) per EPP 100 by the Manager - Emergency Preparedness.

EIP-2-002 RE.V - 22 PAGE 4 OF 16 ETP-2-002 REV - 22 PAGE 4 OF 16

ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 1 OF 2 NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT INITIAL ACTIONS Date: Time: Action Completed Initials

1. Merge the Page Party/Gaitronics and make plant announcement.

WARBLE tone. "Attention in the plant. An UNUSUAL EVENT has been declared due to (brief cause of emergency)." (Repeat message)

WARNING If a personnel hazard is still within the Protected Area (high winds, toxic gas, armed intruders, etc...) consider delaying activation of the Emergency Response Organization pagers until the danger has passed.

2. Direct the Communicator to activate the onsite Emergency Response Organization pagers in accordance with EIP-2-006.
3. Direct the Communicator to notify the following:

3.1 Offsite authorities - Within 15 minutes of the declaration utilizing the Short Notification Message Form (SNMF).

3.2 NRC - Immediately after notifying state and local authorities and no later than one hour after declaring the emergency.

4. Evacuate onsite affected area(s), if needed, in accordance with EIP-2-026.
5. For toxic gas releases, refer to the actions of Attachment 5.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS

1. Periodically inform plant personnel of personnel hazards, plant line-ups, corrective actions and steps taken to mitigate the emergency.
2. Invoke 10 CFR 50.54 (x) for departures from license conditions or Technical Specifications.
3. Authorize and make log entries for all procedure deviations.

EIP-2-002 REV - 22 PAGE 5 OF 16

ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 2 OF 2 NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (Cont.'d)

4. Verify and update classification levels and onsite protective actions, as necessary.
5. If additional manpower is needed, augment the staff.
6. Direct periodic status reports to the:

6.1 Offsite authorities - Long Notification Message Forms (LNMF) should be prepared as soon as possible following a Short Notification Message Form (SNMF) or when significant changes occur that don't warrant emergency escalation.

During extended emergencies time between LNMFs should not exceed 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />.

6.2 NRC - Update as requested.

TERMINATION ACTIONS Date: Action Completed Initials

1. When NOUE conditions are no longer met, terminate the emergency.
2. Direct notification of the following of the emergency termination:

2.1 Offsite authorities - Direct the Communicator to use the Long Notification Message Form (LNMF).

2.2 NRC

3. Announce emergency termination twice over the Gaitronics.
4. If activated, deactivate the OSC.
5. Forward the originals of all documents generated by implementation of this procedure to the Manager - Emergency Preparedness.

EIP-2-002 REV - 22 PAGE 6 OF 16

ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 1 OF3 ALERT INITIAL ACTIONS Date: Time: Action Completed Initials

1. Merge the Page Party/Gaitronics and make plant announcement.

WARBLE tone. "Attention in the plant. An Alert has been declared due to (brief cause of emergency). Activate all Emergency Response Facilities.

Escort all visitors to the Primary Access Point." (Repeat message)

2. For toxic gas releases, refer to the actions of Attachment 5.

WARNING If a personnel hazard is still within the Protected Area (high winds, toxic gas, armed intruders, etc...) consider delaying activation of the Emergency Response Organization pagers until the danger has passed.

3. Direct the Communicator to activate the onsite Emergency Response Organization pagers in accordance with EIP-2-006.
4. Direct the Communicator to notify the following:

4.1 Offsite authorities - Within 15 minutes of the declaration utilizing the Short Notification Message Form (SNMF).

4.2 NRC - Immediately after notifying state and local authorities and no later than one hour after declaring the emergency.

5. Evacuate onsite affected area(s), if needed, in accordance with EIP-2-026.
6. Dispatch personnel to sample and evaluate release of radioactive materials in accordance with EIP-2-014, as necessary.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS

1. Direct a chemistry technician to activate the Emergency Response Data System (ERDS). Must be performed within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> of an ALERT or higher emergency classification.

EIP-2-002 REV - 22 PAGE AEO17 OF 16 EIP-2-002 RV2

ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 2 OF 3 ALERT SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (Cont.'d)

2. If desired, direct Security Shift Supervisor to perform a precautionary notification of all non-essential personnel, visitors, contractor personnel, and members of the public in the Owner Controlled Area.
3. Periodically inform plant personnel of personnel hazards, plant line-ups, corrective actions and steps taken to mitigate the emergency.

NOTE Ultimate authorityfor invoking 10 CFR 50.54(x) resides with the Emergency Director. If timely responseprecludes Emergency Directorauthorization, the minimal authority is an onshift licensed SRO.

4. Authorize and make log entries for all procedure deviations.
5. Verify and update classification levels and onsite protective actions, as necessary.
6. Direct periodic status reports to the:

6.1 Offsite authorities - Long Notification Message Forms (LNMF) should be prepared as soon as possible following a Short Notification Message Form (SNMF) or when significant changes occur that do not warrant emergency escalation.

During extended emergencies time between LNMFs should not exceed 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />.

6.2 NRC - Update as requested.

TERMINATION ACTIONS Date: Action Completed Initials

1. Terminate the emergency when the ALERT conditions are no longer met and the following have been accomplished:

1.1 The plant is in a stable condition.

1.2 Excessive releases of radioactivity to the environment have been terminated and no further potential for significant radioactivity releases exists.

1.3 No further potential for major damage to equipment exists.

EIP-2-002 REV - 22 PAGE 8 OF 16 EIP-2-002 REV-22 PAGE8OF16

ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 3 OF 3 ALERT TERMINATION ACTIONS (Cont'd) Action Completed Initials

2. Direct the notification of the following of the emergency termination:

2.1 Offsite authorities - Direct the Communicator to use the Long Notification Message Form (LNMF).

2.2 NRC

3. Announce emergency termination twice over the Gaitronics.
4. Direct the emergency facilities to deactivate.
5. Obtain concurrence from the NRC and deactivate the Emergency Response Data System (ERDS).
6. Forward the originals of all documents generated by the implementation of this procedure to the Manager - Emergency Preparedness.

EIP-2-002 REV - 22 PAGE 9 OF 16 EIP-2-002 REV -22 PAGE 90F 16

ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 1 OF 3 SITE AREA/GENERAL EMERGENCY INITIAL ACTIONS Date: Time: Action Completed Initials I. Merge the Page Party/Gaitronics and make plant announcement.

WARBLE tone. "Attention in the plant. A (Site Area Emergency or General Emergency) has been declared due to (brief cause of emergency).

Activate all Emergency Response Facilities." (Repeat message)

2. Evaluate protective actions offsite and implement EIP-2-007, as necessary.
3. For toxic gas releases, refer to the actions of Attachment 5.

WARNING If a personnel hazard is still within the Protected Area (high winds, toxic gas, armed intruders, etc...) consider delaying activation of the Emergency Response Organization pagers until the danger has passed.

4. Direct the Communicator to activate the onsite Emergency Response Organization pagers in accordance with EIP-2-006.
5. Direct the Communicator to notify the following:

5.1 Offsite authorities - Within 15 minutes of the declaration utilizing the Short Notification Message Form (SNMF).

5.2 NRC - Immediately after notifying state and local authorities and no later than one hour after declaring the emergency.

6. Evacuate the Owner Controlled Area in accordance with EIP-2-026.
7. Dispatch personnel to sample and evaluate the release of radioactive materials in accordance with EIP-2-014, as necessary.
8. Initiate dose calculations in accordance with EIP-2-024, if due to radiological conditions.

EIP-2-002 REV - 22 PAGE PG 10OF 0F1 16 EIP-2-002 E-2

ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 2 OF 3 SITE AREA/GENERAL EMERGENCY INITIAL ACTION (Cont.'d)

9. At a General Emergency (if the Emergency Facilities are not manned) perform the following:

9.1 Contact the LOEP Operations Officer and verify that he is prepared to transmit the appropriate EAS message to the radio stations for broadcast.

9.2 Coordinate the siren sounding time with LOEP Operations Officer.

9.3 Activate the sirens at the agreed upon time using Attachment 4.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS

1. Direct a chemistry technician to activate the Emergency Response Data System (ERDS). Must be performed within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> of an ALERT or higher emergency classification.
2. Periodically inform plant personnel of personnel hazards, plant line-ups, corrective actions and steps taken to mitigate the emergency.

NOTE Ultimate authorityfor invoking 10 CFR 50.54(x) resides with the Emergency Director. If timely responseprecludes Emergency Directorauthorization,the minimal authorityis on onshift licensed SRO.

3. Authorize and make log entries for all procedure deviations.
4. Verify and update classification levels.
5. Direct periodic status reports to the:

5.1 Offsite authorities - Long Notification Message Forms (LNMF) should be prepared as soon as possible following a Short Notification Message Form (SNMF) or when significant changes occur that do not warrant emergency escalation.

During extended emergencies time between LNMFs should not exceed 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />.

5.2 NRC - Update as requested.

6. Verify and update offsite protective actions, as necessary.

EIP-2-002 REV - 22 PAGE 11 OF 16

ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 3 OF 3 SITE AREA/GENERAL EMERGENCY TERMINATION ACTIONS Date: Action Completed Initials

1. Terminate the emergency when the SITE AREA/GENERAL EMERGENCY conditions are no longer met and the following has been accomplished:

1.1 The reactor is shut down, is in a stable, safe configuration, and adequate core cooling is available.

1.2 Excessive releases of radioactivity to the environment have been terminated and no further potential for significant radioactivity releases exist.

1.3 Offsite concentrations of radioactivity in the atmosphere or in waterways have dispersed to near background levels, excluding ground deposition.

1.4 The State of Louisiana, the local parishes, and the NRC concur in terminating the emergency.

2. Direct notification of the following of the emergency termination:

2.1 Offsite authorities - Direct the Communicator to use the Long Notification Message Form (LNMF).

2.2 NRC

3. Announce emergency termination twice over the Gaitronics.
4. Initiate recovery actions in accordance with EIP-2-028.
5. Direct the emergency facilities to deactivate.
6. Obtain concurrence from the NRC and deactivate the Emergency Response Data System (ERDS).
7. Forward the originals of all documents generated by the implementation of this procedure to the Manager - Emergency Preparedness.

EIP-2-002 REV - 22 PAGE 12 OF 16

ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 1 OF 2 SIREN CONTROL FROM THE CONTROL ROOM NOTE If the Siren ControlBox in the Control Room does not work, the siren sounding time may have to be changed.

Notify the EOFRecovery Managerwhen the EOF is operationalor LOEP if Control Room is performing ProtectiveAction Recommendations. If the Siren Control Box in the ControlRoom does not work, contact one of the following and direct them to enable the Siren System.

1. Emergency OperationsFacility(Backup)
2. Emergency Planningif available (normal working hours)
3. Telecommunications Department (Siren Computers)

CANCEL AN INADVERTENT SIREN SOUNDING

1. At the control room siren control box, insert key into the ENABLE key switch.
2. Place ENABLE key switch in the ON position and verify the white POWER lamp comes on.
3. Depress and hold the CANCEL pushbutton switch until the green CANCEL lamp comes on.
4. Verify that the yellow ACK lamp momentarily comes on.

The system is now canceled. In some instances the yellow ACK lamp will turn on more than once.

This is normal communications with the main siren computers. After two (2) minutes the system can be returned to the normal configuration. To return the system to the normal configuration perform the following.

1. Place the ENABLE key switch in the OFF position.
2. Verify that the white POWER lamp goes off.
3. Store key.

EIP-2-002 REV - 22 PAGE AE113 OF F116 EIP-2-002 RV2

ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 2 OF 2 SIREN CONTROL FROM THE CONTROL ROOM ENABLE THE SYSTEM FOR PARISH ACTIVATION

1. At the control room siren control box, insert key into the ENABLE key switch.
2. Place ENABLE key switch in the ON position and verify the white POWER lamp comes on.
3. Depress and hold the ENABLE pushbutton switch until the blue ENABLE lamp comes on.
4. Verify that the yellow ACK lamp momentarily comes on.

The system is now enabled. In some instances the yellow ACK lamp will turn on more than once. This is normal communications with the main siren computers. At this time the Parish EOCs can activate their respective sirens. To return the system to the normal configuration perform the following.

1. Place ENABLE key switch to the OFF position.
2. Verify that the white POWER lamp goes off.
3. Verify that the blue ENABLE lamp goes off.
4. Remove and store key.

RBS CONTROL ROOM SIREN ACTIVATION SEQUENCE

1. At the control room siren control box, insert keys into ENABLE and ALL-CALL key switches.
2. Place ENABLE key switch in the ON position and verify the white POWER lamp comes on.
3. Place ALL-CALL key switch in the ON position and verify the blue ENABLE lamp comes on.
4. Verify that the yellow ACK lamp momentarily comes on.
5. Depress and hold the ALL-CALL pushbutton switch until the red ALL-CALL lamp comes on.
6. Verify that the yellow ACK lamp momentarily comes on.

The sirens will sound for three minutes and then shut down. In some instances the yellow ACK lamp will turn on more than once. This is normal communications with the main siren computers. To return the system to the normal configuration perform the following:

1. Place both ENABLE AND ALL-CALL switches to the OFF position.
2. Verify that the white POWER lamp goes off.
3. Verify that the blue ENABLE lamp goes off.
4. Remove and store the keys.

EIP-2-002 REV - 22 PAGE 14 OF 16

ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 1 OF 2 TOXIC GAS RELEASE CHECKLIST Date: Time: Action Completed Initials Complete the following steps according to the applicable classification.

NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT

1. For gas releases, post and/or restrict access to affected facilities, especially basements, pits, drainage ditches, depressions, etc.

TERMINATION ACTIONS For gaseous releases, perform the following actions.

1. Verify that each potentially affected facility or area is safe prior to allowing personnel access.
2. Evaluate the effects of the gaseous release on tanks vented to atmosphere, electrical equipment, etc.

ALERT Consider performing the listed actions prior to toxic gases entering the facility.

1. Have personnel don SCBA's.
2. Cover skin with available clothing.
3. Post and restrict access to affected facilities, especially basements, pits, drainage ditches, depressions, etc.

TERMINATION ACTIONS For gas releases, perform the following actions.

1. Verify that each potentially affected facility or area is safe prior to allowing personnel access.
2. Evaluate the effects of the gaseous release on tanks vented to atmosphere, electrical equipment, etc.

EIP-2-002 REV - 22 PAGE 15 OF 16

ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 2 OF 2 TOXIC GAS RELEASE CHECKLIST Date: Time: Action Completed Initials SITE AREA/GENERAL EMERGENCY If the toxic gas concentration in the Main Control Room is expected to exceed the toxicity limit, consider implementing one or more of the listed actions.

1. Have personnel don SCBA's.
2. Cover skin with available clothing.
3. Contact Chemistry to monitor toxic gas concentration in the Control Room.
4. Contact RP to assist in SCBA bottle changeout.

TERMINATION ACTIONS For gas releases, perform the following actions.

1. Verify that each potentially affected facility or area is safe prior to allowing personnel access.
2. Evaluate the effects of the gaseous release on tanks vented to atmosphere, electrical equipment, etc.

EIP-2-002 REV - 22 PAGE 16 OF 16